239 Subpart H—Engine Fluids, Test Fuels, Analytical Gases and Other

Environmental Protection Agency Pt. 1065

PART 1065—ENGINE-TESTING 1065.248 Gas divider.

PROCEDURES CO AND CO2 MEASUREMENTS 1065.250 Nondispersive infrared analyzer. Subpart A—Applicability and General Provisions HYDROCARBON MEASUREMENTS Sec. 1065.260 Flame ionization detector. 1065.1 Applicability. 1065.265 Nonmethane cutter. 1065.2 Submitting information to EPA 1065.266 Fourier transform infrared ana- under this part. lyzer. 1065.5 Overview of this part 1065 and its re- 1065.267 Gas chromatograph with a flame lationship to the standard-setting part. ionization detector. 1065.10 Other procedures. 1065.269 Photoacoustic analyzer for ethanol 1065.12 Approval of alternate procedures. and methanol. 1065.15 Overview of procedures for labora- NO AND N O MEASUREMENTS tory and field testing. X 2 1065.20 Units of measure and overview of 1065.270 Chemiluminescent detector. calculations. 1065.272 Nondispersive ultraviolet analyzer. 1065.25 Recordkeeping. 1065.275 N2O measurement devices.

Subpart B—Equipment Specifications O2 MEASUREMENTS 1065.280 Paramagnetic and 1065.101 Overview. magnetopneumatic O detection ana- 1065.110 Work inputs and outputs, accessory 2 lyzers. work, and operator demand. 1065.120 Fuel properties and fuel tempera- AIR-TO-FUEL RATIO MEASUREMENTS ture and pressure. 1065.122 Engine cooling and lubrication. 1065.284 Zirconia (ZrO2) analyzer. 1065.125 Engine intake air. PM MEASUREMENTS 1065.127 Exhaust gas recirculation. 1065.130 Engine exhaust. 1065.290 PM gravimetric balance. 1065.140 Dilution for gaseous and PM con- 1065.295 PM inertial balance for field-test- stituents. ing analysis. 1065.145 Gaseous and PM probes, transfer lines, and sampling system components. Subpart D—Calibrations and Verifications 1065.150 Continuous sampling. 1065.170 Batch sampling for gaseous and PM 1065.301 Overview and general provisions. constituents. 1065.303 Summary of required calibration 1065.190 PM-stabilization and weighing envi- and verifications. ronments for gravimetric analysis. 1065.305 Verifications for accuracy, repeat- 1065.195 PM-stabilization environment for ability, and noise. in-situ analyzers. 1065.307 Linearity verification. 1065.308 Continuous gas analyzer system-re- Subpart C—Measurement Instruments sponse and updating-recording verification—for gas analyzers not con- 1065.201 Overview and general provisions. tinuously compensated for other gas spe- 1065.202 Data updating, recording, and con- cies. trol. 1065.309 Continuous gas analyzer system-re- 1065.205 Performance specifications for sponse and updating-recording measurement instruments. verification—for gas analyzers continuously compensated for other gas species. MEASUREMENT OF ENGINE PARAMETERS AND AMBIENT CONDITIONS MEASUREMENT OF ENGINE PARAMETERS AND AMBIENT CONDITIONS 1065.210 Work input and output sensors. 1065.215 Pressure transducers, temperature 1065.310 Torque calibration. sensors, and dewpoint sensors. 1065.315 Pressure, temperature, and dewpoint calibration. FLOW-RELATED MEASUREMENTS FLOW-RELATED MEASUREMENTS 1065.220 Fuel flow meter. 1065.225 Intake-air flow meter. 1065.320 Fuel-flow calibration. 1065.230 Raw exhaust flow meter. 1065.325 Intake-flow calibration. 1065.240 Dilution air and diluted exhaust 1065.330 Exhaust-flow calibration. flow meters. 1065.340 Diluted exhaust flow (CVS) calibra- 1065.245 Sample flow meter for batch sam- tion. pling. 1065.341 CVS, PFD, and batch sampler 1065.247 Diesel exhaust fluid flow rate. verification (propane check).

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Pt. 1065 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

1065.342 Sample dryer verification. 1065.545 Verification of proportional flow 1065.345 Vacuum-side leak verification. control for batch sampling. 1065.546 Verification of minimum dilution CO AND CO2 MEASUREMENTS ratio for PM batch sampling. 1065.550 Gas analyzer range verification and 1065.350 H2O interference verification for CO NDIR analyzers. drift verification. 2 1065.590 PM sampling media (e.g., filters) 1065.355 H2O and CO2 interference verification for CO NDIR analyzers. preconditioning and tare weighing. 1065.595 PM sample post-conditioning and HYDROCARBON MEASUREMENTS total weighing. 1065.360 FID optimization and verification. Subpart G—Calculations and Data 1065.362 Non-stoichiometric raw exhaust Requirements FID O2 interference verification. 1065.365 Nonmethane cutter penetration 1065.601 Overview. fractions. 1065.602 Statistics. 1065.366 Interference verification for FTIR 1065.610 Duty cycle generation. analyzers. 1065.630 Local acceleration of gravity. 1065.369 H2O, CO, and CO2 interference 1065.640 Flow meter calibration calcula- verification for photoacoustic alcohol tions. analyzers. 1065.642 PDP, SSV, and CFV molar flow rate calculations. NOX AND N2O MEASUREMENTS 1065.644 Vacuum-decay leak rate. 1065.645 Amount of water in an ideal gas. 1065.370 CLD CO2 and H2O quench verification. 1065.650 Emission calculations. 1065.655 Chemical balances of fuel, intake 1065.372 NDUV analyzer HC and H2O interference verification. air, and exhaust. 1065.375 Interference verification for N O 1065.659 Removed water correction. 2 , and analyzers. 1065.660 THC, NMHC, NMNEHC, CH4 C H determination. 1065.376 Chiller NO penetration. 2 6 2 1065.665 THCE and NMHCE determination. 1065.378 NO -to-NO converter conversion 2 1065.667 Dilution air background emission verification. correction. PM MEASUREMENTS 1065.670 NOX intake-air humidity and temperature corrections. 1065.390 PM balance verifications and 1065.672 Drift correction. weighing process verification. 1065.675 CLD quench verification calcula- 1065.395 Inertial PM balance verifications. tions. 1065.680 Adjusting emission levels to ac- Subpart E—Engine Selection, Preparation, count for infrequently regenerating and Maintenance aftertreatment devices. 1065.690 Buoyancy correction for PM sample 1065.401 Test engine selection. media. 1065.405 Test engine preparation and main- 1065.695 Data requirements. tenance. 1065.410 Maintenance limits for stabilized Subpart H—Engine Fluids, Test Fuels, Ana- test engines. lytical Gases and Other Calibration 1065.415 Durability demonstration. Standards Subpart F—Performing an Emission Test 1065.701 General requirements for test fuels. Over Specified Duty Cycles 1065.703 Distillate diesel fuel. 1065.705 Residual and intermediate residual 1065.501 Overview. fuel. 1065.510 Engine mapping. 1065.710 Gasoline. 1065.512 Duty cycle generation. 1065.715 Natural gas. 1065.514 Cycle-validation criteria for oper- 1065.720 Liquefied petroleum gas. ation over specified duty cycles. 1065.725 High-level ethanol-gasoline blends. 1065.516 Sample system decontamination 1065.735 Diesel exhaust fluid. and preconditioning. 1065.740 Lubricants. 1065.518 Engine preconditioning. 1065.745 Coolants. 1065.520 Pre-test verification procedures and 1065.750 Analytical gases. pre-test data collection. 1065.790 Mass standards. 1065.525 Engine starting, restarting, and shutdown. Subpart I—Testing with Oxygenated Fuels 1065.526 Repeating of void modes or test intervals. 1065.801 Applicability. 1065.530 Emission test sequence. 1065.805 Sampling system.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1

1065.845 Response factor determination. fied in 40 CFR part 86, subpart N, ac- 1065.850 Calculations. cording to § 1065.10. (3) Nonroad diesel engines we regu- Subpart J—Field Testing and Portable late under 40 CFR part 1039 and sta- Emission Measurement Systems tionary compression-ignition engines 1065.901 Applicability. that are certified to the standards in 40 1065.905 General provisions. CFR part 1039, as specified in 40 CFR 1065.910 PEMS auxiliary equipment for field part 60, subpart IIII. For earlier model testing. years, manufacturers may use the test 1065.915 PEMS instruments. 1065.920 PEMS calibrations and procedures in this part or those speci- verifications. fied in 40 CFR part 89 according to 1065.925 PEMS preparation for field testing. § 1065.10. 1065.930 Engine starting, restarting, and (4) Marine diesel engines we regulate shutdown. under 40 CFR part 1042 and stationary 1065.935 Emission test sequence for field compression-ignition engines that are testing. 1065.940 Emission calculations. certified to the standards in 40 CFR part 1042, as specified in 40 CFR part 60, Subpart K—Definitions and Other subpart IIII. For earlier model years, Reference Information manufacturers may use the test procedures in this part or those specified in 1065.1001 Definitions. 40 CFR part 94 according to § 1065.10. 1065.1005 Symbols, abbreviations, acronyms, and units of measure. (5) Marine spark-ignition engines we 1065.1010 Incorporation by reference. regulate under 40 CFR part 1045. For earlier model years, manufacturers Subpart L—Methods for Unregulated and may use the test procedures in this Special Pollutants part or those specified in 40 CFR part 91 according to § 1065.10. 1065.1101 Applicability. 1065.1102 Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds (6) Large nonroad spark-ignition en- 1065.1103 General provisions for SVOC meas- gines we regulate under 40 CFR part urement. 1048, and stationary engines that are 1065.1105 Sampling system design. certified to the standards in 40 CFR 1065.1107 Sample media and sample system part 1048 or as otherwise specified in 40 preparation; sampler assembly. CFR part 60, subpart JJJJ. 1065.1109 Post-test sampler disassembly and (7) Vehicles we regulate under 40 CFR sample extraction. 1065.1111 Sample analysis. part 1051 (such as snowmobiles and off- highway motorcycles) based on engine AUTHORITY: 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q. testing. See 40 CFR part 1051, subpart SOURCE: 70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, unless F, for standards and procedures that otherwise noted. are based on vehicle testing. (8) Small nonroad spark-ignition en- Subpart A—Applicability and gines we regulate under 40 CFR part General Provisions 1054 and stationary engines that are certified to the standards in 40 CFR § 1065.1 Applicability. part 1054 as specified in 40 CFR part 60, (a) This part describes the procedures subpart JJJJ. For earlier model years, that apply to testing we require for the manufacturers may use the test proce- following engines or for vehicles using dures in this part or those specified in the following engines: 40 CFR part 90 according to § 1065.10. (1) Locomotives we regulate under 40 (b) The procedures of this part may CFR part 1033. For earlier model years, apply to other types of engines, as de- manufacturers may use the test proce- scribed in this part and in the stand- dures in this part or those specified in ard-setting part. 40 CFR part 92 according to § 1065.10. (c) The term ‘‘you’’ means anyone (2) Model year 2010 and later heavy- performing testing under this part duty highway engines we regulate other than EPA. under 40 CFR part 86. For earlier model (1) This part is addressed primarily years, manufacturers may use the test to manufacturers of engines, vehicles, procedures in this part or those speci- equipment, and vessels, but it applies

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.2 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

equally to anyone who does testing cle-based measurements under 40 CFR under this part for such manufacturers. part 1066, it is sometimes necessary to (2) This part applies to any manufac- include parenthetical statements in turer or supplier of test equipment, in- this part 1065 to properly cite sec- struments, supplies, or any other goods ondary references that are different for or services related to the procedures, vehicle-based testing. See 40 CFR part requirements, recommendations, or op- 1066 and the standard-setting part for tions in this part. additional information. (d) Paragraph (a) of this section iden- [73 FR 37288, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 tifies the parts of the CFR that define FR 59321, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23028, Apr. 30, emission standards and other require- 2010; 76 FR 37977, June 28, 2011; 76 FR 57437, ments for particular types of engines. Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23752, Apr. 28, 2014] In this part, we refer to each of these other parts generically as the ’’stand- § 1065.2 Submitting information to ard-setting part.’’ For example, 40 CFR EPA under this part. part 1051 is always the standard-setting (a) You are responsible for state- part for snowmobiles. Note that while ments and information in your applica- 40 CFR part 86 is the standard-setting tions for certification, requests for ap- part for heavy-duty highway engines, proved procedures, selective enforce- this refers specifically to 40 CFR part ment audits, laboratory audits, produc- 86, subpart A, and to certain portions tion-line test reports, field test reports, of 40 CFR part 86, subpart N, as de- or any other statements you make to scribed in 40 CFR 86.1301. us related to this part 1065. If you pro- (e) Unless we specify otherwise, the vide statements or information to terms ‘‘procedures’’ and ‘‘test proce- someone for submission to EPA, you dures’’ in this part include all aspects are responsible for these statements of engine testing, including the equip- and information as if you had sub- ment specifications, calibrations, cal- mitted them to EPA yourself. culations, and other protocols and pro- (b) In the standard-setting part and cedural specifications needed to meas- in 40 CFR 1068.101, we describe your ob- ure emissions. ligation to report truthful and com- (f) For vehicles, equipment, or ves- plete information and the consequences sels subject to this part and regulated of failing to meet this obligation. See under vehicle-based, equipment-based, also 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 42 U.S.C. or vessel-based standards, use good en- 7413(c)(2). This obligation applies gineering judgment to interpret the whether you submit this information term ‘‘engine’’ in this part to include directly to EPA or through someone vehicles, equipment, or vessels, where else. appropriate. (c) We may void any certificates or (g) For additional information re- approvals associated with a submission garding these test procedures, visit our of information if we find that you in- Web site at http://www.epa.gov, and in tentionally submitted false, incom- particular http://www.epa.gov/nvfel/test- plete, or misleading information. For ing/regulations.htm. example, if we find that you inten- (h) This part describes procedures tionally submitted incomplete infor- and specifications for measuring an en- mation to mislead EPA when request- gine’s exhaust emissions. While the ing approval to use alternate test pro- measurements are geared toward en- cedures, we may void the certificates gine-based measurements (in units of g/ for all engines families certified based kW · hr), many of these provisions on emission data collected using the apply equally to vehicle-based meas- alternate procedures. This would also urements (in units of g/mile or g/kilo- apply if you ignore data from incom- meter). 40 CFR part 1066 describes the plete tests or from repeat tests with analogous procedures for vehicle-based higher emission results. emission measurements, and in many (d) We may require an authorized cases states that specific provisions of representative of your company to ap- this part 1065 also apply for those vehi- prove and sign the submission, and to cle-based measurements. Where mate- certify that all the information sub- rial from this part 1065 applies for vehi- mitted is accurate and complete. This

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.5

includes everyone who submits infor- ard-setting part. Alternatively, you mation, including manufacturers and may omit the measurement of N2O and others. CH4 for an engine, provided it is not (e) See 40 CFR 1068.10 for provisions subject to an N2O or CH4 emission related to confidential information. standard. If you omit the measurement Note however that under 40 CFR 2.301, of N2O and CH4, you must provide other emission data are generally not eligi- information and/or data that will give ble for confidential treatment. us a reasonable basis for estimating (f) Nothing in this part should be in- the engine’s emission rates. terpreted to limit our ability under (4) Do any unique specifications Clean Air Act section 208 (42 U.S.C. apply for test fuels? 7542) to verify that engines conform to (5) What maintenance steps may I the regulations. take before or between tests on an [73 FR 37289, June 30, 2008, as amended at 75 emission-data engine? FR 23028, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23752, Apr. 28, (6) Do any unique requirements apply 2014] to stabilizing emission levels on a new engine? § 1065.5 Overview of this part 1065 and (7) Do any unique requirements apply its relationship to the standard-set- to test limits, such as ambient tem- ting part. peratures or pressures? (a) This part specifies procedures (8) Is field testing required or al- that apply generally to testing various lowed, and are there different emission categories of engines. See the standard- standards or procedures that apply to setting part for directions in applying field testing? specific provisions in this part for a (9) Are there any emission standards particular type of engine. Before using specified at particular engine-oper- this part’s procedures, read the stand- ating conditions or ambient condi- ard-setting part to answer at least the tions? following questions: (10) Do any unique requirements (1) What duty cycles must I use for apply for durability testing? laboratory testing? (b) The testing specifications in the (2) Should I warm up the test engine standard-setting part may differ from before measuring emissions, or do I the specifications in this part. In cases need to measure cold-start emissions where it is not possible to comply with during a warm-up segment of the duty both the standard-setting part and this cycle? part, you must comply with the speci- (3) Which exhaust constituents do I fications in the standard-setting part. need to measure? Measure all exhaust The standard-setting part may also constituents that are subject to emis- allow you to deviate from the proce- sion standards, any other exhaust con- dures of this part for other reasons. stituents needed for calculating emis- (c) The following table shows how sion rates, and any additional exhaust this part divides testing specifications constituents as specified in the stand- into subparts:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.5—DESCRIPTION OF PART 1065 SUBPARTS

This subpart Describes these specifications or procedures

Subpart A ...... Applicability and general provisions. Subpart B ...... Equipment for testing. Subpart C ...... Measurement instruments for testing. Subpart D ...... Calibration and performance verifications for measurement systems. Subpart E ...... How to prepare engines for testing, including service accumulation. Subpart F ...... How to run an emission test over a predetermined duty cycle. Subpart G ...... Test procedure calculations. Subpart H ...... Fuels, engine fluids, analytical gases, and other calibration standards. Subpart I ...... Special procedures related to oxygenated fuels. Subpart J ...... How to test with portable emission measurement systems (PEMS).

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.10 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

[73 FR 37289, June 30, 2008, as amended at 74 your engines. Note that you need not FR 56511, Oct. 30, 2009] notify us of unrepresentative aspects of the test procedure if measured emis- § 1065.10 Other procedures. sions are equivalent to in-use emis- (a) Your testing. The procedures in sions. This provision does not obligate this part apply for all testing you do to you to pursue new information regard- show compliance with emission standing the different ways your engine ards, with certain exceptions noted in might operate in use, nor does it obli- this section. In some other sections in gate you to collect any other in-use in- this part, we allow you to use other formation to verify whether or not procedures (such as less precise or less these test procedures are representa- accurate procedures) if they do not af- tive of your engine’s in-use operation. fect your ability to show that your en- If you notify us of unrepresentative gines comply with the applicable emis- procedures under this paragraph (c)(1), sion standards. This generally requires we will cooperate with you to establish emission levels to be far enough below whether and how the procedures should the applicable emission standards so be appropriately changed to result in that any errors caused by greater im- more representative measurements. precision or inaccuracy do not affect While the provisions of this paragraph your ability to state unconditionally (c)(1) allow us to be responsive to that the engines meet all applicable issues as they arise, we would gen- emission standards. erally work toward making these test- (b) Our testing. These procedures gen- ing changes generally applicable erally apply for testing that we do to through rulemaking. We will allow rea- determine if your engines comply with sonable lead time for compliance with applicable emission standards. We may any resulting change in procedures. We perform other testing as allowed by the will consider the following factors in Act. determining the importance of pur- (c) Exceptions. We may allow or re- suing changes to the procedures: quire you to use procedures other than (i) Whether supplemental emission those specified in this part in the fol- standards or other requirements in the lowing cases, which may apply to lab- standard-setting part address the type oratory testing, field testing, or both. of operation of concern or otherwise We intend to publicly announce when prevent inappropriate design strate- we allow or require such exceptions. gies. All of the test procedures noted here as (ii) Whether the unrepresentative as- exceptions to the specified procedures pect of the procedures affects your are considered generically as ‘‘other ability to show compliance with the procedures.’’ Note that the terms applicable emission standards. ‘‘special procedures’’ and ‘‘alternate (iii) The extent to which the estab- procedures’’ have specific meanings; lished procedures require the use of ‘‘special procedures’’ are those allowed emission-control technologies or strat- by § 1065.10(c)(2) and ‘‘alternate proce- egies that are expected to ensure a dures’’ are those allowed by comparable degree of emission control § 1065.10(c)(7). under the in-use operation that differs (1) The objective of the procedures in from the specified procedures. this part is to produce emission meas- (2) You may request to use special urements equivalent to those that procedures if your engine cannot be would result from measuring emissions tested using the specified procedures. during in-use operation using the same For example, this may apply if your engine configuration as installed in a engine cannot operate on the specified vehicle, equipment, or vessel. However, duty cycle. In this case, tell us in writ- in unusual circumstances where these ing why you cannot satisfactorily test procedures may result in measure- your engine using this part’s proce- ments that do not represent in-use op- dures and ask to use a different ap- eration, you must notify us if good en- proach. We will approve your request if gineering judgment indicates that the we determine that it would produce specified procedures cause unrepre- emission measurements that represent sentative emission measurements for in-use operation and we determine that

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.12

it can be used to show compliance with either the approved alternate proce- the requirements of the standard-set- dures or the specified procedures. The ting part. Where we approve special following provisions apply to requests procedures that differ substantially for alternate procedures: from the specified procedures, we may (i) Applications. Follow the instruc- preclude you from participating in tions in § 1065.12. averaging, banking, and trading with (ii) Submission. Submit requests in the affected engine families. writing to the Designated Compliance (3) In a given model year, you may Officer. use procedures required for later model (iii) Notification. We may approve year engines without request. If you your request by telling you directly, or upgrade your testing facility in stages, we may issue guidance announcing our you may rely on a combination of pro- approval of a specific alternate proce- cedures for current and later model dure, which would make additional re- year engines as long as you can ensure, quests for approval unnecessary. using good engineering judgment, that (d) Advance approval. If we require the combination you use for testing you to request approval to use other does not affect your ability to show procedures under paragraph (c) of this compliance with the applicable emis- section, you may not use them until we sion standards. approve your request. (4) In a given model year, you may ask to use procedures allowed for ear- [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 lier model year engines. We will ap- FR 37290, June 30, 2008; 75 FR 23028, Apr. 30, prove this only if you show us that 2010; 79 FR 23752, Apr. 28, 2014; 80 FR 9118, using the procedures allowed for earlier Feb. 19, 2015; 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016] model years does not affect your ability to show compliance with the appli- § 1065.12 Approval of alternate procedures. cable emission standards. (5) You may ask to use emission data (a) To get approval for an alternate collected using other procedures, such procedure under § 1065.10(c), send the as those of the California Air Re- Designated Compliance Officer an ini- sources Board or the International Or- tial written request describing the al- ganization for Standardization. We will ternate procedure and why you believe approve this only if you show us that it is equivalent to the specified proce- using these other procedures does not dure. Anyone may request alternate affect your ability to show compliance procedure approval. This means that with the applicable emission standards. an individual engine manufacturer may (6) During the 12 months following request to use an alternate procedure. the effective date of any change in the This also means that an instrument provisions of this part 1065 (and 40 CFR manufacturer may request to have an part 1066 for vehicle testing), you may instrument, equipment, or procedure use data collected using procedures approved as an alternate procedure to specified in the previously applicable those specified in this part. We may ap- version of this part 1065 (and 40 CFR prove your request based on this infor- part 1066 for vehicle testing). This also mation alone, whether or not it in- applies for changes to test procedures cludes all the information specified in specified in the standard-setting part this section. Where we determine that to the extent that these changes do not your original submission does not in- correspond to new emission standards. clude enough information for us to de- This paragraph (c)(6) does not restrict termine that the alternate procedure is the use of carryover certification data equivalent to the specified procedure, otherwise allowed by the standard-set- we may ask you to submit supple- ting part. mental information showing that your (7) You may request to use alternate alternate procedure is consistently and procedures that are equivalent to the reliably at least as accurate and re- specified procedures, or procedures peatable as the specified procedure. that are more accurate or more precise (b) We may make our approval under than the specified procedures. We may this section conditional upon meeting perform tests with your engines using other requirements or specifications.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.12 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

We may limit our approval, for exam- rameters that may affect equivalence. ple, to certain time frames, specific For example, for a request to use a dif- duty cycles, or specific emission stand- ferent NOX measurement procedure, ards. Based upon any supplemental in- you should theoretically relate the al- formation we receive after our initial ternate detection principle to the spec- approval, we may amend a previously ified detection principle over the ex- approved alternate procedure to expected concentration ranges for NO, tend, limit, or discontinue its use. We NO2, and interference gases. For a re- intend to publicly announce alternate quest to use a different PM measure- procedures that we approve. ment procedure, you should explain the (c) Although we will make every ef- principles by which the alternate pro- fort to approve only alternate proce- cedure quantifies particulate mass dures that completely meet our re- similarly to the specified procedures. quirements, we may revoke our ap- (2) Technical description. Describe proval of an alternate procedure if new briefly any hardware or software need- information shows that it is significantly not equivalent to the specified ed to perform the alternate procedure. procedure. You may include dimensioned draw- If we do this, we will grant time to ings, flowcharts, schematics, and com- switch to testing using an allowed pro- ponent specifications. Explain any nec- cedure, considering the following fac- essary calculations or other data ma- tors: nipulation. (1) The cost, difficulty, and avail- (3) Procedure execution. Describe brief- ability to switch to a procedure that ly how to perform the alternate proce- we allow. dure and recommend a level of training (2) The degree to which the alternate an operator should have to achieve ac- procedure affects your ability to show ceptable results. that your engines comply with all ap- Summarize the installation, calibra- plicable emission standards. tion, operation, and maintenance pro- (3) Any relevant factors considered in cedures in a step-by-step format. De- our initial approval. scribe how any calibration is performed (d) If we do not approve your pro- using NIST-traceable standards or posed alternate procedure based on the other similar standards we approve. information in your initial request, we Calibration must be specified by using may ask you to send additional infor- known quantities and must not be mation to fully evaluate your request. specified as a comparison with other While we consider the information allowed procedures. specified in this paragraph (d) and the (4) Data-collection techniques. Com- statistical criteria of paragraph (e) of pare measured emission results using this section to be sufficient to dem- the proposed alternate procedure and onstrate equivalence, it may not be the specified procedure, as follows: necessary to include all the informa- (i) Both procedures must be cali- tion or meet the specified statistical brated independently to NIST-trace- criteria. For example, systems that do able standards or to other similar not meet the statistical criteria in standards we approve. paragraph (e) of this section because they have a small bias toward high (ii) Include measured emission re- emission results could be approved sults from all applicable duty cycles. since they would not adversely affect Measured emission results should show your ability to demonstrate compli- that the test engine meets all applica- ance with applicable standards. ble emission standards according to (1) Theoretical basis. Give a brief tech- specified procedures. nical description explaining why you (iii) Use statistical methods to evalu- believe the proposed alternate proce- ate the emission measurements, such dure should result in emission meas- as those described in paragraph (e) of urements equivalent to those using the this section. specified procedure. You may include (e) Absent any other directions from equations, figures, and references. You us, use a t-test and an F-test calculated should consider the full range of pa- according to § 1065.602 to evaluate

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.12

whether your proposed alternate proce- function or using some kind of non- dure is equivalent to the specified pro- parametric test. cedure. We may give you specific direc- (3) Show that t is less than the crit- tions regarding methods for statistical ical t value, tcrit, tabulated in § 1065.602, analysis, or we may approve other for the following confidence intervals: methods that you propose. Such alter- (i) 90% for a proposed alternate pro- nate methods may be more or less cedure for laboratory testing. stringent than those specified in this (ii) 95% for a proposed alternate pro- paragraph (e). In determining the ap- cedure for field testing. propriate statistical criteria, we will (4) Demonstrate the precision of the consider the repeatability of measure- proposed alternate procedure by show- ments made with the reference proce- ing that it passes an F-test. Use a set of dure. For example, less stringent sta- at least seven samples from the ref- tistical criteria may be appropriate for erence procedure and a set of at least measuring emission levels being so low seven samples from the alternate pro- that they adversely affect the repeat- cedure to perform an F-test. The sets ability of reference measurements. We must meet the following requirements: recommend that you consult a statisti- (i) Within each set, the values must cian if you are unfamiliar with these be independent. That is, the prob- statistical tests. Perform the tests as ability of any given value in a set must follows: be unchanged by knowledge of another (1) Repeat measurements for all ap- value in that set. For example, your plicable duty cycles at least seven data would violate this requirement if times for each procedure. You may use a set showed a distinct increase or de- laboratory duty cycles to evaluate crease that was dependent upon the field-testing procedures. time at which they were sampled. Be sure to include all available re- (ii) For each set, the population of sults to evaluate the precision and ac- values from which you sampled must curacy of the proposed alternate proce- have a normal (i.e., Gaussian) distribu- dure, as described in § 1065.2. tion. If the population of values is not (2) Demonstrate the accuracy of the normally distributed, consult a stat- proposed alternate procedure by show- istician for a more appropriate statis- ing that it passes a two-sided t-test. tical test, which may include trans- Use an unpaired t-test, unless you show forming the data with a mathematical that a paired t-test is appropriate function or using some kind of non- under both of the following provisions: parametric test. (i) For paired data, the population of (iii) The two sets must be inde- the paired differences from which you pendent of each other. That is, the sampled paired differences must be probability of any given value in one independent. That is, the probability of set must be unchanged by knowledge of any given value of one paired dif- another value in the other set. For ex- ference is unchanged by knowledge of ample, your data would violate this re- the value of another paired difference. quirement if one value in a set showed For example, your paired data would a distinct increase or decrease that was violate this requirement if your series dependent upon a value in the other of paired differences showed a distinct set. Note that a trend of emission increase or decrease that was depend- changes from an engine would not vio- ent on the time at which they were late this requirement. sampled. (iv) If you collect paired data for the (ii) For paired data, the population of paired t-test in paragraph (e)(2) in this paired differences from which you sam- section, use caution when selecting pled the paired differences must have a sets from paired data for the F-test. If normal (i.e., Gaussian) distribution. If you do this, select sets that do not the population of paired difference is mask the precision of the measurement not normally distributed, consult a procedure. We recommend selecting statistician for a more appropriate sta- such sets only from data collected tistical test, which may include trans- using the same engine, measurement forming the data with a mathematical instruments, and test cycle.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.15 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(5) Show that F is less than the crit- (1) Engine operation. Testing may in- ical F value, Fcrit, tabulated in § 1065.602. volve measuring emissions and work in If you have several F-test results from a laboratory-type environment or in several sets of data, show that the the field, as described in paragraph (f) mean F-test value is less than the of this section. For most laboratory mean critical F value for all the sets. testing, the engine is operated over one Evaluate Fcrit, based on the following or more duty cycles specified in the confidence intervals: standard-setting part. However, labora- (i) 90% for a proposed alternate pro- tory testing may also include non-duty cedure for laboratory testing. cycle testing (such as simulation of (ii) 95% for a proposed alternate pro- field testing in a laboratory). For field cedure for field testing. testing, the engine is operated under [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 normal in-use operation. The standard- FR 37290, June 30, 2008; 79 FR 23752, Apr. 28, setting part specifies how test inter- 2014] vals are defined for field testing. Refer to the definitions of ‘‘duty cycle’’ and § 1065.15 Overview of procedures for ‘‘test interval’’ in § 1065.1001. Note that laboratory and field testing. a single duty cycle may have multiple This section outlines the procedures test intervals and require weighting of to test engines that are subject to results from multiple test intervals to emission standards. calculate a composite brake-specific (a) In the standard-setting part, we emissions value to compare to the set brake-specific emission standards standard. in g/(kW · hr) (or g/(hp · hr)), for the (2) Constituent determination. Deter- following constituents: mine the total mass of each con- (1) Total oxides of nitrogen, NOX. stituent over a test interval by select- (2) Hydrocarbon, HC, which may be ing from the following methods: expressed in the following ways: (i) Continuous sampling. In continuous (i) Total hydrocarbon, THC. sampling, measure the constituent’s (ii) Nonmethane hydrocarbon, NMHC, concentration continuously from raw which results from subtracting meth- or dilute exhaust. Multiply this con- ane, CH , from THC. 4 centration by the continuous (raw or (iii) Nonmethane-nonethane hydro- dilute) flow rate at the emission sam- carbon, NMNEHC, which results from pling location to determine the con- subtracting methane, CH , and ethane, 4 stituent’s flow rate. Sum the constitu- C2H6, from THC. (iv) Total hydrocarbon-equivalent, ent’s flow rate continuously over the THCE, which results from adjusting test interval. This sum is the total THC mathematically to be equivalent mass of the emitted constituent. on a carbon-mass basis. (ii) Batch sampling. In batch sam- (v) Nonmethane hydrocarbon-equiva- pling, continuously extract and store a lent, NMHCE, which results from ad- sample of raw or dilute exhaust for justing NMHC mathematically to be later measurement. Extract a sample equivalent on a carbon-mass basis. proportional to the raw or dilute ex- (3) Particulate matter, PM. haust flow rate. You may extract and (4) Carbon monoxide, CO. store a proportional sample of exhaust (5) Carbon dioxide, CO2. in an appropriate container, such as a (6) Methane, CH4. bag, and then measure NOX, HC, CO, (7) Nitrous oxide, N2O. CO2, CH4, N2O, and CH2O concentra- (b) Note that some engines are not tions in the container after the test in- subject to standards for all the emis- terval. You may deposit PM from pro- sion constituents identified in para- portionally extracted exhaust onto an graph (a) of this section. Note also that appropriate substrate, such as a filter. the standard-setting part may include In this case, divide the PM by the standards for pollutants not listed in amount of filtered exhaust to calculate paragraph (a) of this section. the PM concentration. Multiply batch (c) We generally set brake-specific sampled concentrations by the total emission standards over test intervals (raw or dilute) flow from which it was and/or duty cycles, as follows: extracted during the test interval. This

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.15

product is the total mass of the emit- (ii) Fuel consumed and brake-specific ted constituent. fuel consumption. Directly measure fuel (iii) Combined sampling. You may use consumed or calculate it with chemical continuous and batch sampling simul- balances of the fuel, intake air, and ex- taneously during a test interval, as fol- haust. To calculate fuel consumed by a lows: chemical balance, you must also meas- (A) You may use continuous sam- ure either intake-air flow rate or ex- pling for some constituents and batch haust flow rate. Divide the fuel con- sampling for others. sumed during a test interval by the brake-specific fuel consumption to de- (B) You may use continuous and termine work over the test interval. batch sampling for a single con- For laboratory testing, calculate the stituent, with one being a redundant brake-specific fuel consumption using measurement. See § 1065.201 for more in- fuel consumed and speed and torque formation on redundant measurements. over a test interval. For field testing, (3) Work determination. Determine refer to the standard-setting part and work over a test interval by one of the § 1065.915 for selecting an appropriate following methods: value for brake-specific fuel consump- (i) Speed and torque. Synchronously tion. multiply speed and brake torque to cal- (d) Refer to § 1065.650 for calculations culate instantaneous values for engine to determine brake-specific emissions. brake power. Sum engine brake power (e) The following figure illustrates over a test interval to determine total the allowed measurement configura- work. tions described in this part 1065:

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.15 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(f) This part 1065 describes how to (1) This affects test intervals and test engines in a laboratory-type envi- duty cycles as follows: ronment or in the field.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER15SE11.019 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.20

(i) For laboratory testing, you gen- (1) We designate angular speed, fn, of erally determine brake-specific emis- an engine’s crankshaft in revolutions sions for duty-cycle testing by using an per minute (r/min), rather than the SI engine dynamometer in a laboratory or unit of radians per second (rad/s). This other environment. This typically con- is based on the commonplace use of r/ sists of one or more test intervals, each min in many engine dynamometer lab- defined by a duty cycle, which is a se- oratories. quence of modes, speeds, and/or torques (2) We designate brake-specific emis- (or powers) that an engine must follow. sions in grams per kilowatt-hour (g/ If the standard-setting part allows it, (kW · hr)), rather than the SI unit of you may also simulate field testing grams per megajoule (g/MJ). In addi- with an engine dynamometer in a lab- tion, we use the symbol hr to identify oratory or other environment. hour, rather than the SI convention of (ii) Field testing consists of normal using h. This is based on the fact that in-use engine operation while an engine engines are generally subject to emis- is installed in a vehicle, equipment, or vessel rather than following a specific sion standards expressed in g/kW · hr. engine duty cycle. The standard-set- If we specify engine standards in grams ting part specifies how test intervals per horsepower · hour (g/(hp · hr)) in are defined for field testing. the standard-setting part, convert (2) The type of testing may also af- units as specified in paragraph (d) of fect what test equipment may be used. this section. You may use ‘‘lab-grade’’ test equip- (3) We generally designate tempera- ment for any testing. The term ‘‘lab- tures in units of degrees Celsius ( °C) grade’’ refers to equipment that fully unless a calculation requires an abso- conforms to the applicable specifica- lute temperature. In that case, we des- tions of this part. For some testing you ignate temperatures in units of Kelvin may alternatively use ‘‘field-grade’’ (K). For conversion purposes through- equipment. The term ‘‘field-grade’’ re- out this part, 0 °C equals 273.15 K. Un- fers to equipment that fully conforms less specified otherwise, always use ab- to the applicable specifications of sub- solute temperature values for multi- part J of this part, but does not fully plying or dividing by temperature. conform to other specifications of this (b) Concentrations. This part does not part. You may use ‘‘field-grade’’ equip- rely on amounts expressed in parts per ment for field testing. We also specify million. Rather, we express such in this part and in the standard-setting amounts in the following SI units: parts certain cases in which you may (1) For ideal gases, μmol/mol, for- use ‘‘field-grade’’ equipment for testing merly ppm (volume). in a laboratory-type environment. (2) For all substances, cm3/m3, for- (NOTE: Although ‘‘field-grade’’ equip- merly ppm (volume). ment is generally more portable than (3) For all substances, mg/kg, for- ‘‘lab-grade’’ test equipment, port- merly ppm (mass). ability is not relevant to whether equipment is considered to be ‘‘field- (c) Absolute pressure. Measure abso- grade’’ or ‘‘lab-grade’’.) lute pressure directly or calculate it as the sum of atmospheric pressure plus a [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 differential pressure that is referenced FR 37290, June 30, 2008; 75 FR 23028, Apr. 30, to atmospheric pressure. Always use 2010; 76 FR 57437, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23753, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016] absolute pressure values for multiplying or dividing by pressure. § 1065.20 Units of measure and over- (d) Units conversion. Use the following view of calculations. conventions to convert units: (a) System of units. The procedures in (1) Testing. You may record values this part generally follow the Inter- and perform calculations with other national System of Units (SI), as de- units. For testing with equipment that tailed in NIST Special Publication 811, involves other units, use the conver- which we incorporate by reference in sion factors from NIST Special Publi- § 1065.1010. The following exceptions cation 811, as described in paragraph apply: (a) of this section.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.20 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(2) Humidity. In this part, we identify value remaining digit by one. For ex- humidity levels by specifying dew- ample, 3.141593 rounded to the fourth point, which is the temperature at decimal place is 3.1416. which pure water begins to condense (3) If the first digit to be removed is out of air. Use humidity conversions as five with at least one additional non- described in § 1065.645. zero digit following the five, remove all (3) Emission standards. If your stand- the appropriate digits and increase the ard is in g/(hp · hr) units, convert kW lowest-value remaining digit by one. to hp before any rounding by using the For example, 3.141593 rounded to the conversion factor of 1 hp (550 ft · lbf/s) third decimal place is 3.142. = 0.7456999 kW. Round the final value (4) If the first digit to be removed is for comparison to the applicable stand- five with no additional non-zero digits ard. following the five, remove all the ap- (e) Rounding. You are required to propriate digits, increase the lowest- round certain final values, such as final value remaining digit by one if it is odd emission values. You may round inter- and leave it unchanged if it is even. mediate values when transferring data For example, 1.75 and 1.750 rounded to as long as you maintain at least six the first decimal place are 1.8; while significant digits (which requires more 1.85 and 1.850 rounded to the first dec- than six decimal places for values less imal place are also 1.8. Note that this than 0.1), or all significant digits if rounding procedure will always result fewer than six digits are available. Un- in an even number for the lowest-value less the standard-setting part specifies digit. otherwise, do not round other inter- (5) This paragraph (e)(5) applies if the mediate values. Round values to the regulation specifies rounding to an in- number of significant digits necessary crement other than decimal places or to match the number of decimal places powers of ten (to the nearest 0.01, 0.1, 1, of the applicable standard or specifica- 10, 100, etc.). To round numbers for tion as described in this paragraph (e). these special cases, divide the quantity Note that specifications expressed as by the specified rounding increment. percentages have infinite precision (as Round the result to the nearest whole described in paragraph (e)(7) of this number as described in paragraphs section). Use the following rounding (e)(1) through (4) of this section. Mul- convention, which is consistent with tiply the rounded number by the speci- ASTM E29 and NIST SP 811: fied rounding increment. This value is (1) If the first (left-most) digit to be the desired result. For example, to removed is less than five, remove all round 0.90 to the nearest 0.2, divide 0.90 the appropriate digits without chang- by 0.2 to get a result of 4.5, which ing the digits that remain. For exam- rounds to 4. Multiplying 4 by 0.2 gives ple, 3.141593 rounded to the second dec- 0.8, which is the result of rounding 0.90 imal place is 3.14. to the nearest 0.2. (2) If the first digit to be removed is (6) The following tables further illus- greater than five, remove all the appro- trate the rounding procedures specified priate digits and increase the lowest- in this paragraph (e):

Rounding increment Quantity 10 1 0.1 0.01

3.141593 ...... 0 3 3.1 3.14 123,456.789 ...... 123,460 123,457 123,456.8 123,456.79 5.500 ...... 10 6 5.5 5.50 4.500 ...... 0 4 4.5 4.50

Rounding increment Quantity 25 3 0.5 0.02

229.267 ...... 225 228 229.5 229.26 62.500 ...... 50 63 62.5 62.50 87.500 ...... 100 87 87.5 87.50 7.500 ...... 0 6 7.5 7.50

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.25

(7) This paragraph (e)(7) applies control point to that single value (X). where we specify a limit or tolerance Examples of this type of range include as some percentage of another value ‘‘±10% of maximum pressure’’, or ‘‘(30 (such as ±2% of a maximum concentra- ±10) kPa’’. In these examples, you tion). You may show compliance with would target the maximum pressure or such specifications either by applying 30 kPa, respectively. the percentage to the total value to (2) Whenever we specify a range by calculate an absolute limit, or by con- the interval between two values, you verting the absolute value to a percent- may target any associated control age by dividing it by the total value. point to any value within that range. (i) Do not round either value (the ab- An example of this type of range is ‘‘(40 solute limit or the calculated percent- to 50) kPa’’. age), except as specified in paragraph (g) Scaling of specifications with respect (e)(7)(ii) of this section. For example, to an applicable standard. Because this assume we specify that an analyzer part 1065 is applicable to a wide range must have a repeatability of ±1% of the of engines and emission standards, maximum concentration or better, the some of the specifications in this part maximum concentration is 1059 ppm, are scaled with respect to an engine’s and you determine repeatability to be applicable standard or maximum ±6.3 ppm. In this example, you could power. This ensures that the specifica- calculate an absolute limit of ±10.59 tion will be adequate to determine ppm (1059 ppm × 0.01) or calculate that compliance, but not overly burdensome the 6.3 ppm repeatability is equivalent by requiring unnecessarily high-preci- to a repeatability of 0.5949008498584%. sion equipment. Many of these speci- (ii) Prior to July 1, 2013, you may fications are given with respect to a treat tolerances (and equivalent speci- ‘‘flow-weighted mean’’ that is expected fications) specified in percentages as at the standard or during testing. having fixed rather than infinite preci- Flow-weighted mean is the mean of a sion. For example, 2% would be equiva- quantity after it is weighted propor- lent to 1.51% to 2.50% and 2.0% would tional to a corresponding flow rate. For be equivalent to 1.951% to 2.050%. Note example, if a gas concentration is that this allowance applies whether or measured continuously from the raw not the percentage is explicitly speci- exhaust of an engine, its flow-weighted fied as a percentage of another value. mean concentration is the sum of the (8) You may use measurement de- products (dry-to-wet corrected, if ap- vices that incorporate internal round- plicable) of each recorded concentra- ing, consistent with the provisions of tion times its respective exhaust flow this paragraph (e)(8). You may use de- rate, divided by the sum of the re- vices that use any rounding convention corded flow rates. As another example, if they report six or more significant the bag concentration from a CVS sys- digits. You may use devices that report tem is the same as the flow-weighted fewer than six digits, consistent with mean concentration, because the CVS good engineering judgment and the ac- system itself flow-weights the bag con- curacy, repeatability, and noise speci- centration. Refer to § 1065.602 for infor- fications of this part. Note that this mation needed to estimate and cal- provision does not necessarily require culate flow-weighted means. Wherever you to perform engineering analysis or a specification is scaled to a value keep records. based upon an applicable standard, in- (f) Interpretation of ranges. Interpret terpret the standard to be the family a range as a tolerance unless we explic- emission limit if the engine is certified itly identify it as an accuracy, repeat- under an emission credit program in ability, linearity, or noise specifica- the standard-setting part. tion. See § 1065.1001 for the definition of [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 tolerance. In this part, we specify two FR 37292, June 30, 2008; 76 FR 57438, Sept. 15, types of ranges: 2011; 79 FR 23753, Apr. 28, 2014] (1) Whenever we specify a range by a single value and corresponding limit § 1065.25 Recordkeeping. values above and below that value (a) The procedures in this part in- (such as X ±Y), target the associated clude various requirements to record

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.101 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

data or other information. Refer to the for field testing. This equipment in- standard-setting part and § 1065.695 re- cludes three broad categories- garding specific recordkeeping require- dynamometers, engine fluid systems ments. (such as fuel and intake-air systems), (b) You must promptly send us orga- and emission-sampling hardware. nized, written records in English if we (b) Other related subparts in this ask for them. We may review them at part identify measurement instru- any time. ments (subpart C), describe how to (c) We may waive specific reporting evaluate the performance of these in- or recordkeeping requirements we de- struments (subpart D), and specify en- termine to be unnecessary for the pur- gine fluids and analytical gases (sub- poses of this part and the standard-set- part H). ting part. Note that while we will gen- (c) Subpart J of this part describes erally keep the records required by this additional equipment that is specific to part, we are not obligated to keep field testing. records we determine to be unneces- (d) Figures 1 and 2 of this section il- sary for us to keep. For example, while lustrate some of the possible configura- we require you to keep records for in- tions of laboratory equipment. These valid tests so that we may verify that figures are schematics only; we do not your invalidation was appropriate, it is require exact conformance to them. not necessary for us to keep records for Figure 1 of this section illustrates the our own invalid tests. equipment specified in this subpart and gives some references to sections in [79 FR 23753, Apr. 28, 2014] this subpart. Figure 2 of this section illustrates some of the possible configu- Subpart B—Equipment rations of a full-flow dilution, con- Specifications stant-volume sampling (CVS) system. Not all possible CVS configurations are § 1065.101 Overview. shown. (a) This subpart specifies equipment, (e) Dynamometer testing involves en- other than measurement instruments, gine operation over speeds and loads related to emission testing. The provi- that are controlled to a prescribed duty sions of this subpart apply for all en- cycle. Field testing involves measuring gine dynamometer testing where en- emissions over normal in-use operation gine speeds and loads are controlled to of a vehicle or piece of equipment. follow a prescribed duty cycle. See sub- Field testing does not involve oper- part J of this part to determine which ating an engine over a prescribed duty of the provisions of this subpart apply cycle.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.101

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER13JY05.012 § 1065.110 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 (i) You may use eddy-current and FR 37292, June 30, 2008] water-brake dynamometers for any testing that does not involve engine § 1065.110 Work inputs and outputs, motoring, which is identified by nega- accessory work, and operator demand. tive torque commands in a reference duty cycle. See the standard setting (a) Work. Use good engineering judg- part for reference duty cycles that are ment to simulate all engine work in- applicable to your engine. puts and outputs as they typically (ii) You may use alternating-current would operate in use. Account for work or direct-current motoring inputs and outputs during an emission dynamometers for any type of testing. test by measuring them; or, if they are (iii) You may use one or more small, you may show by engineering dynamometers. analysis that disregarding them does not affect your ability to determine (iv) You may use any device that is the net work output by more than already installed on a vehicle, equip- ±0.5% of the net expected work output ment, or vessel to absorb work from over the test interval. Use equipment the engine’s output shaft(s). Examples to simulate the specific types of work, of these types of devices include a ves- as follows: sel’s propeller and a locomotive’s gen- (1) Shaft work. Use an engine dyna- erator. mometer that is able to meet the (2) Electrical work. Use one or more of cycle-validation criteria in § 1065.514 the following to simulate electrical over each applicable duty cycle. work:

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER13JY05.013 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.122

(i) Use storage batteries or capacitors control operator demand such that the that are of the type and capacity in- engine is able to meet the validation stalled in use. criteria in § 1065.514 over each applica- (ii) Use motors, generators, and al- ble duty cycle. Record feedback values ternators that are of the type and ca- for engine speed and torque as specified pacity installed in use. in § 1065.512. Using good engineering (iii) Use a resistor load bank to simu- judgment, you may improve control of late electrical loads. operator demand by altering on-engine (3) Pump, compressor, and turbine speed and torque controls. However, if work. Use pumps, compressors, and tur- these changes result in unrepresenta- bines that are of the type and capacity tive testing, you must notify us and installed in use. Use working fluids recommend other test procedures that are of the same type and thermo- under § 1065.10(c)(1). dynamic state as normal in-use oper- (f) Other engine inputs. If your elec- ation. tronic control module requires specific (b) Laboratory work inputs. You may input signals that are not available supply any laboratory inputs of work during dynamometer testing, such as to the engine. For example, you may vehicle speed or transmission signals, supply electrical work to the engine to you may simulate the signals using operate a fuel system, and as another good engineering judgment. Keep example you may supply compressor records that describe what signals you work to the engine to actuate pneu- simulate and explain why these signals matic valves. We may ask you to show are necessary for representative test- by engineering analysis your accounting. ing of laboratory work inputs to meet [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 the criterion in paragraph (a) of this FR 37292, June 30, 2008] section. (c) Engine accessories. You must ei- § 1065.120 Fuel properties and fuel ther install or account for the work of temperature and pressure. engine accessories required to fuel, lu- (a) Use fuels as specified in the stand- bricate, or heat the engine, circulate ard-setting part, or as specified in sub- coolant to the engine, or to operate part H of this part if fuels are not spec- aftertreatment devices. Operate the en- ified in the standard-setting part. gine with these accessories installed or (b) If the engine manufacturer speci- accounted for during all testing oper- fies fuel temperature and pressure tol- ations, including mapping. If these ac- erances and the location where they cessories are not powered by the engine are to be measured, then measure the during a test, account for the work re- fuel temperature and pressure at the quired to perform these functions from specified location to show that you are the total work used in brake-specific within these tolerances throughout emission calculations. For air-cooled testing. engines only, subtract externally pow- (c) If the engine manufacturer does ered fan work from total work. We may not specify fuel temperature and pres- ask you to show by engineering anal- sure tolerances, use good engineering ysis your accounting of engine acces- judgment to set and control fuel tem- sories to meet the criterion in para- perature and pressure in a way that graph (a) of this section. represents typical in-use fuel tempera- (d) Engine starter. You may install a tures and pressures. production-type starter. [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 (e) Operator demand for shaft work. FR 37293, June 30, 2008] Operator demand is defined in § 1065.1001. Command the operator de- § 1065.122 Engine cooling and lubrica- mand and the dynamometer(s) to fol- tion. low a prescribed duty cycle with set (a) Engine cooling. Cool the engine points for engine speed and torque as during testing so its intake-air, oil, specified in § 1065.512. Refer to the coolant, block, and head temperatures standard-setting part to determine the are within their expected ranges for specifications for your duty cycle(s). normal operation. You may use auxil- Use a mechanical or electronic input to iary coolers and fans.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.125 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(1) For air-cooled engines only, if you ments at each intake, use an average use auxiliary fans you must account value for verifying compliance to for work input to the fan(s) according § 1065.520(b)(2). to § 1065.110. (2) Humidity. You may use a single (2) See § 1065.125 for more information shared humidity measurement for in- related to intake-air cooling. take air as long as your equipment for (3) See § 1065.127 for more information handling intake air maintains dew- related to exhaust gas recirculation point at all intakes to within ±0.5 °C of cooling. the shared humidity measurement. For (4) Measure temperatures at the man- engines with multiple intakes with sep- ufacturer-specified locations. If the arate humidity measurements at each manufacturer does not specify tem- intake, use a flow-weighted average hu- perature measurement locations, then midity for NOX corrections. If indi- use good engineering judgment to mon- vidual flows of each intake are not itor intake-air, oil, coolant, block, and measured, use good engineering judg- head temperatures to ensure that they ment to estimate a flow-weighted aver- are in their expected ranges for normal age humidity. operation. (b) Forced cooldown. You may install (3) Temperature. Good engineering a forced cooldown system for an engine judgment may require that you shield and an exhaust aftertreatment device the temperature sensors or move them according to § 1065.530(a)(1). upstream of an elbow in the laboratory (c) Lubricating oil. Use lubricating intake system to prevent measurement oils specified in § 1065.740. For two- errors due to radiant heating from hot stroke engines that involve a specified engine surfaces or in-use intake system mixture of fuel and lubricating oil, mix components. You must limit the dis- the lubricating oil with the fuel ac- tance between the temperature sensor cording to the manufacturer’s speci- and the entrance to the furthest up- fications. stream engine or in-use intake system (d) Coolant. For liquid-cooled engines, component to no more than 12 times use coolant as specified in § 1065.745. the outer hydraulic diameter of the entrance to the furthest upstream engine [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 or in-use intake system component. FR 37293, June 30, 2008] However, you may exceed this limit if § 1065.125 Engine intake air. you use good engineering judgment to show that the temperature at the fur- (a) Use the intake-air system in- thest upstream engine or in-use intake stalled on the engine or one that rep- system component meets the specifica- resents a typical in-use configuration. tion in paragraph (c) of this section. This includes the charge-air cooling For engines with multiple intakes, use and exhaust gas recirculation systems. (b) Measure temperature, humidity, a flow-weighted average value to verify and atmospheric pressure near the en- compliance with the specification in trance of the furthest upstream engine paragraph (c) of this section. If indi- or in-use intake system component. vidual flows of each intake are not This would generally be near the en- measured, you may use good engineer- gine’s air filter, or near the inlet to the ing judgment to estimate a flow- in-use air intake system for engines weighted average temperature. You that have no air filter. For engines may also verify that each individual with multiple intakes, make measure- intake complies with the specification ments near the entrance of each in- in paragraph (c) of this section. take. (c) Maintain the temperature of in- (1) Pressure. You may use a single take air to (25 ±5) °C, except as follows: shared atmospheric pressure meter as (1) Follow the standard-setting part long as your laboratory equipment for if it specifies different temperatures. handling intake air maintains ambient (2) For engines above 560 kW, you pressure at all intakes within ±1 kPa of may use 35 °C as the upper bound of the the shared atmospheric pressure. For tolerance. However, your system must engines with multiple intakes with sep- be capable of controlling the tempera- arate atmospheric pressure measure- ture to the 25 °C setpoint for any

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00074 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.127

steady-state operation at >30% of max- flow rate to achieve an air temperature imum engine power. within ±5 °C of the value specified by (3) You may ask us to allow you to the manufacturer after the charge-air apply a different setpoint for intake air cooler’s outlet. Measure the air-outlet temperature if it is necessary to re- temperature at the location specified main consistent with the provisions of by the manufacturer. Use this coolant § 1065.10(c)(1) for testing during which flow rate set point throughout testing. ambient temperature will be outside If the engine manufacturer does not this range. specify engine conditions or the cor- (d) Use an intake-air restriction that responding charge-air cooler air outlet represents production engines. Make temperature, set the coolant flow rate sure the intake-air restriction is be- at maximum engine power to achieve a tween the manufacturer’s specified charge-air cooler air outlet tempera- maximum for a clean filter and the ture that represents in-use operation. manufacturer’s specified maximum al- (iii) If the engine manufacturer speci- lowed. Measure the static differential fies pressure-drop limits across the pressure of the restriction at the loca- charge-air cooling system, ensure that tion and at the speed and torque set the pressure drop across the charge-air points specified by the manufacturer. If cooling system at engine conditions the manufacturer does not specify a lo- specified by the manufacturer is within cation, measure this pressure upstream the manufacturer’s specified limit(s). of any turbocharger or exhaust gas re- Measure the pressure drop at the man- circulation system connection to the ufacturer’s specified locations. intake air system. If the manufacturer (2) Using a constant flow rate as de- does not specify speed and torque scribed in paragraph (e)(1) of this sec- points, measure this pressure while the tion may result in unrepresentative engine outputs maximum power. As overcooling of the intake air. The pro- the manufacturer, you are liable for visions of this paragraph (e)(2) apply emission compliance for all values up instead of the provisions of to the maximum restriction you speci- § 1065.10(c)(1) for this simulation. Our fy for a particular engine. allowance to cool intake air as speci- (e) This paragraph (e) includes provi- fied in this paragraph (e) does not af- sions for simulating charge-air cooling fect your liability for field testing or in the laboratory. This approach is de- for laboratory testing that is done in a scribed in paragraph (e)(1) of this sec- way that better represents in-use oper- tion. Limits on using this approach are ation. Where we determine that this al- described in paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) of lowance adversely affects your ability this section. to demonstrate that your engines (1) Use a charge-air cooling system would comply with emission standards with a total intake-air capacity that under in-use conditions, we may re- represents production engines’ in-use quire you to use more sophisticated installation. Design any laboratory setpoints and controls of charge-air charge-air cooling system to minimize pressure drop, coolant temperature, accumulation of condensate. Drain any and flow rate to achieve more rep- accumulated condensate. Before start- resentative results. ing a duty cycle (or preconditioning for (3) This approach does not apply for a duty cycle), completely close all field testing. You may not correct drains that would normally be closed measured emission levels from field during in-use operation. Keep those testing to account for any differences drains closed during the emission test. caused by the simulated cooling in the Maintain coolant conditions as follows: laboratory. (i) Maintain a coolant temperature of [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 at least 20 °C at the inlet to the charge- FR 37293, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59321, Oct. 8, air cooler throughout testing. We rec- 2008; 75 FR 23029, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 57440, ommend maintaining a coolant tem- Sept. 15, 2011] perature of 25 ±5 °C at the inlet of the charge-air cooler. § 1065.127 Exhaust gas recirculation. (ii) At the engine conditions specified Use the exhaust gas recirculation by the manufacturer, set the coolant (EGR) system installed with the engine

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.130 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

or one that represents a typical in-use Use the mean outside diameter of any configuration. This includes any appli- converging or diverging sections of cable EGR cooling devices. tubing. Use outside hydraulic diameters of any noncircular sections. For § 1065.130 Engine exhaust. multiple stack configurations where (a) General. Use the exhaust system all the exhaust stacks are combined, installed with the engine or one that the start of the laboratory exhaust represents a typical in-use configura- tubing may be taken at the last joint tion. This includes any applicable of where all the stacks are combined. aftertreatment devices. We refer to ex- (2) You may install short sections of haust piping as an exhaust stack; this flexible laboratory exhaust tubing at is equivalent to a tailpipe for vehicle any location in the engine or labora- configurations. tory exhaust systems. You may use up (b) Aftertreatment configuration. If you to a combined total of 2 m or 10 outside do not use the exhaust system installed diameters of flexible exhaust tubing. with the engine, configure any (3) Insulate any laboratory exhaust aftertreatment devices as follows: tubing downstream of the first 25 out- (1) Position any aftertreatment de- side diameters of length. vice so its distance from the nearest (4) Use laboratory exhaust tubing exhaust manifold flange or turbo- materials that are smooth-walled, elec- charger outlet is within the range spec- trically conductive, and not reactive ified by the engine manufacturer in the with exhaust constituents. Stainless application for certification. If this dis- steel is an acceptable material. tance is not specified, position (5) We recommend that you use lab- aftertreatment devices to represent oratory exhaust tubing that has either typical in-use vehicle configurations. a wall thickness of less than 2 mm or is (2) You may use exhaust tubing that air gap-insulated to minimize tempera- is not from the in-use exhaust system ture differences between the wall and upstream of any aftertreatment device the exhaust. that is of diameter(s) typical of in-use (6) We recommend that you connect configurations. If you use exhaust tub- multiple exhaust stacks from a single ing that is not from the in-use exhaust engine into one stack upstream of any system upstream of any aftertreatment emission sampling. For raw or dilute device, position each aftertreatment partial-flow emission sampling, to en- device according to paragraph (b)(1) of sure mixing of the multiple exhaust this section. streams before emission sampling, we (c) Sampling system connections. Con- recommend a minimum Reynolds num- nect an engine’s exhaust system to any ber, Re #, of 4000 for the combined ex- raw sampling location or dilution haust stream, where Re # is based on stage, as follows: the inside diameter of the combined (1) Minimize laboratory exhaust tub- flow at the first sampling point. You ing lengths and use a total length of may configure the exhaust system with laboratory tubing of no more than 10 m turbulence generators, such as orifice or 50 outside diameters, whichever is plates or fins, to achieve good mixing; greater. The start of laboratory ex- inclusion of turbulence generators may haust tubing should be specified as the be required for Re # less than 4000 to en- exit of the exhaust manifold, turbo- sure good mixing. Re # is defined in charger outlet, last aftertreatment de- § 1065.640. For dilute full-flow (CVS) vice, or the in-use exhaust system, emission sampling, you may configure whichever is furthest downstream. The the exhaust system without regard to end of laboratory exhaust tubing mixing in the laboratory section of the should be specified as the sample point, raw exhaust. For example you may size or first point of dilution. If laboratory the laboratory section to reduce its exhaust tubing consists of several dif- pressure drop even if the Re #, in the ferent outside tubing diameters, count laboratory section of the raw exhaust the number of diameters of length of is less than 4000. each individual diameter, then sum all (d) In-line instruments. You may in- the diameters to determine the total sert instruments into the laboratory length of exhaust tubing in diameters. exhaust tubing, such as an in-line

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00076 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.140

smoke meter. If you do this, you may may either measure open crankcase leave a length of up to 5 outside diame- emissions separately using a method ters of laboratory exhaust tubing that we approve in advance, or route uninsulated on each side of each in- open crankcase emissions directly into strument, but you must leave a length the exhaust system for emission meas- of no more than 25 outside diameters of urement. If the engine is not already laboratory exhaust tubing uninsulated configured to route open crankcase in total, including any lengths adja- emissions for emission measurement, cent to in-line instruments. route open crankcase emissions as fol- (e) Leaks. Minimize leaks sufficiently lows: to ensure your ability to demonstrate (1) Use laboratory tubing materials compliance with the applicable stand- that are smooth-walled, electrically ards. We recommend performing a conductive, and not reactive with chemical balance of fuel, intake air, crankcase emissions. Stainless steel is and exhaust according to § 1065.655 to an acceptable material. Minimize tube verify exhaust system integrity. lengths. We also recommend using (f) Grounding. Electrically ground the heated or thin-walled or air gap-insu- entire exhaust system. lated tubing to minimize temperature (g) Forced cooldown. You may install differences between the wall and the a forced cooldown system for an ex- crankcase emission constituents. haust aftertreatment device according (2) Minimize the number of bends in to § 1065.530(a)(1)(i). the laboratory crankcase tubing and (h) Exhaust restriction. As the manu- maximize the radius of any unavoid- facturer, you are liable for emission able bend. compliance for all values up to the (3) Use laboratory crankcase exhaust maximum restriction(s) you specify for tubing that meets the engine manufac- a particular engine. Measure and set turer’s specifications for crankcase exhaust restriction(s) at the location(s) back pressure. and at the engine speed and torque val- (4) Connect the crankcase exhaust ues specified by the manufacturer. tubing into the raw exhaust down- Also, for variable-restriction stream of any aftertreatment system, aftertreatment devices, measure and downstream of any installed exhaust set exhaust restriction(s) at the restriction, and sufficiently upstream aftertreatment condition (degreening/ of any sample probes to ensure com- aging and regeneration/loading level) plete mixing with the engine’s exhaust specified by the manufacturer. If the before sampling. Extend the crankcase manufacturer does not specify a loca- exhaust tube into the free stream of ex- tion, measure this pressure down- haust to avoid boundary-layer effects stream of any turbocharger. If the and to promote mixing. You may ori- manufacturer does not specify speed ent the crankcase exhaust tube’s outlet and torque points, measure pressure in any direction relative to the raw ex- while the engine produces maximum haust flow. power. Use an exhaust-restriction setpoint that represents a typical in-use [73 FR 37293, June 30, 2008, as amended at 79 value, if available. If a typical in-use FR 23754, Apr. 28, 2014] value for exhaust restriction is not available, set the exhaust restriction § 1065.140 Dilution for gaseous and PM at (80 to 100)% of the maximum ex- constituents. haust restriction specified by the man- (a) General. You may dilute exhaust ufacturer, or if the maximum is 5 kPa with ambient air, purified air, or nitro- or less, the set point must be no less gen. References in this part to ‘‘dilu- than 1.0 kPa from the maximum. For tion air’’ may include any of these. For example, if the maximum back pres- gaseous emission measurement, the di- sure is 4.5 kPa, do not use an exhaust lution air must be at least 15 °C. Note restriction set point that is less than that the composition of the dilution air 3.5 kPa. affects some gaseous emission meas- (i) Open crankcase emissions. If the urement instruments’ response to standard-setting part requires meas- emissions. We recommend diluting ex- uring open crankcase emissions, you haust at a location as close as possible

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00077 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.140 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

to the location where ambient air dilu- background PM in the dilution air con- tion would occur in use. Dilution may tributes less than 50% to the net PM occur in a single stage or in multiple collected on the sample filter. You may stages. For dilution in multiple stages, correct net PM without restriction if the first stage is considered primary di- you use HEPA filtration. lution and later stages are considered (c) Full-flow dilution; constant-volume secondary dilution. sampling (CVS). You may dilute the full (b) Dilution-air conditions and back- flow of raw exhaust in a dilution tun- ground concentrations. Before dilution nel that maintains a nominally con- air is mixed with exhaust, you may stant volume flow rate, molar flow rate precondition it by increasing or de- or mass flow rate of diluted exhaust, as creasing its temperature or humidity. follows: You may also remove constituents to (1) Construction. Use a tunnel with in- reduce their background concentra- side surfaces of 300 series stainless tions. The following provisions apply steel. Electrically ground the entire di- to removing constituents or account- lution tunnel. We recommend a thin- ing for background concentrations: walled and insulated dilution tunnel to (1) You may measure constituent minimize temperature differences be- concentrations in the dilution air and tween the wall and the exhaust gases. compensate for background effects on You may not use any flexible tubing in test results. See § 1065.650 for calcula- the dilution tunnel upstream of the PM tions that compensate for background sample probe. You may use nonconduc- concentrations (40 CFR 1066.610 for ve- tive flexible tubing downstream of the hicle testing). PM sample probe and upstream of the (2) Measure these background con- CVS flow meter; use good engineering centrations the same way you measure judgment to select a tubing material diluted exhaust constituents, or meas- that is not prone to leaks, and con- ure them in a way that does not affect figure the tubing to ensure smooth your ability to demonstrate compli- flow at the CVS flow meter. ance with the applicable standards. For example, you may use the following (2) Pressure control. Maintain static simplifications for background sam- pressure at the location where raw ex- pling: haust is introduced into the tunnel ± (i) You may disregard any propor- within 1.2 kPa of atmospheric pres- tional sampling requirements. sure. You may use a booster blower to (ii) You may use unheated gaseous control this pressure. If you test using sampling systems. more careful pressure control and you (iii) You may use unheated PM sam- show by engineering analysis or by test pling systems. data that you require this level of con- (iv) You may use continuous sam- trol to demonstrate compliance at the pling if you use batch sampling for di- applicable standards, we will maintain luted emissions. the same level of static pressure con- (v) You may use batch sampling if trol when we test. you use continuous sampling for di- (3) Mixing. Introduce raw exhaust luted emissions. into the tunnel by directing it down- (3) For removing background PM, we stream along the centerline of the tun- recommend that you filter all dilution nel. If you dilute directly from the ex- air, including primary full-flow dilu- haust stack, the end of the exhaust tion air, with high-efficiency particu- stack is considered to be the start of late air (HEPA) filters that have an the dilution tunnel. You may introduce initial minimum collection efficiency a fraction of dilution air radially from specification of 99.97% (see § 1065.1001 the tunnel’s inner surface to minimize for procedures related to HEPA-filtra- exhaust interaction with the tunnel tion efficiencies). Ensure that HEPA walls. You may configure the system filters are installed properly so that with turbulence generators such as ori- background PM does not leak past the fice plates or fins to achieve good mix- HEPA filters. If you choose to correct ing. We recommend a minimum Rey- for background PM without using nolds number, Re #, of 4000 for the di- HEPA filtration, demonstrate that the luted exhaust stream, where Re # is

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00078 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.140

based on the inside diameter of the di- (c)(6)(i), but we may ask you to show lution tunnel. Re # is defined in how you comply with this requirement. § 1065.640. You may use engineering analysis, CVS (4) Flow measurement preconditioning. tunnel design, alarm systems, measure- You may condition the diluted exhaust ments of wall temperatures, and cal- before measuring its flow rate, as long culation of water dew point to dem- as this conditioning takes place down- onstrate compliance with this require- stream of any heated HC or PM sample ment. For optional CVS heat exchang- probes, as follows: ers, you may use the lowest water tem- (i) You may use flow straighteners, perature at the inlet(s) and outlet(s) to pulsation dampeners, or both of these. determine the minimum internal sur- (ii) You may use a filter. face temperature. (iii) You may use a heat exchanger to (ii) Limiting aqueous condensation. control the temperature upstream of This paragraph (c)(6)(ii) specifies limits any flow meter, but you must take of allowable condensation and requires steps to prevent aqueous condensation you to verify that the amount of con- as described in paragraph (c)(6) of this densation that occurs during each test section. interval does not exceed the specified (5) Flow measurement. Section 1065.240 limits. describes measurement instruments for (A) Use chemical balance equations diluted exhaust flow. in § 1065.655 to calculate the mole frac- (6) Aqueous condensation. This para- tion of water in the dilute exhaust con- graph (c)(6) describes how you must ad- tinuously during testing. Alter- dress aqueous condensation in the CVS. natively, you may continuously meas- As described below, you may meet ure the mole fraction of water in the these requirements by preventing or dilute exhaust prior to any condensa- limiting aqueous condensation in the tion during testing. Use good engineer- CVS from the exhaust inlet to the last ing judgment to select, calibrate and emission sample probe. See that para- verify water analyzers/detectors. The graph for provisions related to the CVS linearity verification requirements of between the last emission sample probe § 1065.307 do not apply to water ana- and the CVS flow meter. You may heat lyzers/detectors used to correct for the and/or insulate the dilution tunnel water content in exhaust samples. walls, as well as the bulk stream tub- (B) Use good engineering judgment to ing downstream of the tunnel to pre- select and monitor locations on the vent or limit aqueous condensation. CVS tunnel walls prior to the last Where we allow aqueous condensation emission sample probe. If you are also to occur, use good engineering judg- verifying limited condensation from ment to ensure that the condensation the last emission sample probe to the does not affect your ability to dem- CVS flow meter, use good engineering onstrate that your engines comply judgment to select and monitor loca- with the applicable standards (see tions on the CVS tunnel walls, optional § 1065.10(a)). CVS heat exchanger, and CVS flow (i) Preventing aqueous condensation. meter. For optional CVS heat exchang- To prevent condensation, you must ers, you may use the lowest water tem- keep the temperature of internal sur- perature at the inlet(s) and outlet(s) to faces, excluding any sample probes, determine the minimum internal sur- above the dew point of the dilute ex- face temperature. Identify the min- haust passing through the CVS tunnel. imum surface temperature on a contin- Use good engineering judgment to uous basis. monitor temperatures in the CVS. For (C) Identify the maximum potential the purposes of this paragraph (c)(6), mole fraction of dilute exhaust lost on assume that aqueous condensation is a continuous basis during the entire pure water condensate only, even test interval. This value must be less though the definition of ‘‘aqueous con- than or equal to 0.02. Calculate on a densation’’ in § 1065.1001 includes con- continuous basis the mole fraction of densation of any constituents that con- water that would be in equilibrium tain water. No specific verification with liquid water at the measured min- check is required under this paragraph imum surface temperature. Subtract

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00079 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.140 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

this mole fraction from the mole frac- (iv) You may use PFD to extract a tion of water that would be in the ex- proportional diluted exhaust sample haust without condensation (either from a CVS for any batch or contin- measured or from the chemical bal- uous emission sampling. ance), and set any negative values to (v) You may use PFD to extract a zero. This difference is the potential constant raw or diluted exhaust sample mole fraction of the dilute exhaust for any continuous emission sampling. that would be lost due to water con- (vi) You may use PFD to extract a densation on a continuous basis. constant raw or diluted exhaust sample (D) Integrate the product of the for any steady-state emission sam- molar flow rate of the dilute exhaust pling. and the potential mole fraction of di- (2) Constant dilution-ratio PFD. Do one lute exhaust lost, and divide by the to- of the following for constant dilution- talized dilute exhaust molar flow over ratio PFD: the test interval. This is the potential (i) Dilute an already proportional mole fraction of the dilute exhaust flow. For example, you may do this as that would be lost due to water con- a way of performing secondary dilution densation over the entire test interval. from a CVS tunnel to achieve overall Note that this assumes no re-evapo- dilution ratio for PM sampling. ration. This value must be less than or (ii) Continuously measure con- equal to 0.005. stituent concentrations. For example, (7) Flow compensation. Maintain you might dilute to precondition a nominally constant molar, volumetric sample of raw exhaust to control its or mass flow of diluted exhaust. You temperature, humidity, or constituent may maintain nominally constant flow concentrations upstream of continuous by either maintaining the temperature analyzers. In this case, you must take and pressure at the flow meter or by di- into account the dilution ratio before rectly controlling the flow of diluted multiplying the continuous concentra- exhaust. You may also directly control tion by the sampled exhaust flow rate. the flow of proportional samplers to (iii) Extract a proportional sample maintain proportional sampling. For from a separate constant dilution ratio an individual test, verify proportional PFD system. For example, you might sampling as described in § 1065.545. use a variable-flow pump to proportion- (d) Partial-flow dilution (PFD). You ally fill a gaseous storage medium such may dilute a partial flow of raw or pre- as a bag from a PFD system. In this viously diluted exhaust before meas- case, the proportional sampling must uring emissions. Section 1065.240 de- meet the same specifications as vary- scribes PFD-related flow measurement ing dilution ratio PFD in paragraph instruments. PFD may consist of con- (d)(3) of this section. stant or varying dilution ratios as de- (iv) For each mode of a discrete-mode scribed in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of test (such as a locomotive notch set- this section. An example of a constant ting or a specific setting for speed and dilution ratio PFD is a ‘‘secondary di- torque), use a constant dilution ratio lution PM’’ measurement system. for any PM sampling. You must change (1) Applicability. (i) You may use PFD the overall PM sampling system dilu- to extract a proportional raw exhaust tion ratio between modes so that the sample for any batch or continuous PM dilution ratio on the mode with the emission sampling over any transient highest exhaust flow rate meets duty cycle, any steady-state duty § 1065.140(e)(2) and the dilution ratios cycle, or any ramped-modal cycle. on all other modes is higher than this (ii) You may use PFD to extract a (minimum) dilution ratio by the ratio proportional raw exhaust sample for of the maximum exhaust flow rate to any batch or continuous gaseous emis- the exhaust flow rate of the cor- sion sampling over any transient duty responding other mode. This is the cycle, any steady-state duty cycle, or same dilution ratio requirement for any ramped-modal cycle. RMC or field transient testing. You (iii) You may use PFD to extract a must account for this change in dilu- proportional raw exhaust sample for tion ratio in your emission calcula- any batch or continuous field-testing. tions.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00080 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.145

(3) Varying dilution-ratio PFD. All the ment to select a location to measure following provisions apply for varying this temperature that is as close as dilution-ratio PFD: practical upstream of the point where (i) Use a control system with sensors dilution air mixes with raw exhaust. and actuators that can maintain pro- (2) For any PM dilution system (i.e., portional sampling over intervals as CVS or PFD), add dilution air to the short as 200 ms (i.e., 5 Hz control). raw exhaust such that the minimum (ii) For control input, you may use overall ratio of diluted exhaust to raw any sensor output from one or more exhaust is within the range of (5:1 to measurements; for example, intake-air 7:1) and is at least 2:1 for any primary flow, fuel flow, exhaust flow, engine dilution stage. Base this minimum speed, and intake manifold tempera- value on the maximum engine exhaust ture and pressure. flow rate for a given test interval. Ei- (iii) Account for any emission transit ther measure the maximum exhaust time in the PFD system, as necessary. flow during a practice run of the test (iv) You may use preprogrammed interval or estimate it based on good data if they have been determined for engineering judgment (for example, the specific test site, duty cycle, and you might rely on manufacturer-pub- test engine from which you dilute lished literature). emissions. (3) Configure any PM dilution system (v) We recommend that you run prac- to have an overall residence time of (1.0 tice cycles to meet the verification cri- to 5.5) s, as measured from the location teria in § 1065.545. Note that you must of initial dilution air introduction to verify every emission test by meeting the location where PM is collected on the verification criteria with the data the sample media. Also configure the from that specific test. Data from pre- system to have a residence time of at viously verified practice cycles or least 0.50 s, as measured from the loca- other tests may not be used to verify a tion of final dilution air introduction different emission test. to the location where PM is collected (vi) You may not use a PFD system on the sample media. When deter- that requires preparatory tuning or mining residence times within sam- calibration with a CVS or with the pling system volumes, use an assumed emission results from a CVS. Rather, flow temperature of 25 °C and pressure you must be able to independently cali- of 101.325 kPa. brate the PFD. (4) Control sample temperature to a (e) Dilution air temperature, dilution (47 ±5) °C tolerance, as measured any- ratio, residence time, and temperature where within 20 cm upstream or down- control of PM samples. Dilute PM sam- stream of the PM storage media (such ples at least once upstream of transfer as a filter). Measure this temperature lines. You may dilute PM samples up- with a bare-wire junction thermo- stream of a transfer line using full-flow couple with wires that are (0.500 ±0.025) dilution, or partial-flow dilution imme- mm diameter, or with another suitable diately downstream of a PM probe. In instrument that has equivalent per- the case of partial-flow dilution, you formance. may have up to 26 cm of insulated [79 FR 23754, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 length between the end of the probe FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016] and the dilution stage, but we recommend that the length be as short as § 1065.145 Gaseous and PM probes, practical. The intent of these specifica- transfer lines, and sampling system tions is to minimize heat transfer to or components. from the emission sample before the (a) Continuous and batch sampling. De- final stage of dilution, other than the termine the total mass of each con- heat you may need to add to prevent stituent with continuous or batch sam- aqueous condensation. This is accom- pling. Both types of sampling systems plished by initially cooling the sample have probes, transfer lines, and other through dilution. Configure dilution sampling system components that are systems as follows: described in this section. (1) Set the dilution air temperature (b) Options for engines with multiple to (25 ±5) °C. Use good engineering judg- exhaust stacks. Measure emissions from

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00081 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.145 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

a test engine as described in this para- may use a total pressure probe and graph (b) if it has multiple exhaust static pressure measurement in each stacks. You may choose to use dif- stack. ferent measurement procedures for dif- (3) Sample and measure emissions ferent pollutants under this paragraph from one stack and repeat the duty (b) for a given test. For purposes of this cycle as needed to collect emissions part 1065, the test engine includes all from each stack separately. Calculate the devices related to converting the the emissions from each stack and add chemical energy in the fuel to the en- the separate measurements to cal- gine’s mechanical output energy. This culate the mass (or mass rate) emis- may or may not involve vehicle- or sions from the entire engine. Testing equipment-based devices. For example, under this paragraph (b)(3) requires all of an engine’s cylinders are consid- measuring or calculating the exhaust ered to be part of the test engine even molar flow for each stack separately. if the exhaust is divided into separate You may alternatively proportion the exhaust stacks. As another example, engine’s calculated total exhaust molar all the cylinders of a diesel-electric lo- flow rate based on calculation and comotive are considered to be part of measurement limitations as described the test engine even if they transmit in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Use power through separate output shafts, the average of the engine’s total power such as might occur with multiple en- or work values from the multiple test gine-generator sets working in tandem. runs to calculate brake-specific emis- Use one of the following procedures to sions. Divide the total mass (or mass measure emissions with multiple ex- rate) of each emission by the average haust stacks: power (or work). You may alter- (1) Route the exhaust flow from the natively use the engine power or work multiple stacks into a single flow as associated with the corresponding described in § 1065.130(c)(6). Sample and stack during each test run if these val- measure emissions after the exhaust ues can be determined for each stack streams are mixed. Calculate the emis- separately. sions as a single sample from the entire (4) Sample and measure emissions engine. We recommend this as the pre- from each stack separately and cal- ferred option, since it requires only a culate emissions for the entire engine single measurement and calculation of based on the stack with the highest the exhaust molar flow for the entire concentration. Testing under this para- engine. graph (b)(4) requires only a single ex- (2) Sample and measure emissions haust flow measurement or calculation from each stack and calculate emis- for the entire engine. You may deter- sions separately for each stack. Add mine which stack has the highest con- the mass (or mass rate) emissions from centration by performing multiple test each stack to calculate the emissions runs, reviewing the results of earlier from the entire engine. Testing under tests, or using good engineering judg- this paragraph (b)(2) requires meas- ment. Note that the highest concentra- uring or calculating the exhaust molar tion of different pollutants may occur flow for each stack separately. If the in different stacks. Note also that the exhaust molar flow in each stack can- stack with the highest concentration not be calculated from combustion air of a pollutant during a test interval for flow(s), fuel flow(s), and measured gas- field testing may be a different stack eous emissions, and it is impractical to than the one you identified based on measure the exhaust molar flows di- average concentrations over a duty rectly, you may alternatively propor- cycle. tion the engine’s calculated total ex- (5) Sample emissions from each stack haust molar flow rate (where the flow separately and combine the wet sample is calculated using combustion air streams from each stack proportion- mass flow(s), fuel mass flow(s), and ally to the exhaust molar flows in each emissions concentrations) based on ex- stack. Measure the emission concentra- haust molar flow measurements in tions and calculate the emissions for each stack using a less accurate, non- the entire engine based on these traceable method. For example, you weighted concentrations. Testing

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00082 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.145

under this paragraph (b)(5) requires from the stack with the highest sample measuring or calculating the exhaust flow. You may alternatively ensure molar flow for each stack separately that the stacks have equal flow rates during the test run to proportion the without measuring sample flows by de- sample streams from each stack. If it is signing a passive sampling system that impractical to measure the exhaust meets the following requirements: molar flows directly, you may alter- (A) The probes and transfer line natively proportion the wet sample branches must be symmetrical, have streams based on less accurate, non- equal lengths and diameters, have the traceable flow methods. For example, same number of bends, and have no fil- you may use a total pressure probe and ters. static pressure measurement in each (B) If probes are designed such that stack. The following restrictions apply they are sensitive to stack velocity, for testing under this paragraph (b)(5): the stack velocity must be similar at (i) You must use an accurate, trace- each probe. For example, a static pres- able measurement or calculation of the sure probe used for gaseous sampling is engine’s total exhaust molar flow rate not sensitive to stack velocity. for calculating the mass of emissions (C) The stack static pressure must be from the entire engine. the same at each probe. You can meet (ii) You may dry the single, com- this requirement by placing probes at bined, proportional sample stream; you the end of stacks that are vented to at- may not dry the sample streams from mosphere. each stack separately. (D) For PM sampling, the transfer (iii) You must measure and propor- lines from each stack must be joined so tion the sample flows from each stack the angle of the joining flows is 12.5° or with active flow controls. For PM sam- less. Note that the exhaust manifold pling, you must measure and propor- must meet the same specifications as tion the diluted sample flows from the transfer line according to para- each stack with active flow controls graph (d) of this section. that use only smooth walls with no (ii) You may use the procedure in sudden change in cross-sectional area. this paragraph (b)(6) only if you per- For example, you may control the di- form an analysis showing that the re- lute exhaust PM sample flows using sulting error due to imbalanced stack electrically conductive vinyl tubing flows and concentrations is either at or and a control device that pinches the below 2%. You may alternatively show tube over a long enough transition that the resulting error does not im- length so no flow separation occurs. pact your ability to demonstrate com- (iv) For PM sampling, the transfer pliance with applicable standards. For lines from each stack must be joined so example, you may use less accurate, the angle of the joining flows is 12.5° or non-traceable measurements of emis- less. Note that the exhaust manifold sion concentrations and molar flow in must meet the same specifications as each stack and demonstrate that the the transfer line according to para- imbalances in flows and concentrations graph (d) of this section. cause 2% or less error. (6) Sample emissions from each stack (iii) For a two-stack engine, you may separately and combine the wet sample use the procedure in this paragraph streams from each stack equally. (b)(6) only if you can show that the Measure the emission concentrations stack with the higher flow has the and calculate the emissions for the en- lower average concentration for each tire engine based on these measured pollutant over the duty cycle. concentrations. Testing under this (iv) You must use an accurate, trace- paragraph (b)(6) assumes that the raw- able measurement or calculation of the exhaust and sample flows are the same engine’s total exhaust molar flow rate for each stack. The following restric- for calculating the mass of emissions tions apply for testing under this para- from the entire engine. graph (b)(6): (v) You may dry the single, equally (i) You must measure and dem- combined, sample stream; you may not onstrate that the sample flow from dry the sample streams from each each stack is within 5% of the value stack separately.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00083 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.145 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(vi) You may determine your exhaust judgment. If you routinely fail the con- flow rates with a chemical balance of tamination check in the 1065.520 pre- exhaust gas concentrations and either test check, we recommend heating the intake air flow or fuel flow. probe section to approximately 190 °C (c) Gaseous and PM sample probes. A to minimize contamination. probe is the first fitting in a sampling (3) PM sample probes. Use PM probes system. It protrudes into a raw or di- with a single opening at the end. Ori- luted exhaust stream to extract a sam- ent PM probes to face directly up- ple, such that its inside and outside stream. If you shield a PM probe’s surfaces are in contact with the ex- opening with a PM pre-classifier such haust. A sample is transported out of a as a hat, you may not use the probe into a transfer line, as described preclassifier we specify in paragraph in paragraph (d) of this section. The (f)(1) of this section. We recommend following provisions apply to sample sizing the inside diameter of PM probes probes: to approximate isokinetic sampling at (1) Probe design and construction. Use the expected mean flow rate. sample probes with inside surfaces of (d) Transfer lines. You may use trans- 300 series stainless steel or, for raw ex- fer lines to transport an extracted sam- haust sampling, use any nonreactive ple from a probe to an analyzer, stor- material capable of withstanding raw age medium, or dilution system, noting exhaust temperatures. Locate sample certain restrictions for PM sampling in probes where constituents are mixed to § 1065.140(e). Minimize the length of all their mean sample concentration. Take transfer lines by locating analyzers, into account the mixing of any crank- storage media, and dilution systems as case emissions that may be routed into close to probes as practical. We rec- the raw exhaust. Locate each probe to ommend that you minimize the num- minimize interference with the flow to ber of bends in transfer lines and that other probes. We recommend that all you maximize the radius of any un- probes remain free from influences of avoidable bend. Avoid using 90° elbows, boundary layers, wakes, and eddies— tees, and cross-fittings in transfer especially near the outlet of a raw-ex- lines. Where such connections and fit- haust stack where unintended dilution tings are necessary, take steps, using might occur. Make sure that purging good engineering judgment, to ensure or back-flushing of a probe does not in- that you meet the temperature toler- fluence another probe during testing. ances in this paragraph (d). This may You may use a single probe to extract involve measuring temperature at var- a sample of more than one constituent ious locations within transfer lines and as long as the probe meets all the spec- fittings. You may use a single transfer ifications for each constituent. line to transport a sample of more than (2) Gaseous sample probes. Use either one constituent, as long as the transfer single-port or multi-port probes for line meets all the specifications for sampling gaseous emissions. You may each constituent. The following con- orient these probes in any direction struction and temperature tolerances relative to the raw or diluted exhaust apply to transfer lines: flow. For some probes, you must con- (1) Gaseous samples. Use transfer lines trol sample temperatures, as follows: with inside surfaces of 300 series stain- TM (i) For probes that extract NOX from less steel, PTFE, Viton , or any diluted exhaust, control the probe’s other material that you demonstrate wall temperature to prevent aqueous has better properties for emission sam- condensation. pling. For raw exhaust sampling, use a (ii) For probes that extract hydro- non-reactive material capable of with- carbons for THC or NMHC analysis standing raw exhaust temperatures. from the diluted exhaust of compres- You may use in-line filters if they do sion-ignition engines, two-stroke not react with exhaust constituents spark-ignition engines, or four-stroke and if the filter and its housing meet spark-ignition engines at or below 19 the same temperature requirements as kW, we recommend heating the probe the transfer lines, as follows: to minimize hydrocarbon contamina- (i) For NOX transfer lines upstream of tion consistent with good engineering either an NO2-to-NO converter that 74

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00084 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.145

meets the specifications of § 1065.378 or any gaseous analyzer or storage me- a chiller that meets the specifications dium, as long as it meets the tempera- of § 1065.376, maintain a sample tem- ture specifications in paragraph (d)(1) perature that prevents aqueous con- of this section. Because osmotic-mem- densation. brane dryers may deteriorate after pro- (ii) For THC transfer lines for testing longed exposure to certain exhaust compression-ignition engines, two- constituents, consult with the mem- stroke spark-ignition engines, or four- brane manufacturer regarding your ap- stroke spark-ignition engines at or plication before incorporating an os- below 19 kW, maintain a wall tempera- motic-membrane dryer. Monitor the ture tolerance throughout the entire dewpoint, Tdew, and absolute pressure, line of (191 ±11) °C. If you sample from ptotal, downstream of an osmotic-mem- raw exhaust, you may connect an brane dryer. You may use continuously unheated, insulated transfer line di- recorded values of Tdew and ptotal in the rectly to a probe. Design the length amount of water calculations specified and insulation of the transfer line to in § 1065.645. For our testing we may use cool the highest expected raw exhaust average temperature and pressure val- ° temperature to no lower than 191 C, as ues over the test interval or a nominal measured at the transfer line’s outlet. pressure value that we estimate as the For dilute sampling, you may use a dryer’s average pressure expected dur- transition zone between the probe and ing testing as constant values in the transfer line of up to 92 cm to allow amount of water calculations specified your wall temperature to transition to in § 1065.645. For your testing, you may (191 ±11) °C. use the maximum temperature or min- (2) PM samples. We recommend heat- imum pressure values observed during ed transfer lines or a heated enclosure a test interval or duty cycle or the to minimize temperature differences between transfer lines and exhaust con- high alarm temperature setpoint or stituents. Use transfer lines that are low alarm pressure setpoint as con- inert with respect to PM and are elec- stant values in the calculations speci- trically conductive on the inside sur- fied in § 1065.645. For your testing, you faces. We recommend using PM trans- may also use a nominal ptotal, which you fer lines made of 300 series stainless may estimate as the dryer’s lowest ab- steel. Electrically ground the inside solute pressure expected during test- surface of PM transfer lines. ing. (e) Optional sample-conditioning com- (ii) Thermal chiller. You may use a ponents for gaseous sampling. You may thermal chiller upstream of some gas use the following sample-conditioning analyzers and storage media. You may components to prepare gaseous samples not use a thermal chiller upstream of a for analysis, as long as you do not in- THC measurement system for compres- stall or use them in a way that ad- sion-ignition engines, two-stroke versely affects your ability to show spark-ignition engines, or four-stroke that your engines comply with all ap- spark-ignition engines at or below 19 plicable gaseous emission standards. kW. If you use a thermal chiller up- (1) NO2-to-NO converter. You may use stream of an NO2-to-NO converter or in an NO2-to-NO converter that meets the a sampling system without an NO2-to- converter conversion verification spec- NO converter, the chiller must meet ified in § 1065.378 at any point upstream the NO2 loss-performance check speci- of a NOX analyzer, sample bag, or other fied in § 1065.376. Monitor the dewpoint, storage medium. Tdew, and absolute pressure, p total, down- (2) Sample dryer. You may use either stream of a thermal chiller. You may type of sample dryer described in this use continuously recorded values of paragraph (e)(2) to decrease the effects Tdew and ptotal in the amount of water of water on gaseous emission measure- calculations specified in § 1065.645. If it ments. You may not use a chemical is valid to assume the degree of satura- dryer, or use dryers upstream of PM tion in the thermal chiller, you may sample filters. calculate T dew based on the known (i) Osmotic-membrane. You may use an chiller performance and continuous osmotic-membrane dryer upstream of monitoring of chiller temperature,

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00085 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.145 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Tchiller. If it is valid to assume a con- er’s recommendations or use good engi- stant temperature offset between Tchiller neering judgment in applying ammonia and Tdew, due to a known and fixed scrubbers. amount of sample reheat between the (f) Optional sample-conditioning compo- chiller outlet and the temperature nents for PM sampling. You may use the measurement location, you may factor following sample-conditioning compo- in this assumed temperature offset nents to prepare PM samples for anal- value into emission calculations. If we ysis, as long as you do not install or ask for it, you must show by engineer- use them in a way that adversely af- ing analysis or by data the validity of fects your ability to show that your en- any assumptions allowed by this para- gines comply with the applicable PM graph (e)(2)(ii). For our testing we may emission standards. You may condition use average temperature and pressure values over the test interval or a nomi- PM samples to minimize positive and nal pressure value that we estimate as negative biases to PM results, as fol- the dryer’s average pressure expected lows: during testing as constant values in (1) PM preclassifier. You may use a the calculations specified in § 1065.645. PM preclassifier to remove large-di- For your testing you may use the max- ameter particles. The PM preclassifier imum temperature and minimum pres- may be either an inertial impactor or a sure values observed during a test in- cyclonic separator. It must be con- terval or duty cycle or the high alarm structed of 300 series stainless steel. temperature setpoint and the low The preclassifier must be rated to re- alarm pressure setpoint as constant move at least 50% of PM at an aero- values in the amount of water calcula- dynamic diameter of 10 μm and no tions specified in § 1065.645. For your more than 1% of PM at an aerodynamic testing you may also use a nominal diameter of 1 μm over the range of flow ptotal, which you may estimate as the rates for which you use it. Follow the dryer’s lowest absolute pressure ex- preclassifier manufacturer’s instruc- pected during testing. tions for any periodic servicing that (3) Sample pumps. You may use sam- may be necessary to prevent a buildup ple pumps upstream of an analyzer or of PM. Install the preclassifier in the storage medium for any gas. Use sam- dilution system downstream of the last ple pumps with inside surfaces of 300 dilution stage. Configure the series stainless steel, PTFE, or any preclassifier outlet with a means of by- other material that you demonstrate has better properties for emission sam- passing any PM sample media so the pling. For some sample pumps, you preclassifier flow may be stabilized be- must control temperatures, as follows: fore starting a test. Locate PM sample media within 75 cm downstream of the (i) If you use a NOX sample pump up- preclassifier’s exit. You may not use stream of either an NO2-to-NO converter that meets § 1065.378 or a chiller this preclassifier if you use a PM probe that meets § 1065.376, it must be heated that already has a preclassifier. For ex- to prevent aqueous condensation. ample, if you use a hat-shaped (ii) For testing compression-ignition preclassifier that is located imme- engines, two-stroke spark-ignition en- diately upstream of the probe in such a gines, or four-stroke spark-ignition en- way that it forces the sample flow to gines at or below 19 kW, if you use a change direction before entering the THC sample pump upstream of a THC probe, you may not use any other analyzer or storage medium, its inner preclassifier in your PM sampling sys- surfaces must be heated to a tolerance tem. ± ° of (191 11) C. (2) Other components. You may re- (4) Ammonia Scrubber. You may use quest to use other PM conditioning ammonia scrubbers for any or all gas- components upstream of a PM eous sampling systems to prevent in- preclassifier, such as components that terference with NH , poisoning of the 3 condition humidity or remove gaseous- NO -to-NO converter, and deposits in 2 phase hydrocarbons from the diluted the sampling system or analyzers. Fol- low the ammonia scrubber manufactur- exhaust stream. You may use such

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00086 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.170

components only if we approve them ratios. For each filter, if you expect under § 1065.10. the net PM mass on the filter to exceed μ [75 FR 23030, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23756, Apr. 400 g, assuming a 38 mm diameter fil- 28, 2014] ter stain area, you may take the following actions in sequence: § 1065.150 Continuous sampling. (i) For discrete-mode testing only, You may use continuous sampling you may reduce sample time as needed techniques for measurements that in- to target a filter loading of 400 μg, but volve raw or dilute sampling. Make not below the minimum sample time sure continuous sampling systems specified in the standard-setting part. meet the specifications in § 1065.145. (ii) Reduce filter face velocity as Make sure continuous analyzers meet needed to target a filter loading of 400 the specifications in subparts C and D μg, down to 50 cm/s or less. of this part. (iii) Increase overall dilution ratio above the values specified in § 1065.170 Batch sampling for gaseous § 1065.140(e)(2) to target a filter loading and PM constituents. of 400 μg. Batch sampling involves collecting (b) Gaseous sample storage media. and storing emissions for later anal- Store gas volumes in sufficiently clean ysis. Examples of batch sampling in- containers that minimally off-gas or clude collecting and storing gaseous allow permeation of gases. Use good en- emissions in a bag or collecting and gineering judgment to determine ac- storing PM on a filter. You may use ceptable thresholds of storage media batch sampling to store emissions that cleanliness and permeation. To clean a have been diluted at least once in some container, you may repeatedly purge way, such as with CVS, PFD, or BMD. and evacuate a container and you may You may use batch-sampling to store heat it. Use a flexible container (such undiluted emissions. as a bag) within a temperature-con- (a) Sampling methods. If you extract trolled environment, or use a tempera- from a constant-volume flow rate, sample at a constant-volume flow rate as ture controlled rigid container that is follows: initially evacuated or has a volume (1) Verify proportional sampling after that can be displaced, such as a piston an emission test as described in and cylinder arrangement. Use con- § 1065.545. Use good engineering judg- tainers meeting the specifications in ment to select storage media that will the Table 1 of this section, noting that not significantly change measured you may request to use other container emission levels (either up or down). For materials under § 1065.10. Sample tem- example, do not use sample bags for peratures must stay within the fol- storing emissions if the bags are per- lowing ranges for each container mate- meable with respect to emissions or if rial: they off gas emissions to the extent (1) Up to 40 °C for Tedlar TM and that it affects your ability to dem- Kynar TM.. onstrate compliance with the applica- (2) (191 ±11) °C for Teflon TM and 300 ble gaseous emission standards. As an- series stainless steel used with meas- other example, do not use PM filters uring THC or NMHC from compression- that irreversibly absorb or adsorb gases ignition engines, two-stroke spark-ig- to the extent that it affects your abil- nition engines, and four-stroke spark- ity to demonstrate compliance with ignition engines at or below 19 kW. For the applicable PM emission standard. all other engines and pollutants, these (2) You must follow the requirements materials may be used for sample tem- in § 1065.140(e)(2) related to PM dilution peratures up to 202 °C.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00087 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.170 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.170—CONTAINER MATERIALS FOR GASEOUS BATCH SAMPLING

Engine type Compression-ignition Emissions Two-stroke spark-ignition Four-stroke spark-ignition at or below 19 All other engines kW

TM TM TM TM TM TM CO, CO2, O2, CH4, C2H6, C3H8, NO, Tedlar , Kynar , Teflon , or 300 se- Tedlar , Kynar , Teflon , or 300 se- NO2, N2O. ries stainless steel. ries stainless steel. THC, NMHC ...... Teflon TM or 300 series stainless steel .... Tedlar TM, Kynar TM, Teflon TM, or 300 series stainless steel.

(c) PM sample media. Apply the fol- which we base on a pure PTFE filter lowing methods for sampling particu- material. Note that we will use pure late emissions: PTFE filter material for compliance (1) If you use filter-based sampling testing, and we may require you to use media to extract and store PM for pure PTFE filter material for any com- measurement, your procedure must pliance testing we require, such as for meet the following specifications: selective enforcement audits. (i) If you expect that a filter’s total (iv) You may request to use other fil- surface concentration of PM will exter materials or sizes under the provi- ceed 400 μg, assuming a 38 mm diameter sions of § 1065.10. filter stain area, for a given test inter- (v) To minimize turbulent deposition val, you may use filter media with a and to deposit PM evenly on a filter, minimum initial collection efficiency use a filter holder with a 12.5° (from of 98%; otherwise you must use a filter center) divergent cone angle to transi- media with a minimum initial collection from the transfer-line inside dition efficiency of 99.7%. Collection effi- ameter to the exposed diameter of the ciency must be measured as described filter face. Use 300 series stainless steel in ASTM D2986 (incorporated by ref- for this transition. erence in § 1065.1010), though you may (vi) Maintain a filter face velocity rely on the sample-media manufactur- near 100 cm/s with less than 5% of the er’s measurements reflected in their recorded flow values exceeding 100 cm/ product ratings to show that you meet s, unless you expect the net PM mass this requirement. on the filter to exceed 400 μg, assuming (ii) The filter must be circular, with a 38 mm diameter filter stain area. an overall diameter of 46.50 ±0.6 mm Measure face velocity as the volu- and an exposed diameter of at least 38 metric flow rate of the sample at the mm. See the cassette specifications in pressure upstream of the filter and paragraph (c)(1)(vii) of this section. temperature of the filter face as meas- (iii) We highly recommend that you ured in § 1065.140(e), divided by the fil- use a pure PTFE filter material that ter’s exposed area. You may use the ex- does not have any flow-through sup- haust stack or CVS tunnel pressure for port bonded to the back and has an the upstream pressure if the pressure overall thickness of 40 ±20 μm. An inert drop through the PM sampler up to the polymer ring may be bonded to the pe- filter is less than 2 kPa. riphery of the filter material for sup- (vii) Use a clean cassette designed to port and for sealing between the filter the specifications of Figure 1 of cassette parts. We consider § 1065.170. In auto changer configura- Polymethylpentene (PMP) and PTFE tions, you may use cassettes of similar inert materials for a support ring, but design. Cassettes must be made of one other inert materials may be used. See of the following materials: Delrin TM, the cassette specifications in para- 300 series stainless steel, graph (c)(1)(vii) of this section. We polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene- allow the use of PTFE-coated glass styrene (ABS) resin, or conductive fiber filter material, as long as this fil- polypropylene. We recommend that ter media selection does not affect you keep filter cassettes clean by peri- your ability to demonstrate compli- odically washing or wiping them with a ance with the applicable standards, compatible solvent applied using a

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00088 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.190

lint-free cloth. Depending upon your covered or sealed until they return to cassette material, ethanol (C2H5OH) the stabilization or weighing environ- might be an acceptable solvent. Your ments. cleaning frequency will depend on your (ix) The filters should not be handled engine’s PM and HC emissions. outside of the PM stabilization and (viii) If you keep the cassette in the weighing environments and should be filter holder after sampling, prevent loaded into cassettes, filter holders, or flow through the filter until either the auto changer apparatus before removal holder or cassette is removed from the from these environments. PM sampler. If you remove the cas- (2) You may use other PM sample settes from filter holders after sam- media that we approve under § 1065.10, pling, transfer the cassette to an indi- including non-filtering techniques. For vidual container that is covered or example, you might deposit PM on an sealed to prevent communication of inert substrate that collects PM using semi-volatile matter from one filter to electrostatic, thermophoresis, inertia, another. If you remove the filter hold- diffusion, or some other deposition er, cap the inlet and outlet. Keep them mechanism, as approved.

[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 § 1065.190 PM-stabilization and weigh- FR 37298, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59321, Oct. 8, ing environments for gravimetric 2008; 76 FR 57440, Sept. 15, 2011;79 FR 23757, analysis. Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016] (a) This section describes the two environments required to stabilize and weigh PM for gravimetric analysis: the PM stabilization environment, where filters are stored before weighing; and

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00089 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.158 § 1065.190 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

the weighing environment, where the ments during all stabilization and balance is located. The two environ- weighing: ments may share a common space. (1) Ambient temperature and tolerances. These volumes may be one or more Maintain the weighing environment at rooms, or they may be much smaller, a tolerance of (22 ±1) °C. If the two en- such as a glove box or an automated vironments share a common space, weighing system consisting of one or maintain both environments at a toler- more countertop-sized environments. ance of (22 ±1) °C. If they are separate, (b) We recommend that you keep maintain the stabilization environ- both the stabilization and the weighing ment at a tolerance of (22 ±3) °C. environments free of ambient contami- (2) Dewpoint. Maintain a dewpoint of nants, such as dust, aerosols, or semi- 9.5 °C in both environments. This dew- volatile material that could contami- point will control the amount of water nate PM samples. We recommend that these environments conform with an associated with sulfuric acid (H2SO4) ‘‘as-built’’ Class Six clean room speci- PM, such that 1.2216 grams of water fication according to ISO 14644–1 (in- will be associated with each gram of corporated by reference in § 1065.1010); H2SO4. however, we also recommend that you (3) Dewpoint tolerances. If the ex- deviate from ISO 14644–1 as necessary pected fraction of sulfuric acid in PM to minimize air motion that might af- is unknown, we recommend controlling fect weighing. We recommend max- dewpoint at within ±1 °C tolerance. imum air-supply and air-return veloci- This would limit any dewpoint-related ties of 0.05 m/s in the weighing environ- change in PM to less than ±2%, even for ment. PM that is 50% sulfuric acid. If you (c) Verify the cleanliness of the PM- know your expected fraction of sulfuric stabilization environment using ref- acid in PM, we recommend that you se- erence filters, as described in lect an appropriate dewpoint tolerance § 1065.390(d). for showing compliance with emission (d) Maintain the following ambient standards using the following table as conditions within the two environ- a guide:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.190—DEWPOINT TOLERANCE AS A FUNCTION OF % PM CHANGE AND % SULFURIC ACID PM

±0.5% PM mass ±1% PM mass ±2% PM mass Expected sulfuric acid fraction of PM change change change

5% ...... ±3 °C ...... ±6 °C ...... ±12 °C 50% ...... ±0.3 °C ...... ±0.6 °C ...... ±1.2 °C 100% ...... ±0.15 °C ...... ±0.3 °C ...... ±0.6 °C

(e) Verify the following ambient con- (2) Continuously measure atmos- ditions using measurement instru- pheric pressure within the weighing en- ments that meet the specifications in vironment. An acceptable alternative subpart C of this part: is to use a barometer that measures at- (1) Continuously measure dewpoint mospheric pressure outside the weigh- and ambient temperature. Use these ing environment, as long as you can values to determine if the stabilization ensure that atmospheric pressure at and weighing environments have re- the balance is always within ±100 Pa of mained within the tolerances specified that outside environment during in paragraph (d) of this section for at weighing operations. Record atmos- least 60 min. before weighing sample pheric pressure as you weigh filters, media (e.g., filters). We recommend and use these pressure values to per- that you use an interlock that auto- form the buoyancy correction in matically prevents the balance from § 1065.690. reporting values if either of the envi- (f) We recommend that you install a ronments have not been within the ap- balance as follows: plicable tolerances for the past 60 min.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00090 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.195

(1) Install the balance on a vibration- grounded surfaces to avoid mirror isolation platform to isolate it from image charge interference. external noise and vibration. [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 (2) Shield the balance from convec- FR 37299, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59323, Oct. 8, tive airflow with a static-dissipating 2008; 76 FR 57440, Sept. 15, 2011] draft shield that is electrically grounded. § 1065.195 PM-stabilization environ- (3) Follow the balance manufactur- ment for in-situ analyzers. er’s specifications for all preventive (a) This section describes the envi- maintenance. ronment required to determine PM in- (4) Operate the balance manually or situ. For in-situ analyzers, such as an as part of an automated weighing sys- inertial balance, this is the environ- tem. ment within a PM sampling system (g) Minimize static electric charge in that surrounds the PM sample media the balance environment, as follows: (e.g., filters). This is typically a very (1) Electrically ground the balance. small volume. (2) Use 300 series stainless steel (b) Maintain the environment free of tweezers if PM sample media (e.g., fil- ambient contaminants, such as dust, ters) must be handled manually. aerosols, or semi-volatile material that (3) Ground tweezers with a grounding could contaminate PM samples. Filter strap, or provide a grounding strap for all air used for stabilization with the operator such that the grounding HEPA filters. Ensure that HEPA filters strap shares a common ground with the are installed properly so that back- balance. Make sure grounding straps ground PM does not leak past the have an appropriate resistor to protect HEPA filters. operators from accidental shock. (c) Maintain the following thermo- (4) Provide a static-electricity neu- dynamic conditions within the environ- tralizer that is electrically grounded in ment before measuring PM: common with the balance to remove (1) Ambient temperature. Select a static charge from PM sample media nominal ambient temperature, T , be- (e.g., filters), as follows: amb tween (42 and 52) °C. Maintain the am- (i) You may use radioactive neutral- bient temperature within ±1.0 °C of the izers such as a Polonium (210Po) source. selected nominal value. Replace radioactive sources at the intervals recommended by the neutral- (2) Dewpoint. Select a dewpoint, Tdew, izer manufacturer. that corresponds to Tamb such that Tdew ¥ ° (ii) You may use other neutralizers, = (0.95Tamb 11.40) C. The resulting such as corona-discharge ionizers. If dewpoint will control the amount of you use a corona-discharge ionizer, we water associated with sulfuric acid recommend that you monitor it for (H2SO4) PM, such that 1.1368 grams of neutral net charge according to the water will be associated with each ionizer manufacturer’s recommenda- gram of H2SO4. For example, if you se- tions. lect a nominal ambient temperature of (5) We recommend that you use a de- 47 °C, set a dewpoint of 33.3 °C. vice to monitor the static charge of PM (3) Dewpoint tolerance. If the expected sample media (e.g., filter) surface. fraction of sulfuric acid in PM is un- (6) We recommend that you neu- known, we recommend controlling dew- tralize PM sample media (e.g., filters) point within ±1.0 °C. This would limit to within ±2.0 V of neutral. Measure any dewpoint-related change in PM to static voltages as follows: less than ±2%, even for PM that is 50% (i) Measure static voltage of PM sam- sulfuric acid. If you know your ex- ple media (e.g., filters) according to the pected fraction of sulfuric acid in PM, electrostatic voltmeter manufacturer’s we recommend that you select an ap- instructions. propriate dewpoint tolerance for show- (ii) Measure static voltage of PM ing compliance with emission stand- sample media (e.g., filters) while the ards using Table 1 of § 1065.190 as a media is at least 15 cm away from any guide:

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00091 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.201 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(4) Absolute pressure. Use good engi- related parameters, and emission con- neering judgment to maintain a toler- centrations. ance of absolute pressure if your PM (b) Instrument types. You may use any measurement instrument requires it. of the specified instruments as de- (d) Continuously measure dewpoint, scribed in this subpart to perform temperature, and pressure using meas- emission tests. If you want to use one urement instruments that meet the of these instruments in a way that is PM-stabilization environment speci- not specified in this subpart, or if you fications in subpart C of this part. Use want to use a different instrument, you these values to determine if the in-situ must first get us to approve your alter- stabilization environment is within the nate procedure under § 1065.10. Where tolerances specified in paragraph (c) of we specify more than one instrument this section. Do not use any PM quan- for a particular measurement, we may tities that are recorded when any of identify which instrument serves as these parameters exceed the applicable the reference for comparing with an al- tolerances. ternate procedure. You may generally (e) If you use an inertial PM balance, use instruments with compensation al- we recommend that you install it as gorithms that are functions of other follows: gaseous measurements and the known (1) Isolate the balance from any ex- or assumed fuel properties for the test ternal noise and vibration that is with- fuel. The target value for any com- in a frequency range that could affect pensation algorithm is 0% (that is, no the balance. bias high and no bias low), regardless (2) Follow the balance manufactur- of the uncompensated signal’s bias. er’s specifications. (c) Measurement systems. Assemble a (f) If static electricity affects an in- system of measurement instruments ertial balance, you may use a static that allows you to show that your en- neutralizer, as follows: gines comply with the applicable emis- (1) You may use a radioactive neu- sion standards, using good engineering 210 tralizer such as a Polonium ( Po) judgment. When selecting instruments, 85 source or a Krypton ( Kr) source. Re- consider how conditions such as vibra- place radioactive sources at the inter- tion, temperature, pressure, humidity, vals recommended by the neutralizer viscosity, specific heat, and exhaust manufacturer. composition (including trace con- (2) You may use other neutralizers, centrations) may affect instrument such as a corona-discharge ionizer. If compatibility and performance. you use a corona-discharge ionizer, we (d) Redundant systems. For all meas- recommend that you monitor it for urement instruments described in this neutral net charge according to the subpart, you may use data from mul- ionizer manufacturer’s recommenda- tiple instruments to calculate test re- tions. sults for a single test. If you use redun- [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 dant systems, use good engineering FR 32799, June 30, 2008] judgment to use multiple measured values in calculations or to disregard Subpart C—Measurement individual measurements. Note that Instruments you must keep your results from all measurements. This requirement ap- § 1065.201 Overview and general provi- plies whether or not you actually use sions. the measurements in your calcula- (a) Scope. This subpart specifies tions. measurement instruments and associ- (e) Range. You may use an instru- ated system requirements related to ment’s response above 100% of its oper- emission testing in a laboratory or ating range if this does not affect your similar environment and in the field. ability to show that your engines com- This includes laboratory instruments ply with the applicable emission stand- and portable emission measurement ards. Note that we require additional systems (PEMS) for measuring engine testing and reporting if an analyzer re- parameters, ambient conditions, flow- sponds above 100% of its range. Auto-

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00092 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.202

ranging analyzers do not require addi- you to follow these recommended prac- tional testing or reporting. tices to perform a valid test, as long as (f) Related subparts for laboratory test- you meet the required calibrations and ing. Subpart D of this part describes verifications of measurement systems how to evaluate the performance of the specified in subpart D of this part. measurement instruments in this sub- Similarly, we are not required to fol- part. In general, if an instrument is low all recommended practices, as long specified in a specific section of this as we meet the required calibrations subpart, its calibration and and verifications. Our decision to fol- verifications are typically specified in low or not follow a given recommenda- a similarly numbered section in sub- tion when we perform a test does not part D of this part. For example, depend on whether you followed it dur- § 1065.290 gives instrument specifica- ing your testing. tions for PM balances and § 1065.390 describes the corresponding calibrations [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 and verifications. Note that some in- FR 37299, June 30, 2008; 75 FR 23033, Apr. 30, struments also have other require- 2010; 79 FR 23758, Apr. 29, 2014] ments in other sections of subpart D of this part. Subpart B of this part identi- § 1065.202 Data updating, recording, and control. fies specifications for other types of equipment, and subpart H of this part Your test system must be able to up- specifies engine fluids and analytical date data, record data and control sys- gases. tems related to operator demand, the (g) Field testing and testing with dynamometer, sampling equipment, PEMS. Subpart J of this part describes and measurement instruments. Set up how to use these and other measure- the measurement and recording equipment instruments for field testing and ment to avoid aliasing by ensuring other PEMS testing. that the sampling frequency is at least (h) Recommended practices. This sub- double that of the signal you are meas- part identifies a variety of rec- uring, consistent with good engineer- ommended but not required practices ing judgment; this may require infor proper measurements. We believe in creasing the sampling rate or filtering most cases it is necessary to follow the signal. Use data acquisition and these recommended practices for accu- control systems that can record at the rate and repeatable measurements. specified minimum frequencies, as fol- However, we do not specifically require lows:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.202—DATA RECORDING AND CONTROL MINIMUM FREQUENCIES

Minimum command and con- Minimum Applicable test protocol section Measured values trol recording frequency bc frequency a

§ 1065.510 ...... Speed and torque during an engine 1 Hz ...... 1 mean value per step. step-map. § 1065.510 ...... Speed and torque during an engine 5 Hz ...... 1 Hz means. sweep-map. § 1065.514; §1065.530 ...... Transient duty cycle reference and 5 Hz ...... 1 Hz means. feedback speeds and torques. § 1065.514; § 1065.530 ...... Steady-state and ramped-modal duty 1 Hz ...... 1 Hz. cycle reference and feedback speeds and torques. § 1065.520; §1065.530; §1065.550 Continuous concentrations of raw or ...... 1 Hz. dilute analyzers. § 1065.520; § 1065.530 § 1065.550 Batch concentrations of raw or dilute ...... 1 mean value per test inter- analyzers. val. § 1065.530; § 1065.545 ...... Diluted exhaust flow rate from a CVS ...... 1 Hz. with a heat exchanger upstream of the flow measurement. § 1065.530; § 1065.545 ...... Diluted exhaust flow rate from a CVS 5 Hz ...... 1 Hz means. without a heat exchanger upstream of the flow measurement. § 1065.530; § 1065.545 ...... Intake-air or raw-exhaust flow rate ...... 1 Hz means.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00093 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.205 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.202—DATA RECORDING AND CONTROL MINIMUM FREQUENCIES—Continued

Minimum command and con- Minimum Applicable test protocol section Measured values trol recording frequency bc frequency a

§ 1065.530; §1065.545 ...... Dilution air flow if actively controlled 5 Hz ...... 1 Hz means. (for example, a partial-flow PM sampling system) d. § 1065.530; §1065.545 ...... Sample flow from a CVS that has a 1 Hz ...... 1 Hz. heat exchanger. § 1065.530; §1065.545 ...... Sample flow from a CVS that does 5 Hz ...... 1 Hz means. not have a heat exchanger. a The specifications for minimum command and control frequency do not apply for CFVs that are not using active control. b 1 Hz means are data reported from the instrument at a higher frequency, but recorded as a series of 1 s mean values at a rate of 1 Hz. c For CFVs in a CVS, the minimum recording frequency is 1 Hz. The minimum recording frequency does not apply for CFVs used to control sampling from a CVS utilizing CFVs. d Dilution air flow specifications do not apply for CVS dilution air.

[79 FR 23759, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016]

§ 1065.205 Performance specifications meet the specifications in Table 1 of for measurement instruments. this section for all ranges you use for Your test system as a whole must testing. We also recommend that you meet all the calibrations, verifications, keep any documentation you receive and test-validation criteria specified from instrument manufacturers show- outside this section for laboratory testing that your instruments meet the ing or field testing, as applicable. We specifications in Table 1 of this sec- recommend that your instruments tion.

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.205—RECOMMENDED PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENTS

Complete sys- Measurement instru- Measured tem rise time Recording up- Accuracy b Repeatability b Noise b ment quantity symbol (t10–90) and fall date frequency a time (t90–10)

Engine speed trans- fn ...... 1 s ...... 1 Hz means .... 2% of pt. or 1% of pt. or 0.05% of max. ducer. 0.5% of max. 0.25% of max. Engine torque trans- T ...... 1 s ...... 1 Hz means .... 2% of pt. or 1% of pt. or 0.05% of max. ducer. 1% of max. 0.5% of max. Electrical work (ac- W ...... 1 s ...... 1 Hz means .... 2% of pt. or 1% of pt. or 0.05% of max. tive-power meter). 0.5% of max. 0.25% of max. General pressure p ...... 5 s ...... 1 Hz ...... 2% of pt. or 1% of pt. or 0.1% of max. transducer (not a 1% of max. 0.5% of max. part of another instrument). Atmospheric pres- patmos ...... 50 s ...... 5 times per 50 Pa ...... 25 Pa ...... 5 Pa sure meter for PM- hour. stabilization and balance environments. General purpose at- patmos ...... 50 s ...... 5 times per 250 Pa ...... 100Pa ...... 50 Pa mospheric pres- hour. sure meter. Temperature sensor T ...... 50 s ...... 0.1 Hz ...... 0.25 K ...... 0.1 K ...... 0.1 K for PM-stabilization and balance environments. Other temperature T ...... 10 s ...... 0.5 Hz ...... 0.4% of pt. K 0.2% of pt. K 0.1% of max. sensor (not a part or 0.2% of or 0.1% of of another instru- max K. max K. ment). Dewpoint sensor for Tdew ...... 50 s ...... 0.1 Hz ...... 0.25 K ...... 0.1 K ...... 0.02 K intake air, PM-stabilization and balance environments.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00094 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.210

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.205—RECOMMENDED PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENTS—Continued

Complete sys- Measurement instru- Measured tem rise time Recording up- Accuracy b Repeatability b Noise b ment quantity symbol (t10–90) and fall date frequency a time (t90–10)

Other dewpoint sen- Tdew ...... 50 s ...... 0.1 Hz ...... 1 K ...... 0.5 K ...... 0.1 K sor. Fuel flow meter c mú ...... 5 s ...... 1 Hz ...... 2% of pt. or 1% of pt. or 0.5% of max. (Fuel totalizer). (—) (—) 1.5% of max. 0.75% of max. Total diluted exhaust nú ...... 1 s ...... 1 Hz means .... 2% of pt. or 1% of pt. or 1% of max. meter (CVS) c (5 s) (1 Hz) 1.5% of max. 0.75% of (With heat ex- max. changer before meter). Dilution air, inlet air, nú ...... 1 s ...... 1 Hz means of 2.5% of pt. or 1.25% of pt. or 1% of max. exhaust, and sam- 5 Hz sam- 1.5% of max. 0.75% of ple flow meters c. ples. max. Continuous gas ana- x ...... 5 s ...... 1 Hz ...... 2% of pt. or 1% of pt. or 1% of max. lyzer. 2% of meas. 1% of meas. Batch gas analyzer .. x ...... 2% of pt. or 1% of pt. or 1% of max. 2% of meas. 1% of meas. Gravimetric PM bal- mPM ...... See § 1065.790 0.5 μg ance. Inertial PM balance mPM ...... 5 s ...... 1 Hz ...... 2% of pt. or 1% of pt. or 0.2% of max 2% of meas. 1% of meas. a The performance specifications identified in the table apply separately for rise time and fall time. b Accuracy, repeatability, and noise are all determined with the same collected data, as described in § 1065.305, and based on absolute values. ‘‘pt.’’ refers to the overall flow-weighted mean value expected at the standard; ‘‘max’’ refers to the peak value expected at the standard over any test interval, not the maximum of the instrument’s range; ‘‘meas’’ refers to the actual flow- weighted mean measured over any test interval. c The procedure for accuracy, repeatability and noise measurement described in § 1065.305 may be modified for flow meters to allow noise to be measured at the lowest calibrated value instead of zero flow rate.

[79 FR 23759, Apr. 28, 2014] impractical to instrument the shaft of an exhaust turbine generating elec- MEASUREMENT OF ENGINE PARAMETERS trical work, you may decide to meas- AND AMBIENT CONDITIONS ure its converted electrical work. As another example, you may decide to § 1065.210 Work input and output sen- measure the tractive (i.e., electrical sors. output) power of a locomotive, rather (a) Application. Use instruments as than the brake power of the locomotive specified in this section to measure engine. In these cases, divide the elec- work inputs and outputs during engine trical work by accurate values of elec- operation. We recommend that you use trical generator efficiency (h<1), or as- sensors, transducers, and meters that sume an efficiency of 1 (h = 1), which meet the specifications in Table 1 of would over-estimate brake-specific § 1065.205. Note that your overall sys- emissions. For the example of using lo- tems for measuring work inputs and comotive tractive power with a gener- outputs must meet the linearity ator efficiency of 1 (h = 1), this means verifications in § 1065.307. We rec- using the tractive power as the brake ommend that you measure work inputs power in emission calculations. Do not and outputs where they cross the sys- underestimate any work conversion ef- tem boundary as shown in Figure 1 of ficiencies for any components outside § 1065.210. The system boundary is dif- the system boundary that do not re- ferent for air-cooled engines than for turn work into the system boundary. liquid-cooled engines. If you choose to And do not overestimate any work con- measure work before or after a work version efficiencies for components conversion, relative to the system outside the system boundary that do boundary, use good engineering judg- return work into the system boundary. ment to estimate any work-conversion In all cases, ensure that you are able to losses in a way that avoids overestima- accurately demonstrate compliance tion of total work. For example, if it is with the applicable standards.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00095 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.210 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(b) Shaft work. Use speed and torque (1) Speed. Use a magnetic or optical transducer outputs to calculate total shaft-position detector with a resolu- work according to § 1065.650. tion of at least 60 counts per revolution, in combination with a frequency

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00096 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER13JY05.015 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.220

counter that rejects common-mode pressure, temperature, and dewpoint noise. must meet the calibration and (2) Torque. You may use a variety of verifications in § 1065.315. methods to determine engine torque. (c) Temperature. For PM-balance en- As needed, and based on good engineer- vironments or other precision tempera- ing judgment, compensate for torque ture measurements over a narrow tem- induced by the inertia of accelerating perature range, we recommend therm- and decelerating components con- istors. For other applications we rec- nected to the flywheel, such as the ommend thermocouples that are not drive shaft and dynamometer rotor. grounded to the thermocouple sheath. Use any of the following methods to de- You may use other temperature sen- termine engine torque: sors, such as resistive temperature de- (i) Measure torque by mounting a tectors (RTDs). strain gage or similar instrument in- (d) Pressure. Pressure transducers line between the engine and dynamom- must be located in a temperature-con- eter. trolled environment, or they must (ii) Measure torque by mounting a compensate for temperature changes strain gage or similar instrument on a over their expected operating range. lever arm connected to the dynamometer housing. Transducer materials must be compat- (iii) Calculate torque from internal ible with the fluid being measured. For dynamometer signals, such as arma- atmospheric pressure or other preci- ture current, as long as you calibrate sion pressure measurements, we rec- this measurement as described in ommend either capacitance-type, § 1065.310. quartz crystal, or laser-interferometer (c) Electrical work. Use a watt-hour transducers. For other applications, we meter output to calculate total work recommend either strain gage or ca- according to § 1065.650. Use a watt-hour pacitance-type pressure transducers. meter that outputs active power. Watt- You may use other pressure-measure- hour meters typically combine a ment instruments, such as Wheatstone bridge voltmeter and a manometers, where appropriate. Hall-effect clamp-on ammeter into a (e) Dewpoint. For PM-stabilization single microprocessor-based instru- environments, we recommend chilled- ment that analyzes and outputs several surface hygrometers, which include parameters, such as alternating or di- chilled mirror detectors and chilled rect current voltage, current, power surface acoustic wave (SAW) detectors. factor, apparent power, reactive power, For other applications, we recommend and active power. thin-film capacitance sensors. You may (d) Pump, compressor or turbine work. use other dewpoint sensors, such as a Use pressure transducer and flow-meter wet-bulb/dry-bulb psychrometer, where outputs to calculate total work accord- appropriate. ing to § 1065.650. For flow meters, see §§ 1065.220 through 1065.248. [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008] [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008; 79 FR 23760, Apr. 28, FLOW-RELATED MEASUREMENTS 2014] § 1065.220 Fuel flow meter. § 1065.215 Pressure transducers, temperature sensors, and dewpoint sen- (a) Application. You may use fuel flow sors. in combination with a chemical bal- (a) Application. Use instruments as ance of fuel, inlet air, and raw exhaust specified in this section to measure to calculate raw exhaust flow as de- pressure, temperature, and dewpoint. scribed in § 1065.655(f), as follows: (b) Component requirements. We rec- (1) Use the actual value of calculated ommend that you use pressure trans- raw exhaust flow rate in the following ducers, temperature sensors, and dew- cases: point sensors that meet the specifica- (i) For multiplying raw exhaust flow tions in Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that rate with continuously sampled con- your overall systems for measuring centrations.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00097 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.225 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(ii) For multiplying total raw ex- bles in the fuel from affecting the fuel haust flow with batch-sampled con- meter. centrations. [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 (iii) For calculating the dilution air FR 37300, June 30, 2008; 76 FR 57441, Sept. 15, flow for background correction as de- 2011; 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016] scribed in § 1065.667. (2) In the following cases, you may § 1065.225 Intake-air flow meter. use a fuel flow meter signal that does (a) Application. You may use an in- not give the actual value of raw ex- take-air flow meter in combination haust, as long as it is linearly propor- with a chemical balance of fuel, inlet tional to the exhaust molar flow rate’s air, and exhaust to calculate raw ex- actual calculated value: haust flow as described in § 1065.655(f) (i) For feedback control of a propor- and (g), as follows: tional sampling system, such as a par- (1) Use the actual value of calculated tial-flow dilution system. raw exhaust in the following cases: (ii) For multiplying with continu- (i) For multiplying raw exhaust flow ously sampled gas concentrations, if rate with continuously sampled con- the same signal is used in a chemical- centrations. balance calculation to determine work (ii) For multiplying total raw ex- from brake-specific fuel consumption haust flow with batch-sampled con- and fuel consumed. centrations. (b) Component requirements. We rec- (iii) For verifying minimum dilution ommend that you use a fuel flow meter ratio for PM batch sampling as de- that meets the specifications in Table 1 scribed in § 1065.546. of § 1065.205. We recommend a fuel flow (iv) For calculating the dilution air meter that measures mass directly, flow for background correction as de- such as one that relies on gravimetric scribed in § 1065.667. or inertial measurement principles. (2) In the following cases, you may This may involve using a meter with use an intake-air flow meter signal one or more scales for weighing fuel or that does not give the actual value of using a Coriolis meter. Note that your raw exhaust, as long as it is linearly overall system for measuring fuel flow proportional to the exhaust flow rate’s must meet the linearity verification in actual calculated value: § 1065.307 and the calibration and (i) For feedback control of a propor- verifications in § 1065.320. tional sampling system, such as a par- (c) Recirculating fuel. In any fuel-flow tial-flow dilution system. measurement, account for any fuel (ii) For multiplying with continu- that bypasses the engine or returns ously sampled gas concentrations, if from the engine to the fuel storage the same signal is used in a chemical- tank. balance calculation to determine work (d) Flow conditioning. For any type of from brake-specific fuel consumption and fuel consumed. fuel flow meter, condition the flow as needed to prevent wakes, eddies, circu- (b) Component requirements. We rec- lating flows, or flow pulsations from af- ommend that you use an intake-air flow meter that meets the specifica- fecting the accuracy or repeatability of tions in Table 1 of § 1065.205. This may the meter. You may accomplish this by include a laminar flow element, an ul- using a sufficient length of straight trasonic flow meter, a subsonic ven- tubing (such as a length equal to at turi, a thermal-mass meter, an aver- least 10 pipe diameters) or by using aging Pitot tube, or a hot-wire ane- specially designed tubing bends, mometer. Note that your overall sys- straightening fins, or pneumatic pulsa- tem for measuring intake-air flow tion dampeners to establish a steady must meet the linearity verification in and predictable velocity profile up- § 1065.307 and the calibration in stream of the meter. Condition the § 1065.325. flow as needed to prevent any gas bub- (c) Flow conditioning. For any type of intake-air flow meter, condition the

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00098 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.240

flow as needed to prevent wakes, ed- (c) Flow conditioning. For any type of dies, circulating flows, or flow pulsa- raw exhaust flow meter, condition the tions from affecting the accuracy or re- flow as needed to prevent wakes, ed- peatability of the meter. You may ac- dies, circulating flows, or flow pulsa- complish this by using a sufficient tions from affecting the accuracy or re- length of straight tubing (such as a peatability of the meter. You may ac- length equal to at least 10 pipe diame- complish this by using a sufficient ters) or by using specially designed length of straight tubing (such as a tubing bends, orifice plates or straight- length equal to at least 10 pipe diame- ening fins to establish a predictable ve- ters) or by using specially designed locity profile upstream of the meter. tubing bends, orifice plates or straightening fins to establish a predictable ve- [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, 2011;79 FR 23760, Apr. 28, locity profile upstream of the meter. 2014; 81 FR 74163, Oct. 25, 2016] (d) Exhaust cooling. You may cool raw exhaust upstream of a raw-exhaust § 1065.230 Raw exhaust flow meter. flow meter, as long as you observe all (a) Application. You may use meas- the following provisions: ured raw exhaust flow, as follows: (1) Do not sample PM downstream of (1) Use the actual value of calculated the cooling. raw exhaust in the following cases: (2) If cooling causes exhaust tempera- ° (i) Multiply raw exhaust flow rate tures above 202 C to decrease to below ° with continuously sampled concentra- 180 C, do not sample NMHC down- tions. stream of the cooling for compression- (ii) Multiply total raw exhaust with ignition engines, two-stroke spark-ig- batch sampled concentrations. nition engines, or four-stroke spark-ig- (2) In the following cases, you may nition engines at or below 19 kW. use a raw exhaust flow meter signal (3) The cooling must not cause aque- that does not give the actual value of ous condensation. raw exhaust, as long as it is linearly [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 79 proportional to the exhaust flow rate’s FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014] actual calculated value: (i) For feedback control of a propor- § 1065.240 Dilution air and diluted ex- tional sampling system, such as a par- haust flow meters. tial-flow dilution system. (a) Application. Use a diluted exhaust (ii) For multiplying with continu- flow meter to determine instantaneous ously sampled gas concentrations, if diluted exhaust flow rates or total di- the same signal is used in a chemical- luted exhaust flow over a test interval. balance calculation to determine work You may use the difference between a from brake-specific fuel consumption diluted exhaust flow meter and a dilu- and fuel consumed. tion air meter to calculate raw exhaust (b) Component requirements. We rec- flow rates or total raw exhaust flow ommend that you use a raw-exhaust over a test interval. flow meter that meets the specifica- (b) Component requirements. We rec- tions in Table 1 of § 1065.205. This may ommend that you use a diluted exhaust involve using an ultrasonic flow meter, flow meter that meets the specifica- a subsonic venturi, an averaging Pitot tions in Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that tube, a hot-wire anemometer, or other your overall system for measuring di- measurement principle. This would luted exhaust flow must meet the lin- generally not involve a laminar flow earity verification in § 1065.307 and the element or a thermal-mass meter. Note calibration and verifications in that your overall system for measuring § 1065.340 and § 1065.341. You may use the raw exhaust flow must meet the lin- following meters: earity verification in § 1065.307 and the (1) For constant-volume sampling calibration and verifications in (CVS) of the total flow of diluted ex- § 1065.330. Any raw-exhaust meter must haust, you may use a critical-flow ven- be designed to appropriately com- turi (CFV) or multiple critical-flow pensate for changes in the raw ex- venturis arranged in parallel, a posi- haust’s thermodynamic, fluid, and tive-displacement pump (PDP), a sub- compositional states. sonic venturi (SSV), or an ultrasonic

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00099 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.245 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

flow meter (UFM). Combined with an or total flow sampled into a batch sam- upstream heat exchanger, either a CFV pling system over a test interval. You or a PDP will also function as a passive may use the difference between a di- flow controller in a CVS system. How- luted exhaust sample flow meter and a ever, you may also combine any flow dilution air meter to calculate raw ex- meter with any active flow control sys- haust flow rates or total raw exhaust tem to maintain proportional sampling flow over a test interval. of exhaust constituents. You may con- (b) Component requirements. We rec- trol the total flow of diluted exhaust, ommend that you use a sample flow or one or more sample flows, or a com- meter that meets the specifications in bination of these flow controls to Table 1 of § 1065.205. This may involve a maintain proportional sampling. laminar flow element, an ultrasonic (2) For any other dilution system, flow meter, a subsonic venturi, a crit- you may use a laminar flow element, ical-flow venturi or multiple critical- an ultrasonic flow meter, a subsonic flow venturis arranged in parallel, a venturi, a critical-flow venturi or mul- positive-displacement meter, a ther- tiple critical-flow venturis arranged in mal-mass meter, an averaging Pitot parallel, a positive-displacement tube, or a hot-wire anemometer. Note meter, a thermal-mass meter, an aver- that your overall system for measuring aging Pitot tube, or a hot-wire ane- sample flow must meet the linearity mometer. verification in § 1065.307. For the special (c) Flow conditioning. For any type of case where CFVs are used for both the diluted exhaust flow meter, condition diluted exhaust and sample-flow meas- the flow as needed to prevent wakes, urements and their upstream pressures eddies, circulating flows, or flow pulsa- and temperatures remain similar dur- tions from affecting the accuracy or re- ing testing, you do not have to quan- peatability of the meter. For some me- tify the flow rate of the sample-flow ters, you may accomplish this by using CFV. In this special case, the sample- a sufficient length of straight tubing flow CFV inherently flow-weights the (such as a length equal to at least 10 batch sample relative to the diluted ex- pipe diameters) or by using specially haust CFV. designed tubing bends, orifice plates or (c) Flow conditioning. For any type of straightening fins to establish a pre- sample flow meter, condition the flow dictable velocity profile upstream of as needed to prevent wakes, eddies, cir- the meter. culating flows, or flow pulsations from (d) Exhaust cooling. You may cool di- affecting the accuracy or repeatability luted exhaust upstream of a dilute-ex- of the meter. For some meters, you haust flow meter, as long as you ob- may accomplish this by using a suffi- serve all the following provisions: cient length of straight tubing (such as (1) Do not sample PM downstream of a length equal to at least 10 pipe diam- the cooling. eters) or by using specially designed (2) If cooling causes exhaust tempera- tubing bends, orifice plates or straight- tures above 202 °C to decrease to below ening fins to establish a predictable ve- 180 °C, do not sample NMHC down- locity profile upstream of the meter. stream of the cooling for compression- ignition engines, two-stroke spark-ig- § 1065.247 Diesel exhaust fluid flow nition engines, or four-stroke spark-ig- rate. nition engines at or below 19 kW. (a) Application. Determine diesel ex- (3) The cooling must not cause aque- haust fluid flow rate over a test inter- ous condensation as described in val for batch or continuous emission § 1065.140(c)(6). sampling using one of the three meth- [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 75 ods described in this section. FR 23035, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, (b) ECM. Use the ECM signal directly 2014] to determine diesel exhaust fluid flow rate. You may combine this with a § 1065.245 Sample flow meter for batch gravimetric scale if that improves sampling. measurement quality. Prior to testing, (a) Application. Use a sample flow you may characterize the ECM signal meter to determine sample flow rates using a laboratory measurement and

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00100 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.260

adjust the ECM signal, consistent with diluted exhaust for either batch or con- good engineering judgment. tinuous sampling. (c) Flow meter. Measure diesel ex- (b) Component requirements. We rec- haust fluid flow rate with a flow meter. ommend that you use an NDIR ana- We recommend that the flow meter lyzer that meets the specifications in that meets the specifications in Table 1 Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that your of § 1065.205. Note that your overall sys- NDIR-based system must meet the tem for measuring diesel exhaust fluid calibration and verifications in flow must meet the linearity §§ 1065.350 and 1065.355 and it must also verification in § 1065.307. Measure using meet the linearity verification in the following procedure: § 1065.307. (1) Condition the flow of diesel ex- [76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, 2011, as amended at 79 haust fluid as needed to prevent wakes, FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014] eddies, circulating flows, or flow pulsations from affecting the accuracy or re- HYDROCARBON MEASUREMENTS peatability of the meter. You may accomplish this by using a sufficient § 1065.260 Flame-ionization detector. length of straight tubing (such as a (a) Application. Use a flame-ioniza- length equal to at least 10 pipe diame- tion detector (FID) analyzer to meas- ters) or by using specially designed ure hydrocarbon concentrations in raw tubing bends, straightening fins, or or diluted exhaust for either batch or pneumatic pulsation dampeners to es- continuous sampling. Determine hy- tablish a steady and predictable veloc- drocarbon concentrations on a carbon ity profile upstream of the meter. Con- number basis of one, C1. For measuring dition the flow as needed to prevent THC or THCE you must use a FID ana- any gas bubbles in the fluid from af- lyzer. For measuring CH4 you must fecting the flow meter. meet the requirements of paragraph (f) (2) Account for any fluid that by- of this section. See subpart I of this passes the engine or returns from the part for special provisions that apply engine to the fluid storage tank. to measuring hydrocarbons when test- (d) Gravimetric scale. Use a ing with oxygenated fuels. gravimetric scale to determine the (b) Component requirements. We rec- mass of diesel exhaust fluid the engine ommend that you use a FID analyzer uses over a discrete-mode test interval that meets the specifications in Table 1 and divide by the time of the test in- of § 1065.205. Note that your FID-based terval. system for measuring THC, THCE, or [81 FR 74163, Oct. 25, 2016] CH4 must meet all the verifications for hydrocarbon measurement in subpart § 1065.248 Gas divider. D of this part, and it must also meet (a) Application. You may use a gas di- the linearity verification in § 1065.307. vider to blend calibration gases. (c) Heated FID analyzers. For meas- (b) Component requirements. Use a gas uring THC or THCE from compression- divider that blends gases to the speci- ignition engines, two-stroke spark-ig- fications of § 1065.750 and to the flow- nition engines, and four-stroke spark- weighted concentrations expected dur- ignition engines at or below 19 kW, you ing testing. You may use critical-flow must use heated FID analyzers that gas dividers, capillary-tube gas divid- maintain all surfaces that are exposed ers, or thermal-mass-meter gas divid- to emissions at a temperature of (191 ers. Note that your overall gas-divider ±11) °C. system must meet the linearity (d) FID fuel and burner air. Use FID verification in § 1065.307. fuel and burner air that meet the specifications of § 1065.750. Do not allow the CO AND CO2 MEASUREMENTS FID fuel and burner air to mix before entering the FID analyzer to ensure § 1065.250 Nondispersive infrared ana- that the FID analyzer operates with a lyzer. diffusion flame and not a premixed (a) Application. Use a nondispersive flame. infrared (NDIR) analyzer to measure (e) NMHC and NMOG. For dem- CO and CO2 concentrations in raw or onstrating compliance with NMHC 91

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00101 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.265 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

standards, you may either measure count for any sample humidification THC or determine NMHC mass as de- and dilution in emission calculations. scribed in § 1065.660(b)(1), or you may [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 measure THC and CH4 and determine FR 37300, June 30, 2008; 76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, NMHC as described in § 1065.660(b)(2) or 2011] (3). For gaseous-fueled engines, you may also use the additive method in § 1065.266 Fourier transform infrared § 1065.660(b)(4). See 40 CFR 1066.635 for analyzer. methods to demonstrate compliance (a) Application. For engines that run with NMOG standards for vehicle test- only on natural gas, you may use a ing. Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) ana- (f) NMNEHC. For demonstrating com- lyzer to measure nonmethane hydro- pliance with NMNEHC standards, you carbon (NMHC) and nonmethane-non- may either measure NMHC or deter- ethane hydrocarbon (NMNEHC) for mine NMNEHC mass as described in continuous sampling. You may use an § 1065.660(c)(1), you may measure THC, FTIR analyzer with any gaseous-fueled CH4, and C2H6 and determine NMNEHC engine, including dual-fuel engines, to as described in § 1065.660(c)(2), or you measure CH4 and C2H6, for either batch may use the additive method in or continuous sampling (for subtrac- § 1065.660(c)(3). tion from THC). (g) CH4. For reporting CH4 or for (b) Component requirements. We rec- demonstrating compliance with CH4 ommend that you use an FTIR ana- standards, you may use a FID analyzer lyzer that meets the specifications in with a nonmethane cutter as described Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that your in § 1065.265 or you may use a GC–FID FTIR-based system must meet the lin- as described in § 1065.267. Determine earity verification in § 1065.307. Use ap- CH4 as described in § 1065.660(d). propriate analytical procedures for interpretation of infrared spectra. For [76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, 2011, as amended at 79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74163, Oct. 25, example, EPA Test Method 320 (see 2016] https://www3.epa.gov/ttn/emc/promgate/m- 320.pdf) and ASTM D6348 (incorporated § 1065.265 Nonmethane cutter. by reference in § 1065.1010) are considered valid methods for spectral inter- (a) Application. You may use a non- pretation. You must use heated FTIR methane cutter to measure CH with a 4 analyzers that maintain all surfaces FID analyzer. A nonmethane cutter that are exposed to emissions at a tem- oxidizes all nonmethane hydrocarbons perature of (110 to 202) °C. to CO and H O. You may use a non- 2 2 (c) Hydrocarbon species for NMHC and methane cutter for raw or diluted ex- NMNEHC additive determination. To de- haust for batch or continuous sam- termine NMNEHC, measure ethene, pling. ethyne, propane, propene, butane, (b) System performance. Determine formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, formic nonmethane-cutter performance as de- acid, and methanol. To determine scribed in § 1065.365 and use the results NMHC, measure ethane in addition to to calculate CH4 or NMHC emissions in those same hydrocarbon species. Deter- § 1065.660. mine NMHC and NMNEHC as described (c) Configuration. Configure the non- in § 1065.660(b)(4) and § 1065.660(c)(3). methane cutter with a bypass line if it (d) NMHC and NMNEHC CH4 and C2H6 is needed for the verification described determination from subtraction of CH4 in § 1065.365. and C2H6 from THC. Determine CH4 as (d) Optimization. You may optimize a described in § 1065.660(d)(2) and C2H6 as nonmethane cutter to maximize the described § 1065.660(e). Determine penetration of CH4 and the oxidation of NMHC from subtraction of CH4 from all other hydrocarbons. You may hu- THC as described in § 1065.660(b)(3) and midify a sample and you may dilute a NMNEHC from subtraction of CH4 and sample with purified air or oxygen (O2) C2H6 as described § 1065.660(c)(2). Deter- upstream of the nonmethane cutter to mine CH4 as described in § 1065.660(d)(2) optimize its performance. You must ac- and C2H6 as described § 1065.660(e). 92

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00102 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.270

(e) Interference verification. Perform measurement of the least stable com- interference verification for FTIR ana- ponents in the sample. Select a sample lyzers using the procedures of § 1065.366. integration time of at least 5 seconds. Certain interference gases can inter- Take into account sample chamber and fere with FTIR analyzers by causing a sample line volumes when determining response similar to the hydrocarbon flush times for your instrument. species of interest. When running the interference verification for these ana- [79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014] lyzers, use interference gases as fol- NO AND N O MEASUREMENTS lows: X 2 (1) The interference gases for CH4 are § 1065.270 Chemiluminescent detector. CO2, H2O, and C2H6. (2) The interference gases for C2H6 (a) Application. You may use a are CO2, H2O, and CH4. chemiluminescent detector (CLD) to (3) The interference gases for other measure NOX concentration in raw or measured hydrocarbon species are CO2, diluted exhaust for batch or continuous H2O, CH4, and C2H6. sampling. We generally accept a CLD for NO measurement, even though it [81 FR 74163, Oct. 25, 2016] X measures only NO and NO2, when cou- § 1065.267 Gas chromatograph with a pled with an NO2-to-NO converter, flame ionization detector. since conventional engines and aftertreatment systems do not emit (a) Application. You may use a gas significant amounts of NO species chromatograph with a flame ionization X other than NO and NO2. Measure other detector (GC–FID) to measure CH4 and NOX species if required by the stand- C2H6 concentrations of diluted exhaust for batch sampling. While you may also ard-setting part. While you may also use a nonmethane cutter to measure use other instruments to measure NOX, as described in § 1065.272, use a ref- CH4, as described in § 1065.265, use a reference procedure based on a gas chro- erence procedure based on a matograph for comparison with any chemiluminescent detector for com- proposed alternate measurement proce- parison with any proposed alternate dure under § 1065.10. measurement procedure under § 1065.10. (b) Component requirements. We rec- (b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a GC–FID that ommend that you use a CLD that meets the specifications in Table 1 of meets the specifications in Table 1 of § 1065.205 and that the measurement be § 1065.205. Note that your CLD-based done according to SAE J1151 (incor- system must meet the quench porated by reference in § 1065.1010). The verification in § 1065.370 and it must GC–FID must meet the linearity also meet the linearity verification in verification in § 1065.307. § 1065.307. You may use a heated or unheated CLD, and you may use a CLD [76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, 2011, as amended at 79 that operates at atmospheric pressure FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74163, Oct. 25, 2016] or under a vacuum. (c) NO2-to-NO converter. Place up- § 1065.269 Photoacoustic analyzer for stream of the CLD an internal or exter- ethanol and methanol. nal NO2-to-NO converter that meets (a) Application. You may use a the verification in § 1065.378. Configure photoacoustic analyzer to measure eth- the converter with a bypass line if it is anol and/or methanol concentrations in needed to facilitate this verification. diluted exhaust for batch sampling. (d) Humidity effects. You must main- (b) Component requirements. We rec- tain all CLD temperatures to prevent ommend that you use a photoacoustic aqueous condensation. If you remove analyzer that meets the specifications humidity from a sample upstream of a in Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that your CLD, use one of the following configu- photoacoustic system must meet the rations: verification in § 1065.369 and it must (1) Connect a CLD downstream of any also meet the linearity verification in dryer or chiller that is downstream of § 1065.307. Use an optical wheel configu- an NO2-to-NO converter that meets the ration that gives analytical priority to verification in § 1065.378.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00103 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.272 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(2) Connect a CLD downstream of any (2) Connect an NDUV downstream of dryer or thermal chiller that meets the any dryer or thermal chiller that verification in § 1065.376. meets the verification in § 1065.376. (e) Response time. You may use a [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 heated CLD to improve CLD response FR 59323, Oct. 8, 2008; 76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, time. 2011; 79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014]

[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 § 1065.275 N2O measurement devices. FR 37300, June 30, 2008; 76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, (a) General component requirements. 2011; 79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014] We recommend that you use an ana- § 1065.272 Nondispersive ultraviolet lyzer that meets the specifications in analyzer. Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that your system must meet the linearity (a) Application. You may use a non- verification in § 1065.307. dispersive ultraviolet (NDUV) analyzer (b) Instrument types. You may use any to measure NOX concentration in raw of the following analyzers to measure or diluted exhaust for batch or contin- N2O: uous sampling. We generally accept an (1) Nondispersive infrared (NDIR) an- NDUV for NOX measurement, even alyzer. though it measures only NO and NO2, (2) Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) since conventional engines and analyzer. Use appropriate analytical aftertreatment systems do not emit procedures for interpretation of infrared spectra. For example, EPA Test significant amounts of other NOX spe- Method 320 (see https://www3.epa.gov/ttn/ cies. Measure other NOX species if required by the standard-setting part. emc/promgate/m-320.pdf) and ASTM Note that good engineering judgment D6348 (incorporated by reference in may preclude you from using an NDUV § 1065.1010) are considered valid meth- analyzer if sampled exhaust from test ods for spectral interpretation. (3) Laser infrared analyzer. Examples engines contains oil (or other contami- of laser infrared analyzers are pulsed- nants) in sufficiently high concentra- mode high-resolution narrow band mid- tions to interfere with proper oper- infrared analyzers, and modulated con- ation. tinuous wave high-resolution narrow (b) Component requirements. We rec- band mid-infrared analyzers. ommend that you use an NDUV ana- (4) Photoacoustic analyzer. Use an lyzer that meets the specifications in optical wheel configuration that gives Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that your analytical priority to measurement of NDUV-based system must meet the the least stable components in the verifications in § 1065.372 and it must sample. Select a sample integration also meet the linearity verification in time of at least 5 seconds. Take into § 1065.307. account sample chamber and sample

(c) NO2-to-NO converter. If your NDUV line volumes when determining flush analyzer measures only NO, place up- times for your instrument. stream of the NDUV analyzer an inter- (5) Gas chromatograph analyzer. You may use a gas chromatograph with an nal or external NO2-to-NO converter that meets the verification in § 1065.378. electron-capture detector (GC–ECD) to Configure the converter with a bypass measure N2O concentrations of diluted to facilitate this verification. exhaust for batch sampling. (i) You may use a packed or porous (d) Humidity effects. You must main- layer open tubular (PLOT) column tain NDUV temperature to prevent phase of suitable polarity and length to aqueous condensation, unless you use achieve adequate resolution of the N2O one of the following configurations: peak for analysis. Examples of accept- (1) Connect an NDUV downstream of able columns are a PLOT column con- any dryer or chiller that is downstream sisting of bonded polystyrene- of an NO2-to-NO converter that meets divinylbenzene or a Porapack Q packed the verification in § 1065.378. column. Take the column temperature profile and carrier gas selection into consideration when setting up your

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00104 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.290

method to achieve adequate N2O peak (3) The interference gases for resolution. photoacoustic analyzers are CO, CO2, (ii) Use good engineering judgment to and H2O. zero your instrument and correct for [74 FR 56512, Oct. 30, 2009, as amended at 76 drift. You do not need to follow the FR 57443, Sept. 15, 2011; 78 FR 36398, June 17, specific procedures in §§ 1065.530 and 2013;79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74163, 1065.550(b) that would otherwise apply. Oct. 25, 2016] For example, you may perform a span gas measurement before and after sam- O2 MEASUREMENTS ple analysis without zeroing and use § 1065.280 Paramagnetic and the average area counts of the pre-span magnetopneumatic O2 detection and post-span measurements to gen- analyzers. erate a response factor (area counts/ (a) Application. You may use a span gas concentration), which you paramagnetic detection (PMD) or then multiply by the area counts from magnetopneumatic detection (MPD) your sample to generate the sample analyzer to measure O2 concentration concentration. in raw or diluted exhaust for batch or (c) Interference verification. Perform continuous sampling. You may use O2 interference verification for NDIR, measurements with intake air or fuel FTIR, laser infrared analyzers, and flow measurements to calculate ex- photoacoustic analyzers using the pro- haust flow rate according to § 1065.650. cedures of § 1065.375. Interference (b) Component requirements. We rec- verification is not required for GC– ommend that you use a PMD or MPD ECD. Certain interference gases can analyzer that meets the specifications positively interfere with NDIR, FTIR, in Table 1 of § 1065.205. Note that it and photoacoustic analyzers by causing must meet the linearity verification in a response similar to N2O. When run- § 1065.307. ning the interference verification for [73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008, as amended at 76 these analyzers, use interference gases FR 57443, Sept. 15, 2011;79 FR 23762, Apr. 28, as follows: 2014] (1) The interference gases for NDIR AIR-TO-FUEL RATIO MEASUREMENTS analyzers are CO, CO2, H2O, CH4, and SO2. Note that interference species, § 1065.284 Zirconia (ZrO2) analyzer. with the exception of H2O, are dependent on the N2O infrared absorption (a) Application. You may use a band chosen by the instrument manu- zirconia (ZrO2) analyzer to measure facturer. For each analyzer determine air-to-fuel ratio in raw exhaust for continuous sampling. You may use O the N2O infrared absorption band. For 2 measurements with intake air or fuel each N2O infrared absorption band, use good engineering judgment to deter- flow measurements to calculate ex- mine which interference gases to use in haust flow rate according to § 1065.650. the verification. (b) Component requirements. We rec- (2) Use good engineering judgment to ommend that you use a ZrO2 analyzer that meets the specifications in Table 1 determine interference gases for FTIR, of § 1065.205. Note that your ZrO -based and laser infrared analyzers. Note that 2 system must meet the linearity interference species, with the excep- verification in § 1065.307. tion of H2O, are dependent on the N2O infrared absorption band chosen by the [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 76 instrument manufacturer. For each an- FR 57443, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23762, Apr. 28, 2014] alyzer determine the N2O infrared absorption band. For each N2O infrared PM MEASUREMENTS absorption band, use good engineering judgment to determine interference § 1065.290 PM gravimetric balance. gases to use in the verification. (a) Application. Use a balance to weigh net PM on a sample medium for laboratory testing.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00105 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.295 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(b) Component requirements. We rec- (d) Deposition. You may use electro- ommend that you use a balance that static deposition to collect PM as long meets the specifications in Table 1 of as its collection efficiency is at least § 1065.205. Note that your balance-based 95%. system must meet the linearity verification in § 1065.307. If the balance [73 FR 59259, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 68462, Nov. 8, 2010; 76 FR 57443, Sept. 15, 2011; uses internal calibration weights for 79 FR 23762, Apr. 28, 2014] routine spanning and the weights do not meet the specifications in § 1065.790, the weights must be verified independ- Subpart D—Calibrations and ently with external calibration weights Verifications meeting the requirements of § 1065.790. While you may also use an inertial bal- § 1065.301 Overview and general provisions. ance to measure PM, as described in § 1065.295, use a reference procedure (a) This subpart describes required based on a gravimetric balance for and recommended calibrations and comparison with any proposed alter- verifications of measurement systems. nate measurement procedure under See subpart C of this part for specifica- § 1065.10. tions that apply to individual instru- (c) Pan design. We recommend that ments. you use a balance pan designed to min- (b) You must generally use complete imize corner loading of the balance, as measurement systems when performing follows: calibrations or verifications in this (1) Use a pan that centers the PM subpart. For example, this would gen- sample media (such as a filter) on the erally involve evaluating instruments weighing pan. For example, use a pan based on values recorded with the com- in the shape of a cross that has up- plete system you use for recording test swept tips that center the PM sample data, including analog-to-digital con- media on the pan. verters. For some calibrations and (2) Use a pan that positions the PM verifications, we may specify that you sample as low as possible. disconnect part of the measurement (d) Balance configuration. Configure system to introduce a simulated signal. the balance for optimum settling time (c) If we do not specify a calibration and stability at your location. or verification for a portion of a meas- [73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008, as amended at 75 urement system, calibrate that portion FR 68462, Nov. 8, 2010] of your system and verify its performance at a frequency consistent with § 1065.295 PM inertial balance for any recommendations from the meas- field-testing analysis. urement-system manufacturer, con- (a) Application. You may use an iner- sistent with good engineering judg- tial balance to quantify net PM on a ment. sample medium for field testing. (d) Use NIST-traceable standards to (b) Component requirements. We rec- the tolerances we specify for calibra- ommend that you use a balance that tions and verifications. Where we meets the specifications in Table 1 of specify the need to use NIST-traceable § 1065.205. Note that your balance-based standards, you may alternatively ask system must meet the linearity for our approval to use international verification in § 1065.307. If the balance standards that are not NIST-traceable. uses an internal calibration process for routine spanning and linearity § 1065.303 Summary of required cali- verifications, the process must be bration and verifications. NIST-traceable. The following table summarizes the (c) Loss correction. You may use PM required and recommended calibrations loss corrections to account for PM loss and verifications described in this sub- in the inertial balance, including the part and indicates when these have to sample handling system. be performed:

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00106 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.303

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.303—SUMMARY OF REQUIRED CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATIONS

Type of calibration or verification Minimum frequency 1

§ 1065.305: Accuracy, repeatability and noise .. Accuracy: Not required, but recommended for initial installation. Repeatability: Not required, but recommended for initial installation. Noise: Not required, but recommended for initial installation. § 1065.307: Linearity verification ...... Speed: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance. Torque: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance. Electrical power, current, and voltage: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance.2 Fuel flow rate: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing, and after major maintenance. DEF flow: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing, and after major maintenance. Intake-air, dilution air, diluted exhaust, and batch sampler flow rates: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance, unless flow is verified by propane check or by carbon or oxygen balance. Raw exhaust flow rate: Upon initial installation, within 185 days before testing and after major maintenance, unless flow is verified by propane check or by carbon or oxygen balance. Gas dividers: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing, and after major maintenance. Gas analyzers (unless otherwise noted): Upon initial installation, within 35 days before testing and after major maintenance. FTIR and photoacoustic analyzers: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance. GC–ECD: Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. PM balance: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance. Pressure, temperature, and dewpoint: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing and after major maintenance. § 1065.308: Continuous gas analyzer system Upon initial installation or after system modification that would affect response. response and updating-recording verification—for gas analyzers not continuously compensated for other gas species. § 1065.309: Continuous gas analyzer system- Upon initial installation or after system modification that would affect response. response and updating-recording verification—for gas analyzers continuously compensated for other gas species. § 1065.310: Torque ...... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.315: Pressure, temperature, dewpoint ... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.320: Fuel flow ...... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.325: Intake flow ...... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.330: Exhaust flow ...... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.340: Diluted exhaust flow (CVS) ...... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.341: CVS and batch sampler Upon initial installation, within 35 days before testing, and after major mainte- verification 3. nance. § 1065.342 Sample dryer verification ...... For thermal chillers: Upon installation and after major maintenance. For osmotic membranes; Upon installation, within 35 days of testing, and after major maintenance. § 1065.345: Vacuum leak ...... For laboratory testing: Upon initial installation of the sampling system, within 8 hours before the start of the first test interval of each duty-cycle sequence, and after maintenance such as pre-filter changes. For field testing: After each installation of the sampling system on the vehicle, prior to the start of the field test, and after maintenance such as pre-filter changes. § 1065.350: CO2 NDIR H2O interference ...... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.355: CO NDIR CO2 and H2O inter- Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. ference. § 1065.360: FID calibration THC FID optimiza- Calibrate all FID analyzers: Upon initial installation and after major mainte- tion, and THC FID verification. nance. Optimize and determine CH4 response for THC FID analyzers: Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. Verify CH4 response for THC FID analyzers: Upon initial installation, within 185 days before testing, and after major maintenance. Verify C2H6 response for THC FID analyzers if used for NMNEHC determination: Upon initial installation, within 185 days before testing, and after major maintenance. § 1065.362: Raw exhaust FID O2 interference .. For all FID analyzers: Upon initial installation, and after major maintenance. For THC FID analyzers: Upon initial installation, after major maintenance, and after FID optimization according to § 1065.360. § 1065.365: Nonmethane cutter penetration ..... Upon initial installation, within 185 days before testing, and after major maintenance.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00107 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.305 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.303—SUMMARY OF REQUIRED CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATIONS—Continued

Type of calibration or verification Minimum frequency 1

§ 1065.366: Interference verification for FTIR Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. analyzers. § 1065.369: H2O, CO, and CO2 interference Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. verification for ethanol photoacoustic analyzers. § 1065.370: CLD CO2 and H2O quench ...... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.372: NDUV HC and H2O interference ... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.375: N2O analyzer interference ...... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.376: Chiller NO2 penetration ...... Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. § 1065.378: NO2-to-NO converter conversion ... Upon initial installation, within 35 days before testing, and after major maintenance. § 1065.390: PM balance and weighing ...... Independent verification: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing, and after major maintenance. Zero, span, and reference sample verifications: Within 12 hours of weighing, and after major maintenance. § 1065.395: Inertial PM balance and weighing .. Independent verification: Upon initial installation, within 370 days before testing, and after major maintenance. Other verifications: Upon initial installation and after major maintenance. 1 Perform calibrations and verifications more frequently than we specify, according to measurement system manufacturer instructions and good engineering judgment. 2 Perform linearity verification either for electrical power or for current and voltage. 3 The CVS verification described in § 1065.341 is not required for systems that agree within ±2% based on a chemical balance of carbon or oxygen of the intake air, fuel, and diluted exhaust.

[81 FR 74164, Oct. 25, 2016] gas, a reference signal, a set of reference thermodynamic conditions, or § 1065.305 Verifications for accuracy, some combination of these. For gas repeatability, and noise. analyzers, use a zero gas that meets (a) This section describes how to de- the specifications of § 1065.750. termine the accuracy, repeatability, (3) Span the instrument as you would and noise of an instrument. Table 1 of before an emission test by introducing § 1065.205 specifies recommended values a span signal. Depending on the instru- for individual instruments. ment, this may be a span-concentra- (b) We do not require you to verify tion gas, a reference signal, a set of ref- instrument accuracy, repeatability, or noise. erence thermodynamic conditions, or However, it may be useful to consider some combination of these. For gas these verifications to define a speci- analyzers, use a span gas that meets fication for a new instrument, to verify the specifications of § 1065.750. the performance of a new instrument (4) Use the instrument to quantify a upon delivery, or to troubleshoot an NIST-traceable reference quantity, yref. existing instrument. For gas analyzers the reference gas (c) In this section we use the letter must meet the specifications of ‘‘y’’ to denote a generic measured § 1065.750. Select a reference quantity quantity, the superscript over-bar to near the mean value expected during denote an arithmetic mean (such as y¯ ), testing. For all gas analyzers, use a and the subscript ‘‘ref’’ to denote the quantity near the flow-weighted mean reference quantity being measured. concentration expected at the standard (d) Conduct these verifications as fol- or expected during testing, whichever lows: is greater. For noise verification, use (1) Prepare an instrument so it oper- the same zero gas from paragraph (d)(2) ates at its specified temperatures, pres- of this section as the reference quan- sures, and flows. Perform any instru- tity. In all cases, allow time for the in- ment linearization or calibration pro- strument to stabilize while it measures cedures prescribed by the instrument the reference quantity. Stabilization manufacturer. time may include time to purge an in- (2) Zero the instrument as you would strument and time to account for its before an emission test by introducing a zero signal. Depending on the instru- response. ment, this may be a zero-concentration

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00108 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.307

(5) Sample and record values for 30 (i) Your measurement systems meet seconds (you may select a longer sam- all the other required calibration, pling period if the recording update fre- verification, and validation specifica- quency is less than 0.5 Hz), record the tions that apply as specified in the reg- arithmetic mean, y¯ i and record the ulations. standard deviation, si of the recorded (ii) The measurement deficiency does values. Refer to § 1065.602 for an exam- not adversely affect your ability to ple of calculating arithmetic mean and demonstrate compliance with the ap- standard deviation. plicable standards. (6) Also, if the reference quantity is not absolutely constant, which might [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 be the case with a reference flow, sam- FR 37301, June 30, 2008; 75 FR 23037, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23763, Apr. 28, 2014] ple and record values of yrefi for 30 seconds and record the arithmetic mean of § 1065.307 Linearity verification. the values, y¯ ref. Refer to § 1065.602 for an example of calculating arithmetic (a) Scope and frequency. Perform lin- mean. earity verification on each measure- (7) Subtract the reference value, yref ment system listed in Table 1 of this (or y¯ refi), from the arithmetic mean, y¯ i. section at least as frequently as indi- Record this value as the error, ei. cated in Table 1 of § 1065.303, consistent (8) Repeat the steps specified in para- with measurement system manufactur- graphs (d)(2) through (7) of this section er’s recommendations and good engi- until you have ten arithmetic means neering judgment. The intent of lin- (y¯ 1, y¯ 2, y¯ i, ...y¯ 10), ten standard devi- earity verification is to determine that ations, (s1, s2, si,...s10), and ten errors a measurement system responds accu- (e1, e2, ei,...e10). rately and proportionally over the (9) Use the following values to quan- measurement range of interest. Lin- tify your measurements: earity verification generally consists (i) Accuracy. Instrument accuracy is of introducing a series of at least 10 the absolute difference between the ref- reference values to a measurement sys- erence quantity, yref (or y¯ ref), and the tem. The measurement system quan- arithmetic mean of the ten y¯ i, y¯ values. tifies each reference value. The meas- Refer to the example of an accuracy ured values are then collectively com- calculation in § 1065.602. We recommend pared to the reference values by using that instrument accuracy be within a least-squares linear regression and the specifications in Table 1 of the linearity criteria specified in Table § 1065.205. 1 of this section. (ii) Repeatability. Repeatability is two (b) Performance requirements. If a times the standard deviation of the ten measurement system does not meet the errors (that is, repeatability = 2 · σe). applicable linearity criteria referenced Refer to the example of a standard-de- in Table 1 of this section, correct the viation calculation in § 1065.602. We rec- deficiency by re-calibrating, servicing, ommend that instrument repeatability or replacing components as needed. Re- be within the specifications in Table 1 peat the linearity verification after of § 1065.205. correcting the deficiency to ensure (iii) Noise. Noise is two times the that the measurement system meets root-mean-square of the ten standard the linearity criteria. Before you may deviations (that is, noise = 2 · rmsσ) use a measurement system that does when the reference signal is a zero- not meet linearity criteria, you must quantity signal. Refer to the example demonstrate to us that the deficiency of a root-mean-square calculation in does not adversely affect your ability § 1065.602. We recommend that instru- to demonstrate compliance with the ment noise be within the specifications applicable standards. in Table 1 of § 1065.205. (c) Procedure. Use the following lin- (10) You may use a measurement in- earity verification protocol, or use strument that does not meet the accu- good engineering judgment to develop racy, repeatability, or noise specifica- a different protocol that satisfies the tions in Table 1 of § 1065.205, as long as intent of this section, as described in you meet the following criteria: paragraph (a) of this section:

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00109 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.307 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(1) In this paragraph (c), the letter verifications select at least ten ref- ‘‘y’’ denotes a generic measured quan- erence values. tity, the superscript over-bar denotes (7) Use the instrument manufactur- an arithmetic mean (such as y¯ ), and er’s recommendations and good engi- the subscript ‘‘ref’’ denotes the known neering judgment to select the order in or reference quantity being measured. which you will introduce the series of (2) Use good engineering judgment to reference values. For example, you operate a measurement system at nor- may select the reference values ran- mal operating conditions. This may in- domly to avoid correlation with preclude any specified adjustment or peri- vious measurements and to avoid odic calibration of the measurement hysteresis; you may select reference system. values in ascending or descending order (3) If applicable, zero the instrument to avoid long settling times of ref- as you would before an emission test erence signals; or you may select val- by introducing a zero signal. Depending ues to ascend and then descend to in- on the instrument, this may be a zero- corporate the effects of any instrument concentration gas, a reference signal, a hysteresis into the linearity set of reference thermodynamic condi- verification. tions, or some combination of these. (8) Generate reference quantities as For gas analyzers, use a zero gas that described in paragraph (d) of this sec- meets the specifications of § 1065.750 tion. For gas analyzers, use gas con- and introduce it directly at the ana- centrations known to be within the lyzer port. specifications of § 1065.750 and intro- (4) If applicable, span the instrument duce them directly at the analyzer as you would before an emission test port. by introducing a span signal. Depend- (9) Introduce a reference signal to the ing on the instrument, this may be a measurement instrument. span-concentration gas, a reference (10) Allow time for the instrument to signal, a set of reference thermo- stabilize while it measures the value at dynamic conditions, or some combina- the reference condition. Stabilization tion of these. For gas analyzers, use a time may include time to purge an in- span gas that meets the specifications strument and time to account for its of § 1065.750 and introduce it directly at response. the analyzer port. (11) At a recording frequency of at (5) If applicable, after spanning the least f Hz, specified in Table 1 of instrument, check zero with the same § 1065.205, measure the value at the ref- signal you used in paragraph (c)(3) of erence condition for 30 seconds (you this section. Based on the zero reading, may select a longer sampling period if use good engineering judgment to de- the recording update frequency is less termine whether or not to rezero and than 0.5 Hz) and record the arithmetic or re-span the instrument before con- mean of the recorded values, y¯ i. Refer tinuing. to § 1065.602 for an example of calcu- (6) For all measured quantities, use lating an arithmetic mean. the instrument manufacturer’s rec- (12) Repeat the steps in paragraphs ommendations and good engineering (c)(9) though (11) of this section until judgment to select reference values, measurements are complete at each of yrefi, that cover a range of values that the reference conditions. you expect would prevent extrapo- (13) Use the arithmetic means, y¯ i, and lation beyond these values during reference values, yrefi, to calculate emission testing. We recommend se- least-squares linear regression param- lecting a zero reference signal as one of eters and statistical values to compare the reference values for the linearity to the minimum performance criteria verification. For pressure, tempera- specified in Table 1 of this section. Use ture, dewpoint, power, current, volt- the calculations described in § 1065.602. age, photoacoustic analyzers, and GC– Using good engineering judgment, you ECD linearity verifications, we rec- may weight the results of individual ommend at least three reference val- data pairs (i.e. (yrefi, y¯ i,)), in the linear ues. For all other linearity regression calculations.

100

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00110 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.307

(d) Reference signals. This paragraph fuel are introduced to the fuel meas- (d) describes recommended methods for urement system. The reference fuel generating reference values for the lin- mass divided by the time interval is earity-verification protocol in para- the reference fuel flow rate. graph (c) of this section. Use reference (5) Flow rates—inlet air, dilution air, values that simulate actual values, or diluted exhaust, raw exhaust, or sample introduce an actual value and measure flow. Use a reference flow meter with a it with a reference-measurement sys- blower or pump to simulate flow rates. tem. In the latter case, the reference Use a restrictor, diverter valve, a vari- value is the value reported by the ref- able-speed blower or a variable-speed erence-measurement system. Reference pump to control the range of flow values and reference-measurement sys- rates. Use the reference meter’s re- tems must be NIST-traceable. We rec- sponse as the reference values. ommend using calibration reference (i) Reference flow meters. Because the quantities that are NIST-traceable flow range requirements for these var- within 0.5% uncertainty, if not speci- ious flows are large, we allow a variety fied elsewhere in this part 1065. Use the of reference meters. For example, for following recommended methods to diluted exhaust flow for a full-flow di- generate reference values or use good lution system, we recommend a ref- engineering judgment to select a dif- erence subsonic venturi flow meter ferent reference: with a restrictor valve and a blower to (1) Speed. Run the engine or dyna- simulate flow rates. For inlet air, dilu- mometer at a series of steady-state tion air, diluted exhaust for partial- speeds and use a strobe, photo tachom- flow dilution, raw exhaust, or sample eter, or laser tachometer to record ref- flow, we allow reference meters such as erence speeds. critical flow orifices, critical flow (2) Torque. Use a series of calibration venturis, laminar flow elements, mas- weights and a calibration lever arm to ter mass flow standards, or Roots me- simulate engine torque. You may in- ters. Make sure the reference meter is stead use the engine or dynamometer calibrated and its calibration is NIST- itself to generate a nominal torque traceable. If you use the difference of that is measured by a reference load two flow measurements to determine a cell or proving ring in series with the net flow rate, you may use one of the torque-measurement system. In this measurements as a reference for the case, use the reference load cell meas- other. urement as the reference value. Refer (ii) Reference flow values. Because the to § 1065.310 for a torque-calibration reference flow is not absolutely con- procedure similar to the linearity stant, sample and record values of n˙ refi verification in this section. for 30 seconds and use the arithmetic (3) Electrical power, current, and volt- mean of the values, n˙ ref, as the ref- age. You must perform linearity erence value. Refer to § 1065.602 for an verification for either electrical power example of calculating arithmetic meters, or for current and voltage me- mean. ters. Perform linearity verifications (6) Gas division. Use one of the two using a reference meter and controlled reference signals: sources of current and voltage. We rec- (i) At the outlet of the gas-division ommend using a complete calibration system, connect a gas analyzer that system that is suitable for the elec- meets the linearity verification de- trical power distribution industry. scribed in this section and has not been (4) Fuel rate. Operate the engine at a linearized with the gas divider being series of constant fuel-flow rates or re- verified. For example, verify the lin- circulate fuel back to a tank through earity of an analyzer using a series of the fuel flow meter at different flow reference analytical gases directly rates. Use a gravimetric reference from compressed gas cylinders that measurement (such as a scale, balance, meet the specifications of § 1065.750. We or mass comparator) at the inlet to the recommend using a FID analyzer or a fuel-measurement system. Use a stop- PMD or MPD O2 analyzer because of watch or timer to measure the time in- their inherent linearity. Operate this tervals over which reference masses of analyzer consistent with how you

101

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00111 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.307 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

would operate it during an emission ment manufacturer’s recommendation test. Connect a span gas to the gas-di- or good engineering judgment.

vider inlet. Use the gas-division system (2) The expression ‘‘xmin’’ refers to the to divide the span gas with purified air reference value used during linearity or nitrogen. Select gas divisions that verification that is closest to zero. This you typically use. Use a selected gas is the value used to calculate the first division as the measured value. Use the tolerance in Table 1 of this section analyzer response divided by the span using the intercept, a0. Note that this gas concentration as the reference gas- value may be zero, positive, or negative division value. Because the instrument depending on the reference values. For response is not absolutely constant, example, if the reference values chosen sample and record values of xref for 30 to validate a pressure transducer vary seconds and use the arithmetic mean of from ¥10 to ¥1 kPa, xmin is ¥1 kPa. If the values, x¯ ref, as the reference value. the reference values used to validate a Refer to § 1065.602 for an example of cal- temperature device vary from 290 to 390 culating arithmetic mean. K, xmin is 290 K. (ii) Using good engineering judgment (3) The expression ‘‘max’’ generally and the gas divider manufacturer’s rec- refers to the absolute value of the ref- ommendations, use one or more reference value used during linearity erence flow meters to measure the flow verification that is furthest from zero. rates of the gas divider and verify the This is the value used to scale the first gas-division value. and third tolerances in Table 1 of this (7) Continuous constituent concentra- section using a0 and SEE. For example, tion. For reference values, use a series if the reference values chosen to vali- of gas cylinders of known gas con- date a pressure transducer vary from centration or use a gas-division system ¥10 to ¥1 kPa, then pmax is + 10 kPa. If that is known to be linear with a span the reference values used to validate a gas. Gas cylinders, gas-division sys- temperature device vary from 290 to 390 tems, and span gases that you use for K, then Tmax is 390 K. For gas dividers reference values must meet the speci- where ‘‘max’’ is expressed as, xmax/xspan; fications of § 1065.750. xmax is the maximum gas concentration (8) Temperature. You may perform the used during the verification, xspan is the linearity verification for temperature undivided, undiluted, span gas con- measurement systems with centration, and the resulting ratio is thermocouples, RTDs, and thermistors the maximum divider point reference by removing the sensor from the sys- value used during the verification tem and using a simulator in its place. (typically 1). The following are special Use a NIST-traceable simulator that is cases where ‘‘max’’ refers to a different independently calibrated and, as appro- value: priate, cold-junction-compensated. The (i) For linearity verification with a simulator uncertainty scaled to abso- PM balance, mmax refers to the typical lute temperature must be less than mass of a PM filter. 0.5% of Tmax. If you use this option, you (ii) For linearity verification of must use sensors that the supplier torque on the engine’s primary output states are accurate to better than 0.5% shaft, Tmax refers to the manufacturer’s of Tmax compared with their standard specified engine torque peak value of calibration curve. the lowest torque engine to be tested. (9) Mass. For linearity verification (4) The specified ranges are inclusive. for gravimetric PM balances, use exter- For example, a specified range of 0.98– nal calibration weights that meet the 1.02 for a1 means 0.98≤a1≤1.02. requirements in § 1065.790. (5) Linearity verification is optional (e) Measurement systems that require for systems that pass the flow-rate linearity verification. Table 1 of this sec- verification for diluted exhaust as de- tion indicates measurement systems scribed in § 1065.341 (the propane check) that require linearity verification, sub- or for systems that agree within ±2% ject to the following provisions: based on a chemical balance of carbon (1) Perform linearity verification or oxygen of the intake air, fuel, and more frequently based on the instru- exhaust.

102

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00112 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.307

(6) You must meet the a1 criteria for (C) Coolant inlet to the test cell’s these quantities only if the absolute charge air cooler, for engines tested value of the quantity is required, as op- with a laboratory heat exchanger that posed to a signal that is only linearly simulates an installed charge air cool- proportional to the actual value. er. (7) Linearity verification is required (D) Oil in the sump/pan. for the following temperature measure- (E) Coolant before the thermostat, ments: for liquid-cooled engines. (i) The following temperature meas- (8) Linearity verification is required urements always require linearity for the following pressure measure- verification: ments: (A) Air intake. (i) The following pressure measure- (B) Aftertreatment bed(s), for engines ments always require linearity tested with aftertreatment devices sub- verification: ject to cold-start testing. (A) Air intake restriction. (C) Dilution air for gaseous and PM (B) Exhaust back pressure as re- sampling, including CVS, double-dilu- quired in § 1065.130(h). tion, and partial-flow systems. (D) PM sample. (C) Barometer. (E) Chiller sample, for gaseous sam- (D) CVS inlet gage pressure where pling systems that use thermal chillers the raw exhaust enters the tunnel. to dry samples and use chiller tempera- (E) Sample dryer, for gaseous sam- ture to calculate the dewpoint at the pling systems that use either osmotic- outlet of the chiller. For your testing, membrane or thermal chillers to dry if you choose to use a high alarm tem- samples. For your testing, if you perature setpoint for the chiller tem- choose to use a low alarm pressure set- perature as a constant value in deter- point for the sample dryer pressure as mining the amount of water removed a constant value in determining the from the emission sample, you may use amount of water removed from the good engineering judgment to verify emission sample, you may use good en- the accuracy of the high alarm tem- gineering judgment to verify the accu- perature setpoint instead of linearity racy of the low alarm pressure setpoint verification on the chiller temperature. instead of linearity verification on the To verify that the alarm trip point sample dryer pressure. To verify that value is no less than 2.0 °C below the the trip point value is no more than 4.0 reference value at the trip point, we kPa above the reference value at the recommend that you input a reference trip point, we recommend that you simulated temperature signal below input a reference pressure signal above the alarm trip point and increase this the alarm trip point and decrease this signal until the high alarm trips. signal until the low alarm trips. (ii) Linearity verification is required (ii) Linearity verification is required for the following temperature measure- for the following pressure measurements if these temperature measurements if these pressure measurements ments are specified by the engine man- are specified by the engine manufac- ufacturer: turer: (A) Fuel inlet. (A) The test cell’s charge air cooler (B) Air outlet to the test cell’s and interconnecting pipe pressure drop, charge air cooler air outlet, for engines for turbo-charged engines tested with a tested with a laboratory heat ex- laboratory heat exchanger that simu- changer that simulates an installed lates an installed charge air cooler. charge air cooler. (B) Fuel outlet.

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.307—MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS THAT REQUIRE LINEARITY VERIFICATION

Linearity criteria Measurement system Quantity 2 |xmin(a1¥1) + a 0| a1 SEE r

Speed ...... fn ...... ≤0.05% · fnmax ..... 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · fnmax ...... ≥0.990 Torque ...... T ...... ≤1% · Tmax ...... 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · Tmax ...... ≥0.990 Electrical power ...... P ...... ≤1% · Pmax 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · Pmax ≥0.990 Current ...... I ...... ≤1% · Imax 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · Imax ≥0.990

103

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00113 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.308 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.307—MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS THAT REQUIRE LINEARITY VERIFICATION— Continued

Linearity criteria Measurement system Quantity 2 |xmin(a1¥1) + a 0| a1 SEE r

Voltage ...... U ...... ≤1% · Umax ...... 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · Umax ...... ≥0.990 Fuel flow rate ...... mú ...... ≤1% · mú max ...... 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · mú max ...... ≥0.990 Intake-air ...... nú ...... ≤1% · nú max ...... 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · nú max ...... ≥0.990 flow rate1 ...... 1 Dilution air flow rate ...... nú ...... ≤1% · nú max ...... 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · nú max ...... ≥0.990 1 Diluted exhaust flow rate ...... nú ...... ≤1% · nú max ...... 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · nú max ...... ≥0.990 1 Raw exhaust flow rate ...... nú ...... ≤1% · nú max ...... 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · nú max ...... ≥0.990 1 Batch sampler flow rates ...... nú ...... ≤1% · nú max ...... 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · nú max ...... ≥0.990 Gas dividers ...... x/xspan ...... ≤0.5% · xmax/xspan 0.98–1.02 ≤2% · xmax/xspan .. ≥0.990 Gas analyzers for laboratory testing ...... x ...... ≤0.5% · xmax ...... 0.99–1.01 ≤1% · xmax ...... ≥0.998 Gas analyzers for field testing ...... x ...... ≤1% · xmax ...... 0.99–1.01 ≤1% · xmax ...... ≥0.998 PM balance ...... m ...... ≤1% · mmax ...... 0.99–1.01 ≤1% · mmax ...... ≥0.998 Pressures ...... p ...... ≤1% · pmax ...... 0.99–1.01 ≤1% · pmax ...... ≥0.998 Dewpoint for intake air, PM-stabilization Tdew ...... ≤0.5% · Tdewmax .. 0.99–1.01 ≤0.5% · Tdewmax .. ≥0.998 and balance environments. Other dewpoint measurements ...... Tdew ...... ≤1% · Tdewmax- .... 0.99–1.01 ≤1% · Tdewmax- .... ≥0.998 Analog-to-digital conversion of tempera- T ...... ≤1% · Tmax ...... 0.99–1.01 ≤1% · Tmax ...... ≥0.998 ture signals.

1 ú ú ú For flow meters that determine volumetric flow rate, Vstd, you may substitute Vstd for nú as the quantity and substitute Vstdmax for nú max.

[79 FR 23763, Apr. 28, 2014]

§ 1065.308 Continuous gas analyzer perform this verification if you add a system-response and updating-re- significant volume to the transfer lines cording verification—for gas ana- by increasing their length or adding a lyzers not continuously com- filter; or if you reduce the frequency at pensated for other gas species. which the gas analyzer updates its out- (a) Scope and frequency. This section put or the frequency at which you sam- describes a verification procedure for ple and record gas-analyzer concentra- system response and updating-record- tions. ing frequency for continuous gas ana- (b) Measurement principles. This test lyzers that output a gas species mole fraction (i.e., concentration) using a verifies that the updating and record- single gas detector, i.e., gas analyzers ing frequencies match the overall sys- not continuously compensated for tem response to a rapid change in the other gas species measured with mul- value of concentrations at the sample tiple gas detectors. See § 1065.309 for probe. Gas analyzers and their sam- verification procedures that apply to pling systems must be optimized such continuous gas analyzers that are con- that their overall response to a rapid tinuously compensated for other gas change in concentration is updated and species measured with multiple gas de- recorded at an appropriate frequency tectors. Perform this verification to to prevent loss of information. This determine the system response of the test also verifies that the measurement continuous gas analyzer and its sam- system meets a minimum response pling system. This verification is re- time. You may use the results of this quired for continuous gas analyzers test to determine transformation time, used for transient or ramped-modal t50, for the purposes of time alignment testing. You need not perform this of continuous data in accordance with verification for batch gas analyzer sys- § 1065.650(c)(2)(i). You may also use an tems or for continuous gas analyzer alternate procedure to determine t in systems that are used only for discrete- 50 accordance with good engineering judg- mode testing. Perform this verification ment. Note that any such procedure for after initial installation (i.e., test cell determining t must account for both commissioning) and after any modi- 50 fications to the system that would transport delay and analyzer response change system response. For example, time.

104

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00114 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.308

(c) System requirements. Demonstrate the system response time, then start that each continuous analyzer has ade- up and operate the other analyzers quate update and recording frequencies while running this verification test. and has a minimum rise time and a You may run this verification test on minimum fall time during a rapid multiple analyzers sharing the same change in gas concentration. You must sampling system at the same time. If meet one of the following criteria: you use any analog or real-time digital (1) The product of the mean rise filters during emission testing, you time, t10–90, and the frequency at which must operate those filters in the same the system records an updated con- manner during this verification. centration must be at least 5, and the (2) Equipment setup. We recommend product of the mean fall time, t90–10, using minimal lengths of gas transfer and the frequency at which the system lines between all connections and fast- records an updated concentration must acting three-way valves (2 inlets, 1 out- be at least 5. If the recording frequency let) to control the flow of zero and is different than the analyzer’s output blended span gases to the sample sys- update frequency, you must use the tem’s probe inlet or a tee near the out- lower of these two frequencies for this let of the probe. If you inject the gas at verification, which is referred to as the a tee near the outlet of the probe, you updating-recording frequency. This may correct the transformation time, verification applies to the nominal up- t50, for an estimate of the transport dating and recording frequencies. This time from the probe inlet to the tee. criterion makes no assumption regard- Normally the gas flow rate is higher ing the frequency content of changes in than the sample flow rate and the ex- emission concentrations during emis- cess is overflowed out the inlet of the sion testing; therefore, it is valid for probe. If the gas flow rate is lower than any testing. Also, the mean rise time the sample flow rate, the gas con- must be at or below 10 seconds and the centrations must be adjusted to ac- mean fall time must be at or below 10 count for the dilution from ambient air seconds. drawn into the probe. We recommend (2) The frequency at which the sys- you use the final, stabilized analyzer tem records an updated concentration reading as the final gas concentration. must be at least 5 Hz. This criterion as- Select span gases for the species being sumes that the frequency content of measured. You may use binary or significant changes in emission con- multi-gas span gases. You may use a centrations during emission testing do gas blending or mixing device to blend not exceed 1 Hz. Also, the mean rise span gases. A gas blending or mixing time must be at or below 10 seconds device is recommended when blending and the mean fall time must be at or span gases diluted in N2 with span below 10 seconds. gases diluted in air. You may use a (3) You may use other criteria if we multi-gas span gas, such as NO–CO– approve the criteria in advance. CO2-C3H8-CH4, to verify multiple ana- (4) You may meet the overall PEMS lyzers at the same time. If you use verification in § 1065.920 instead of the standard binary span gases, you must verification in this section for field run separate response tests for each an- testing with PEMS. alyzer. In designing your experimental (d) Procedure. Use the following pro- setup, avoid pressure pulsations due to cedure to verify the response of each stopping the flow through the gas- continuous gas analyzer: blending device. The change in gas con- (1) Instrument setup. Follow the ana- centration must be at least 20% of the lyzer manufacturer’s start-up and oper- analyzer’s range. ating instructions. Adjust the measure- (3) Data collection. (i) Start the flow ment system as needed to optimize per- of zero gas. formance. Run this verification with (ii) Allow for stabilization, account- the analyzer operating in the same ing for transport delays and the slow- manner you will use for emission test- est analyzer’s full response. ing. If the analyzer shares its sampling (iii) Start recording data. For this system with other analyzers, and if gas verification you must record data at a flow to the other analyzers will affect frequency greater than or equal to that

105

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00115 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.308 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

of the updating-recording frequency (3) If a measurement system fails the used during emission testing. You may criteria in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of not use interpolation or filtering to this section, you may use the measure- alter the recorded values. ment system only if the deficiency (iv) Switch the flow to allow the does not adversely affect your ability blended span gases to flow to the ana- to show compliance with the applicable lyzer. If you intend to use the data standards. from this test to determine t50 for time (f) Transformation time, t50, determina- alignment, record this time as t0. tion. If you choose to determine t50 for (v) Allow for transport delays and the purposes of time alignment using data slowest analyzer’s full response. generated in paragraph (d)(3) of this (vi) Switch the flow to allow zero gas section, calculate the mean t0–50 and to flow to the analyzer. If you intend the mean t100–50 from the recorded data. to use the data from this test to deter- Average these two values to determine mine t50 for time alignment, record this the final t50 for the purposes of time time as t100. alignment in accordance with (vii) Allow for transport delays and § 1065.650(c)(2)(i). the slowest analyzer’s full response. (g) Optional procedure. Instead of (viii) Repeat the steps in paragraphs using a three-way valve to switch be- (d)(3)(iv) through (vii) of this section to tween zero and span gases, you may use record seven full cycles, ending with a fast-acting two-way valve to switch zero gas flowing to the analyzers. sampling between ambient air and span (ix) Stop recording. gas at the probe inlet. For this alter- (e) Performance evaluation. (1) If you nate procedure, the following provi- choose to demonstrate compliance sions apply: with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, (1) If your probe is sampling from a use the data from paragraph (d)(3) of continuously flowing gas stream (e.g., this section to calculate the mean rise a CVS tunnel), you may adjust the time, t10–90, and mean fall time, t90–10, span gas flow rate to be different than for each of the analyzers being verified. the sample flow rate. You may use interpolation between re- (2) If your probe is sampling from a corded values to determine rise and fall gas stream that is not continuously times. If the recording frequency used flowing (e.g., a raw exhaust stack), you during emission testing is different must adjust the span gas flow rate to from the analyzer’s output update fre- be less than the sample flow rate so quency, you must use the lower of ambient air is always being drawn into these two frequencies for this the probe inlet. This avoids errors asso- verification. Multiply these times (in ciated with overflowing span gas out of seconds) by their respective updating- the probe inlet and drawing it back in recording frequencies in Hertz (1/sec- when sampling ambient air. ond). The resulting product must be at (3) When sampling ambient air or am- least 5 for both rise time and fall time. bient air mixed with span gas, all the If either value is less than 5, increase analyzer readings must be stable with- the updating-recording frequency, or in ±0.5% of the target gas concentra- adjust the flows or design of the sam- tion step size. If any analyzer reading pling system to increase the rise time is outside the specified range, you must and fall time as needed. You may also resolve the problem and verify that all configure analog or digital filters be- the analyzer readings meet this speci- fore recording to increase rise and fall fication. times. In no case may the mean rise (4) For oxygen analyzers, you may time or mean fall time be greater than use purified N2 as the zero gas and am- 10 seconds. bient air (plus purified N2 if needed) as (2) If a measurement system fails the the reference gas. Perform the criterion in paragraph (e)(1) of this sec- verification with seven repeat meas- tion, ensure that signals from the sys- urements that each consist of stabi- tem are updated and recorded at a fre- lizing with purified N2, switching to quency of at least 5 Hz. In no case may ambient air and observing the ana- the mean rise time or mean fall time lyzer’s rise and stabilized reading, fol- be greater than 10 seconds. lowed by switching back to purified N2 106

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00116 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.309

and observing the analyzer’s fall and time-alignment and uniform response stabilized reading. of all the continuous gas detectors used to generate a continuously combined/ [73 FR 59325, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 79 FR 23766, Apr. 28, 2014] compensated concentration measurement signal. Gas analyzer systems § 1065.309 Continuous gas analyzer must be optimized such that their system-response and updating-re- overall response to rapid change in cording verification—for gas ana- concentration is updated and recorded lyzers continuously compensated at an appropriate frequency to prevent for other gas species. loss of information. This test also (a) Scope and frequency. This section verifies that the measurement system describes a verification procedure for meets a minimum response time. For system response and updating-record- this procedure, ensure that all com- ing frequency for continuous gas ana- pensation algorithms and humidity lyzers that output a single gas species corrections are turned on. You may use mole fraction (i.e., concentration) the results of this test to determine based on a continuous combination of transformation time, t50, for the pur- multiple gas species measured with poses of time alignment of continuous multiple detectors (i.e., gas analyzers data in accordance with continuously compensated for other § 1065.650(c)(2)(i). You may also use an gas species). See § 1065.308 for alternate procedure to determine t50 verification procedures that apply to consistent with good engineering judg- continuous gas analyzers that are not ment. Note that any such procedure for continuously compensated for other determining t50 must account for both gas species or that use only one detec- transport delay and analyzer response tor for gaseous species. Perform this time. verification to determine the system (c) System requirements. Demonstrate response of the continuous gas ana- that each continuously combined/com- lyzer and its sampling system. This pensated concentration measurement verification is required for continuous has adequate updating and recording gas analyzers used for transient or frequencies and has a minimum rise ramped-modal testing. You need not time and a minimum fall time during a perform this verification for batch gas system response to a rapid change in analyzers or for continuous gas ana- multiple gas concentrations, including lyzers that are used only for discrete- H2O concentration if H2O compensation mode testing. For this check we con- is applied. You must meet one of the sider water vapor a gaseous con- following criteria: stituent. This verification does not (1) The product of the mean rise apply to any processing of individual time, t10–90, and the frequency at which analyzer signals that are time-aligned the system records an updated con- to their t50 times and were verified ac- centration must be at least 5, and the cording to § 1065.308. For example, this product of the mean fall time, t90–10, verification does not apply to correc- and the frequency at which the system tion for water removed from the sam- records an updated concentration must ple done in post-processing according be at least 5. If the recording frequency to § 1065.659 (40 CFR 1066.620 for vehicle is different than the update frequency testing) and it does not apply to NMHC of the continuously combined/com- determination from THC and CH4 ac- pensated signal, you must use the cording to § 1065.660. Perform this lower of these two frequencies for this verification after initial installation verification. This criterion makes no (i.e., test cell commissioning) and after assumption regarding the frequency any modifications to the system that content of changes in emission con- would change the system response. centrations during emission testing; (b) Measurement principles. This pro- therefore, it is valid for any testing. cedure verifies that the updating and Also, the mean rise time must be at or recording frequencies match the over- below 10 seconds and the mean fall all system response to a rapid change time must be at or below 10 seconds. in the value of concentrations at the (2) The frequency at which the sys- sample probe. It indirectly verifies the tem records an updated concentration

107

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00117 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.309 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

must be at least 5 Hz. This criterion as- drawn into the probe. We recommend sumes that the frequency content of you use the final, stabilized analyzer significant changes in emission con- reading as the final gas concentration. centrations during emission testing do Select span gases for the species being not exceed 1 Hz. Also, the mean rise continuously combined, other than time must be at or below 10 seconds H2O. Select concentrations of compen- and the mean fall time must be at or sating species that will yield con- below 10 seconds. centrations of these species at the ana- (3) You may use other criteria if we lyzer inlet that covers the range of approve them in advance. concentrations expected during test- (4) You may meet the overall PEMS ing. You may use binary or multi-gas verification in § 1065.920 instead of the span gases. You may use a gas blending verification in this section for field or mixing device to blend span gases. A testing with PEMS. gas blending or mixing device is rec- (d) Procedure. Use the following pro- ommended when blending span gases cedure to verify the response of each diluted in N2 with span gases diluted in continuously compensated analyzer air. You may use a multi-gas span gas, (verify the combined signal, not each such as NO–CO–CO2-C3H8-CH4, to verify individual continuously combined con- multiple analyzers at the same time. In centration signal): designing your experimental setup, (1) Instrument setup. Follow the ana- avoid pressure pulsations due to stop- lyzer manufacturer’s start-up and oper- ping the flow through the gas blending ating instructions. Adjust the measure- device. The change in gas concentra- ment system as needed to optimize per- tion must be at least 20% of the ana- formance. Run this verification with lyzer’s range. If H2O correction is appli- the analyzer operating in the same cable, then span gases must be humidi- manner you will use for emission test- fied before entering the analyzer; how- ing. If the analyzer shares its sampling ever, you may not humidify NO2 span system with other analyzers, and if gas gas by passing it through a sealed hu- flow to the other analyzers will affect midification vessel that contains the system response time, then start water. You must humidify NO2 span up and operate the other analyzers gas with another moist gas stream. We while running this verification test. recommend humidifying your NO–CO– You may run this verification test on CO2-C3H8-CH4, balance N2 blended gas multiple analyzers sharing the same by flowing the gas mixture through a sampling system at the same time. If sealed vessel that humidifies the gas by you use any analog or real-time digital bubbling it through distilled water and filters during emission testing, you then mixing the gas with dry NO2 gas, must operate those filters in the same balance purified air. If your system manner during this verification. does not use a sample dryer to remove (2) Equipment setup. We recommend water from the sample gas, you must using minimal lengths of gas transfer humidify your span gas to the highest lines between all connections and fast- sample H2O content that you estimate acting three-way valves (2 inlets, 1 out- during emission sampling. If your sys- let) to control the flow of zero and tem uses a sample dryer during testing, blended span gases to the sample sys- it must pass the sample dryer tem’s probe inlet or a tee near the out- verification check in § 1065.342, and you let of the probe. If you inject the gas at must humidify your span gas to an H2O a tee near the outlet of the probe, you content greater than or equal to the may correct the transformation time, level determined in § 1065.145(e)(2). If t50, for an estimate of the transport you are humidifying span gases with- time from the probe inlet to the tee. out NO2, use good engineering judg- Normally the gas flow rate is higher ment to ensure that the wall tempera- than the sample flow rate and the ex- tures in the transfer lines, fittings, and cess is overflowed out the inlet of the valves from the humidifying system to probe. If the gas flow rate is lower than the probe are above the dewpoint re- the sample flow rate, the gas con- quired for the target H2O content. If centrations must be adjusted to ac- you are humidifying span gases with count for the dilution from ambient air NO2, use good engineering judgment to 108

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00118 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.309

ensure that there is no condensation in may use interpolation between re- the transfer lines, fittings, or valves corded values to determine rise and fall from the point where humidified gas is times. If the recording frequency used mixed with NO2 span gas to the probe. during emission testing is different We recommend that you design your from the analyzer’s output update fre- setup so that the wall temperatures in quency, you must use the lower of the transfer lines, fittings, and valves these two frequencies for this from the humidifying system to the verification. Multiply these times (in probe are at least 5 °C above the local seconds) by their respective updating- sample gas dewpoint. Operate the recording frequencies in Hz (1/second). measurement and sample handling sys- The resulting product must be at least tem as you do for emission testing. 5 for both rise time and fall time. If ei- Make no modifications to the sample ther value is less than 5, increase the handling system to reduce the risk of updating-recording frequency or adjust condensation. Flow humidified gas the flows or design of the sampling sys- through the sampling system before tem to increase the rise time and fall this check to allow stabilization of the time as needed. You may also configure measurement system’s sampling han- analog or digital filters before record- dling system to occur, as it would for ing to increase rise and fall times. In an emission test. no case may the mean rise time or (3) Data collection. (i) Start the flow mean fall time be greater than 10 sec- of zero gas. onds. (ii) Allow for stabilization, account- (2) If a measurement system fails the ing for transport delays and the slow- criterion in paragraph (e)(1) of this sec- est analyzer’s full response. tion, ensure that signals from the sys- (iii) Start recording data. For this tem are updated and recorded at a fre- verification you must record data at a quency of at least 5 Hz. In no case may frequency greater than or equal to that the mean rise time or mean fall time of the updating-recording frequency be greater than 10 seconds. used during emission testing. You may (3) If a measurement system fails the not use interpolation or filtering to criteria in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of alter the recorded values. this section, you may use the measure- (iv) Switch the flow to allow the ment system only if the deficiency blended span gases to flow to the ana- does not adversely affect your ability lyzer. If you intend to use the data to show compliance with the applicable from this test to determine t for time 50 standards. alignment, record this time as t0. (v) Allow for transport delays and the (f) Transformation time, t50, determina- slowest analyzer’s full response. tion. If you choose to determine t50 for (vi) Switch the flow to allow zero gas purposes of time alignment using data to flow to the analyzer. If you intend generated in paragraph (d)(3) of this to use the data from this test to deter- section, calculate the mean t0–50 and the mean t100–50 from the recorded data. mine t50 for time alignment, record this Average these two values to determine time as t100. (vii) Allow for transport delays and the final t50 for the purposes of time the slowest analyzer’s full response. alignment in accordance with (viii) Repeat the steps in paragraphs § 1065.650(c)(2)(i). (d)(3)(iv) through (vii) of this section to (g) Optional procedure. Follow the op- record seven full cycles, ending with tional procedures in § 1065.308(g), noting zero gas flowing to the analyzers. that you may use compensating gases (ix) Stop recording. mixed with ambient air for oxygen ana- (e) Performance evaluations. (1) If you lyzers. choose to demonstrate compliance (h) Analyzers with H2O compensation with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, sampling downstream of a sample dryer. use the data from paragraph (d)(3) of You may omit humidifying the span this section to calculate the mean rise gas as described in this paragraph (h). time, t10–90, and mean fall time, t90–10, If an analyzer compensates only for for the continuously combined signal H2O, you may apply the requirements from each analyzer being verified. You of § 1065.308 instead of the requirements

109

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00119 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.310 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

of this section. You may omit humidi- tion-weight combinations for each ap- fying the span gas if you meet the fol- plicable torque-measuring range, spac- lowing conditions: ing the weight quantities about equally (1) The analyzer is located down- over the range. Oscillate or rotate the stream of a sample dryer. dynamometer during calibration to re- (2) The maximum value for H2O mole duce frictional static hysteresis. Deter- fraction downstream of the dryer must mine each weight’s reference force by be less than or equal to 0.010. Verify multiplying its NIST-traceable mass this during each sample dryer by the local acceleration of Earth’s verification according to § 1065.342. gravity, as described in § 1065.630. Cal- [73 FR 59326, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 75 FR culate the reference torque as the 23039, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23767, Apr. 28, 2014] weights’ reference force multiplied by the lever arm reference length. MEASUREMENT OF ENGINE PARAMETERS (2) Strain gage, load transducer, or AND AMBIENT CONDITIONS proving ring calibration. This technique applies force either by hanging weights § 1065.310 Torque calibration. on a lever arm (these weights and their (a) Scope and frequency. Calibrate all lever arm length are not used as part of torque-measurement systems including the reference torque determination) or dynamometer torque measurement by operating the dynamometer at dif- transducers and systems upon initial ferent torques. Apply at least six force installation and after major mainte- combinations for each applicable nance. Use good engineering judgment torque-measuring range, spacing the to repeat the calibration. Follow the force quantities about equally over the torque transducer manufacturer’s in- range. Oscillate or rotate the dyna- structions for linearizing your torque mometer during calibration to reduce sensor’s output. We recommend that frictional static hysteresis. In this you calibrate the torque-measurement case, the reference torque is deter- system with a reference force and a mined by multiplying the force output lever arm. from the reference meter (such as a (b) Recommended procedure to quantify strain gage, load transducer, or proving lever-arm length. Quantify the lever-arm ring) by its effective lever-arm length, length, NIST-traceable within ±0.5% which you measure from the point uncertainty. The lever arm’s length where the force measurement is made must be measured from the centerline to the dynamometer’s rotational axis. of the dynamometer to the point at Make sure you measure this length which the reference force is measured. perpendicular to the reference meter’s The lever arm must be perpendicular to measurement axis and perpendicular to gravity (i.e., horizontal), and it must the dynamometer’s rotational axis. be perpendicular to the dynamometer’s rotational axis. Balance the lever [79 FR 23768, Apr. 28, 2014] arm’s torque or quantify its net hanging torque, NIST-traceable within ±1% § 1065.315 Pressure, temperature, and dewpoint calibration. uncertainty, and account for it as part of the reference torque. (a) Calibrate instruments for meas- (c) Recommended procedure to quantify uring pressure, temperature, and dew- reference force. We recommend dead- point upon initial installation. Follow weight calibration, but you may use ei- the instrument manufacturer’s instruc- ther of the following procedures to tions and use good engineering judg- quantify the reference force, NIST- ment to repeat the calibration, as fol- traceable within ±0.5% uncertainty. lows: (1) Dead-weight calibration. This tech- (1) Pressure. We recommend tempera- nique applies a known force by hanging ture-compensated, digital-pneumatic, known weights at a known distance or deadweight pressure calibrators, along a lever arm. Make sure the with data-logging capabilities to mini- weights’ lever arm is perpendicular to mize transcription errors. We rec- gravity (i.e., horizontal) and perpen- ommend using calibration reference dicular to the dynamometer’s rota- quantities that are NIST-traceable tional axis. Apply at least six calibra- within 0.5% uncertainty.

110

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00120 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.330

(2) Temperature. We recommend dig- fying calibration reference quantities ital dry-block or stirred-liquid tem- that are NIST-traceable within 0.5% perature calibrators, with data logging uncertainty. capabilities to minimize transcription errors. We recommend using calibra- § 1065.325 Intake-flow calibration. tion reference quantities that are (a) Calibrate intake-air flow meters NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncer- upon initial installation. Follow the in- tainty. You may perform linearity strument manufacturer’s instructions verification for temperature measure- and use good engineering judgment to ment systems with thermocouples, repeat the calibration. We recommend RTDs, and thermistors by removing using a calibration subsonic venturi, the sensor from the system and using a ultrasonic flow meter or laminar flow simulator in its place. Use a NIST- element. We recommend using calibra- traceable simulator that is independ- tion reference quantities that are ently calibrated and, as appropriate, NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncer- cold-junction compensated. The simu- tainty. lator uncertainty scaled to absolute (b) You may remove system compo- temperature must be less than 0.5% of nents for off-site calibration. When in- T . If you use this option, you must max stalling a flow meter with an off-site use sensors that the supplier states are calibration, we recommend that you accurate to better than 0.5% of T max consider the effects of the tubing con- compared with their standard calibra- figuration upstream and downstream of tion curve. the flow meter. We recommend speci- (3) Dewpoint. We recommend a minimum of three different temperature- fying calibration reference quantities equilibrated and temperature-mon- that are NIST-traceable within 0.5% itored calibration salt solutions in con- uncertainty. tainers that seal completely around (c) If you use a subsonic venturi or the dewpoint sensor. We recommend ultrasonic flow meter for intake flow using calibration reference quantities measurement, we recommend that you that are NIST-traceable within 0.5% calibrate it as described in § 1065.340. uncertainty. (b) You may remove system compo- § 1065.330 Exhaust-flow calibration. nents for off-site calibration. We rec- (a) Calibrate exhaust-flow meters ommend specifying calibration ref- upon initial installation. Follow the in- erence quantities that are NIST-trace- strument manufacturer’s instructions able within 0.5% uncertainty. and use good engineering judgment to repeat the calibration. We recommend [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37305, June 30, 2008; 75 FR 23040, Apr. 30, that you use a calibration subsonic 2010; 79 FR 23768, Apr. 28, 2014] venturi or ultrasonic flow meter and simulate exhaust temperatures by in- FLOW-RELATED MEASUREMENTS corporating a heat exchanger between the calibration meter and the exhaust- § 1065.320 Fuel-flow calibration. flow meter. If you can demonstrate (a) Calibrate fuel-flow meters upon that the flow meter to be calibrated is initial installation. Follow the instru- insensitive to exhaust temperatures, ment manufacturer’s instructions and you may use other reference meters use good engineering judgment to re- such as laminar flow elements, which peat the calibration. are not commonly designed to with- (b) You may also develop a procedure stand typical raw exhaust tempera- based on a chemical balance of carbon tures. We recommend using calibration or oxygen in engine exhaust. reference quantities that are NIST- (c) You may remove system compo- traceable within 0.5% uncertainty. nents for off-site calibration. When in- (b) You may remove system compo- stalling a flow meter with an off-site nents for off-site calibration. When in- calibration, we recommend that you stalling a flow meter with an off-site consider the effects of the tubing con- calibration, we recommend that you figuration upstream and downstream of consider the effects of the tubing con- the flow meter. We recommend speci- figuration upstream and downstream of

111

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00121 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.340 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

the flow meter. We recommend speci- rates for an SSV flow meter, or at all fying calibration reference quantities possible flow combinations for a CFV that are NIST-traceable within 0.5% flow meter, while keeping the flow of uncertainty. propane constant. We recommend se- (c) If you use a subsonic venturi or lecting CVS flow rates in a random ultrasonic flow meter for raw exhaust order. flow measurement, we recommend that (iii) Measure the concentration of hy- you calibrate it as described in drocarbon background in the dilution § 1065.340. air at the beginning and end of this test. Subtract the average background § 1065.340 Diluted exhaust flow (CVS) concentration from each measurement calibration. at each flow point before performing (a) Overview. This section describes the regression analysis in paragraph how to calibrate flow meters for di- (c)(3)(iv) of this section. luted exhaust constant-volume sam- (iv) Perform a power regression using pling (CVS) systems. all the paired values of flow rate and (b) Scope and frequency. Perform this corrected concentration to obtain a re- calibration while the flow meter is in- lationship in the form of y = a · x b. Use stalled in its permanent position, ex- concentration as the independent vari- cept as allowed in paragraph (c) of this able and flow rate as the dependent section. Perform this calibration after variable. For each data point, calculate you change any part of the flow con- the difference between the measured figuration upstream or downstream of flow rate and the value represented by the flow meter that may affect the the curve fit. The difference at each flow-meter calibration. Perform this point must be less than ±1% of the ap- calibration upon initial CVS installa- propriate regression value. The value tion and whenever corrective action of b must be between ¥1.005 and ¥0.995. does not resolve a failure to meet the If your results do not meet these lim- diluted exhaust flow verification (i.e., its, take corrective action consistent propane check) in § 1065.341. with § 1065.341(a). (c) Ex-situ CFV and SSV calibration. You may remove a CFV or SSV from (d) Reference flow meter. Calibrate a its permanent position for calibration CVS flow meter using a reference flow as long as it meets the following re- meter such as a subsonic venturi flow quirements when installed in the CVS: meter, a long-radius ASME/NIST flow (1) Upon installation of the CFV or nozzle, a smooth approach orifice, a SSV into the CVS, use good engineer- laminar flow element, a set of critical ing judgment to verify that you have flow venturis, or an ultrasonic flow not introduced any leaks between the meter. Use a reference flow meter that CVS inlet and the venturi. reports quantities that are NIST-trace- (2) After ex-situ venturi calibration, able within ±1% uncertainty. Use this you must verify all venturi flow com- reference flow meter’s response to flow binations for CFVs or at minimum of as the reference value for CVS flow- 10 flow points for an SSV using the pro- meter calibration. pane check as described in § 1065.341. (e) Configuration. Calibrate the sys- Your propane check result for each tem with any upstream screens or venturi flow point may not exceed the other restrictions that will be used tolerance in § 1065.341(f)(5). during testing and that could affect the (3) To verify your ex-situ calibration flow ahead of the CVS flow meter, for a CVS with more than a single using good engineering judgment to CFV, perform the following check to minimize the effect on the flow dis- verify that there are no flow meter en- tribution. You may not use any up- trance effects that can prevent you stream screen or other restriction that from passing this verification. could affect the flow ahead of the ref- (i) Use a constant flow device like a erence flow meter, unless the flow CFO kit to deliver a constant flow of meter has been calibrated with such a propane to the dilution tunnel. restriction. In the case of a free stand- (ii) Measure hydrocarbon concentra- ing SSV reference flow meter, you may tions at a minimum of 10 separate flow not have any upstream screens.

112

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00122 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.340

(f) PDP calibration. Calibrate a posi- (9) Calibrate the PDP by using the tive-displacement pump (PDP) to de- collected data and the equations in termine a flow-versus-PDP speed equa- § 1065.640. tion that accounts for flow leakage (10) Repeat the steps in paragraphs across sealing surfaces in the PDP as a (e)(6) through (9) of this section for function of PDP inlet pressure. Deter- each speed at which you operate the mine unique equation coefficients for PDP. each speed at which you operate the (11) Use the equations in § 1065.642 to PDP. Calibrate a PDP flow meter as determine the PDP flow equation for follows: emission testing. (1) Connect the system as shown in (12) Verify the calibration by per- Figure 1 of this section. forming a CVS verification (i.e., pro- (2) Leaks between the calibration pane check) as described in § 1065.341. flow meter and the PDP must be less (13) During emission testing ensure than 0.3% of the total flow at the low- that the PDP is not operated either est calibrated flow point; for example, below the lowest inlet pressure point or at the highest restriction and lowest above the highest differential pressure PDP-speed point. point in the calibration data. (3) While the PDP operates, maintain (g) SSV calibration. Calibrate a sub- a constant temperature at the PDP sonic venturi (SSV) to determine its inlet within ±2% of the mean absolute calibration coefficient, Cd, for the ex- ¯ pected range of inlet pressures. Cali- inlet temperature, Tin. (4) Set the PDP speed to the first brate an SSV flow meter as follows: speed point at which you intend to (1) Connect the system as shown in calibrate. Figure 1 of this section. (5) Set the variable restrictor to its (2) Verify that any leaks between the wide-open position. calibration flow meter and the SSV are less than 0.3% of the total flow at the (6) Operate the PDP for at least 3 min highest restriction. to stabilize the system. Continue oper- (3) Start the blower downstream of ating the PDP and record the mean the SSV. values of at least 30 seconds of sampled (4) While the SSV operates, maintain data of each of the following quan- a constant temperature at the SSV tities: inlet within ±2% of the mean absolute (i) The mean flow rate of the ref- inlet temperature, T¯ . erence flow meter, Ôn . This may in- in ref (5) Set the variable restrictor or vari- clude several measurements of dif- able-speed blower to a flow rate greater ferent quantities, such as reference than the greatest flow rate expected meter pressures and temperatures, for during testing. You may not extrapo- calculating Ôn . ref late flow rates beyond calibrated val- (ii) The mean temperature at the ¯ ues, so we recommend that you make PDP inlet, Tin. sure the Reynolds number, Re#, at the (iii) The mean static absolute pres- SSV throat at the greatest calibrated sure at the PDP inlet, p¯ in. flow rate is greater than the maximum (iv) The mean static absolute pres- Re# expected during testing. sure at the PDP outlet, p¯ out. (6) Operate the SSV for at least 3 min ¯ (v) The mean PDP speed, fnPDP. to stabilize the system. Continue oper- (7) Incrementally close the restrictor ating the SSV and record the mean of valve to decrease the absolute pressure at least 30 seconds of sampled data of at the inlet to the PDP, p¯ in. each of the following quantities: (8) Repeat the steps in paragraphs (i) The mean flow rate of the ref- Ô (e)(6) and (7) of this section to record erence flow meter nref. This may in- data at a minimum of six restrictor po- clude several measurements of dif- Ô sitions ranging from the wide open ferent quantities for calculating nref, restrictor position to the minimum ex- such as reference meter pressures and pected pressure at the PDP inlet or the temperatures. maximum expected differential (outlet (ii) Optionally, the mean dewpoint of ¯ minus inlet) pressure across the PDP the calibration air,Tdew. See § 1065.640 during testing. for permissible assumptions.

113

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00123 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.340 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(iii) The mean temperature at the ating the CFV and record the mean ¯ venturi inlet,Tin. values of at least 30 seconds of sampled (iv) The mean static absolute pres- data of each of the following quan- ¯ sure at the venturi inlet, Pin. tities: (v) The mean static differential pres- (i) The mean flow rate of the ref- Ô sure between the static pressure at the erence flow meter, nref. This may in- venturi inlet and the static pressure at clude several measurements of dif- ¯ the venturi throat, DPSSV. ferent quantities, such as reference (7) Incrementally close the restrictor meter pressures and temperatures, for Ô valve or decrease the blower speed to calculating nref. decrease the flow rate. (ii) The mean dewpoint of the cali- ¯ (8) Repeat the steps in paragraphs bration air,Tdew. See § 1065.640 for per- (g)(6) and (7) of this section to record missible assumptions during emission data at a minimum of ten flow rates. measurements. (9) Determine an equation to quan- (iii) The mean temperature at the tify C as a function of Re# by using the ¯ d venturi inlet,Tin. collected data and the equations in (iv) The mean static absolute pres- § 1065.640. Section 1065.640 also includes ¯ sure at the venturi inlet, Pin. statistical criteria for validating the Cd # (v) The mean static differential pres- versus Re equation. sure between the CFV inlet and the (10) Verify the calibration by per- CFV outlet, DP¯ . forming a CVS verification (i.e., pro- CFV (7) Incrementally close the restrictor pane check) as described in § 1065.341 valve or decrease the downstream pres- using the new C versus Re# equation. d sure to decrease the differential pres- (11) Use the SSV only between the sure across the CFV, Δp . minimum and maximum calibrated CFV (8) Repeat the steps in paragraphs Re#. If you want to use the SSV at a (f)(6) and (7) of this section to record lower or higher Re#, you must recali- mean data at a minimum of ten brate the SSV. restrictor positions, such that you test (12) Use the equations in § 1065.642 to the fullest practical range of P¯ ex- determine SSV flow during a test. D CFV pected during testing. We do not re- (h) CFV calibration. Calibrate a crit- quire that you remove calibration com- ical-flow venturi (CFV) to verify its ponents or CVS components to cali- discharge coefficient, C up to the d, brate at the lowest possible restric- highest expected pressure ratio, r, actions. cording to § 1065.640. Calibrate a CFV flow meter as follows: (9) Determine Cd and the highest al- (1) Connect the system as shown in lowable pressure ratio, r, according to Figure 1 of this section. § 1065.640. (2) Verify that any leaks between the (10) Use Cd to determine CFV flow calibration flow meter and the CFV are during an emission test. Do not use the less than 0.3% of the total flow at the CFV above the highest allowed r, as de- highest restriction. termined in § 1065.640. (3) Start the blower downstream of (11) Verify the calibration by per- the CFV. forming a CVS verification (i.e., pro- (4) While the CFV operates, maintain pane check) as described in § 1065.341. a constant temperature at the CFV (12) If your CVS is configured to oper- inlet within ±2% of the mean absolute ate more than one CFV at a time in ¯ inlet temperature, Tin. parallel, calibrate your CVS by one of (5) Set the variable restrictor to its the following: wide-open position. Instead of a vari- (i) Calibrate every combination of able restrictor, you may alternately CFVs according to this section and vary the pressure downstream of the § 1065.640. Refer to § 1065.642 for instruc- CFV by varying blower speed or by in- tions on calculating flow rates for this troducing a controlled leak. Note that option. some blowers have limitations on non- (ii) Calibrate each CFV according to loaded conditions. this section and § 1065.640. Refer to (6) Operate the CFV for at least 3 min § 1065.642 for instructions on calcu- to stabilize the system. Continue oper- lating flow rates for this option.

114

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00124 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.340

(i) Ultrasonic flow meter calibration. [Reserved]

115

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00125 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.159 § 1065.341 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 (7) Other problems with the CVS or sam- FR 37305, June 30, 2008; 75 FR 68463, Nov. 8, pling verification hardware or software. 2010; 76 FR 57445, Sept. 15, 2011; 81 FR 74165, Inspect the CVS system, CVS Oct. 25, 2016] verification hardware, and software for § 1065.341 CVS, PFD, and batch sam- discrepancies. pler verification (propane check). (b) A propane check uses either a reference mass or a reference flow rate of (a) A propane check serves as a CVS C3H8 as a tracer gas in a CVS. Note verification to determine if there is a that if you use a reference flow rate, discrepancy in measured values of di- account for any non-ideal gas behavior luted exhaust flow. You may use the of C3H8 in the reference flow meter. same procedure to verify PFDs and Refer to § 1065.640 and § 1065.642, which batch samplers. For purposes of PFD describe how to calibrate and use cer- and batch sampler verification, read tain flow meters. Do not use any ideal the term CVS to mean PFD or batch gas assumptions in § 1065.640 and sampler as appropriate. A propane § 1065.642. The propane check compares check also serves as a batch-sampler the calculated mass of injected C3H8 verification to determine if there is a using HC measurements and CVS flow discrepancy in a batch sampling sys- rate measurements with the reference tem that extracts a sample from a value. CVS, as described in paragraph (g) of (c) Prepare for the propane check as this section. Using good engineering follows: judgment and safe practices, this check (1) If you use a reference mass of C3H8 may be performed using a gas other instead of a reference flow rate, obtain than propane, such as CO2 or CO. A a cylinder charged with C3H8. Deter- failed propane check might indicate mine the reference cylinder’s mass of one or more problems that may require C H within ±0.5% of the amount of corrective action, as follows: 3 8 C3H8 that you expect to use. (1) Incorrect analyzer calibration. Re- (2) Select appropriate flow rates for calibrate, repair, or replace the FID an- the CVS and C3H8. alyzer. (3) Select a C3H8 injection port in the (2) Leaks. Inspect CVS tunnel, con- CVS. Select the port location to be as nections, fasteners, and HC sampling close as practical to the location where system, and repair or replace compo- you introduce engine exhaust into the nents. CVS, or at some point in the labora- (3) Poor mixing. Perform the tory exhaust tubing upstream of this verification as described in this section location. Connect the C3H8 cylinder to while traversing a sampling probe the injection system. across the tunnel’s diameter, vertically (4) Operate and stabilize the CVS. and horizontally. If the analyzer re- (5) Preheat or precool any heat ex- sponse indicates any deviation exceed- changers in the sampling system. ing ±2% of the mean measured con- (6) Allow heated and cooled compo- centration, consider operating the CVS nents such as sample lines, filters, at a higher flow rate or installing a chillers, and pumps to stabilize at oper- mixing plate or orifice to improve mix- ating temperature. ing. (7) You may purge the HC sampling (4) Hydrocarbon contamination in the system during stabilization. sample system. Perform the hydro- (8) If applicable, perform a vacuum carbon-contamination verification as side leak verification of the HC sam- described in § 1065.520. pling system as described in § 1065.345. (5) Change in CVS calibration. Perform (9) You may also conduct any other a calibration of the CVS flow meter as calibrations or verifications on equip- described in § 1065.340. ment or analyzers. (6) Flow meter entrance effects. Inspect (d) If you performed the vacuum-side the CVS tunnel to determine whether leak verification of the HC sampling the entrance effects from the piping system as described in paragraph (c)(8) configuration upstream of the flow of this section, you may use the HC meter adversely affect the flow meas- contamination procedure in § 1065.520(f) urement. to verify HC contamination. Otherwise,

116

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00126 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.341

zero, span, and verify contamination of have accounted for time delays due to the HC sampling system, as follows: sample transport and analyzer re- (1) Select the lowest HC analyzer sponse. range that can measure the C3H8 con- (9) Stop sampling and stop any inte- centration expected for the CVS and grators. C3H8 flow rates. (f) Perform post-test procedure as (2) Zero the HC analyzer using zero follows: air introduced at the analyzer port. (1) If you used batch sampling, ana- (3) Span the HC analyzer using C H 3 8 lyze batch samples as soon as practical. span gas introduced at the analyzer port. (2) After analyzing HC, correct for (4) Overflow zero air at the HC probe contamination and background. inlet or into a tee near the outlet of (3) Calculate total C3H8 mass based the probe. on your CVS and HC data as described (5) Measure the stable HC concentra- in § 1065.650 (40 CFR 1066.605 for vehicle tion of the HC sampling system as testing) and § 1065.660, using the molar overflow zero air flows. For batch HC mass of C3H8, MC3H8, instead the effec- measurement, fill the batch container tive molar mass of HC, MHC. (such as a bag) and measure the HC (4) If you use a reference mass, deter- overflow concentration. mine the cylinder’s propane mass with- (6) If the overflow HC concentration in ±0.5% and determine the C3H8 ref- exceeds 2 μmol/mol, do not proceed erence mass by subtracting the empty until contamination is eliminated. De- cylinder propane mass from the full termine the source of the contamina- cylinder propane mass. tion and take corrective action, such (5) Subtract the reference C3H8 mass as cleaning the system or replacing from the calculated mass. If this dif- contaminated portions. ference is within ±2% of the reference (7) When the overflow HC concentra- mass, the CVS passes this verification. tion does not exceed 2 μmol/mol, record If not, take corrective action as de- this value as x and use it to cor- THCinit scribed in paragraph (a) of this section. rect for HC contamination as described in § 1065.660. (g) You may repeat the propane (e) Perform the propane check as fol- check to verify a batch sampler, such lows: as a PM secondary dilution system. (1) (1) For batch HC sampling, connect Configure the HC sampling system to clean storage media, such as evacuated extract a sample near the location of bags. the batch sampler’s storage media (2) Operate HC measurement instru- (such as a PM filter). If the absolute ments according to the instrument pressure at this location is too low to manufacturer’s instructions. extract an HC sample, you may sample (3) If you will correct for dilution air HC from the batch sampler pump’s ex- background concentrations of HC, haust. Use caution when sampling from measure and record background HC in pump exhaust because an otherwise ac- the dilution air. ceptable pump leak downstream of a (4) Zero any integrating devices. batch sampler flow meter will cause a (5) Begin sampling, and start any false failure of the propane check. flow integrators. (2) Repeat the propane check de- (6) Release the contents of the C3H8 scribed in this section, but sample HC reference cylinder at the rate you se- from the batch sampler. lected. If you use a reference flow rate (3) Calculate C3H8 mass, taking into of C3H8, start integrating this flow rate. account any secondary dilution from (7) Continue to release the cylinder’s the batch sampler. (4) Subtract the reference C3H8 mass contents until at least enough C3H8 has been released to ensure accurate quan- from the calculated mass. If this difference is within ±5% of the reference tification of the reference C3H8 and the measured C3H8. mass, the batch sampler passes this (8) Shut off the C3H8 reference cylinder and continue sampling until you

117

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00127 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.342 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

verification. If not, take corrective ac- content that you estimate during emis- tion as described in paragraph (a) of sion sampling. this section. (3) Introduce the humidified gas upstream of the sample dryer. You may [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 disconnect the transfer line from the FR 37307, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59328, Oct. 8, 2008; 76 FR 57447, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23768, probe and introduce the humidified gas Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74167, Oct. 25, 2016] at the inlet of the transfer line of the sample system used during testing. § 1065.342 Sample dryer verification. You may use the sample pumps in the sample system to draw gas through the (a) Scope and frequency. If you use a vessel. sample dryer as allowed in (4) Maintain the sample lines, fit- § 1065.145(e)(2) to remove water from the tings, and valves from the location sample gas, verify the performance where the humidified gas water con- upon installation, after major mainte- tent is measured to the inlet of the nance, for thermal chiller. For osmotic sampling system at a temperature at membrane dryers, verify the perform- least 5 °C above the local humidified ance upon installation, after major gas dewpoint. For dryers used in NOX maintenance, and within 35 days of sample systems, verify the sample sys- testing. tem components used in this (b) Measurement principles. Water can verification prevent aqueous condensa- inhibit an analyzer’s ability to prop- tion as required in § 1065.145(d)(1)(i). We erly measure the exhaust component of recommend that the sample system interest and thus is sometimes re- components be maintained at least 5 °C moved before the sample gas reaches above the local humidified gas dew- the analyzer. For example water can point to prevent aqueous condensation. negatively interfere with a CLD’s NOX (5) Measure the humidified gas dew- response through collisional quenching point, Tdew, and absolute pressure, ptotal, and can positively interfere with an as close as possible to the inlet of the NDIR analyzer by causing a response sample dryer or inlet of the sample sys- similar to CO. tem to verify the water content is at (c) System requirements. The sample least as high as the highest value that dryer must meet the specifications as you estimated during emission sam- determined in § 1065.145(e)(2) for dew- pling. You may verify the water con- point, Tdew, and absolute pressure, ptotal, tent based on any humidity parameter downstream of the osmotic-membrane (e.g. mole fraction water, local dew- dryer or thermal chiller. point, or absolute humidity). (d) Sample dryer verification procedure. (6) Measure the humidified gas dew- Use the following method to determine point, Tdew, and absolute pressure, ptotal, sample dryer performance. Run this as close as possible to the outlet of the verification with the dryer and associ- sample dryer. Note that the dewpoint ated sampling system operating in the changes with absolute pressure. If the same manner you will use for emission dewpoint at the sample dryer outlet is testing (including operation of sample measured at a different pressure, then pumps). You may run this verification this reading must be corrected to the test on multiple sample dryers sharing dewpoint at the sample dryer absolute the same sampling system at the same pressure, ptotal. time. You may run this verification on (7) The sample dryer meets the the sample dryer alone, but you must verification if the dewpoint at the sam- use the maximum gas flow rate ex- ple dryer pressure as measured in para- pected during testing. You may use graph (d)(6) of this section is less than good engineering judgment to develop the dewpoint corresponding to the sam- a different protocol. ple dryer specifications as determined (1) Use PTFE or stainless steel tub- in § 1065.145(e)(2) plus 2 °C or if the mole ing to make necessary connections. fraction of water as measured in (d)(6) (2) Humidify room air, N2, or purified is less than the corresponding sample air by bubbling it through distilled dryer specifications plus 0.002 mol/mol. water in a sealed vessel that humidifies (e) Alternate sample dryer verification the gas to the highest sample water procedure. The following method may

118

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00128 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.345

be used in place of the sample dryer pass flows as an approximation of the verification procedure in (d) of this sec- system’s normal in-use flow rate. tion. If you use a humidity sensor for (d) Dilution-of-span-gas leak test. You continuous monitoring of dewpoint at may use any gas analyzer for this test. the sample dryer outlet you may skip If you use a FID for this test, correct the performance check in § 1065.342(d), for any HC contamination in the sam- but you must make sure that the dryer pling system according to § 1065.660. To outlet humidity is at or below the min- avoid misleading results from this test, imum value used for quench, inter- we recommend using only analyzers ference, and compensation checks. that have a repeatability of 0.5% or [73 FR 37307, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 better at the span gas concentration FR 59328, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23040, Apr. 30, used for this test. Perform a vacuum- 2010] side leak test as follows: (1) Prepare a gas analyzer as you § 1065.345 Vacuum-side leak verification. would for emission testing. (2) Supply span gas to the analyzer (a) Scope and frequency. Verify that span port and record the measured there are no significant vacuum-side leaks using one of the leak tests de- value. scribed in this section. For laboratory (3) Route overflow span gas to the testing, perform the vacuum-side leak inlet of the sample probe or at a tee fit- verification upon initial sampling sys- ting in the transfer line near the exit tem installation, within 8 hours before of the probe. You may use a valve up- the start of the first test interval of stream of the overflow fitting to pre- each duty-cycle sequence, and after vent overflow of span gas out of the maintenance such as pre-filter changes. inlet of the probe, but you must then For field testing, perform the vacuum- provide an overflow vent in the over- side leak verification after each instal- flow supply line. lation of the sampling system on the (4) Verify that the measured overflow vehicle, prior to the start of the field span gas concentration is within ±0.5% test, and after maintenance such as of the concentration measured in para- pre-filter changes. This verification graph (d)(2) of this section. A measured does not apply to any full-flow portion value lower than expected indicates a of a CVS dilution system. leak, but a value higher than expected (b) Measurement principles. A leak may indicate a problem with the span may be detected either by measuring a gas or the analyzer itself. A measured small amount of flow when there value higher than expected does not in- should be zero flow, or by detecting the dicate a leak. dilution of a known concentration of (e) Vacuum-decay leak test. To per- span gas when it flows through the vac- form this test you must apply a vacu- uum side of a sampling system. um to the vacuum-side volume of your (c) Low-flow leak test. Test a sampling sampling system and then observe the system for low-flow leaks as follows: leak rate of your system as a decay in (1) Seal the probe end of the system the applied vacuum. To perform this by taking one of the following steps: test you must know the vacuum-side (i) Cap or plug the end of the sample volume of your sampling system to probe. ± (ii) Disconnect the transfer line at within 10% of its true volume. For the probe and cap or plug the transfer this test you must also use measure- line. ment instruments that meet the speci- (iii) Close a leak-tight valve located fications of subpart C of this part and in the sample transfer line within 92 of this subpart D. Perform a vacuum- cm of the probe. decay leak test as follows: (2) Operate all vacuum pumps. After (1) Seal the probe end of the system stabilizing, verify that the flow as close to the probe opening as pos- through the vacuum-side of the sam- sible by taking one of the following pling system is less than 0.5% of the steps: system’s normal in-use flow rate. You (i) Cap or plug the end of the sample may estimate typical analyzer and by- probe.

119

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00129 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.350 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(ii) Disconnect the transfer line at ing the analyzer interference the probe and cap or plug the transfer verification.

line. (c) System requirements. A CO2 NDIR (iii) Close a leak-tight valve located analyzer must have an H2O inter- in the sample transfer line within 92 ference that is within (0.0 ±0.4) mmol/ cm of the probe. mol, though we strongly recommend a (2) Operate all vacuum pumps. Draw lower interference that is within (0.0 a vacuum that is representative of nor- ±0.2) mmol/mol. mal operating conditions. In the case (d) Procedure. Perform the inter- of sample bags, we recommend that ference verification as follows: you repeat your normal sample bag (1) Start, operate, zero, and span the pump-down procedure twice to mini- CO2 NDIR analyzer as you would before mize any trapped volumes. an emission test. If the sample is (3) Turn off the sample pumps and passed through a dryer during emission seal the system. Measure and record testing, you may run this verification the absolute pressure of the trapped test with the dryer if it meets the re- gas and optionally the system absolute quirements of § 1065.342. Operate the temperature. Wait long enough for any dryer at the same conditions as you transients to settle and long enough will for an emission test. You may also for a leak at 0.5% to have caused a run this verification test without the pressure change of at least 10 times the sample dryer. resolution of the pressure transducer, (2) Create a humidified test gas by then again record the pressure and op- bubbling zero gas that meets the speci- tionally temperature. fications in § 1065.750 through distilled (4) Calculate the leak flow rate based H O in a sealed vessel. If the sample is on an assumed value of zero for 2 not passed through a dryer during pumped-down bag volumes and based emission testing, control the vessel on known values for the sample system temperature to generate an H O level volume, the initial and final pressures, 2 optional temperatures, and elapsed at least as high as the maximum ex- time. Using the calculations specified pected during emission testing. If the in § 1065.644, verify that the vacuum- sample is passed through a dryer dur- decay leak flow rate is less than 0.5% ing emission testing, control the vessel of the system’s normal in-use flow temperature to generate an H2O level rate. at least as high as the level determined in § 1065.145(e)(2) for that dryer. [73 FR 37307, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 (3) Introduce the humidified test gas FR 59328, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23040, Apr. 30, into the sample system. You may in- 2010; 81 FR 74167, Oct. 25, 2016] troduce it downstream of any sample dryer, if one is used during testing. CO AND CO2 MEASUREMENTS (4) If the sample is not passed § 1065.350 H2O interference through a dryer during this verification for CO2 NDIR ana- verification test, measure the H2O mole lyzers. fraction, xH2O, of the humidified test (a) Scope and frequency. If you meas- gas, as close as possible to the inlet of ure CO2 using an NDIR analyzer, verify the analyzer. For example, measure the amount of H2O interference after dewpoint, Tdew, and absolute pressure, initial analyzer installation and after ptotal, to calculate xH2O. Verify that the major maintenance. H2O content meets the requirement in (b) Measurement principles. H2O can paragraph (d)(2) of this section. If the interfere with an NDIR analyzer’s re- sample is passed through a dryer dur- sponse to CO2. ing this verification test, you must If the NDIR analyzer uses compensa- verify that the H2O content of the hu- tion algorithms that utilize measure- midified test gas downstream of the ments of other gases to meet this in- vessel meets the requirement in para- terference verification, simultaneously graph (d)(2) of this section based on ei- conduct these other measurements to ther direct measurement of the H2O test the compensation algorithms dur- content (e.g., dewpoint and pressure) or

120

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00130 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.355

an estimate based on the vessel pres- § 1065.355 H2O and CO2 interference sure and temperature. Use good engi- verification for CO NDIR analyzers. neering judgment to estimate the H2O (a) Scope and frequency. If you meas- content. For example, you may use ure CO using an NDIR analyzer, verify previous direct measurements of H2O the amount of H2O and CO2 inter- content to verify the vessel’s level of ference after initial analyzer installa- saturation. tion and after major maintenance. (5) If a sample dryer is not used in (b) Measurement principles. H2O and this verification test, use good engi- CO2 can positively interfere with an neering judgment to prevent condensa- NDIR analyzer by causing a response tion in the transfer lines, fittings, or similar to CO. If the NDIR analyzer uses compensation algorithms that uti- valves from the point where xH2O is measured to the analyzer. We rec- lize measurements of other gases to meet this interference verification, si- ommend that you design your system multaneously conduct these other so the wall temperatures in the trans- measurements to test the compensa- fer lines, fittings, and valves from the tion algorithms during the analyzer in- point where xH2O is measured to the an- terference verification. alyzer are at least 5 °C above the local (c) System requirements. A CO NDIR sample gas dewpoint. analyzer must have combined H2O and (6) Allow time for the analyzer re- CO2 interference that is within ±2 % of sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time the flow-weighted mean concentration may include time to purge the transfer of CO expected at the standard, though line and to account for analyzer re- we strongly recommend a lower inter- sponse. ference that is within ±1%. (7) While the analyzer measures the (d) Procedure. Perform the inter- sample’s concentration, record 30 sec- ference verification as follows: onds of sampled data. Calculate the (1) Start, operate, zero, and span the arithmetic mean of this data. The ana- CO NDIR analyzer as you would before lyzer meets the interference an emission test. If the sample is verification if this value is within (0.0 passed through a dryer during emission ±0.4) mmol/mol. testing, you may run this verification test with the dryer if it meets the re- (e) Exceptions. The following excep- quirements of § 1065.342. Operate the tions apply: dryer at the same conditions as you (1) You may omit this verification if will for an emission test. You may also you can show by engineering analysis run this verification test without the that for your CO2 sampling system and sample dryer. your emission-calculation procedures, (2) Create a humidified CO2 test gas the H2O interference for your CO2 NDIR by bubbling a CO2 span gas that meets analyzer always affects your brake-spe- the specifications in § 1065.750 through ± cific emission results within 0.5% of distilled H2O in a sealed vessel. If the each of the applicable standards. This sample is not passed through a dryer specification also applies for vehicle during emission testing, control the testing, except that it relates to emis- vessel temperature to generate an H2O sion results in g/mile or g/kilometer. level at least as high as the maximum expected during emission testing. If the (2) You may use a CO2 NDIR analyzer that you determine does not meet this sample is passed through a dryer dur- verification, as long as you try to cor- ing emission testing, control the vessel rect the problem and the measurement temperature to generate an H2O level deficiency does not adversely affect at least as high as the level determined your ability to show that engines com- in § 1065.145(e)(2) for that dryer. Use a CO span gas concentration at least as ply with all applicable emission stand- 2 high as the maximum expected during ards. testing. [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 (3) Introduce the humidified CO2 test FR 37308, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59328, Oct. 8, gas into the sample system. You may 2008; 75 FR 23040, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 57447, introduce it downstream of any sample Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23768, Apr. 28, 2014] dryer, if one is used during testing.

121

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00131 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.360 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(4) If the sample is not passed concentration value to the actual value through a dryer during this used during this procedure. You may verification test, measure the H2O mole run separate interference concentra- fraction, xH2O, of the humidified CO2 tions of H2O (down to 0.025 mol/mol H2O test gas as close as possible to the inlet content) that are lower than the max- of the analyzer. For example, measure imum levels expected during testing, dewpoint, Tdew, and absolute pressure, but you must scale up the observed H2O

ptotal, to calculate xH2O. Verify that the interference by multiplying the ob- H2O content meets the requirement in served interference by the ratio of the paragraph (d)(2) of this section. If the maximum expected H2O concentration sample is passed through a dryer dur- value to the actual value used during ing this verification test, you must this procedure. The sum of the two verify that the H2O content of the hu- scaled interference values must meet midified test gas downstream of the the tolerance in paragraph (c) of this vessel meets the requirement in para- section. graph (d)(2) of this section based on ei- (e) Exceptions. The following excep- ther direct measurement of the H2O tions apply: content (e.g., dewpoint and pressure) or (1) You may omit this verification if an estimate based on the vessel pres- you can show by engineering analysis sure and temperature. Use good engi- that for your CO sampling system and neering judgment to estimate the H2O your emission-calculation procedures, content. For example, you may use the combined CO2 and H2O interference previous direct measurements of H2O for your CO NDIR analyzer always af- content to verify the vessel’s level of fects your brake-specific CO emission saturation. results within ±0.5% of the applicable (5) If a sample dryer is not used in CO standard. this verification test, use good engi- (2) You may use a CO NDIR analyzer neering judgment to prevent condensa- that you determine does not meet this tion in the transfer lines, fittings, or verification, as long as you try to cor- valves from the point where xH2O is rect the problem and the measurement measured to the analyzer. We rec- deficiency does not adversely affect ommend that you design your system your ability to show that engines com- so that the wall temperatures in the ply with all applicable emission stand- transfer lines, fittings, and valves from ards. the point where xH2O is measured to the ° [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 analyzer are at least 5 C above the FR 37308, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59328, Oct. 8, local sample gas dewpoint. 2008; 75 FR 23041, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23769, (6) Allow time for the analyzer re- Apr. 28, 2014] sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time may include time to purge the transfer HYDROCARBON MEASUREMENTS line and to account for analyzer response. § 1065.360 FID optimization and (7) While the analyzer measures the verification. sample’s concentration, record its out- (a) Scope and frequency. For all FID put for 30 seconds. Calculate the arith- analyzers, calibrate the FID upon ini- metic mean of this data. tial installation. Repeat the calibra- (8) The analyzer meets the inter- tion as needed using good engineering ference verification if the result of judgment. For a FID that measures paragraph (d)(7) of this section meets THC, perform the following steps: the tolerance in paragraph (c) of this (1) Optimize the response to various section. hydrocarbons after initial analyzer in- (9) You may also run interference stallation and after major maintenance procedures for CO2 and H2O separately. as described in paragraph (c) of this If the CO2 and H2O levels used are high- section. er than the maximum levels expected (2) Determine the methane (CH4) re- during testing, you may scale down sponse factor after initial analyzer in- each observed interference value by stallation and after major maintenance multiplying the observed interference as described in paragraph (d) of this by the ratio of the maximum expected section.

122

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00132 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.360

(3) If you determine NMNEHC by sub- hydrocarbon species. For an example of tracting from measured THC, deter- trading off response to propane for rel- mine the ethane (C2H6) response factor ative responses to other hydrocarbon after initial analyzer installation and species, see SAE 770141 (incorporated after major maintenance as described by reference in § 1065.1010). Determine in paragraph (f) of this section. Verify the optimum flow rates and/or pres- the C2H6 response within 185 days be- sures for FID fuel, burner air, and sam- fore testing as described in paragraph ple and record them for future ref- (f) of this section. erence.

(b) Calibration. Use good engineering (d) THC FID CH4 response factor deter- judgment to develop a calibration pro- mination. This procedure is only for cedure, such as one based on the FID- FID analyzers that measure THC. analyzer manufacturer’s instructions Since FID analyzers generally have a and recommended frequency for cali- different response to CH4 versus C3H8, brating the FID. Alternately, you may determine the THC–FID analyzer’s CH4 remove system components for off-site response factor, RFCH4[THC–FID], after calibration. For a FID that measures FID optimization. Use the most recent THC, calibrate using C H calibration 3 8 RFCH4[THC–FID] measured according to gases that meet the specifications of this section in the calculations for HC § 1065.750. For a FID that measures CH4, determination described in § 1065.660 to calibrate using CH calibration gases 4 compensate for CH4 response. Deter- that meet the specifications of mine RFCH4[THC–FID] as follows, noting § 1065.750. We recommend FID analyzer that you do not determine RFCH4[THC–FID] zero and span gases that contain ap- for FIDs that are calibrated and proximately the flow-weighted mean spanned using CH4 with a nonmethane concentration of O2 expected during cutter: testing. If you use a FID to measure (1) Select a C3 H8 span gas concentra- CH4 downstream of a nonmethane cut- tion that you use to span your ana- ter, you may calibrate that FID using lyzers before emission testing. Use only CH4 calibration gases with the cutter. span gases that meet the specifications Regardless of the calibration gas com- of § 1065.750. Record the C3H8 concentra- position, calibrate on a carbon number tion of the gas. basis of one (C ). For example, if you 1 (2) Select a CH span gas concentra- use a C H span gas of concentration 4 3 8 tion that you use to span your ana- 200 μmol/mol, span the FID to respond lyzers before emission testing. Use only with a value of 600 μmol/mol. As an- span gases that meet the specifications other example, if you use a CH span 4 of § 1065.750. Record the CH concentra- gas with a concentration of 200 μmol/ 4 tion of the gas. mol, span the FID to respond with a value of 200 μmol/mol. (3) Start and operate the FID analyzer according to the manufacturer’s (c) THC FID response optimization. This procedure is only for FID ana- instructions. lyzers that measure THC. Use good en- (4) Confirm that the FID analyzer has gineering judgment for initial instru- been calibrated using C3H8. Calibrate ment start-up and basic operating ad- on a carbon number basis of one (C1). justment using FID fuel and zero air. For example, if you use a C3 H8 span gas μ Heated FIDs must be within their re- of concentration 200 mol/mol, span the quired operating temperature ranges. FID to respond with a value of 600 μ Optimize FID response at the most mol/mol. common analyzer range expected dur- (5) Zero the FID with a zero gas that ing emission testing. Optimization in- you use for emission testing. volves adjusting flows and pressures of (6) Span the FID with the C3H8 span FID fuel, burner air, and sample to gas that you selected under paragraph minimize response variations to var- (d)(1) of this section. ious hydrocarbon species in the ex- (7) Introduce the CH4 span gas that haust. Use good engineering judgment you selected under paragraph (d)(2) of to trade off peak FID response to pro- this section into the FID analyzer. pane calibration gases to achieve mini- (8) Allow time for the analyzer re- mal response variations to different sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time

123

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00133 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.362 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

may include time to purge the analyzer dure in this paragraph (e) only on a and to account for its response. single range.

(9) While the analyzer measures the (f) THC FID C2H6 response factor de- CH4 concentration, record 30 seconds of termination. This procedure is only for sampled data. Calculate the arithmetic FID analyzers that measure THC. mean of these values. Since FID analyzers generally have a (10) For analyzers with multiple different response to C2H6 than C3H8, ranges, you need to perform the proce- determine the THC–FID analyzer’s dure in this paragraph (d) only on a C2H6 response factor, RFC2H6[THC–FID], single range. after FID optimization using the proce- (11) Divide the mean measured con- dure described in paragraph (d) of this centration by the recorded span con- section, replacing CH4 with C2H6. Use centration of the CH4 calibration gas. the most recent RFC2H6[THC–FID] meas- The result is the FID analyzer’s re- ured according to this section in the sponse factor for CH4, RF CH4[THC-FID]. calculations for HC determination described in § 1065.660 to compensate for (e) THC FID CH4 response verification. This procedure is only for FID ana- C2H6 response. lyzers that measure THC. Verify [73 FR 37308, June 30, 2008, as amended at 75 RFCH4[THC-FID] as follows: FR 23041, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 57447, Sept. 15, (1) Perform a CH4 response factor de- 2011; 79 FR 23769, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74168, termination as described in paragraph Oct. 25, 2016] (d) of this section. If the resulting § 1065.362 Non-stoichiometric raw ex- value of RFCH4[THC-FID] is within ±5% of its most recent previously determined haust FID O2 interference verification. value, the THC FID passes the CH4 response verification. For example, if the (a) Scope and frequency. If you use most recent previous value for FID analyzers for raw exhaust meas- RF CH4[THC-FID] was 1.05 and it increased urements from engines that operate in by 0.05 to become 1.10 or it decreased a non-stoichiometric mode of combus- by 0.05 to become 1.00, either case tion (e.g., compression-ignition, lean- would be acceptable because ±4.8% is burn), verify the amount of FID O2 in- less than ±5%. terference upon initial installation and

(2) If RF CH4[THC-FID] is not within the after major maintenance. tolerance specified in paragraph (e)(1) (b) Measurement principles. Changes in of this section, use good engineering O2 concentration in raw exhaust can af- judgment to verify that the flow rates fect FID response by changing FID and/or pressures of FID fuel, burner air, flame temperature. Optimize FID fuel, and sample are at their most recent burner air, and sample flow to meet previously recorded values, as deter- this verification. Verify FID perform- mined in paragraph (c) of this section. ance with the compensation algorithms You may adjust these flow rates as for FID O2 interference that you have necessary. Then determine the active during an emission test. RF CH4[THC-FID] as described in paragraph (c) System requirements. Any FID ana- (d) of this section and verify that it is lyzer used during testing must meet within the tolerance specified in this the FID O2 interference verification ac- paragraph (e). cording to the procedure in this sec- (3) If RF CH4[THC-FID] is not within the tion. tolerance specified in this paragraph (d) Procedure. Determine FID O2 in- (e), re-optimize the FID response as de- terference as follows, noting that you scribed in paragraph (c) of this section. may use one or more gas dividers to (4) Determine a new RFCH4[THC-FID] as create the reference gas concentrations described in paragraph (d) of this sec- that are required to perform this tion. Use this new value of verification: RF CH4[THC-FID] in the calculations for HC (1) Select three span reference gases determination, as described in that contain a C3H8 concentration that § 1065.660. you use to span your analyzers before (5) For analyzers with multiple emission testing. Use only span gases ranges, you need to perform the proce- that meet the specifications of

124

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00134 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.362

§ 1065.750. You may use CH4 span refzero response of 30 seconds of stabilized erence gases for FIDs calibrated on CH4 sample data is within ±0.5% of the span with a nonmethane cutter. Select the reference value used in paragraph (d)(5) three balance gas concentrations such of this section, proceed to the next that the concentrations of O2 and N2 step; otherwise restart the procedure represent the minimum, maximum, at paragraph (d)(4) of this section. and average O2 concentrations expected (11) Check the analyzer response during testing. The requirement for using the span gas that has the max- using the average O2 concentration can imum concentration of O2 expected be removed if you choose to calibrate during testing. Record the mean re- the FID with span gas balanced with sponse of 30 seconds of stabilized sam- the average expected oxygen con- ple data as x . centration. O2maxHC (12) Check the zero response of the (2) Confirm that the FID analyzer FID analyzer using the zero gas used meets all the specifications of § 1065.360. (3) Start and operate the FID ana- during emission testing. If the mean lyzer as you would before an emission zero response of 30 seconds of stabilized ± test. Regardless of the FID burner’s air sample data is within 0.5% of the span source during testing, use zero air as reference value used in paragraph (d)(5) the FID burner’s air source for this of this section, then proceed to the verification. next step; otherwise restart the proce- (4) Zero the FID analyzer using the dure at paragraph (d)(4) of this section. zero gas used during emission testing. (13) Calculate the percent difference (5) Span the FID analyzer using a between xO2maxHC and its reference gas span gas that you use during emission concentration. Calculate the percent testing. difference between xO2avgHC and its ref- (6) Check the zero response of the erence gas concentration. Calculate FID analyzer using the zero gas used the percent difference between xO2minHC during emission testing. If the mean and its reference gas concentration. zero response of 30 seconds of sampled Determine the maximum percent dif- data is within ±0.5% of the span ref- ference of the three. This is the O2 in- erence value used in paragraph (d)(5) of terference.

this section, then proceed to the next (14) If the O2 interference is within step; otherwise restart the procedure ±2%, the FID passes the O2 interference at paragraph (d)(4) of this section. verification; otherwise perform one or (7) Check the analyzer response using more of the following to address the de- the span gas that has the minimum ficiency: concentration of O2 expected during (i) Repeat the verification to deter- testing. Record the mean response of 30 mine if a mistake was made during the seconds of stabilized sample data as procedure. xO2minHC. (ii) Select zero and span gases for (8) Check the zero response of the emission testing that contain higher or FID analyzer using the zero gas used lower O concentrations and repeat the during emission testing. If the mean 2 verification. zero response of 30 seconds of stabilized sample data is within ±0.5% of the span (iii) Adjust FID burner air, fuel, and reference value used in paragraph (d)(5) sample flow rates. Note that if you ad- of this section, then proceed to the just these flow rates on a THC FID to next step; otherwise restart the proce- meet the O2 interference verification, dure at paragraph (d)(4) of this section. you have reset RFCH4 for the next RFCH4 (9) Check the analyzer response using verification according to § 1065.360. Re- the span gas that has the average con- peat the O2 interference verification after adjustment and determine RF . centration of O2 expected during test- CH4 ing. Record the mean response of 30 (iv) Repair or replace the FID and re- seconds of stabilized sample data as peat the O2 interference verification. xO2avgHC. (v) Demonstrate that the deficiency (10) Check the zero response of the does not adversely affect your ability FID analyzer using the zero gas used to demonstrate compliance with the during emission testing. If the mean applicable emission standards.

125

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00135 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.365 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(15) For analyzers with multiple nonmethane cutter for testing, it will ranges, you need to perform the proce- meet this recommendation. If adjust- dure in this paragraph (d) only on a ing NMC temperature does not result single range. in achieving both of these specifica- [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 tions simultaneously, we recommend FR 37309, June 30, 2008; 79 FR 23770, Apr. 28, that you replace the catalyst material. 2014] Use the most recently determined penetration values from this section to § 1065.365 Nonmethane cutter penetra- calculate HC emissions according to tion fractions. § 1065.660 and § 1065.665 as applicable. (a) Scope and frequency. If you use a (d) Procedure for a FID calibrated with FID analyzer and a nonmethane cutter the NMC. The method described in this (NMC) to measure methane (CH4), de- paragraph (d) is recommended over the termine the nonmethane cutter’s pene- procedures specified in paragraphs (e) tration fractions of CH , PF , and eth- 4 CH4 and (f) of this section. If your FID ar- ane, PF H . As detailed in this section, C2 6 rangement is such that a FID is always these penetration fractions may be de- calibrated to measure CH with the termined as a combination of NMC pen- 4 etration fractions and FID analyzer re- NMC, then span that FID with the sponse factors, depending on your par- NMC using a CH4 span gas, set the ticular NMC and FID analyzer configu- product of that FID’s CH4 response fac- ration. Perform this verification after tor and CH4 penetration fraction, installing the nonmethane cutter. Re- RFPFCH4[NMC-FID], equal to 1.0 for all peat this verification within 185 days of emission calculations, and determine testing to verify that the catalytic ac- its combined ethane (C2H6) response tivity of the cutter has not deterio- factor and penetration fraction, rated. Note that because nonmethane RFPFC2H6[NMC-FID] as follows: cutters can deteriorate rapidly and (1) Select CH4 and C2H6 analytical gas without warning if they are operated mixtures and ensure that both mix- outside of certain ranges of gas con- tures meet the specifications of centrations and outside of certain tem- § 1065.750. Select a CH4 concentration perature ranges, good engineering judg- that you would use for spanning the ment may dictate that you determine a FID during emission testing and select nonmethane cutter’s penetration frac- a C2H6 concentration that is typical of tions more frequently. the peak NMHC concentration expected (b) Measurement principles. A non- at the hydrocarbon standard or equal methane cutter is a heated catalyst to the THC analyzer’s span value. For that removes nonmethane hydro- CH4 analyzers with multiple ranges, carbons from an exhaust sample perform this procedure on the highest stream before the FID analyzer meas- range used for emission testing. ures the remaining hydrocarbon con- (2) Start, operate, and optimize the centration. An ideal nonmethane cut- nonmethane cutter according to the ter would have a CH4 penetration frac- manufacturer’s instructions, including tion, PFCH4, of 1.000, and the penetra- any temperature optimization. tion fraction for all other nonmethane (3) Confirm that the FID analyzer hydrocarbons would be 0.000, as rep- meets all the specifications of § 1065.360. resented by PFC2H6. The emission calculations in § 1065.660 use the measured (4) Start and operate the FID ana- values from this verification to ac- lyzer according to the manufacturer’s count for less than ideal NMC perform- instructions. ance. (5) Zero and span the FID with the (c) System requirements. We do not nonmethane cutter as you would dur- limit NMC penetration fractions to a ing emission testing. Span the FID certain range. However, we recommend through the cutter by using CH4 span that you optimize a nonmethane cutter gas. by adjusting its temperature to achieve (6) Introduce the C2H6 analytical gas a PFCH4 >0.85 and a PFC2H6 <0.02, as de- mixture upstream of the nonmethane termined by paragraphs (d), (e), or (f) of cutter. Use good engineering judgment this section, as applicable. If we use a to address the effect of hydrocarbon

126

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00136 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.365

contamination if your point of intro- (5) Zero and span the FID as you duction is vastly different from the would during emission testing. Span point of zero/span gas introduction. the FID by bypassing the cutter and by (7) Allow time for the analyzer re- using C3H8 span gas. sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time (6) Introduce the C2H6 analytical gas may include time to purge the non- mixture upstream of the nonmethane methane cutter and to account for the cutter. Use good engineering judgment analyzer’s response. to address the effect of hydrocarbon (8) While the analyzer measures a contamination if your point of intro- stable concentration, record 30 seconds duction is vastly different from the of sampled data. Calculate the arith- point of zero/span gas introduction. metic mean of these data points. (7) Allow time for the analyzer re- (9) Divide the mean C2H6 concentra- sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time tion by the reference concentration of may include time to purge the non- C2H6, converted to a C1 basis. The re- methane cutter and to account for the sult is the C2H6 combined response fac- analyzer’s response. tor and penetration fraction, (8) While the analyzer measures a RFPFC2H6[NMC–FID]. Use this combined re- stable concentration, record 30 seconds sponse factor and penetration fraction of sampled data. Calculate the arith- and the product of the CH4 response metic mean of these data points. factor and CH4 penetration fraction, (9) Reroute the flow path to bypass RFPFCH4[NMC–FID], set to 1.0 in emission the nonmethane cutter, introduce the calculations according to C2H6 analytical gas mixture, and repeat § 1065.660(b)(2)(i), § 1065.660(d)(1)(i), or the steps in paragraph (e)(7) through § 1065.665, as applicable. (e)(8) of this section. (e) Procedure for a FID calibrated with (10) Divide the mean C2H6 concentra- propane, bypassing the NMC. If you use tion measured through the non- a single FID for THC and CH4 deter- methane cutter by the mean C2H6 con- mination with an NMC that is cali- centration measured after bypassing brated with propane, C3H8, by bypass- the nonmethane cutter. The result is ing the NMC, determine its penetration the C2H6 penetration fraction, fractions, PFC2H6[NMC-FID] and PFC2H6[NMC–FID]. Use this penetration PFCH4[NMC-FID], as follows: fraction according to § 1065.660(b)(2)(ii), (1) Select CH4 and C2H6 analytical gas § 1065.660(d)(1)(ii), or § 1065.665, as appli- mixtures and ensure that both mix- cable. tures meet the specifications of (11) Repeat the steps in paragraphs § 1065.750. Select a CH4 concentration (e)(6) through (e)(10) of this section, but that you would use for spanning the with the CH4 analytical gas mixture in- FID during emission testing and select stead of C2H6. The result will be the a C2H6 concentration that is typical of CH4 penetration fraction, PFCH4[NMC-FID]. the peak NMHC concentration expected Use this penetration fraction according at the hydrocarbon standard and the to § 1065.660(b)(2)(ii), § 1065.660(c)(1)(ii), C2H6 concentration typical of the peak or § 1065.665, as applicable. total hydrocarbon (THC) concentration (f) Procedure for a FID calibrated with expected at the hydrocarbon standard CH4, bypassing the NMC. If you use a or equal to the THC analyzer’s span FID with an NMC that is calibrated value. For CH4 analyzers with multiple with CH4, by bypassing the NMC, deter- ranges, perform this procedure on the mine its combined ethane (C2H6) re- highest range used for emission test- sponse factor and penetration fraction, ing. RFPFC2H6[NMC-FID], as well as its CH4 pen- (2) Start and operate the nonmethane etration fraction, PFCH4[NMC-FID], as fol- cutter according to the manufacturer’s lows: instructions, including any tempera- (1) Select CH4 and C2H6 analytical gas ture optimization. mixtures and ensure that both mix- (3) Confirm that the FID analyzer tures meet the specifications of meets all the specifications of § 1065.360. § 1065.750. Select a CH4 concentration (4) Start and operate the FID ana- that you would use for spanning the lyzer according to the manufacturer’s FID during emission testing and select instructions. a C2H6 concentration that is typical of 127

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00137 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.366 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

the peak NMHC concentration expected (11) Allow time for the analyzer re- at the hydrocarbon standard or equal sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time to the THC analyzer’s span value. For may include time to purge the non- CH4 analyzers with multiple ranges, methane cutter and to account for the perform this procedure on the highest analyzer’s response. range used for emission testing. (12) While the analyzer measures a (2) Start and operate the nonmethane stable concentration, record 30 seconds cutter according to the manufacturer’s of sampled data. Calculate the arith- instructions, including any tempera- metic mean of these data points. ture optimization. (13) Reroute the flow path to bypass (3) Confirm that the FID analyzer the nonmethane cutter, introduce the meets all the specifications of § 1065.360. CH4 analytical gas mixture, and repeat the steps in paragraphs (e)(11) and (12) (4) Start and operate the FID ana- of this section. lyzer according to the manufacturer’s (14) Divide the mean CH4 concentra- instructions. tion measured through the non- (5) Zero and span the FID as you methane cutter by the mean CH4 con- would during emission testing. Span centration measured after bypassing the FID by bypassing the cutter and by the nonmethane cutter. The result is using CH span gas. Note that you must 4 the CH4 penetration fraction, span the FID on a C basis. For exam- 1 PFCH4[NMC–FID]. Use this penetration frac- ple, if your span gas has a methane ref- tion according to § 1065.660(b)(2)(iii), erence value of 100 μmol/mol, the cor- § 1065.660(d)(1)(iii), or § 1065.665, as appli- rect FID response to that span gas is cable. 100 μmol/mol because there is one carbon atom per CH molecule. [73 FR 37310, June 30, 2008, as amended at 74 4 FR 56513, Oct. 30, 2009; 79 FR 23770, Apr. 28, (6) Introduce the C2H6 analytical gas 2014; 81 FR 74168, Oct. 25, 2016] mixture upstream of the nonmethane cutter. Use good engineering judgment § 1065.366 Interference verification for to address the effect of hydrocarbon FTIR analyzers. contamination if your point of intro- (a) Scope and frequency. If you meas- duction is vastly different from the ure CH4, C2H6, NMHC, or NMNEHC point of zero/span gas introduction. using an FTIR analyzer, verify the (7) Allow time for the analyzer re- amount of interference after initial an- sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time alyzer installation and after major may include time to purge the non- maintenance. methane cutter and to account for the (b) Measurement principles. Inter- analyzer’s response. ference gases can interfere with certain (8) While the analyzer measures a analyzers by causing a response similar stable concentration, record 30 seconds to the target analyte. If the analyzer of sampled data. Calculate the arith- uses compensation algorithms that uti- metic mean of these data points. lize measurements of other gases to meet this interference verification, si- (9) Divide the mean C2H6 concentration by the reference concentration of multaneously conduct these other measurements to test the compensa- C2H6, converted to a C1 basis. The re- tion algorithms during the analyzer in- sult is the C2H6 combined response factor and penetration fraction, terference verification. (c) System requirements. An FTIR ana- RFPFC2H6[NMC–FID]. Use this combined response factor and penetration fraction lyzer must have combined interference ± according to § 1065.660(b)(2)(iii), that is within 2% of the flow-weighted § 1065.660(d)(1)(iii), or § 1065.665, as appli- mean concentration of CH4, NMHC, or cable. NMNEHC expected at the standard, (10) Introduce the CH analytical gas though we strongly recommend a lower 4 ± mixture upstream of the nonmethane interference that is within 1%. cutter. Use good engineering judgment (d) Procedure. Perform the inter- to address the effect of hydrocarbon ference verification for an FTIR ana- contamination if your point of intro- lyzer using the same procedure that ap- duction is vastly different from the plies for N2O analyzers in § 1065.375(d). point of zero/span gas introduction. [81 FR 74168, Oct. 25, 2016]

128

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00138 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.370

§ 1065.369 H2O, CO, and CO2 inter- ments active and evaluate quench with ference verification for the compensation algorithms applied. photoacoustic alcohol analyzers. (c) System requirements. A CLD ana- (a) Scope and frequency. If you meas- lyzer must have a combined H2O and ± ure ethanol or methanol using a CO2 quench of 2% or less, though we photoacoustic analyzer, verify the strongly recommend a quench of ±1% or less. Combined quench is the sum of amount of H2O, CO, and CO2 interference after initial analyzer installa- the CO2 quench determined as de- tion and after major maintenance. scribed in paragraph (d) of this section, (b) Measurement principles. H O, CO, plus the H2O quench determined in 2 paragraph (e) of this section. and CO2 can positively interfere with a photoacoustic analyzer by causing a re- (d) CO2 quench verification procedure. sponse similar to ethanol or methanol. Use the following method to determine If the photoacoustic analyzer uses com- CO2 quench by using a gas divider that pensation algorithms that utilize blends binary span gases with zero gas measurements of other gases to meet as the diluent and meets the specifica- this interference verification, simulta- tions in § 1065.248, or use good engineer- neously conduct these other measure- ing judgment to develop a different ments to test the compensation algo- protocol: rithms during the analyzer inter- (1) Use PTFE or stainless steel tub- ference verification. ing to make necessary connections. (c) System requirements. Photoacoustic (2) Configure the gas divider such analyzers must have combined inter- that nearly equal amounts of the span ference that is within (0.0 ±0.5) μmol/ and diluent gases are blended with each mol. We strongly recommend a lower other. interference that is within (0.0 ±0.25) (3) If the CLD analyzer has an oper- μmol/mol. ating mode in which it detects NO- only, as opposed to total NO , operate (d) Procedure. Perform the inter- X the CLD analyzer in the NO-only oper- ference verification by following the ating mode. procedure in § 1065.375(d), comparing (4) Use a CO span gas that meets the the results to paragraph (c) of this sec- 2 specifications of § 1065.750 and a con- tion. centration that is approximately twice [79 FR 23770, Apr. 28, 2014] the maximum CO2 concentration expected during emission testing. NOX AND N2O MEASUREMENTS (5) Use an NO span gas that meets the specifications of § 1065.750 and a con- § 1065.370 CLD CO2 and H2O quench centration that is approximately twice verification. the maximum NO concentration ex- (a) Scope and frequency. If you use a pected during emission testing. CLD analyzer to measure NOX, verify (6) Zero and span the CLD analyzer. the amount of H2O and CO2 quench Span the CLD analyzer with the NO after installing the CLD analyzer and span gas from paragraph (d)(5) of this after major maintenance. section through the gas divider. Con- (b) Measurement principles. H2O and nect the NO span gas to the span port CO2 can negatively interfere with a of the gas divider; connect a zero gas to CLD’s NOX response by collisional the diluent port of the gas divider; use quenching, which inhibits the the same nominal blend ratio selected chemiluminescent reaction that a CLD in paragraph (d)(2) of this section; and utilizes to detect NOX. This procedure use the gas divider’s output concentra- and the calculations in § 1065.675 deter- tion of NO to span the CLD analyzer. mine quench and scale the quench re- Apply gas property corrections as nec- sults to the maximum mole fraction of essary to ensure accurate gas division. H2O and the maximum CO2 concentra- (7) Connect the CO2 span gas to the tion expected during emission testing. span port of the gas divider. If the CLD analyzer uses quench com- (8) Connect the NO span gas to the pensation algorithms that utilize H2O diluent port of the gas divider. and/or CO2 measurement instruments, (9) While flowing NO and CO2 through evaluate quench with these instru- the gas divider, stabilize the output of

129

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00139 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.370 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

the gas divider. Determine the CO2 con- section, record the span gas concentra- centration from the gas divider output, tion as xNOdry, and use it in the quench applying gas property correction as verification calculations in § 1065.675. necessary to ensure accurate gas divi- (5) Humidify the NO span gas by bub- sion, or measure it using an NDIR. bling it through distilled H2O in a Record this concentration, xCO2act, and sealed vessel. If the humidified NO span use it in the quench verification cal- gas sample does not pass through a culations in § 1065.675. Alternatively, sample dryer for this verification test, you may use a simple gas blending de- control the vessel temperature to gen- vice and use an NDIR to determine this erate an H2O level approximately equal CO2 concentration. If you use an NDIR, to the maximum mole fraction of H2O it must meet the requirements of this expected during emission testing. If the part for laboratory testing and you humidified NO span gas sample does must span it with the CO2 span gas not pass through a sample dryer, the from paragraph (d)(4) of this section. quench verification calculations in (10) Measure the NO concentration § 1065.675 scale the measured H2O downstream of the gas divider with the quench to the highest mole fraction of CLD analyzer. Allow time for the ana- H2O expected during emission testing. lyzer response to stabilize. Stabiliza- If the humidified NO span gas sample tion time may include time to purge passes through a dryer for this the transfer line and to account for an- verification test, control the vessel alyzer response. While the analyzer temperature to generate an H2O level measures the sample’s concentration, at least as high as the level determined record the analyzer’s output for 30 sec- in § 1065.145(e)(2). For this case, the onds. Calculate the arithmetic mean quench verification calculations in concentration from these data, xNOmeas. § 1065.675 do not scale the measured H2O Record xNOmeas, and use it in the quench quench. verification calculations in § 1065.675. (6) Introduce the humidified NO test (11) Calculate the actual NO con- gas into the sample system. You may centration at the gas divider’s outlet, introduce it upstream or downstream x , based on the span gas concentra- NOact of any sample dryer that is used during tions and x according to Eq. CO2act emission testing. Note that the sample 1065.675–2. Use the calculated value in dryer must meet the sample dryer the quench verification calculations in verification check in § 1065.342. Eq. 1065.675–1. (12) Use the values recorded accord- (7) Measure the mole fraction of H2O ing to this paragraph (d) and paragraph in the humidified NO span gas down- (e) of this section to calculate quench stream of the sample dryer, xH2Omeas. We as described in § 1065.675. recommend that you measure xH2Omeas as close as possible to the CLD ana- (e) H2O quench verification procedure. Use the following method to determine lyzer inlet. You may calculate xH2Omeas from measurements of dew point, Tdew, H2O quench, or use good engineering judgment to develop a different pro- and absolute pressure, ptotal. tocol: (8) Use good engineering judgment to (1) Use PTFE or stainless steel tub- prevent condensation in the transfer ing to make necessary connections. lines, fittings, or valves from the point (2) If the CLD analyzer has an oper- where xH2Omeas is measured to the ana- ating mode in which it detects NO- lyzer. We recommend that you design only, as opposed to total NOX, operate your system so the wall temperatures the CLD analyzer in the NO-only oper- in the transfer lines, fittings, and ating mode. valves from the point where xH2Omeas is (3) Use an NO span gas that meets the measured to the analyzer are at least 5 specifications of § 1065.750 and a con- °C above the local sample gas dew centration that is near the maximum point. concentration expected during emis- (9) Measure the humidified NO span sion testing. gas concentration with the CLD ana- (4) Zero and span the CLD analyzer. lyzer. Allow time for the analyzer re- Span the CLD analyzer with the NO sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time span gas from paragraph (e)(3) of this may include time to purge the transfer

130

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00140 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.372

line and to account for analyzer re- (b) Measurement principles. Hydro- sponse. While the analyzer measures carbons and H2O can positively inter- the sample’s concentration, record the fere with an NDUV analyzer by causing analyzer’s output for 30 seconds. Cal- a response similar to NOX. If the NDUV culate the arithmetic mean of these analyzer uses compensation algorithms data, xNOwet. Record xNOwet and use it in that utilize measurements of other the quench verification calculations in gases to meet this interference § 1065.675. verification, simultaneously conduct (f) Corrective action. If the sum of the such measurements to test the algo- H2O quench plus the CO2 quench is less rithms during the analyzer inter- than ¥2% or greater than + 2%, take ference verification. corrective action by repairing or re- (c) System requirements. A NOX NDUV placing the analyzer. Before running analyzer must have combined H2O and emission tests, verify that the correc- HC interference within ±2% of the flow- tive action successfully restored the weighted mean concentration of NOX analyzer to proper functioning. expected at the standard, though we (g) Exceptions. The following excep- strongly recommend keeping inter- tions apply: ference within ±1%. (1) You may omit this verification if (d) Procedure. Perform the inter- you can show by engineering analysis ference verification as follows: that for your NO sampling system and X (1) Start, operate, zero, and span the your emission calculation procedures, NO NDUV analyzer according to the the combined CO and H O interference X 2 2 instrument manufacturer’s instruc- for your NO CLD analyzer always af- X tions. fects your brake-specific NOX emission results within no more than ±1% of the (2) We recommend that you extract engine exhaust to perform this applicable NOX standard. If you certify to a combined emission standard (such verification. Use a CLD that meets the specifications of subpart C of this part as a NOX + NMHC standard), scale your to quantify NOX in the exhaust. Use the NOX results to the combined standard based on the measured results (after in- CLD response as the reference value. corporating deterioration factors, if Also measure HC in the exhaust with a applicable). For example, if your final FID analyzer that meets the specifications of subpart C of this part. Use the NOX + NMHC value is half of the emission standard, double the NO result to FID response as the reference hydro- X carbon value. estimate the level of NOX emissions corresponding to the applicable stand- (3) Upstream of any sample dryer, if ard. one is used during testing, introduce the engine exhaust to the NDUV ana- (2) You may use a NOX CLD analyzer that you determine does not meet this lyzer. verification, as long as you try to cor- (4) Allow time for the analyzer re- rect the problem and the measurement sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time deficiency does not adversely affect may include time to purge the transfer your ability to show that engines com- line and to account for analyzer re- ply with all applicable emission stand- sponse. ards. (5) While all analyzers measure the sample’s concentration, record 30 sec- [73 FR 59328, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 73 FR onds of sampled data, and calculate the 73789, Dec. 4, 2008; 75 FR 23041, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 57447, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23771, Apr. arithmetic means for the three ana- 28, 2014; 81 FR 74168, Oct. 25, 2016] lyzers. (6) Subtract the CLD mean from the § 1065.372 NDUV analyzer HC and H2O NDUV mean. interference verification. (7) Multiply this difference by the (a) Scope and frequency. If you meas- ratio of the flow-weighted mean HC ure NOX using an NDUV analyzer, concentration expected at the standard verify the amount of H2O and hydro- to the HC concentration measured dur- carbon interference after initial ana- ing the verification. The analyzer lyzer installation and after major meets the interference verification of maintenance. this section if this result is within ±2%

131

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00141 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.375 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

of the NOX concentration expected at passed through a dryer during emission the standard. testing, control the vessel temperature (e) Exceptions. The following excep- to generate an H2O level at least as tions apply: high as the maximum expected during (1) You may omit this verification if emission testing. If the sample is you can show by engineering analysis passed through a dryer during emission that for your NOX sampling system and testing, control the vessel temperature your emission calculation procedures, to generate an H2O level at least as the combined HC and H2O interference high as the level determined in for your NOX NDUV analyzer always af- § 1065.145(e)(2) for that dryer. Use inter- fects your brake-specific NOX emission ference span gas concentrations that results by less than 0.5% of the applica- are at least as high as the maximum ble NOX standard. expected during testing. [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 (3) Introduce the humidified inter- FR 37312, June 30, 2008; 76 FR 57447, Sept. 15, ference test gas into the sample sys- 2011] tem. You may introduce it downstream of any sample dryer, if one is used dur- § 1065.375 Interference verification for ing testing. N O analyzers. 2 (4) If the sample is not passed (a) Scope and frequency. See § 1065.275 through a dryer during this to determine whether you need to verification test, measure the H O mole verify the amount of interference after 2 fraction, xH2O, of the humidified inter- initial analyzer installation and after ference test gas as close as possible to major maintenance. the inlet of the analyzer. For example, (b) Measurement principles. Inter- measure dewpoint, Tdew, and absolute ference gases can positively interfere pressure, p , to calculate x . Verify with certain analyzers by causing a re- total H2O that the H2O content meets the response similar to N2O. If the analyzer quirement in paragraph (d)(2) of this uses compensation algorithms that uti- section. If the sample is passed through lize measurements of other gases to a dryer during this verification test, meet this interference verification, si- you must verify that the H O content multaneously conduct these other 2 of the humidified test gas downstream measurements to test the compensa- of the vessel meets the requirement in tion algorithms during the analyzer in- paragraph (d)(2) of this section based terference verification. on either direct measurement of the (c) System requirements. Analyzers H O content (e.g., dewpoint and pres- must have combined interference that 2 sure) or an estimate based on the ves- is within (0.0 ±1.0) μmol/mol. We strong- sel pressure and temperature. Use good ly recommend a lower interference that is within (0.0 ±0.5) μmol/mol. engineering judgment to estimate the (d) Procedure. Perform the inter- H2O content. For example, you may use ference verification as follows: previous direct measurements of H2O (1) Start, operate, zero, and span the content to verify the vessel’s level of saturation. N2O analyzer as you would before an emission test. If the sample is passed (5) If a sample dryer is not used in through a dryer during emission test- this verification test, use good engi- ing, you may run this verification test neering judgment to prevent condensa- with the dryer if it meets the require- tion in the transfer lines, fittings, or ments of § 1065.342. Operate the dryer at valves from the point where xH2O is the same conditions as you will for an measured to the analyzer. We rec- emission test. You may also run this ommend that you design your system verification test without the sample so that the wall temperatures in the dryer. transfer lines, fittings, and valves from

(2) Create a humidified test gas by the point where xH2O is measured to the bubbling a multi component span gas analyzer are at least 5 ßC above the that incorporates the target inter- local sample gas dewpoint. ference species and meets the specifica- (6) Allow time for the analyzer re- tions in § 1065.750 through distilled H2O sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time in a sealed vessel. If the sample is not may include time to purge the transfer

132

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00142 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.376

line and to account for analyzer re- NO2 from the sample. If a chiller is sponse. used without an NO2-to-NO converter (7) While the analyzer measures the upstream, it could remove NO2 from sample’s concentration, record its out- the sample prior NOX measurement. put for 30 seconds. Calculate the arith- (c) System requirements. A chiller metic mean of this data. When per- must allow for measuring at least 95% formed with all the gases simulta- of the total NO2 at the maximum ex- neously, this is the combined inter- pected concentration of NO2. ference. (d) Procedure. Use the following pro- (8) The analyzer meets the inter- cedure to verify chiller performance: ference verification if the result of (1) Instrument setup. Follow the ana- paragraph (d)(7) of this section meets lyzer and chiller manufacturers’ start- the tolerance in paragraph (c) of this up and operating instructions. Adjust section. the analyzer and chiller as needed to (9) You may also run interference optimize performance. procedures separately for individual interference gases. If the interference gas (2) Equipment setup and data collec- levels used are higher than the max- tion. (i) Zero and span the total NOX imum levels expected during testing, gas analyzer(s) as you would before you may scale down each observed in- emission testing. terference value (the arithmetic mean (ii) Select an NO2 calibration gas, of 30 second data described in para- balance gas of dry air, that has an NO2 graph (d)(7) of this section) by multi- concentration within ±5% of the max- plying the observed interference by the imum NO2 concentration expected dur- ratio of the maximum expected con- ing testing. centration value to the actual value (iii) Overflow this calibration gas at used during this procedure. You may the gas sampling system’s probe or run separate interference concentra- overflow fitting. Allow for stabilization tions of H2O (down to 0.025 mol/mol H2O of the total NOX response, accounting content) that are lower than the max- only for transport delays and instru- imum levels expected during testing, ment response. but you must scale up the observed H2O (iv) Calculate the mean of 30 seconds interference by multiplying the ob- of recorded total NOX data and record served interference by the ratio of the this value as xNOXref. maximum expected H2O concentration (v) Stop flowing the NO2 calibration value to the actual value used during gas. this procedure. The sum of the scaled (vi) Next saturate the sampling sys- interference values must meet the tol- tem by overflowing a dewpoint genera- erance for combined interference as tor’s output, set at a dewpoint of 50 °C, specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- to the gas sampling system’s probe or tion. overflow fitting. Sample the dewpoint [74 FR 56515, Oct. 30, 2009, as amended at generator’s output through the sam- 23771, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74168, Oct. 25, 2016] pling system and chiller for at least 10 minutes until the chiller is expected to § 1065.376 Chiller NO2 penetration. be removing a constant rate of H2O. (a) Scope and frequency. If you use a (vii) Immediately switch back to chiller to dry a sample upstream of a overflowing the NO2 calibration gas NOX measurement instrument, but you used to establish xNOxref. Allow for sta- don’t use an NO2-to-NO converter up- bilization of the total NOX response, stream of the chiller, you must per- accounting only for transport delays form this verification for chiller NO2 and instrument response. Calculate the penetration. Perform this verification mean of 30 seconds of recorded total after initial installation and after NOX data and record this value as major maintenance. xNOxmeas. (b) Measurement principles. A chiller (viii) Correct xNOxmeas to xNOxdry based removes H2O, which can otherwise upon the residual H2O vapor that interfere with a NOX measurement. passed through the chiller at the However, liquid H2O remaining in an chiller’s outlet temperature and pres- improperly designed chiller can remove sure.

133

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00143 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.378 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(3) Performance evaluation. If xNOxdry is an NO span gas to another port, and less than 95% of xNOxref, repair or re- connect the NO2-to-NO converter inlet place the chiller. to the last port. (e) Exceptions. The following excep- (3) Adjustments and data collection. tions apply: Perform this check as follows: (1) You may omit this verification if (i) Set ozonator air off, turn ozonator you can show by engineering analysis power off, and set the analyzer to NO that for your NOX sampling system and mode. Allow for stabilization, account- your emission calculations procedures, ing only for transport delays and in- the chiller always affects your brake- strument response. specific NOX emission results by less (ii) Use an NO concentration that is than 0.5% of the applicable NOX stand- representative of the peak total NOX ard. concentration expected during testing. (2) You may use a chiller that you de- The NO2 content of the gas mixture termine does not meet this shall be less than 5% of the NO con- verification, as long as you try to cor- centration. Record the concentration rect the problem and the measurement of NO by calculating the mean of 30 deficiency does not adversely affect seconds of sampled data from the ana- your ability to show that engines com- lyzer and record this value as xNOref. ply with all applicable emission stand- (iii) Turn on the ozonator O2 supply ards. and adjust the O2 flow rate so the NO [73 FR 37312, June 30, 2008, as amended at 79 indicated by the analyzer is about 10 FR 23771, Apr. 28, 2014] percent less than xNOref. Record the concentration of NO by calculating the § 1065.378 NO2-to-NO converter con- mean of 30 seconds of sampled data version verification. from the analyzer and record this value (a) Scope and frequency. If you use an as xNO ∂ O2mix. analyzer that measures only NO to de- (iv) Switch the ozonator on and ad- termine NOX, you must use an NO2-to- just the ozone generation rate so the NO converter upstream of the analyzer. NO measured by the analyzer is 20 per- Perform this verification after install- cent of xNOref or a value which would ing the converter, after major mainte- simulate the maximum concentration nance and within 35 days before an of NO2 expected during testing, while emission test. This verification must maintaining at least 10 percent be repeated at this frequency to verify unreacted NO. This ensures that the that the catalytic activity of the NO2- ozonator is generating NO2 at the max- to-NO converter has not deteriorated. imum concentration expected during (b) Measurement principles. An NO2-to- testing. Record the concentration of NO converter allows an analyzer that NO by calculating the mean of 30 sec- measures only NO to determine total onds of sampled data from the analyzer NOX by converting the NO2 in exhaust and record this value as xNOmeas. to NO. (v) Switch the NOX analyzer to NOX (c) System requirements. An NO2-to-NO mode and measure total NOX. Record converter must allow for measuring at the concentration of NOX by calcu- least 95% of the total NO2 at the max- lating the mean of 30 seconds of sam- imum expected concentration of NO2. pled data from the analyzer and record (d) Procedure. Use the following pro- this value as xNOxmeas. cedure to verify the performance of a (vi) Switch off the ozonator but NO2-to-NO converter: maintain gas flow through the system. (1) Instrument setup. Follow the ana- The NOX analyzer will indicate the NOX lyzer and NO2-to-NO converter manu- in the NO + O2 mixture. Record the facturers’ start-up and operating in- concentration of NOX by calculating structions. Adjust the analyzer and the mean of 30 seconds of sampled data converter as needed to optimize per- from the analyzer and record this value formance. as xNOx ∂ O2mix. (2) Equipment setup. Connect an (vii) Turn off the ozonator O2 supply. ozonator’s inlet to a zero-air or oxygen The NOX analyzer will indicate the NOX source and connect its outlet to one in the original NO-in-N2 mixture. port of a three-way tee fitting. Connect Record the concentration of NOX by 134

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00144 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.390

calculating the mean of 30 seconds of (4) Performance evaluation. Calculate sampled data from the analyzer and the efficiency of the NOX converter by record this value as xNOxref. This value substituting the concentrations ob- should be no more than 5 percent above tained into the following equation: the xNOref value.

⎛ ⎞ xx−+ efficiency = ⎜ 1+ NOxmeas NOx O2 mix ⎟ ⋅100% ⎜ − ⎟ ⎝ xxNO+ O2 mix NOmeas ⎠

(5) If the result is less than 95%, re- and spanning it with at least one cali- pair or replace the NO2-to-NO con- bration weight. Also, any external verter. weights you use must meet the speci- (e) Exceptions. The following excep- fications in § 1065.790. Any weights in- tions apply: ternal to the PM balance used for this (1) You may omit this verification if verification must be verified as de- you can show by engineering analysis scribed in paragraph (b) of this section. that for your NOX sampling system and (1) Use a manual procedure in which your emission calculations procedures, you zero the balance and span the bal- the converter always affects your ance with at least one calibration brake-specific NO emission results by X weight. If you normally use mean val- less than 0.5% of the applicable NOX standard. ues by repeating the weighing process to improve the accuracy and precision [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 of PM measurements, use the same FR 37313, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59330, Oct. 8, process to verify balance performance. 2008; 76 FR 57447, Sept. 15, 2011] (2) You may use an automated proce- PM MEASUREMENTS dure to verify balance performance. For example most balances have inter- § 1065.390 PM balance verifications nal weights for automatically verifying and weighing process verification. balance performance. (a) Scope and frequency. This section (d) Reference sample weighing. Verify describes three verifications. all mass readings during a weighing (1) Independent verification of PM session by weighing reference PM sam- balance performance within 370 days ple media (e.g., filters) before and after before weighing any filter. a weighing session. A weighing session (2) Zero and span the balance within may be as short as desired, but no 12 h before weighing any filter. longer than 80 hours, and may include (3) Verify that the mass determina- both pre-test and post-test mass read- tion of reference filters before and ings. We recommend that weighing ses- after a filter weighing session are less sions be eight hours or less. Successive than a specified tolerance. (b) Independent verification. Have the mass determinations of each reference balance manufacturer (or a representa- PM sample media (e.g., filter) must re- ± μ tive approved by the balance manufac- turn the same value within 10 g or ± turer) verify the balance performance 10% of the net PM mass expected at within 370 days of testing. Balances the standard (if known), whichever is have internal weights that compensate higher. If successive reference PM sam- for drift due to environmental changes. ple media (e.g., filter) weighing events These internal weights must be verified fail this criterion, invalidate all indi- as part of this independent verification vidual test media (e.g., filter) mass with external, certified calibration readings occurring between the succes- weights that meet the specifications in sive reference media (e.g., filter) mass § 1065.790. determinations. You may reweigh (c) Zeroing and spanning. You must these media (e.g., filter) in another verify balance performance by zeroing weighing session. If you invalidate a

135

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00145 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER08OC08.097 § 1065.395 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

pre-test media (e.g., filter) mass deter- ful reference media (e.g. filter) mass mination, that test interval is void. validation. You may discard reference Perform this verification as follows: PM media (e.g. filters) if only one of (1) Keep at least two samples of un- the filter’s mass changes by more than used PM sample media (e.g., filters) in the allowable amount and you can the PM-stabilization environment. Use positively identify a special cause for these as references. If you collect PM that filter’s mass change that would with filters, select unused filters of the not have affected other in-process fil- same material and size for use as ref- ters. Thus, the validation can be con- erences. You may periodically replace sidered a success. In this case, you do references, using good engineering not have to include the contaminated judgment. reference media when determining (2) Stabilize references in the PM sta- compliance with paragraph (d)(10) of bilization environment. Consider ref- this section, but the affected reference erences stabilized if they have been in filter must be immediately discarded the PM-stabilization environment for a and replaced prior to the next weighing minimum of 30 min, and the PM-sta- session. bilization environment has been within (10) If any of the reference masses the specifications of § 1065.190(d) for at change by more than that allowed least the preceding 60 min. under this paragraph (d), invalidate all (3) Exercise the balance several times PM results that were determined be- with a reference sample. We rec- tween the two times that the reference ommend weighing ten samples without masses were determined. If you dis- recording the values. carded reference PM sample media ac- (4) Zero and span the balance. Using cording to paragraph (d)(9) of this sec- good engineering judgment, place a tion, you must still have at least one test mass such as a calibration weight reference mass difference that meets on the balance, then remove it. After the criteria in this paragraph (d). Oth- spanning, confirm that the balance re- erwise, you must invalidate all PM returns to a zero reading within the nor- sults that were determined between the mal stabilization time. two times that the reference media (5) Weigh each of the reference media (e.g., filters) masses were determined. (e.g., filters) and record their masses. [73 FR 37313, June 30, 2008, as amended at 75 We recommend using substitution FR 23042, Apr. 30, 2010; 75 FR 68463, Nov. 8, weighing as described in § 1065.590(j). If 2010; 81 FR 74168, Oct. 25, 2016] you normally use mean values by repeating the weighing process to im- § 1065.395 Inertial PM balance verifications. prove the accuracy and precision of the reference media (e.g., filter) mass, you This section describes how to verify must use mean values of sample media the performance of an inertial PM bal- (e.g., filter) masses. ance. (6) Record the balance environment (a) Independent verification. Have the dewpoint, ambient temperature, and balance manufacturer (or a representa- atmospheric pressure. tive approved by the balance manufac- (7) Use the recorded ambient condi- turer) verify the inertial balance per- tions to correct results for buoyancy as formance within 370 days before test- described in § 1065.690. Record the buoy- ing. ancy-corrected mass of each of the ref- (b) Other verifications. Perform other erences. verifications using good engineering (8) Subtract each reference media’s judgment and instrument manufac- (e.g., filter’s) buoyancy-corrected ref- turer recommendations. erence mass from its previously measured and recorded buoyancy-corrected Subpart E—Engine Selection, mass. Preparation, and Maintenance (9) If any of the reference filters’ observed mass changes by more than that § 1065.401 Test engine selection. allowed under this paragraph, you While all engine configurations with- must invalidate all PM mass deter- in a certified engine family must com- minations made since the last success- ply with the applicable standards in

136

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00146 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.405

the standard-setting part, you need not rately follow the duty cycle. If the gov- test each configuration for certifi- ernor manipulates the emission control cation. system, treat it as an adjustable pa- (a) Select an engine configuration rameter. See paragraph (b) of this sec- within the engine family for testing, as tion for guidance on setting adjustable follows: parameters. If you do not install gov- (1) Test the engine that we specify, ernors on production engines, simulate whether we issue general guidance or a governor that is representative of a give you specific instructions. governor that others will install on (2) If we do not tell you which engine your production engines. In certain cir- to test, follow any instructions in the cumstances, you may incorporate test standard-setting part. cell components to simulate an in-use (3) If we do not tell you which engine configuration, consistent with good en- to test and the standard-setting part gineering judgment. For example, does not include specifications for se- §§ 1065.122 and 1065.125 allow the use of lecting test engines, use good engineer- test cell components to represent ening judgment to select the engine con- gine cooling and intake air systems. figuration within the engine family The provisions in § 1065.110(e) also apply that is most likely to exceed an emis- to emission-data engines for certifi- sion standard. cation. (b) In the absence of other informa- (b) We may set adjustable parameters tion, the following characteristics are to any value in the valid range, and appropriate to consider when selecting you are responsible for controlling the engine to test: emissions over the full valid range. For (1) Maximum fueling rates. each adjustable parameter, if the (2) Maximum loads. standard-setting part has no unique re- (3) Maximum in-use speeds. quirements and if we have not specified (4) Highest sales volume. a value, use good engineering judgment (c) For our testing, we may select to select the most common setting. If any engine configuration within the information on the most common set- engine family. ting is not available, select the setting representing the engine’s original § 1065.405 Test engine preparation and shipped configuration. If information maintenance. on the most common and original set- This part 1065 describes how to test tings is not available, set the adjust- engines for a variety of purposes, in- able parameter in the middle of the cluding certification testing, produc- valid range. tion-line testing, and in-use testing. (c) Testing generally occurs only Depending on which type of testing is after the test engine has undergone a being conducted, different preparation stabilization step (or in-use operation). and maintenance requirements apply If the engine has not already been sta- for the test engine. bilized, run the test engine, with all (a) If you are testing an emission- emission control systems operating, data engine for certification, make long enough to stabilize emission lev- sure it is built to represent production els. Note that you must generally use engines, consistent with paragraph (f) the same stabilization procedures for of this section. This includes governors emission-data engines for which you that you normally install on produc- apply the same deterioration factors so tion engines. Production engines low-hour emission-data engines are should also be tested with their inconsistent with the low-hour engine stalled governors. If your engine is used to develop the deterioration fac- equipped with multiple user-selectable tor. governor types and if the governor does (1) Unless otherwise specified in the not manipulate the emission control standard-setting part, you may con- system (i.e., the governor only modu- sider emission levels stable without lates an ‘‘operator demand’’ signal measurement after 50 h of operation. If such as commanded fuel rate, torque, the engine needs less operation to sta- or power), choose the governor type bilize emission levels, record your rea- that allows the test cell to most accu- sons and the methods for doing this,

137

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00147 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.410 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

and give us these records if we ask for (4) Plug the canister port that is nor- them. If the engine will be tested for mally connected to the fuel tank. certification as a low-hour engine, see (g) This paragraph (g) defines the the standard-setting part for limits on components that are considered to be testing engines to establish low-hour part of the engine for laboratory test- emission levels. ing. See § 1065.110 for provisions related (2) You may stabilize emissions from to system boundaries with respect to a catalytic exhaust aftertreatment de- work inputs and outputs. vice by operating it on a different en- (1) This paragraph (g)(1) describes gine, consistent with good engineering certain criteria for considering a com- judgment. Note that good engineering ponent to be part of the test engine. judgment requires that you consider The criteria are intended to apply both the purpose of the test and how broadly, such that a component would your stabilization method will affect generally be considered part of the en- the development and application of de- gine in cases of uncertainty. Except as terioration factors. For example, this specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- method of stabilization is generally not tion, an engine-related component appropriate for production engines. We meeting both the following criteria is may also allow you to stabilize emis- considered to be part of the test engine sions from a catalytic exhaust for purposes of testing and for stabi- aftertreatment device by operating it lizing emission levels, preconditioning, on an engine-exhaust simulator. and measuring emission levels: (d) Record any maintenance, modi- (i) The component directly affects fications, parts changes, diagnostic or the functioning of the engine, is re- emissions testing and document the lated to controlling emissions, or need for each event. You must provide transmits engine power. This would in- this information if we request it. clude engine cooling systems, engine (e) For accumulating operating hours controls, and transmissions. on your test engines, select engine op- (ii) The component is covered by the eration that represents normal in-use applicable certificate of conformity. operation for the engine family. For example, this criterion would typi- (f) If your engine will be used in a ve- cally exclude radiators not described in hicle equipped with a canister for stor- an application for certification. ing evaporative hydrocarbons for even- (2) This paragraph (g)(2) applies for tual combustion in the engine and the engine-related components that meet test sequence involves a cold-start or the criteria of paragraph (g)(1) of this hot-start duty cycle, attach a canister section, but that are part of the labora- to the engine before running an emis- tory setup or are used for other en- sion test. You may omit using an evap- gines. Such components are considered orative canister for any hot-stabilized to be part of the test engine for pre- duty cycles. You may request to omit conditioning, but not for engine sta- using an evaporative canister during bilization. For example, if you test testing if you can show that it would your engines using the same laboratory not affect your ability to show compli- exhaust tubing for all tests, there ance with the applicable emission would be no restrictions on the number standards. You may operate the engine of test hours that could be accumu- without an installed canister for serv- lated with the tubing, but it would ice accumulation. Prior to an emission need to be preconditioned separately test, use the following steps to pre- for each engine. condition a canister and attach it to your engine: [79 FR 23772, Apr. 28, 2014] (1) Use a canister and plumbing arrangement that represents the in-use § 1065.410 Maintenance limits for sta- configuration of the largest capacity bilized test engines. canister in all expected applications. (a) After you stabilize the test en- (2) Precondition the canister as de- gine’s emission levels, you may do scribed in 40 CFR 86.132–96(j). maintenance as allowed by the stand- (3) Connect the canister’s purge port ard-setting part. However, you may not to the engine. do any maintenance based on emission

138

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00148 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.501

measurements from the test engine (b) Emission measurements. Perform (i.e., unscheduled maintenance). emission tests following the provisions (b) For any critical emission-related of the standard setting part and this maintenance—other than what we spe- part, as applicable. Perform emission cifically allow in the standard-setting tests to determine deterioration fac- part—you must completely test an en- tors consistent with good engineering gine for emissions before and after judgment. Evenly space any tests be- doing any maintenance that might af- tween the first and last test points fect emissions, unless we waive this re- throughout the durability period, un- quirement. less we approve otherwise. (c) If you inspect an engine, keep a [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 record of the inspection and update FR 37315, June 30, 2008] your application to document any changes that result. You may use any kind of equipment, instrument, or tool Subpart F—Performing an Emission to identify bad engine components or Test Over Specified Duty Cycles perform maintenance if it is available § 1065.501 Overview. at dealerships and other service out- lets. (a) Use the procedures detailed in (d) If we determine that a part fail- this subpart to measure engine emis- ure, system malfunction, or associated sions over a specified duty cycle. Refer repairs have made the engine’s emis- to subpart J of this part for field test sion controls unrepresentative of pro- procedures that describe how to meas- duction engines, you may no longer use ure emissions during in-use engine op- it as an emission-data engine. Also, if eration. This section describes how to: your test engine has a major mechan- (1) Map your engine, if applicable, by ical failure that requires you to take it recording specified speed and torque apart, you may no longer use it as an data, as measured from the engine’s emission-data engine. primary output shaft. (2) Transform normalized duty cycles [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 into reference duty cycles for your en- FR 37314, June 30, 2008; 79 FR 23773, Apr. 28, gine by using an engine map. 2014; 80 FR 9118, Feb. 19, 2015] (3) Prepare your engine, equipment, § 1065.415 Durability demonstration. and measurement instruments for an emission test. If the standard-setting part requires (4) Perform pre-test procedures to durability testing, you must accumu- verify proper operation of certain late service in a way that represents equipment and analyzers. how you expect the engine to operate (5) Record pre-test data. in use. You may accumulate service (6) Start or restart the engine and hours using an accelerated schedule, sampling systems. such as through continuous operation (7) Sample emissions throughout the or by using duty cycles that are more duty cycle. aggressive than in-use operation, sub- (8) Record post-test data. ject to any pre-approval requirements (9) Perform post-test procedures to established in the applicable standard- verify proper operation of certain setting part. equipment and analyzers. (a) Maintenance. The following limits (10) Weigh PM samples. apply to the maintenance that we (b) Unless we specify otherwise, you allow you to do on an emission-data may control the regeneration timing of engine: infrequently regenerated (1) You may perform scheduled main- aftertreatment devices such as diesel tenance that you recommend to opera- particulate filters using good engineer- tors, but only if it is consistent with ing judgment. You may control the re- the standard-setting part’s restric- generation timing using a sequence of tions. engine operating conditions or you (2) You may perform additional may initiate regeneration with an ex- maintenance only as specified in ternal regeneration switch or other § 1065.410 or allowed by the standard- command. This provision also allows setting part. you to ensure that a regeneration

139

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00149 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.501 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

event does not occur during an emis- rameters for that mode in the same sion test. manner as a transient cycle, with the (c) An emission test generally con- exception that reference speed and sists of measuring emissions and other torque values are constant. Record parameters while an engine follows one data for that mode, transition to the or more duty cycles that are specified next mode, and then stabilize the en- in the standard-setting part. There are gine at the next mode. Continue to two general types of duty cycles: sample each mode discretely as a sepa- (1) Transient cycles. Transient duty rate test interval and calculate com- cycles are typically specified in the posite brake-specific emission results standard-setting part as a second-by- according to § 1065.650(g)(2). second sequence of speed commands (A) Use good engineering judgment to and normalized torque (or power) com- determine the time required to sta- mands. Operate an engine over a tran- bilize the engine. You may make this sient cycle such that the speed and determination before starting the test torque of the engine’s primary output based on prior experience, or you may shaft follows the target values. Propor- make this determination in real time tionally sample emissions and other based an automated stability criteria. parameters and use the calculations in If needed, you may continue to operate subpart G of this part to calculate the engine after reaching stability to emissions. Start a transient test ac- get laboratory equipment ready for cording to the standard-setting part, as sampling. follows: (B) Collect PM on separate PM sam- (i) A cold-start transient cycle where ple media for each mode. you start to measure emissions just be- (C) The minimum sample time is 60 fore starting an engine that has not seconds. We recommend that you sam- been warmed up. ple both gaseous and PM emissions (ii) A hot-start transient cycle where over the same test interval. If you sam- you start to measure emissions just be- ple gaseous and PM emissions over dif- fore starting a warmed-up engine. (iii) A hot running transient cycle ferent test intervals, there must be no where you start to measure emissions change in engine operation between the after an engine is started, warmed up, two test intervals. These two test in- and running. tervals may completely or partially (2) Steady-state cycles. Steady-state overlap, they may run consecutively, duty cycles are typically specified in or they may be separated in time. the standard-setting part as a list of (ii) Ramped-modal cycles. Perform discrete operating points (modes or ramped-modal cycles similar to the notches), where each operating point way you would perform transient cy- has one value of a normalized speed cles, except that ramped-modal cycles command and one value of a normal- involve mostly steady-state engine op- ized torque (or power) command. eration. Generate a ramped-modal duty Ramped-modal cycles for steady-state cycle as a sequence of second-by-second testing also list test times for each (1 Hz) reference speed and torque mode and transition times between points. Run the ramped-modal duty modes where speed and torque are lin- cycle in the same manner as a tran- early ramped between modes, even for sient cycle and use the 1 Hz reference cycles with % power. Start a steady- speed and torque values to validate the state cycle as a hot running test, where cycle, even for cycles with % power. you start to measure emissions after Proportionally sample emissions and an engine is started, warmed up and other parameters during the cycle and running. Run a steady-state duty cycle use the calculations in subpart G of as a discrete-mode cycle or a ramped- this part to calculate emissions. modal cycle, as follows: (d) Other subparts in this part iden- (i) Discrete-mode cycles. Before emis- tify how to select and prepare an en- sion sampling, stabilize an engine at gine for testing (subpart E), how to the first discrete mode of the duty perform the required engine service ac- cycle specified in the standard-setting cumulation (subpart E), and how to part. Sample emissions and other pa- calculate emission results (subpart G).

140

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00150 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.510

(e) Subpart J of this part describes figuration of auxiliary work inputs and how to perform field testing. outputs. (4) If you capture an incomplete map [79 FR 23773, Apr. 28, 2014] on your first attempt or you do not § 1065.510 Engine mapping. complete a map within the specified time tolerance. You may repeat map- (a) Applicability, scope, and frequency. ping as often as necessary to capture a An engine map is a data set that con- complete map within the specified sists of a series of paired data points time. that represent the maximum brake torque versus engine speed, measured (b) Mapping variable-speed engines. at the engine’s primary output shaft. Map variable-speed engines as follows: Map your engine if the standard-set- (1) Record the atmospheric pressure. ting part requires engine mapping to (2) Warm up the engine by operating generate a duty cycle for your engine it. We recommend operating the engine configuration. Map your engine while at any speed and at approximately 75% it is connected to a dynamometer or of its expected maximum power. Con- other device that can absorb work out- tinue the warm-up until the engine put from the engine’s primary output coolant, block, or head absolute tem- ± shaft according to § 1065.110. To estab- perature is within 2% of its mean lish speed and torque values for map- value for at least 2 min or until the en- ping, we generally recommend that you gine thermostat controls engine tem- stabilize an engine for at least 15 sec- perature. onds at each setpoint and record the (3) Operate the engine at its warm mean feedback speed and torque of the idle speed as follows: last (4 to 6) seconds. Configure any aux- (i) For engines with a low-speed gov- iliary work inputs and outputs such as ernor, set the operator demand to min- hybrid, turbo-compounding, or thermo- imum, use the dynamometer or other electric systems to represent their in- loading device to target a torque of use configurations, and use the same zero on the engine’s primary output configuration for emission testing. See shaft, and allow the engine to govern Figure 1 of § 1065.210. This may involve the speed. Measure this warm idle configuring initial states of charge and speed; we recommend recording at rates and times of auxiliary-work in- least 30 values of speed and using the puts and outputs. We recommend that mean of those values. you contact the Designated Compli- (ii) For engines without a low-speed ance Officer before testing to deter- governor, operate the engine at warm mine how you should configure any idle speed and zero torque on the en- auxiliary-work inputs and outputs. Use gine’s primary output shaft. You may the most recent engine map to trans- use the dynamometer to target a form a normalized duty cycle from the torque of zero on the engine’s primary standard-setting part to a reference output shaft, and manipulate the oper- duty cycle specific to your engine. Nor- ator demand to control the speed to malized duty cycles are specified in the target the manufacturer-declared value standard-setting part. You may update for the lowest engine speed possible an engine map at any time by repeat- with minimum load (also known as ing the engine-mapping procedure. You manufacturer-declared warm idle must map or re-map an engine before a speed). You may alternatively use the test if any of the following apply: dynamometer to target the manufac- (1) If you have not performed an ini- turer-declared warm idle speed and ma- tial engine map. nipulate the operator demand to con- (2) If the atmospheric pressure near trol the torque on the engine’s primary the engine’s air inlet is not within ±5 output shaft to zero. kPa of the atmospheric pressure re- (iii) For variable-speed engines with corded at the time of the last engine or without a low-speed governor, if a map. nonzero idle torque is representative of (3) If the engine or emission-control in-use operation, you may use the dy- system has undergone changes that namometer or operator demand to tar- might affect maximum torque perform- get the manufacturer-declared idle ance. This includes changing the con- torque instead of targeting zero torque

141

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00151 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.510 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

as specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and the maximum value. From the series of (ii) of this section. Control speed as mean speed and maximum torque val- specified in paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (ii) of ues, use linear interpolation to deter- this section, as applicable. If you use mine intermediate values. Use this se- this option for engines with a low- ries of speeds and torques to generate speed governor to measure the warm the power map as described in para- idle speed with the manufacturer-de- graph (e) of this section. clared torque at this step, you may use (iii) The check point speed of the this as the warm-idle speed for cycle map is the highest speed above max- generation as specified in paragraph imum power at which 50% of maximum (b)(6) of this section. However, if you power occurs. If this speed is unsafe or identify multiple warm idle torques unachievable (e.g., for ungoverned en- under paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this section, gines or engines that do not operate at measure the warm idle speed at only that point), use good engineering judg- one torque level for this paragraph ment to map up to the maximum safe (b)(3). speed or maximum achievable speed. (4) Set operator demand to maximum For discrete mapping, if the engine and control engine speed at (95 ±1) % of cannot be mapped to the check point its warm idle speed determined above speed, make sure the map includes at for at least 15 seconds. For engines least 20 points from 95% of warm idle with reference duty cycles whose low- to the maximum mapped speed. For est speed is greater than warm idle continuous mapping, if the engine can- speed, you may start the map at (95 ±1) not be mapped to the check point % of the lowest reference speed. speed, verify that the sweep time from (5) Perform one of the following: 95% of warm idle to the maximum (i) For any engine subject only to mapped speed is (4 to 6) min. steady-state duty cycles, you may per- (iv) Note that under § 1065.10(c)(1) we form an engine map by using discrete may allow you to disregard portions of speeds. Select at least 20 evenly spaced the map when selecting maximum test setpoints from 95% of warm idle speed speed if the specified procedure would to the highest speed above maximum result in a duty cycle that does not power at which 50% of maximum power represent in-use operation. occurs. We refer to this 50% speed as (6) Use one of the following methods the check point speed as described in to determine warm high-idle speed for paragraph (b)(5)(iii) of this section. At engines with a high-speed governor if each setpoint, stabilize speed and allow they are subject to transient testing torque to stabilize. Record the mean with a duty cycle that includes ref- speed and torque at each setpoint. Use erence speed values above 100%: linear interpolation to determine in- (i) You may use a manufacturer-de- termediate speeds and torques. Use this clared warm high-idle speed if the en- series of speeds and torques to generate gine is electronically governed. For en- the power map as described in para- gines with a high-speed governor that graph (e) of this section. shuts off torque output at a manufac- (ii) For any variable-speed engine, turer-specified speed and reactivates at you may perform an engine map by a lower manufacturer-specified speed using a continuous sweep of speed by (such as engines that use ignition cut- continuing to record the mean feed- off for governing), declare the middle back speed and torque at 1 Hz or more of the specified speed range as the frequently and increasing speed at a warm high-idle speed. constant rate such that it takes (4 to 6) (ii) Measure the warm high-idle speed min to sweep from 95% of warm idle using the following procedure: speed to the check point speed as de- (A) Set operator demand to max- scribed in paragraph (b)(5)(iii) of this imum and use the dynamometer to tar- section. Use good engineering judg- get zero torque on the engine’s primary ment to determine when to stop re- output shaft. If the mean feedback cording data to ensure that the sweep torque is within ±1% of Tmax mapped, you is complete. In most cases, this means may use the observed mean feedback that you can stop the sweep at any speed at that point as the measured point after the power falls to 50% of warm high-idle speed.

142

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00152 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.510

(B) If the engine is unstable as a re- (c) Negative torque mapping. If your sult of in-use production components engine is subject to a reference duty (such as engines that use ignition cut- cycle that specifies negative torque off for governing, as opposed to unsta- values (i.e., engine motoring), generate ble dynamometer operation), you must a motoring torque curve by any of the use the mean feedback speed from following procedures: paragraph (b)(6)(ii)(A) of this section as (1) Multiply the positive torques from the measured warm high-idle speed. your map by ¥40%. Use linear inter- The engine is considered unstable if polation to determine intermediate any of the 1 Hz speed feedback values values. are not within ±2% of the calculated (2) Map the amount of negative mean feedback speed. We recommend torque required to motor the engine by that you determine the mean as the repeating paragraph (b) of this section value representing the midpoint be- with minimum operator demand. You tween the observed maximum and min- may start the negative torque map at imum recorded feedback speed. either the minimum or maximum (C) If your dynamometer is not capa- speed from paragraph (b) of this sec- ble of achieving a mean feedback tion. ± torque within 1% of Tmax mapped, operate (3) Determine the amount of negative the engine at a second point with oper- torque required to motor the engine at ator demand set to maximum with the the following two points near the ends dynamometer set to target a torque of the engine’s speed range. Operate equal to the recorded mean feedback the engine at these two points at min- torque on the previous point plus 20% imum operator demand. Use linear in- of T . Use this data point and max mapped terpolation to determine intermediate the data point from paragraph values. (b)(6)(ii)(A) of this section to extrapo- late the engine speed where torque is (i) Low-speed point. For engines with- equal to zero. out a low-speed governor, determine (D) You may use a manufacturer-de- the amount of negative torque at warm clared T instead of the measured T idle speed. For engines with a low- max max speed governor, motor the engine above mapped. If you do this, or if you are able to determine mean feedback speed as warm idle speed so the governor is in- described in paragraphs (b)(6)(ii)(A) and active and determine the amount of (B) of this section, you may measure negative torque at that speed. the warm high-idle speed before run- (ii) High-speed point. For engines ning the speed sweep specified in para- without a high-speed governor, deter- graph (b)(5) of this section. mine the amount of negative torque at (7) For engines with a low-speed gov- the maximum safe speed or the max- ernor, if a nonzero idle torque is rep- imum representative speed. For en- resentative of in-use operation, operate gines with a high-speed governor, de- the engine at warm idle with the man- termine the amount of negative torque ufacturer-declared idle torque. Set the at a speed at or above nhi per operator demand to minimum, use the § 1065.610(c)(2). dynamometer to target the declared (4) For engines with an electric hy- idle torque, and allow the engine to brid system, map the negative torque govern the speed. Measure this speed required to motor the engine and ab- and use it as the warm idle speed for sorb any power delivered from the cycle generation in § 1065.512. We rec- RESS by repeating paragraph (g)(2) of ommend recording at least 30 values of this section with minimum operator speed and using the mean of those val- demand, stopping the sweep to dis- ues. If you identify multiple warm idle charge the RESS when the absolute in- torques under paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this stantaneous power measured from the section, measure the warm idle speed RESS drops below the expected max- at each torque. You may map the idle imum absolute power from the RESS governor at multiple load levels and by more than 2% of total system max- use this map to determine the meas- imum power (including engine motor- ured warm idle speed at the declared ing and RESS power) as determined idle torque(s). from mapping the negative torque.

143

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00153 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.510 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(d) Mapping constant-speed engines. maximum observed power; or the For constant-speed engines, generate a torque when engine stall has been de- map as follows: termined using good engineering judg- (1) Record the atmospheric pressure. ment (i.e. sudden deceleration of engine (2) Warm up the engine by operating speed while adding torque). You may it. We recommend operating the engine continue mapping at higher torque set- at approximately 75% of the engine’s points. At each setpoint, allow torque expected maximum power. Continue and speed to stabilize. Record the mean the warm-up until the engine coolant, feedback speed and torque at each set- block, or head absolute temperature is point. From this series of mean feed- within ±2% of its mean value for at back speed and torque values, use lin- least 2 min or until the engine thermo- ear interpolation to determine inter- stat controls engine temperature. mediate values. Use this series of mean (3) You may operate the engine with feedback speeds and torques to gen- a production constant-speed governor erate the power map as described in or simulate a constant-speed governor paragraph (e) of this section. by controlling engine speed with an op- (ii) For any constant-speed engine, erator demand control system de- you may perform an engine map with a scribed in § 1065.110. Use either continuous torque sweep by continuing isochronous or speed-droop governor to record the mean feedback speed and operation, as appropriate. torque at 1 Hz or more frequently. Use (4) With the governor or simulated the dynamometer to increase torque. governor controlling speed using oper- Increase the reference torque at a con- ator demand, operate the engine at no- stant rate from no-load to the endpoint load governed speed (at high speed, not torque as defined in paragraph (d)(5)(i) low idle) for at least 15 seconds. of this section. You may continue map- (5) Record at 1 Hz the mean of feed- ping at higher torque setpoints. Unless back speed and torque. Use the dyna- the standard-setting part specifies oth- mometer to increase torque at a con- erwise, target a torque sweep rate stant rate. Unless the standard-setting equal to the manufacturer-declared part specifies otherwise, complete the test torque (or a torque derived from map such that it takes (2 to 4) min to your published power level if the de- sweep from no-load governed speed to clared test torque is not known) di- the speed below maximum mapped vided by 180 seconds. Stop recording power at which the engine develops after you complete the sweep. Verify 90% of maximum mapped power. You that the average torque sweep rate may map your engine to lower speeds. over the entire map is within ±7% of Stop recording after you complete the the target torque sweep rate. Use lin- sweep. Use this series of speeds and ear interpolation to determine inter- torques to generate the power map as mediate values from this series of described in paragraph (e) of this sec- mean feedback speed and torque val- tion. ues. Use this series of mean feedback (i) For constant-speed engines sub- speeds and torques to generate the ject only to steady-state testing, you power map as described in paragraph may perform an engine map by using a (e) of this section. series of discrete torques. Select at (iii) For any isochronous governed least five evenly spaced torque set- (0% speed droop) constant-speed en- points from no-load to 80% of the man- gine, you may map the engine with two ufacturer-declared test torque or to a points as described in this paragraph torque derived from your published (d)(5)(iii). After stabilizing at the no- maximum power level if the declared load governed speed in paragraph (d)(4) test torque is unavailable. Starting at of this section, record the mean feed- the 80% torque point, select setpoints back speed and torque. Continue to op- in 2.5% or smaller intervals, stopping erate the engine with the governor or at the endpoint torque. The endpoint simulated governor controlling engine torque is defined as the first discrete speed using operator demand, and con- mapped torque value greater than the trol the dynamometer to target a speed torque at maximum observed power of 99.5% of the recorded mean no-load where the engine outputs 90% of the governed speed. Allow speed and torque

144

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00154 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.510

to stabilize. Record the mean feedback (iv) Measured intermediate speed for speed and torque. Record the target variable-speed engines according to speed. The absolute value of the speed § 1065.610. error (the mean feedback speed minus (v) For variable-speed engines with a the target speed) must be no greater low-speed governor, measure warm idle than 0.1% of the recorded mean no-load speed according to § 1065.510(b) and use governed speed. From this series of two this speed for cycle generation in mean feedback speed and torque val- § 1065.512. For engines with no low- ues, use linear interpolation to deter- speed governor, instead use the manu- mine intermediate values. Use this se- facturer-declared warm idle speed. ries of two mean feedback speeds and (2) Required declared speeds. You must torques to generate a power map as de- declare the lowest engine speed pos- scribed in paragraph (e) of this section. sible with minimum load (i.e., manu- Note that the measured maximum test facturer-declared warm idle speed). torque as determined in § 1065.610 (b)(1) This is applicable only to variable- will be the mean feedback torque re- speed engines with no low-speed gov- corded on the second point. ernor. For engines with no low-speed (e) Power mapping. For all engines, governor, the declared warm idle speed create a power-versus-speed map by is used for cycle generation in transforming torque and speed values § 1065.512. Declare this speed in a way to corresponding power values. Use the that is representative of in-use oper- mean values from the recorded map ation. For example, if your engine is data. Do not use any interpolated val- typically connected to an automatic ues. Multiply each torque by its cor- transmission or a hydrostatic trans- responding speed and apply the appro- mission, declare this speed at the idle priate conversion factors to arrive at speed at which your engine operates units of power (kW). Interpolate inter- when the transmission is engaged. mediate power values between these (3) Optional declared speeds. You may power values, which were calculated use declared speeds instead of meas- from the recorded map data. ured speeds as follows: (f) Measured and declared test speeds (i) You may use a declared value for and torques. You must select test maximum test speed for variable-speed speeds and torques for cycle generation engines if it is within (97.5 to 102.5) % as required in this paragraph (f). of the corresponding measured value. ‘‘Measured’’ values are either directly You may use a higher declared speed if measured during the engine mapping the length of the ‘‘vector’’ at the de- process or they are determined from clared speed is within 2% of the length the engine map. ‘‘Declared’’ values are of the ‘‘vector’’ at the measured value. specified by the manufacturer. When The term vector refers to the square both measured and declared values are root of the sum of normalized engine available, you may use declared test speed squared and the normalized full- speeds and torques instead of measured load power (at that speed) squared, speeds and torques if they meet the cri- consistent with the calculations in teria in this paragraph (f). Otherwise, § 1065.610. you must use measured speeds and (ii) You may use a declared value for torques derived from the engine map. intermediate, ‘‘A’’, ‘‘B’’, or ‘‘C’’ speeds (1) Measured speeds and torques. De- for steady-state tests if the declared termine the applicable speeds and value is within (97.5 to 102.5)% of the torques for the duty cycles you will corresponding measured value. run: (iii) For electronically governed en- (i) Measured maximum test speed for gines, you may use a declared warm variable-speed engines according to high-idle speed for calculating the al- § 1065.610. ternate maximum test speed as speci- (ii) Measured maximum test torque fied in § 1065.610. for constant-speed engines according to (4) Required declared torques. If a § 1065.610. nonzero idle or minimum torque is rep- (iii) Measured ‘‘A’’, ‘‘B’’, and ‘‘C’’ resentative of in-use operation, you speeds for variable-speed engines ac- must declare the appropriate torque as cording to § 1065.610. follows:

145

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00155 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.510 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(i) For variable-speed engines, de- rather than the engine. Follow the clare a warm idle torque that is rep- steps for mapping a variable-speed en- resentative of in-use operation. For ex- gine as given in paragraph (b)(5) of this ample, if your engine is typically con- section except as noted in this para- nected to an automatic transmission or graph (g). You must generate one en- a hydrostatic transmission, declare the gine map with the hybrid system inac- torque that occurs at the idle speed at tive as described in paragraph (g)(1) of which your engine operates when the this section, and a separate map with transmission is engaged. Use this value the hybrid system active as described for cycle generation. You may use mul- in paragraph (g)(2) of this section. See tiple warm idle torques and associated the standard-setting part to determine idle speeds in cycle generation for rep- how to use these maps. The map with resentative testing. For example, for the system inactive is typically used to cycles that start the engine and begin generate steady-state duty cycles, but with idle, you may start a cycle in idle may also be used to generate transient with the transmission in neutral with cycles, such as those that do not in- zero torque and later switch to a dif- volve engine motoring. This hybrid-in- ferent idle with the transmission in active map is also used for generating drive with the Curb-Idle Transmission the hybrid-active map. The hybrid-ac- Torque (CITT). For variable-speed en- tive map is typically used to generate gines intended primarily for propulsion transient duty cycles that involve en- of a vehicle with an automatic trans- gine motoring. mission where that engine is subject to (1) Prepare the engine for mapping by a transient duty cycle with idle oper- either deactivating the hybrid system ation, you must declare a CITT. You or by operating the engine as specified must specify a CITT based on typical in paragraph (b)(4) of this section and applications at the mean of the range remaining at this condition until the of idle speeds you specify at stabilized rechargeable energy storage system temperature conditions. (RESS) is depleted. Once the hybrid (ii) For constant-speed engines, de- has been disabled or the RESS is declare a warm minimum torque that is pleted, perform an engine map as speci- representative of in-use operation. For fied in paragraph (b)(5) of this section. example, if your engine is typically If the RESS was depleted instead of de- connected to a machine that does not activated, ensure that instantaneous operate below a certain minimum power from the RESS remains less torque, declare this torque and use it than 2% of the instantaneous measured for cycle generation. power from the engine (or engine-hy- (5) Optional declared torques. (i) For brid system) at all engine speeds. variable-speed engines you may declare (2) The purpose of the mapping proce- a maximum torque over the engine op- dure in this paragraph (g) is to deter- erating range. You may use the de- mine the maximum torque available at clared value for measuring warm high- each speed, such as what might occur idle speed as specified in this section. during transient operation with a fully (ii) For constant-speed engines you charged RESS. Use one of the following may declare a maximum test torque. methods to generate a hybrid-active You may use the declared value for map: cycle generation if it is within (95 to (i) Perform an engine map by using a 100) % of the measured value. series of continuous sweeps to cover (g) Mapping variable-speed engines the engine’s full range of operating with an electric hybrid system. Map vari- speeds. Prepare the engine for hybrid- able-speed engines that include electric active mapping by ensuring that the hybrid systems as described in this RESS state of charge is representative paragraph (g). You may ask to apply of normal operation. Perform the these provisions to other types of hy- sweep as specified in paragraph brid engines, consistent with good en- (b)(5)(ii) of this section, but stop the gineering judgment. However, do not sweep to charge the RESS when the use this procedure for engines used in power measured from the RESS drops hybrid vehicles where the hybrid sys- below the expected maximum power tem is certified as part of the vehicle from the RESS by more than 2% of

146

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00156 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.512

total system power (including engine power occurs. We refer to the speed at and RESS power). Unless good engi- 50% power as the check point speed as neering judgment indicates otherwise, described in paragraph (b)(5)(iii) of this assume that the expected maximum section. Stabilize engine speed at each power from the RESS is equal to the setpoint, targeting a torque value at measured RESS power at the start of 70% of peak torque at that speed with- the sweep segment. For example, if the out hybrid-assist. Make sure the engine 3-second rolling average of total en- is fully warmed up and the RESS state gine-RESS power is 200 kW and the of charge is within the normal oper- power from the RESS at the beginning ating range. Snap the operator demand of the sweep segment is 50 kW, once the to maximum, operate the engine there power from the RESS reaches 46 kW, for at least 10 seconds, and record the stop the sweep to charge the RESS. 3-second rolling average feedback speed Note that this assumption is not valid and torque at 1 Hz or higher. Record where the hybrid motor is torque-lim- the peak 3-second average torque and 3- ited. Calculate total system power as a second average speed at that point. Use 3-second rolling average of instanta- linear interpolation to determine in- neous total system power. After each termediate speeds and torques. Follow charging event, stabilize the engine for § 1065.610(a) to calculate the maximum 15 seconds at the speed at which you test speed. Verify that the measured ended the previous segment with oper- maximum test speed falls in the range ator demand set to maximum before from 92 to 108% of the estimated max- continuing the sweep from that speed. imum test speed. If the measured max- Repeat the cycle of charging, mapping, imum test speed does not fall in this and recharging until you have com- range, rerun the map using the meas- pleted the engine map. You may shut ured value of maximum test speed. down the system or include other oper- (h) Other mapping procedures. You ation between segments to be con- may use other mapping procedures if sistent with the intent of this para- you believe the procedures specified in graph (g)(2)(i). For example, for sys- this section are unsafe or unrepre- tems in which continuous charging and sentative for your engine. Any alter- discharging can overheat batteries to nate techniques you use must satisfy an extent that affects performance, the intent of the specified mapping you may operate the engine at zero procedures, which is to determine the power from the RESS for enough time maximum available torque at all en- after the system is recharged to allow gine speeds that occur during a duty the batteries to cool. Use good engi- cycle. Identify any deviations from this neering judgment to smooth the torque section’s mapping procedures when you curve to eliminate discontinuities be- submit data to us. tween map intervals. (ii) Perform an engine map by using [73 FR 37315, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 discrete speeds. Select map setpoints FR 59330, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23042, Apr. 30, at intervals defined by the ranges of 2010; 76 FR 57448, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23773, engine speed being mapped. From 95% Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74169, Oct. 25, 2016] of warm idle speed to 90% of the ex- § 1065.512 Duty cycle generation. pected maximum test speed, select setpoints that result in a minimum of 13 (a) Generate duty cycles according to equally spaced speed setpoints. From this section if the standard-setting 90% to 110% of expected maximum test part requires engine mapping to gen- speed, select setpoints in equally erate a duty cycle for your engine con- spaced intervals that are nominally 2% figuration. The standard-setting part of expected maximum test speed. generally defines applicable duty cy- Above 110% of expected maximum test cles in a normalized format. A normal- speed, select setpoints based on the ized duty cycle consists of a sequence same speed intervals used for mapping of paired values for speed and torque or from 95% warm idle speed to 90% max- for speed and power. imum test speed. You may stop map- (b) Transform normalized values of ping at the highest speed above max- speed, torque, and power using the fol- imum power at which 50% of maximum lowing conventions:

147

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00157 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.512 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(1) Engine speed for variable-speed en- ditions you may command Tref greater gines. For variable-speed engines, nor- than the reference torque you cal- malized speed may be expressed as a culated from a normalized duty cycle. percentage between warm idle speed, This provision permits you to com- fnidle, and maximum test speed, fntest, or mand Tref values that are limited by a speed may be expressed by referring to declared minimum torque. For any a defined speed by name, such as negative torque commands, command ‘‘warm idle,’’ ‘‘intermediate speed,’’ or minimum operator demand and use the ‘‘A,’’ ‘‘B,’’ or ‘‘C’’ speed. Section dynamometer to control engine speed 1065.610 describes how to transform to the reference speed, but if reference these normalized values into a se- speed is so low that the idle governor quence of reference speeds, fnref. Run- activates, we recommend using the dy- ning duty cycles with negative or small namometer to control torque to zero, normalized speed values near warm CITT, or a declared minimum torque as idle speed may cause low-speed idle appropriate. Note that you may omit governors to activate and the engine power and torque points during motor- torque to exceed the reference torque ing from the cycle-validation criteria even though the operator demand is at in § 1065.514. Also, use the maximum a minimum. In such cases, we rec- mapped torque at the minimum ommend controlling the dynamometer mapped speed as the maximum torque so it gives priority to follow the ref- for any reference speed at or below the erence torque instead of the reference minimum mapped speed. speed and let the engine govern the (3) Engine torque for constant-speed en- speed. Note that the cycle-validation gines. For constant-speed engines, nor- criteria in § 1065.514 allow an engine to malized torque is expressed as a per- govern itself. This allowance permits centage of maximum test torque, Ttest. you to test engines with enhanced-idle Section 1065.610 describes how to trans- devices and to simulate the effects of form normalized torques into a se- transmissions such as automatic trans- quence of reference torques, Tref. Sec- missions. For example, an enhanced- tion 1065.610 also describes under what idle device might be an idle speed value conditions you may command Tref that is normally commanded only greater than the reference torque you under cold-start conditions to quickly calculated from the normalized duty warm up the engine and aftertreatment cycle. This provision permits you to devices. In this case, negative and very command Tref values that are limited low normalized speeds will generate by a declared minimum torque. reference speeds below this higher en- (4) Engine power. For all engines, nor- hanced idle speed and we recommend malized power is expressed as a per- controlling the dynamometer so it centage of mapped power at maximum gives priority to follow the reference test speed, fntest, unless otherwise speci- torque, controlling the operator de- fied by the standard-setting part. Sec- mand so it gives priority to follow ref- tion 1065.610 describes how to trans- erence speed and let the engine govern form these normalized values into a se- the speed when the operator demand is quence of reference powers, Pref. Con- at minimum. vert these reference powers to cor- (2) Engine torque for variable-speed en- responding torques for operator de- gines. For variable-speed engines, nor- mand and dynamometer control. Use malized torque is expressed as a per- the reference speed associated with centage of the mapped torque at the each reference power point for this con- corresponding reference speed. Section version. As with cycles specified with 1065.610 describes how to transform nor- % torque, issue torque commands more malized torques into a sequence of ref- frequently and linearly interpolate be- erence torques, Tref. Section 1065.610 tween these reference torque values also describes special requirements for generated from cycles with % power. modifying transient duty cycles for (5) Ramped-modal cycles. For ramped- variable-speed engines intended pri- modal cycles, generate reference speed marily for propulsion of a vehicle with and torque values at 1 Hz and use this an automatic transmission. Section sequence of points to run the cycle and 1065.610 also describes under what con- validate it in the same manner as with

148

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00158 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.514

a transient cycle. During the transi- modal). Linearly interpolate between tion between modes, linearly ramp the the 1 Hz reference values specified in denormalized reference speed and the standard-setting part to determine torque values between modes to gen- more frequently issued reference erate reference points at 1 Hz. Do not torque values. During an emission test, linearly ramp the normalized reference record the feedback speeds and torques torque values between modes and then at a frequency of at least 5 Hz for tran- denormalize them. Do not linearly sient cycles and at least 1 Hz for ramp normalized or denormalized ref- steady-state cycles. For transient cy- erence power points. These cases will cles, you may record the feedback produce nonlinear torque ramps in the speeds and torques at lower frequencies denormalized reference torques. If the (as low as 1 Hz) if you record the aver- speed and torque ramp runs through a age value over the time interval be- point above the engine’s torque curve, tween recorded values. Calculate the continue to command the reference average values based on feedback val- torques and allow the operator demand ues updated at a frequency of at least to go to maximum. Note that you may 5 Hz. Use these recorded values to cal- omit power and either torque or speed culate cycle-validation statistics and points from the cycle-validation cri- total work. teria under these conditions as speci- (e) You may perform practice duty fied in § 1065.514. cycles with the test engine to optimize (c) For variable-speed engines, com- operator demand and dynamometer mand reference speeds and torques se- controls to meet the cycle-validation quentially to perform a duty cycle. criteria specified in § 1065.514. Issue speed and torque commands at a [73 FR 37317, June 30, 2008, as amended at 79 frequency of at least 5 Hz for transient FR 23774, Apr. 28, 2014] cycles and at least 1 Hz for steady- state cycles (i.e., discrete-mode and § 1065.514 Cycle-validation criteria for ramped-modal). Linearly interpolate operation over specified duty cy- between the 1 Hz reference values spec- cles. ified in the standard-setting part to de- Validate the execution of your duty termine more frequently issued ref- cycle according to this section unless erence speeds and torques. During an the standard-setting part specifies oth- emission test, record the feedback erwise. This section describes how to speeds and torques at a frequency of at determine if the engine’s operation least 5 Hz for transient cycles and at during the test adequately matched the least 1 Hz for steady-state cycles. For reference duty cycle. This section ap- transient cycles, you may record the plies only to speed, torque, and power feedback speeds and torques at lower from the engine’s primary output frequencies (as low as 1 Hz) if you shaft. Other work inputs and outputs record the average value over the time are not subject to cycle-validation cri- interval between recorded values. Cal- teria. You must compare the original culate the average values based on reference duty cycle points generated feedback values updated at a frequency as described in § 1065.512 to the cor- of at least 5 Hz. Use these recorded val- responding feedback values recorded ues to calculate cycle-validation sta- during the test. You may compare ref- tistics and total work. erence duty cycle points recorded dur- (d) For constant-speed engines, oper- ing the test to the corresponding feed- ate the engine with the same produc- back values recorded during the test as tion governor you used to map the en- long as the recorded reference values gine in § 1065.510 or simulate the in-use match the original points generated in operation of a governor the same way § 1065.512. The number of points in the you simulated it to map the engine in validation regression are based on the § 1065.510. Command reference torque number of points in the original ref- values sequentially to perform a duty erence duty cycle generated in cycle. Issue torque commands at a fre- § 1065.512. For example if the original quency of at least 5 Hz for transient cy- cycle has 1199 reference points at 1 Hz, cles and at least 1 Hz for steady-state then the regression will have up to 1199 cycles (i.e., discrete-mode, ramped- pairs of reference and feedback values

149

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00159 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.514 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

at the corresponding moments in the those specifications. We will approve test. The feedback speed and torque your request as long as using the alter- signals may be filtered—either in real- nate equipment does not adversely af- time while the test is run or afterward fect your ability to show compliance in the analysis program. Any filtering with the applicable emission standards. that is used on the feedback signals (c) Time-alignment. Because time lag used for cycle validation must also be between feedback values and the ref- used for calculating work. Feedback erence values may bias cycle-valida- signals for control loops may use dif- tion results, you may advance or delay ferent filtering. the entire sequence of feedback engine (a) Testing performed by EPA. Our speed and torque pairs to synchronize tests must meet the specifications of paragraph (f) of this section, unless we them with the reference sequence. If determine that failing to meet the you advance or delay feedback signals specifications is related to engine per- for cycle validation, you must make formance rather than to shortcomings the same adjustment for calculating of the dynamometer or other labora- work. You may use linear interpolation tory equipment. between successive recorded feedback (b) Testing performed by manufacturers. signals to time shift an amount that is Emission tests that meet the specifica- a fraction of the recording period. tions of paragraph (f) of this section (d) Omitting additional points. Besides satisfy the standard-setting part’s re- engine cranking, you may omit addi- quirements for duty cycles. You may tional points from cycle-validation sta- ask to use a dynamometer or other lab- tistics as described in the following oratory equipment that cannot meet table:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.514—PERMISSIBLE CRITERIA FOR OMITTING POINTS FROM DUTY-CYCLE REGRESSION STATISTICS

When operator demand is at its . . . you may omit . . . if . . .

For reference duty cycles that are specified in terms of speed and torque (fnref, Tref)

minimum ...... power and torque ...... Tref <0% (motoring). minimum ...... power and speed ...... fnref = 0% (idle speed) and Tref = 0% (idle torque) and Tref ¥ (2% · Tmax mapped) fnref or T >Tref but not if fn >(fnref · 102%) and T >Tref ± (2% · Tmax or speed. mapped). maximum ...... power and either torque fn

For reference duty cycles that are specified in terms of speed and power (fnref, Pref)

minimum ...... power and torque ...... Pref <0% (motoring). minimum ...... power and speed ...... fnref = 0% (idle speed) and Pref = 0% (idle power) and Pref ¥ (2% · Pmax mapped)

fnref or P >Pref but not if fn >(fnref · 102%) and P >Pref + (2% · Pmax or speed. mapped). maximum ...... power and either torque fn

(e) Statistical parameters. Use the re- gine. Calculate the following regres- maining points to calculate regression sion statistics:

statistics described in § 1065.602. Round (1) Slopes for feedback speed, a1fn, calculated regression statistics to the feedback torque, a1T, and feedback same number of significant digits as power a1P. the criteria to which they are com- (2) Intercepts for feedback speed, a0fn, pared. Refer to Table 2 of § 1065.514 for feedback torque, a0T, and feedback the default criteria and refer to the power a0P. standard-setting part to determine if (3) Standard estimates of error for there are other criteria for your en- feedback speed, SEEfn, feedback torque, SEET, and feedback power SEEP.

150

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00160 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.516

(4) Coefficients of determination for (3) For discrete-mode steady-state 2 feedback speed, r fn, feedback torque, testing, apply cycle-validation criteria 2 2 r T, and feedback power r P. by treating the sampling periods from (f) Cycle-validation criteria. Unless the the series of test modes as a contin- standard-setting part specifies other- uous sampling period, analogous to wise, use the following criteria to vali- ramped-modal testing and apply statis- date a duty cycle: tical criteria as described in paragraph (1) For variable-speed engines, apply (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section. Note that all the statistical criteria in Table 2 of if the gaseous and particulate test in- this section. tervals are different periods of time, (2) For constant-speed engines, apply separate validations are required for only the statistical criteria for torque the gaseous and particulate test inter- in Table 2 of this section. vals. Table 2 follows:

TABLE 2 OF § 1065.514—DEFAULT STATISTICAL CRITERIA FOR VALIDATING DUTY CYCLES

Parameter Speed Torque Power

Slope, a1 ...... 0.950 ≤a1 ≤1.030 ...... 0.830 ≤a1 ≤1.030 ...... 0.830 ≤a1 ≤1.030. Absolute value of intercept, |a0| ≤10% of warm idle ...... ≤2% of maximum mapped ≤2% of maximum mapped torque. power. Standard error of estimate, ≤5% of maximum test speed ≤10% of maximum mapped ≤10% of maximum mapped SEE. torque. power. Coefficient of determination, r2 ≥0.970 ...... ≥0.850 ...... ≥0.910.

[73 FR 37318, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 59330, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23042, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 57450, Sept. 15, 2011]

§ 1065.516 Sample system decon- emissions by sampling with the CVS tamination and preconditioning. dilution air turned on, without an en- This section describes how to manage gine connected to it. the impact of sampling system con- (2) For raw analyzers and systems tamination on emission measurements. that collect PM samples from raw ex- Use good engineering judgment to de- haust, measure hydrocarbon and PM termine if you should decontaminate emissions by sampling purified air or and precondition your sampling sys- nitrogen. tem. Contamination occurs when a reg- (3) When calculating zero emission ulated pollutant accumulates in the levels, apply all applicable corrections, sample system in a high enough con- including initial THC contamination centration to cause release during and diluted (CVS) exhaust background emission tests. Hydrocarbons and PM corrections. are generally the only regulated pollut- (4) Sampling systems are considered ants that contaminate sample systems. contaminated if either of the following Note that although this section focuses conditions applies: on avoiding excessive contamination of (i) The hydrocarbon emission level sampling systems, you must also use exceeds 2% of the flow-weighted mean good engineering judgment to avoid concentration expected at the HC loss of sample to a sampling system standard. that is too clean. The goal of decon- (ii) The PM emission level exceeds tamination is not to perfectly clean 5% of the level expected at the stand- the sampling system, but rather to ard and exceeds 20 μg on a 47 mm PTFE achieve equilibrium between the sam- membrane filter. pling system and the exhaust so emis- (b) To precondition or decontaminate sion components are neither lost to nor sampling systems, use the following entrained from the sampling system. recommended procedure or select a dif- (a) You may perform contamination ferent procedure using good engineer- checks as follows to determine if de- ing judgment: contamination is needed: (1) Start the engine and use good en- (1) For dilute exhaust sampling sys- gineering judgment to operate it at a tems, measure hydrocarbon and PM condition that generates high exhaust

151

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00161 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.518 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

temperatures at the sample probe during preconditioning. For confirm- inlet. atory testing, you may ask us to run (2) Operate any dilution systems at more preconditioning cycles than we their expected flow rates. Prevent specify in this paragraph (c); we will aqueous condensation in the dilution agree to this only if you show that ad- systems. ditional preconditioning cycles are re- (3) Operate any PM sampling systems quired to meet the intent of paragraph at their expected flow rates. (b) of this section, for example, due to (4) Sample PM for at least 10 min the effect of DPF regeneration on NH3 using any sample media. You may storage in the SCR catalyst. Perform change sample media at any time dur- preconditioning as follows, noting that ing this process and you may discard the specific cycles for preconditioning them without weighing them. are the same ones that apply for emis- (5) You may purge any gaseous sam- sion testing: pling systems that do not require de- (1) Cold-start transient cycle. Pre- contamination during this procedure. condition the engine by running at (6) You may conduct calibrations or least one hot-start transient cycle. We verifications on any idle equipment or will precondition your engine by run- analyzers during this procedure. ning two hot-start transient cycles. (c) If your sampling system is still Immediately after completing each contaminated following the procedures preconditioning cycle, shut down the specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- engine and complete the engine-off tion, you may use more aggressive pro- soak period. Immediately after com- cedures to decontaminate the sampling pleting the last preconditioning cycle, system, as long as the decontamination shut down the engine and begin the does not cause the sampling system to cold soak as described in § 1065.530(a)(1). be cleaner than an equilibrium condi- (2) Hot-start transient cycle. Pre- tion such that artificially low emission condition the engine by running at measurements may result. least one hot-start transient cycle. We [79 FR 23774, Apr. 28, 2014] will precondition your engine by running two hot-start transient cycles. § 1065.518 Engine preconditioning. Immediately after completing each (a) This section applies for engines preconditioning cycle, shut down the where measured emissions are affected engine, then start the next cycle (in- by prior operation, such as with a die- cluding the emission test) as soon as sel engine that relies on urea-based se- practical. For any repeat cycles, start lective catalytic reduction. Note that the next cycle within 60 seconds after § 1065.520(e) allows you to run practice completing the last preconditioning duty cycles before the emission test; cycle (this is optional for manufacturer this section recommends how to do this testing). for the purpose of preconditioning the (3) Hot-running transient cycle. Pre- engine. Follow the standard-setting condition the engine by running at part if it specifies a different engine least one hot-running transient cycle. preconditioning procedure. We will precondition your engine by (b) The intent of engine precondi- running two hot-running transient cy- tioning is to manage the representa- cles. Do not shut down the engine be- tiveness of emissions and emission con- tween cycles. Immediately after com- trols over the duty cycle and to reduce pleting each preconditioning cycle, bias. start the next cycle (including the (c) This paragraph (c) specifies the emission test) as soon as practical. For engine preconditioning procedures for any repeat cycles, start the next cycle different types of duty cycles. You within 60 seconds after completing the must identify the amount of precondi- last preconditioning cycle (this is op- tioning before starting to precondition. tional for manufacturer testing). See You must run the predefined amount of § 1065.530(a)(1)(iii) for additional in- preconditioning. You may measure structions if the cycle begins and ends emissions during preconditioning. You under different operating conditions. may not abort an emission test se- (4) Discrete-mode cycle for steady-state quence based on emissions measured testing. Precondition the engine at the

152

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00162 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.520

same operating condition as the next hot start test interval for testing that test mode, unless the standard-setting also includes a cold start. part specifies otherwise. We will pre- (3) Dilution air conditions as speci- condition your engine by running it for fied in § 1065.140, except in cases where at least five minutes before sampling. you preheat your CVS before a cold (5) Ramped-modal cycle for steady-state start test. We recommend verifying di- testing. Precondition the engine by run- lution air conditions just prior to the ning at least the second half of the start of each test interval. ramped-modal cycle, based on the num- (c) You may test engines at any in- ber of test modes. For example, for the take-air humidity, and we may test en- five-mode cycle specified in 40 CFR gines at any intake-air humidity. 1039.505(b)(1), the second half of the (d) Verify that auxiliary-work inputs cycle consists of modes three through and outputs are configured as they five. We will precondition your engine were during engine mapping, as de- by running one complete ramped- scribed in § 1065.510(a). modal cycle. Do not shut down the en- (e) You may perform a final calibra- gine between cycles. Immediately after tion of the speed, torque, and propor- completing each preconditioning cycle, tional-flow control systems, which may start the next cycle (including the include performing practice duty cy- emission test) as soon as practical. For cles (or portions of duty cycles). This any repeat cycles, start the next cycle may be done in conjunction with the within 60 seconds after completing the preconditioning in § 1065.518. last preconditioning cycle. See § 1065.530(a)(1)(iii) for additional in- (f) Verify the amount of nonmethane structions if the cycle begins and ends hydrocarbon contamination in the ex- under different operating conditions. haust and background HC sampling systems within 8 hours before the start (d) You may conduct calibrations or of the first test interval of each duty- verifications on any idle equipment or cycle sequence for laboratory tests. analyzers during engine precondi- You may verify the contamination of a tioning. background HC sampling system by [79 FR 23774, Apr. 28, 2014] reading the last bag fill and purge using zero gas. For any NMHC meas- § 1065.520 Pre-test verification proce- urement system that involves sepa- dures and pre-test data collection. rately measuring CH4 and subtracting (a) For tests in which you measure it from a THC measurement or for any PM emissions, follow the procedures CH4 measurement system that uses an for PM sample preconditioning and NMC, verify the amount of THC con- tare weighing according to § 1065.590. tamination using only the THC ana- (b) Unless the standard-setting part lyzer response. There is no need to op- specifies different tolerances, verify at erate any separate CH4 analyzer for some point before the test that ambi- this verification; however, you may ent conditions are within the toler- measure and correct for THC contami- ances specified in this paragraph (b). nation in the CH4 sample path for the For purposes of this paragraph (b), cases where NMHC is determined by ‘‘before the test’’ means any time from subtracting CH4 from THC or, where a point just prior to engine starting CH4 is determined, using an NMC as (excluding engine restarts) to the point configured in § 1065.365(d), (e), and (f); at which emission sampling begins. and using the calculations in (1) Ambient temperature of (20 to 30) § 1065.660(b)(2). Perform this °C. See § 1065.530(j) for circumstances verification as follows: under which ambient temperatures (1) Select the HC analyzer range for must remain within this range during measuring the flow-weighted mean the test. concentration expected at the HC (2) Atmospheric pressure of (80.000 to standard. 103.325) kPa and within ±5 kPa of the (2) Zero the HC analyzer at the ana- value recorded at the time of the last lyzer zero or sample port. Note that engine map. You are not required to FID zero and span balance gases may verify atmospheric pressure prior to a be any combination of purified air or

153

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00163 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.525 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

purified nitrogen that meets the speci- (i) 2% of the flow-weighted mean con- fications of § 1065.750. We recommend centration expected at the HC (THC or FID analyzer zero and span gases that NMHC) standard. contain approximately the flow- (ii) 2% of the flow-weighted mean weighted mean concentration of O2 ex- concentration of HC (THC or NMHC) pected during testing. measured during testing. (3) Span the HC analyzer using span (iii) 2 μmol/mol. gas introduced at the analyzer span or (9) If corrective action does not re- sample port. Span on a carbon number solve the deficiency, you may request to use the contaminated system as an basis of one (C1). For example, if you alternate procedure under § 1065.10. use a C3H8 span gas of concentration 200 μmol/mol, span the FID to respond [79 FR 23775, Apr. 28, 2014] with a value of 600 μmol/mol. (4) Overflow zero gas at the HC probe § 1065.525 Engine starting, restarting, inlet or into a tee near the probe out- and shutdown. let. (a) For test intervals that require (5) Measure the THC concentration in emission sampling during engine start- the sampling and background systems ing, start the engine using one of the as follows: following methods: (i) For continuous sampling, record (1) Start the engine as recommended the mean THC concentration as over- in the owners manual using a produc- flow zero gas flows. tion starter motor or air-start system (ii) For batch sampling, fill the sam- and either an adequately charged bat- ple medium (e.g., bag) and record its tery, a suitable power supply, or a suit- mean THC concentration. able compressed air source. (iii) For the background system, (2) Use the dynamometer to start the record the mean THC concentration of engine. To do this, motor the engine ± the last fill and purge. within 25% of its typical in-use cranking speed. Stop cranking within 1 sec- (6) Record this value as the initial ond of starting the engine. THC concentration, x , and THC[THC-FID]init (3) In the case of hybrid engines, acti- use it to correct measured values as de- vate the system such that the engine scribed in § 1065.660. will start when its control algorithms (7) You may correct the measured determine that the engine should pro- initial THC concentration for drift as vide power instead of or in addition to follows: power from the RESS. Unless we speci- (i) For batch and continuous HC ana- fy otherwise, engine starting through- lyzers, after determining the initial out this part generally refers to this THC concentration, flow zero gas to step of activating the system on hybrid the analyzer zero or sample port. When engines, whether or not that causes the the analyzer reading is stable, record engine to start running. the mean analyzer value. (b) If the engine does not start after (ii) Flow span gas to the analyzer 15 seconds of cranking, stop cranking span or sample port. When the analyzer and determine why the engine failed to reading is stable, record the mean ana- start, unless the owners manual or the lyzer value. service-repair manual describes the (iii) Use mean analyzer values from longer cranking time as normal. paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3), (f)(7)(i), and (c) Respond to engine stalling with (f)(7)(ii) of this section to correct the the following steps: initial THC concentration recorded in (1) If the engine stalls during warm- paragraph (f)(6) of this section for drift, up before emission sampling begins, re- as described in § 1065.550. start the engine and continue warm-up. (8) If any of the xTHC[THC-FID]init values (2) If the engine stalls during pre- exceed the greatest of the following conditioning before emission sampling values, determine the source of the begins, restart the engine and restart contamination and take corrective ac- the preconditioning sequence. tion, such as purging the system dur- (3) Void the entire test if the engine ing an additional preconditioning cycle stalls at any time after emission sam- or replacing contaminated portions: pling begins, except as described in

154

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00164 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.530

§ 1065.526. If you do not void the entire duty cycle as specified in the standard- test, you must void the individual test setting part. mode or test interval in which the en- (d) If an individual mode of a dis- gine stalls. crete-mode duty cycle sequence is void- (d) Shut down the engine according ed after running the full duty cycle, to the manufacturer’s specifications. you may void results for that mode and repeat testing for that mode as follows: [73 FR 37320, June 30, 2008, as amended at 75 (1) Use good engineering judgment to FR 68463, Nov. 8, 2010; 76 FR 57451, Sept. 15, restart the test sequence using the ap- 2011] propriate steps in § 1065.530(b). (2) Stabilize the engine by operating § 1065.526 Repeating of void modes or test intervals. it at that mode. (3) Sample emissions over an appro- (a) Test modes and test intervals can priate test interval. be voided because of instrument mal- (4) If you sampled gaseous and PM function, engine stalling, emissions ex- emissions over separate test intervals ceeding instrument ranges, and other for a voided mode, you must void both unexpected deviations from the speci- test intervals and repeat sampling of fied procedures. This section specifies both gaseous and PM emissions for circumstances for which a test mode or that mode. test interval can be repeated without (e) If a transient or ramped-modal repeating the entire test. cycle test interval is voided as pro- (b) This section is intended to result vided in this section, you may repeat in replicate test modes and test inter- the test interval as follows: vals that are identical to what would (1) Use good engineering judgment to have occurred if the cause of the void- restart (as applicable) and precondition ing had not occurred. It does not allow the engine to the same condition as you to repeat test modes or test inter- would apply for normal testing. This vals in any circumstances that would may require you to complete the void- be inconsistent with good engineering ed test interval. For example, you may judgment. For example, the procedures generally repeat a hot-start test of a specified here for repeating a mode or heavy-duty highway engine after com- interval may not apply for certain en- pleting the voided hot-start test and gines that include hybrid energy stor- allowing the engine to soak for 20 min- age features or emission controls that utes. involve physical or chemical storage of (2) Complete the remainder of the pollutants. This section applies for cir- test according to the provisions in this cumstances in which emission con- subpart. centrations exceed the analyzer range (f) Keep records from the voided test only if it is due to operator error or an- mode or test interval in the same man- alyzer malfunction. It does not apply ner as required for unvoided tests. for circumstances in which the emis- [79 FR 23776, Apr. 28, 2014] sion concentrations exceed the range because they were higher than ex- § 1065.530 Emission test sequence. pected. (a) Time the start of testing as fol- (c) If one of the modes of a discrete- lows: mode duty cycle is voided while run- (1) Perform one of the following if ning the duty cycle as provided in this you precondition the engine as de- section, you may void the results for scribed in § 1065.518: that individual mode and continue the (i) For cold-start duty cycles, shut duty cycle as follows: down the engine. Unless the standard- (1) If the engine has stalled or been setting part specifies that you may shut down, restart the engine. only perform a natural engine (2) Use good engineering judgment to cooldown, you may perform a forced restart the duty cycle using the appro- engine cooldown. Use good engineering priate steps in § 1065.530(b). judgment to set up systems to send (3) Stabilize the engine by operating cooling air across the engine, to send it at the mode at which the duty cycle cool oil through the engine lubrication was interrupted and continue with the system, to remove heat from coolant

155

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00165 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.530 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

through the engine cooling system, and peak-torque speed and at (65 to 85) % of to remove heat from any exhaust maximum mapped power until either aftertreatment systems. In the case of the engine coolant, block, or head ab- a forced aftertreatment cooldown, good solute temperature is within ±2% of its engineering judgment would indicate mean value for at least 2 min or until that you not start flowing cooling air the engine thermostat controls engine until the aftertreatment system has temperature. Shut down the engine. cooled below its catalytic activation Start the duty cycle within 20 min of temperature. For platinum-group engine shutdown. metal catalysts, this temperature is (iii) For testing that involves hot- about 200 °C. Once the aftertreatment stabilized emission measurements, system has naturally cooled below its bring the engine either to warm idle or catalytic activation temperature, good the first operating point of the duty engineering judgment would indicate cycle. Start the test within 10 min of that you use clean air with a tempera- achieving temperature stability. Deter- ture of at least 15 °C, and direct the air mine temperature stability either as through the aftertreatment system in the point at which the engine coolant, the normal direction of exhaust flow. block, or head absolute temperature is Do not use any cooling procedure that within ±2% of its mean value for at results in unrepresentative emissions least 2 min, or as the point at which (see § 1065.10(c)(1)). You may start a the engine thermostat controls engine cold-start duty cycle when the tem- temperature. peratures of an engine’s lubricant, (b) Take the following steps before coolant, and aftertreatment systems emission sampling begins: are all between (20 and 30) °C. (1) For batch sampling, connect clean (ii) For hot-start emission measure- storage media, such as evacuated bags ments, shut down the engine imme- or tare-weighed filters. diately after completing the last pre- (2) Start all measurement instru- conditioning cycle. For any repeat cy- ments according to the instrument cles, start the hot-start transient emis- manufacturer’s instructions and using sion test within 60 seconds after com- good engineering judgment. pleting the last preconditioning cycle (3) Start dilution systems, sample (this is optional for manufacturer test- pumps, cooling fans, and the data-col- ing). lection system. (iii) For testing that involves hot- stabilized emission measurements, (4) Pre-heat or pre-cool heat exchang- such as any steady-state testing with a ers in the sampling system to within ramped-modal cycle, start the hot-sta- their operating temperature tolerances bilized emission test within 60 seconds for a test. after completing the last precondi- (5) Allow heated or cooled compo- tioning cycle (the time between cycles nents such as sample lines, filters, is optional for manufacturer testing). chillers, and pumps to stabilize at their If the hot-stabilized cycle begins and operating temperatures. ends with different operating condi- (6) Verify that there are no signifi- tions, add a linear transition period of cant vacuum-side leaks according to 20 seconds between hot-stabilized cy- § 1065.345. cles where you linearly ramp the (7) Adjust the sample flow rates to (denormalized) reference speed and desired levels, using bypass flow, if de- torque values over the transition pe- sired. riod. See § 1065.501(c)(2)(i) for discrete- (8) Zero or re-zero any electronic in- mode cycles. tegrating devices, before the start of (2) If you do not precondition the en- any test interval. gine as described in § 1065.518, perform (9) Select gas analyzer ranges. You one of the following: may automatically or manually switch (i) For cold-start duty cycles, prepare gas analyzer ranges during a test only the engine according to paragraph if switching is performed by changing (a)(1)(i) of this section. the span over which the digital resolu- (ii) For hot-start duty cycles, first tion of the instrument is applied. Dur- operate the engine at any speed above ing a test you may not switch the gains

156

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00166 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.530

of an analyzer’s analog operational am- Simultaneously start any electronic plifier(s). integrating devices, continuous data (10) Zero and span all continuous recording, and batch sampling. We rec- analyzers using NIST-traceable gases ommend that you stabilize the engine that meet the specifications of for at least 5 minutes for each mode. § 1065.750. Span FID analyzers on a car- Once sampling begins, sample continu- bon number basis of one (1), C1. For ex- ously for at least 1 minute. Note that ample, if you use a C3H8 span gas of longer sample times may be needed for concentration 200 μmol/mol, span the accurately measuring very low emis- FID to respond with a value of 600 sion levels. μ mol/mol. Span FID analyzers con- (2) For transient and steady-state sistent with the determination of their ramped-modal duty cycles that do not respective response factors, RF, and include engine starting, start the test penetration fractions, PF, according to interval with the engine running as § 1065.365. soon as practical after completing en- (11) We recommend that you verify gas analyzer responses after zeroing gine preconditioning. Simultaneously and spanning by sampling a calibration start any electronic integrating de- gas that has a concentration near one- vices, continuous data recording, batch half of the span gas concentration. sampling, and execution of the duty Based on the results and good engineer- cycle. ing judgment, you may decide whether (3) If engine starting is part of the or not to re-zero, re-span, or re-cali- test interval, simultaneously start any brate a gas analyzer before starting a electronic integrating devices, contin- test. uous data recording, and batch sam- (12) Drain any accumulated conden- pling before attempting to start the en- sate from the intake air system before gine. Initiate the sequence of points in starting a duty cycle, as described in the duty cycle when the engine starts. § 1065.125(e)(1). If engine and (4) For batch sampling systems, you aftertreatment preconditioning cycles may advance or delay the start and end are run before the duty cycle, treat the of sampling at the beginning and end of preconditioning cycles and any associ- the test interval to improve the accu- ated soak period as part of the duty racy of the batch sample, consistent cycle for the purpose of opening drains with good engineering judgment. and draining condensate. Note that you (d) At the end of each test interval, must close any intake air condensate continue to operate all sampling and drains that are not representative of dilution systems to allow the sampling those normally open during in-use op- system’s response time to elapse. Then eration. stop all sampling and recording, in- (c) Start and run each test interval cluding the recording of background as described in this paragraph (c). The samples. Finally, stop any integrating procedure varies depending on whether devices and indicate the end of the the test interval is part of a discrete- duty cycle in the recorded data. mode cycle, and whether the test inter- (e) Shut down the engine if you have val includes engine starting. Note that completed testing or if it is part of the the standard-setting part may apply duty cycle. different requirements for running test intervals. For example, 40 CFR part (f) If testing involves another duty 1033 specifies a different way to per- cycle after a soak period with the en- form discrete-mode testing. gine off, start a timer when the engine (1) For steady-state discrete-mode shuts down, and repeat the steps in duty cycles, start the duty cycle with paragraphs (b) through (e) of this sec- the engine warmed-up and running as tion as needed. described in § 1065.501(c)(2)(i). Run each (g) Take the following steps after mode in the sequence specified in the emission sampling is complete: standard-setting part. This will require (1) For any proportional batch sam- controlling engine speed, engine load, ple, such as a bag sample or PM sam- or other operator demand settings as ple, verify that proportional sampling specified in the standard-setting part. was maintained according to § 1065.545.

157

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00167 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.530 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Void any samples that did not main- (2) If the criteria void the test for a tain proportional sampling according constant-speed engine only during to § 1065.545. commands of maximum test torque, (2) Place any used PM samples into you may do the following: covered or sealed containers and return (i) Determine the first and last feed- them to the PM-stabilization environ- back speeds at which maximum test ment. Follow the PM sample post-con- torque was commanded. ditioning and total weighing proce- (ii) If the last speed is greater than or dures in § 1065.595. equal to 90% of the first speed, the test (3) As soon as practical after the duty is void. You may retest using the same cycle is complete, or during the soak denormalized duty cycle, or you may period if practical, perform the fol- re-map the engine, denormalize the ref- lowing: erence duty cycle based on the new (i) Zero and span all batch gas ana- map and retest the engine using the lyzers no later than 30 minutes after new denormalized duty cycle. the duty cycle is complete, or during (iii) If the last speed is less than 90% the soak period if practical. of the first speed, reduce maximum (ii) Analyze any conventional gas- test torque by 5%, and proceed as fol- eous batch samples no later than 30 lows: minutes after the duty cycle is com- (A) Denormalize the entire duty plete, or during the soak period if prac- cycle based on the reduced maximum tical. test torque according to § 1065.512. (iii) Analyze background samples no (B) Retest the engine using the later than 60 minutes after the duty denormalized test cycle that is based cycle is complete. on the reduced maximum test torque. (iv) Analyze non-conventional gas- (C) If your engine still fails the cycle eous batch samples, such as ethanol criteria, reduce the maximum test (NMHCE) as soon as practical using torque by another 5% of the original good engineering judgment. maximum test torque. (4) After quantifying exhaust gases, (D) If your engine fails after repeat- verify drift as follows: ing this procedure four times, such (i) For batch and continuous gas ana- that your engine still fails after you lyzers, record the mean analyzer value have reduced the maximum test torque after stabilizing a zero gas to the ana- by 20% of the original maximum test lyzer. Stabilization may include time torque, notify us and we will consider to purge the analyzer of any sample specifying a more appropriate duty gas, plus any additional time to ac- cycle for your engine under the provi- count for analyzer response. sions of § 1065.10(c). (ii) Record the mean analyzer value (i) [Reserved] after stabilizing the span gas to the an- (j) Measure and record ambient tem- alyzer. Stabilization may include time perature, pressure, and humidity, as to purge the analyzer of any sample appropriate. For testing the following gas, plus any additional time to ac- engines, you must record ambient tem- count for analyzer response. perature continuously to verify that it (iii) Use these data to validate and remains within the pre-test tempera- correct for drift as described in ture range as specified in § 1065.520(b): § 1065.550. (1) Air-cooled engines. (h) Unless the standard-setting part specifies otherwise, determine whether (2) Engines equipped with auxiliary or not the test meets the cycle-valida- emission control devices that sense and tion criteria in § 1065.514. respond to ambient temperature. (1) If the criteria void the test, you (3) Any other engine for which good may retest using the same engineering judgment indicates this is denormalized duty cycle, or you may necessary to remain consistent with re-map the engine, denormalize the ref- § 1065.10(c)(1). erence duty cycle based on the new [73 FR 37321, June 30, 2008, as amended at 75 map and retest the engine using the FR 23043, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 57451, Sept. 15, new denormalized duty cycle. 2011; 79 FR 23776, Apr. 28, 2014]

158

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00168 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.546

§ 1065.545 Verification of proportional (c) Using good engineering judgment, flow control for batch sampling. demonstrate with an engineering anal- For any proportional batch sample ysis that the proportional-flow control such as a bag or PM filter, demonstrate system inherently ensures proportional that proportional sampling was main- sampling under all circumstances ex- tained using one of the following, not- pected during testing. For example, ing that you may omit up to 5% of the you might use CFVs for both sample total number of data points as outliers: flow and total dilute exhaust (CVS) (a) For any pair of flow rates, use re- flow and demonstrate that they always corded sample and total flow rates, have the same inlet pressures and tem- where total flow rate means the raw peratures and that they always operate exhaust flow rate for raw exhaust sam- under critical-flow conditions. pling and the dilute exhaust flow rate [79 FR 23777, Apr. 28, 2014] for CVS sampling, or their 1 Hz means with the statistical calculations in § 1065.546 Verification of minimum di- § 1065.602. Determine the standard error lution ratio for PM batch sampling. of the estimate, SEE, of the sample flow rate versus the total flow rate. Use continuous flows and/or tracer For each test interval, demonstrate gas concentrations for transient and that SEE was less than or equal to 3.5% ramped-modal cycles to verify the min- of the mean sample flow rate. imum dilution ratios for PM batch (b) For any pair of flow rates, use re- sampling as specified in § 1065.140(e)(2) corded sample and total flow rates, over the test interval. You may use where total flow rate means the raw mode-average values instead of contin- exhaust flow rate for raw exhaust sam- uous measurements for discrete mode pling and the dilute exhaust flow rate steady-state duty cycles. Determine for CVS sampling, or their 1 Hz means the minimum primary and minimum to demonstrate that each flow rate was overall dilution ratios using one of the constant within ±2.5% of its respective following methods (you may use a dif- mean or target flow rate. You may use ferent method for each stage of dilu- the following options instead of record- tion): ing the respective flow rate of each (a) Determine minimum dilution type of meter: ratio based on molar flow data. This in- (1) Critical-flow venturi option. For volves determination of at least two of critical-flow venturis, you may use re- the following three quantities: raw ex- corded venturi-inlet conditions or their haust flow (or previously diluted flow), 1 Hz means. Demonstrate that the flow dilution air flow, and dilute exhaust density at the venturi inlet was con- flow. You may determine the raw ex- ± stant within 2.5% of the mean or tar- haust flow rate based on the measured get density over each test interval. For intake air or fuel flow rate and the raw a CVS critical-flow venturi, you may exhaust chemical balance terms as demonstrate this by showing that the given in § 1065.655(f). You may deter- absolute temperature at the venturi mine the raw exhaust flow rate based inlet was constant within ±4% of the on the measured intake air and dilute mean or target absolute temperature over each test interval. exhaust molar flow rates and the dilute exhaust chemical balance terms as (2) Positive-displacement pump option. You may use recorded pump-inlet con- given in § 1065.655(g). You may alter- ditions or their 1 Hz means. Dem- natively estimate the molar raw ex- onstrate that the flow density at the haust flow rate based on intake air, pump inlet was constant within ±2.5% fuel rate measurements, and fuel prop- of the mean or target density over each erties, consistent with good engineer- test interval. For a CVS pump, you ing judgment. may demonstrate this by showing that (b) Determine minimum dilution the absolute temperature at the pump ratio based on tracer gas (e.g., CO2) inlet was constant within ±2% of the concentrations in the raw (or pre- mean or target absolute temperature viously diluted) and dilute exhaust cor- over each test interval. rected for any removed water.

159

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00169 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.550 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(c) Use good engineering judgment to the NOX value or both the NO and NO2 develop your own method of deter- values. mining dilution ratios. (iii) For regulated exhaust constituents determined from the concentra- [75 FR 23043, Apr. 30, 2010, as amended at 76 tions of multiple gaseous emission sub- FR 57451, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23778, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74169, Oct. 25, 2016] components prior to performing mass calculations, perform drift verification § 1065.550 Gas analyzer range on the regulated constituent. You may verification and drift verification. not verify the concentration subcomponents (e.g., THC and CH for NMHC) (a) Range verification. If an analyzer 4 separately. For example, for NMHC operated above 100% of its range at any measurements, perform drift time during the test, perform the fol- verification on NMHC; do not verify lowing steps: THC and CH4 separately. (1) For batch sampling, re-analyze (2) Drift verification requires two the sample using the lowest analyzer sets of emission calculations. For each range that results in a maximum in- set of calculations, include all the con- strument response below 100%. Report stituents in the drift verification. Cal- the result from the lowest range from culate one set using the data before which the analyzer operates below drift correction and calculate the other 100% of its range. set after correcting all the data for (2) For continuous sampling, repeat drift according to § 1065.672. Note that the entire test using the next higher for purposes of drift verification, you analyzer range. If the analyzer again must leave unaltered any negative operates above 100% of its range, re- emission results over a given test in- peat the test using the next higher terval (i.e., do not set them to zero). range. Continue to repeat the test until These unaltered results are used when the analyzer always operates at less verifying either test interval results or than 100% of its range. composite brake-specific emissions (b) Drift verification. Gas analyzer over the entire duty cycle for drift. For drift verification is required for all gas- each constituent to be verified, both eous exhaust constituents for which an sets of calculations must include the emission standard applies. It is also re- following: quired for CO2 even if there is no CO2 (i) Calculated mass (or mass rate) emission standard. It is not required emission values over each test interval. for other gaseous exhaust constituents (ii) If you are verifying each test infor which only a reporting requirement terval based on brake-specific values, applies (such as CH4 and N2O). calculate brake-specific emission val- (1) Verify drift using one of the fol- ues over each test interval. lowing methods: (iii) If you are verifying over the en- (i) For regulated exhaust constitu- tire duty cycle, calculate composite ents determined from the mass of a sin- brake-specific emission values. gle component, perform drift (3) The duty cycle is verified for drift verification based on the regulated if you satisfy the following criteria: constituent. For example, when NOX (i) For each regulated gaseous ex- mass is determined with a dry sample haust constituent, you must satisfy measured with a CLD and the removed one of the following: water is corrected based on measured (A) For each test interval of the duty CO2, CO, THC, and NOX concentrations, cycle, the difference between the un- you must verify the calculated NOX corrected and the corrected brake-spe- value. cific emission values of the regulated (ii) For regulated exhaust constitu- constituent must be within ±4% of the ents determined from the masses of uncorrected value or the applicable multiple subcomponents, perform the emissions standard, whichever is great- drift verification based on either the er. Alternatively, the difference be- regulated constituent or all the mass tween the uncorrected and the cor- subcomponents. For example, when rected emission mass (or mass rate) NOX is measured with separate NO and values of the regulated constituent NO2 analyzers, you must verify either must be within ±4% of the uncorrected 160

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00170 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.590

value or the composite work (or power) between the uncorrected and corrected multiplied by the applicable emissions values, you may consider the data to standard, whichever is greater. For be verified for demonstrating compli- purposes of verifying each test inter- ance with the applicable standard. val, you may use either the reference [79 FR 23778, Apr. 28, 2014] or actual composite work (or power). (B) For each test interval of the duty § 1065.590 PM sampling media (e.g., fil- cycle and for each mass subcomponent ters) preconditioning and tare of the regulated constituent, the dif- weighing. ference between the uncorrected and Before an emission test, take the fol- the corrected brake-specific emission lowing steps to prepare PM sampling values must be within ±4% of the un- media (e.g., filters) and equipment for corrected value. Alternatively, the dif- PM measurements: ference between the uncorrected and (a) Make sure the balance and PM- the corrected emissions mass (or mass stabilization environments meet the rate) values must be within ±4% of the periodic verifications in § 1065.390. uncorrected value. (b) Visually inspect unused sample (C) For the entire duty cycle, the dif- media (e.g., filters) for defects and dis- ference between the uncorrected and card defective media. the corrected composite brake-specific (c) To handle PM sampling media emission values of the regulated con- (e.g., filters), use electrically grounded stituent must be within ±4% of the un- tweezers or a grounding strap, as de- corrected value or applicable emission scribed in § 1065.190. standard, whichever is greater. (d) Place unused sample media (e.g., (D) For the entire duty cycle and for filters) in one or more containers that each subcomponent of the regulated are open to the PM-stabilization envi- constituent, the difference between the ronment. If you are using filters, you uncorrected and the corrected com- may place them in the bottom half of a posite brake-specific emission values filter cassette. must be within ±4% of the uncorrected (e) Stabilize sample media (e.g., fil- value. ters) in the PM-stabilization environ- (ii) Where no emission standard ap- ment. Consider an unused sample me- plies for CO2, you must satisfy one of dium stabilized as long as it has been the following: in the PM-stabilization environment (A) For each test interval of the duty for a minimum of 30 min, during which cycle, the difference between the un- the PM-stabilization environment has corrected and the corrected brake-spe- been within the specifications of cific CO2 values must be within ±4% of § 1065.190. the uncorrected value; or the difference (f) Weigh the sample media (e.g., fil- between the uncorrected and the cor- ters) automatically or manually, as rected CO2 mass (or mass rate) values follows: must be within ±4% of the uncorrected (1) For automatic weighing, follow value. the automation system manufacturer’s (B) For the entire duty cycle, the dif- instructions to prepare samples for ference between the uncorrected and weighing. This may include placing the the corrected composite brake-specific samples in a special container. CO2 values must be within ±4% of the (2) Use good engineering judgment to uncorrected value. determine if substitution weighing is (4) If the test is not verified for drift necessary to show that an engine as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this meets the applicable standard. You section, you may consider the test re- may follow the substitution weighing sults for the duty cycle to be valid only procedure in paragraph (j) of this sec- if, using good engineering judgment, tion, or you may develop your own pro- the observed drift does not affect your cedure. ability to demonstrate compliance (g) Correct the measured mass of with the applicable emission standards. each sample medium (e.g., filter) for For example, if the drift-corrected buoyancy as described in § 1065.690. value is less than the standard by at These buoyancy-corrected values are least two times the absolute difference subsequently subtracted from the post-

161

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00171 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.595 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

test mass of the corresponding sample calibration weights found in § 1065.790. media (e.g., filters) and collected PM to The substitution weight must also determine the mass of PM emitted dur- have the same density as the weight ing the test. you use to span the microbalance, and (h) You may repeat measurements to be similar in mass to an unused sample determine the mean mass of each sam- medium (e.g., filter). A 47 mm PTFE ple medium (e.g., filter). Use good engi- membrane filter will typically have a neering judgment to exclude outliers mass in the range of 80 to 100 mg. from the calculation of mean mass val- (4) Record the stable balance reading, ues. then remove the substitution weight. (i) If you use filters as sample media, (5) Weigh an unused sample medium load unused filters that have been tare- (e.g., a new filter), record the stable weighed into clean filter cassettes and balance reading and record the balance place the loaded cassettes in a clean, environment’s dewpoint, ambient tem- covered or sealed container before re- perature, and atmospheric pressure. moving them from the stabilization en- (6) Reweigh the substitution weight vironment for transport to the test site and record the stable balance reading. for sampling. We recommend that you (7) Calculate the arithmetic mean of keep filter cassettes clean by periodi- the two substitution-weight readings cally washing or wiping them with a that you recorded immediately before compatible solvent applied using a and after weighing the unused sample. lint-free cloth. Depending upon your Subtract that mean value from the un- cassette material, ethanol (C2H5OH) used sample reading, then add the true might be an acceptable solvent. Your mass of the substitution weight as cleaning frequency will depend on your stated on the substitution-weight cer- engine’s level of PM and HC emissions. tificate. Record this result. This is the (j) Substitution weighing involves unused sample’s tare weight without measurement of a reference weight be- correcting for buoyancy. fore and after each weighing of the PM (8) Repeat these substitution-weigh- sampling medium (e.g., the filter). ing steps for the remainder of your un- While substitution weighing requires used sample media. more measurements, it corrects for a (9) Once weighing is completed, fol- balance’s zero-drift and it relies on bal- low the instructions given in para- ance linearity only over a small range. graphs (g) through (i) of this section. This is most advantageous when quan- [73 FR 37323, June 30, 2008, as amended at 81 tifying net PM masses that are less FR 74169, Oct. 25, 2016] than 0.1% of the sample medium’s mass. However, it may not be advan- § 1065.595 PM sample post-condi- tageous when net PM masses exceed 1% tioning and total weighing. of the sample medium’s mass. If you After testing is complete, return the utilize substitution weighing, it must sample media (e.g., filters) to the be used for both pre-test and post-test weighing and PM-stabilization environ- weighing. The same substitution ments. weight must be used for both pre-test (a) Make sure the weighing and PM- and post-test weighing. Correct the stabilization environments meet the mass of the substitution weight for ambient condition specifications in buoyancy if the density of the substi- § 1065.190(e)(1). If those specifications tution weight is less than 2.0 g/cm3. are not met, leave the test sample The following steps are an example of media (e.g., filters) covered until prop- substitution weighing: er conditions have been met. (1) Use electrically grounded tweezers (b) In the PM-stabilization environ- or a grounding strap, as described in ment, remove PM samples from sealed § 1065.190. containers. If you use filters, you may (2) Use a static neutralizer as de- remove them from their cassettes be- scribed in § 1065.190 to minimize static fore or after stabilization. We rec- electric charge on any object before it ommend always removing the top por- is placed on the balance pan. tion of the cassette before stabiliza- (3) Select and weigh a substitution tion. When you remove a filter from a weight that meets the requirements for cassette, separate the top half of the

162

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00172 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.601

cassette from the bottom half using a (1) Use the signals recorded before, cassette separator designed for this during, and after an emission test to purpose. calculate brake-specific emissions of (c) To handle PM samples, use elec- each measured exhaust constituent. trically grounded tweezers or a ground- (2) Perform calculations for calibra- ing strap, as described in § 1065.190. tions and performance checks. (d) Visually inspect the sampling (3) Determine statistical values. media (e.g., filters) and collected par- (b) You may use data from multiple ticulate. If either the sample media systems to calculate test results for a (e.g., filters) or particulate sample ap- single emission test, consistent with pear to have been compromised, or the good engineering judgment. You may particulate matter contacts any sur- also make multiple measurements face other than the filter, the sample from a single batch sample, such as may not be used to determine particulate emissions. In the case of contact multiple weighings of a PM filter or with another surface, clean the af- multiple readings from a bag sample. fected surface before continuing. Although you may use an average of (e) To stabilize PM samples, place multiple measurements from a single them in one or more containers that test, you may not use test results from are open to the PM-stabilization envi- multiple emission tests to report emis- ronment, as described in § 1065.190. If sions. you expect that a sample medium’s (1) We allow weighted means where (e.g., filter’s) total surface concentra- appropriate. tion of PM will be less than 400 μg, as- (2) You may discard statistical suming a 38 mm diameter filter stain outliers, but you must report all re- area, expose the filter to a PM-sta- sults. bilization environment meeting the (3) For emission measurements re- specifications of § 1065.190 for at least 30 lated to durability testing, we may minutes before weighing. If you expect allow you to exclude certain test a higher PM concentration or do not points other than statistical outliers know what PM concentration to ex- relative to compliance with emission pect, expose the filter to the stabiliza- standards, consistent with good engi- tion environment for at least 60 min- neering judgment and normal measure- μ utes before weighing. Note that 400 g ment variability; however, you must on sample media (e.g., filters) is an ap- include these results when calculating proximate net mass of 0.07 g/kW · hr for the deterioration factor. This would a hot-start test with compression-igni- allow you to use durability data from tion engines tested according to 40 CFR an engine that has an intermediate part 86, subpart N, or 50 mg/mile for test result above the standard that light-duty vehicles tested according to cannot be discarded as a statistical 40 CFR part 86, subpart B. outlier, as long as good engineering (f) Repeat the procedures in judgment indicates that the test result § 1065.590(f) through (i) to determine does not represent the engine’s actual post-test mass of the sample media (e.g., filters). emission level. Note that good engi- (g) Subtract each buoyancy-corrected neering judgment would preclude you tare mass of the sample medium (e.g., from excluding endpoints. Also, if nor- filter) from its respective buoyancy- mal measurement variability causes corrected mass. The result is the net emission results below zero, include the negative result in calculating the PM mass, mPM. Use mPM in emission calculations in § 1065.650. deterioration factor to avoid an upward bias. These provisions related to dura- [73 FR 37323, June 30, 2008] bility testing are intended to address very stringent standards where meas- Subpart G—Calculations and urement variability is large relative to Data Requirements the emission standard. (c) You may use any of the following § 1065.601 Overview. calculations instead of the calculations (a) This subpart describes how to— specified in this subpart G:

163

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00173 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.602 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(1) Mass-based emission calculations mined using the calculations specified prescribed by the International Organi- in this subpart G. zation for Standardization (ISO), ac- [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 cording to ISO 8178, except the fol- FR 37324, June 30, 2008; 74 FR 56516, Oct. 30, lowing: 2009; 75 FR 23044, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23778, (i) ISO 8178–1 Section 14.4, NOX Cor- Apr. 28, 2014] rection for Humidity and Temperature. See § 1065.670 for approved methods for § 1065.602 Statistics. humidity corrections. (a) Overview. This section contains (ii) ISO 8178–1 Section 15.1, Particu- equations and example calculations for late Correction Factor for Humidity. statistics that are specified in this (2) Other calculations that you show part. In this section we use the letter are equivalent to within ±0.1% of the ‘‘y’’ to denote a generic measured quantity, the superscript over-bar ‘‘¥‘‘ brake-specific emission results deter- to denote an arithmetic mean, and the subscript ‘‘ref’’ to denote the reference quantity being measured. (b) Arithmetic mean. Calculate an arithmetic mean, y¯ , as follows:

N ∑ yi y= i=1 Eq. 1065.602-1 N

Example: y2 = 11.91 N = 3 yN = y3 = 11.09 y1 = 10.60

10.60 + 11.91 + 11.09 y= 3

y¯ = 11.20 Example: (c) Standard deviation. Calculate the N = 3 y = 10.60 standard deviation for a non-biased 1 y = 11.91 (e.g., N–1) sample, σ, as follows: 2 yN = y3 = 11.09 y¯ = 11.20 N − 2 ∑()yyi σ = i=1 Eq. 1065.602-2 y ()N −1

−+−+−222 σ = (10 . 60 11 .) 2 ( 11 . 91 11 .) 2 ( 11 . 09 11 .) 2 y 2

164

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00174 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER30AP10.003 ER30AP10.004 ER13JY05.024 ER13JY05.025 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.602

σy = 0.6619 (e) Accuracy. Determine accuracy as (d) Root mean square. Calculate a root described in this paragraph (e). Make multiple measurements of a standard mean square, rmsy, as follows: quantity to create a set of observed values, y , and compare each observed 1 N i rms = ∑ yEq2 . 1065.602-3 value to the known value of the stand- yi ard quantity. The standard quantity N i=1 may have a single known value, such Example: N = 3 as a gas standard, or a set of known values of negligible range, such as a y1 = 10.60 y2 = 11.91 known applied pressure produced by a yN = y3 = 11.09 calibration device during repeated applications. The known value of the 22 ++ standard quantity is represented by yrefi = 10.. 60 11 91 11 . 09 rmsy . If you use a standard quantity with a 3 single value, yrefi would be constant. rmsy = 11.21 Calculate an accuracy value as follows:

1 N accuracy = ∑()yy− Eq. 1065.602-4 irefi N i=1

Example: y1 = 1806.4 yref = 1800.0 y2 = 1803.1 N = 3 y3 = 1798.9

1 accuracy =−+−+−((1806 . 4 1800 .)( 0 1803 . 1 1800 .)( 0 1798 . 9 1800 . 0))) 3

1 accuracy =++−((64 . ) ( 31 . ) ( 11 . )) 3

accuracy = 2.8 (1) For an unpaired t-test, calculate (f) t-test. Determine if your data the t statistic and its number of de- passes a t-test by using the following grees of freedom, v, as follows: equations and tables:

165

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00175 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER13JY05.026 ER13JY05.027 ER30AP10.005 ER30AP10.006 ER30AP10.007 § 1065.602 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(2) For a paired t-test, calculate the t ei are the errors (e.g., differences) be- statistic and its number of degrees of tween each pair of yrefi and yi: freedom, v, as follows, noting that the

166

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00176 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.010 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.602

167

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00177 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.011 § 1065.602 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.602—CRITICAL t VALUES TABLE 1 OF § 1065.602—CRITICAL t VALUES VERSUS NUMBER OF DEGREES OF FREEDOM, VERSUS NUMBER OF DEGREES OF FREEDOM, v 1 v 1—Continued

Confidence Confidence ν ν 90% 95% 90% 95%

1 ...... 6.314 12.706 22 ...... 1.717 2.074 2 ...... 2.920 4.303 24 ...... 1.711 2.064 3 ...... 2.353 3.182 26 ...... 1.706 2.056 4 ...... 2.132 2.776 28 ...... 1.701 2.048 5 ...... 2.015 2.571 6 ...... 1.943 2.447 30 ...... 1.697 2.042 7 ...... 1.895 2.365 35 ...... 1.690 2.030 8 ...... 1.860 2.306 40 ...... 1.684 2.021 9 ...... 1.833 2.262 50 ...... 1.676 2.009 10 ...... 1.812 2.228 70 ...... 1.667 1.994 11 ...... 1.796 2.201 100 ...... 1.660 1.984 12 ...... 1.782 2.179 1000 + ...... 1.645 1.960 13 ...... 1.771 2.160 14 ...... 1.761 2.145 1 Use linear interpolation to establish values not shown 15 ...... 1.753 2.131 here. 16 ...... 1.746 2.120 18 ...... 1.734 2.101 (g) F-test. Calculate the F statistic as 20 ...... 1.725 2.086 follows:

σ2 FEq= y . 1065.602-8 y σ2 ref

Example:

168

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00178 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.012 ER13JY05.036 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.602

N − 2 ∑()yyi σ = i=1 = 10. 583 y ()N −1

Nref − 2 ∑()yyrefi ref σ = i=1 = 9. 399 ref − ()Nref 1

10. 5832 F = 9. 3992

F = 1.268 (2) For a 95% confidence F-test, use (1) For a 90% confidence F-test, use Table 3 of this section to compare F to Table 2 of this section to compare F to the Fcrit95 values tabulated versus (N¥1) ¥ the Fcrit90 values tabulated versus (N¥1) and (Nref 1). If F is less than Fcrit95, then and (Nref¥1). If F is less than Fcrit90, then F passes the F-test at 95% confidence. F passes the F-test at 90% confidence.

169

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00179 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER13JY05.037 Er13JY05.038 ER13JY05.039 § 1065.602 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

170

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00180 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER13JY05.017 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.602

(h) Slope. Calculate a least-squares regression slope, a1y, as follows:

171

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00181 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER13JY05.018 § 1065.602 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Example: y¯ = 1050.1 N = 6000 yref 1 = 2045.0 y1 = 2045.8 y¯ ref = 1055.3

a1y = 1.0110 (i) Intercept. Calculate a least-squares regression intercept, a0y, as follows:

=− ⋅ ayay01y() y ref Eq. 1065.602-10

Example: a0y = ¥16.8083 y¯ = 1050.1 (j) Standard estimate of error. Cal- a1y = 1.0110 y¯ ref = 1055.3 culate a standard estimate of error, a0y = 1050.1 ¥ (1.0110 · 1055.3) SEE, as follows:

Eq. 1065.602–11 y1 = 2045.8 Example: a0y = –16.8083 a = 1.0110 N = 6000 1y yref1 = 2045.0

172

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00182 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER15SE11.021 ER15SE11.022 ER13JY05.042 ER25OC16.308 ER25OC16.313 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.602

SEEy = 5.348 (k) Coefficient of determination. Cal- culate a coefficient of determination, r2, as follows:

N 2 −− ⋅ ∑[]yai01 y() ay y refi 2 =−i=1 ry 1 N Eq. 1065.602-12 − 2 ∑[]yyi i=1

Example: a1y = 1.0110 N = 6000 yrefi = 2045.0 y1 = 2045.8 y¯ = 1480.5 a0y = ¥16.8083

2 2 []2045.. 8−−() 16 8083−×() 1 . 0110 2045 . 0+−−…[]yy() 16 . 8083−⋅() 1 . 0110 2 =− 6000ref 6000 ry 1 − 2 +−… 2 []2045.. 8 1480 5[]y6000 1480 . 5

centration expected at the standard. 2 = ry 0. 9859 Note that these examples are not exact and that they contain assumptions (l) Flow-weighted mean concentration. that are not always valid. Use good en- In some sections of this part, you may gineering judgment to determine if you need to calculate a flow-weighted mean can use similar assumptions. concentration to determine the appli- (1) To estimate the flow-weighted cability of certain provisions. A flow- mean raw exhaust NOX concentration weighted mean is the mean of a quan- from a turbocharged heavy-duty com- tity after it is weighted proportional to pression-ignition engine at a NOX a corresponding flow rate. For exam- standard of 2.5 g/(kW · hr), you may do ple, if a gas concentration is measured the following: continuously from the raw exhaust of (i) Based on your engine design, ap- an engine, its flow-weighted mean con- proximate a map of maximum torque centration is the sum of the products versus speed and use it with the appli- of each recorded concentration times cable normalized duty cycle in the its respective exhaust molar flow rate, standard-setting part to generate a ref- divided by the sum of the recorded flow erence duty cycle as described in rate values. As another example, the § 1065.610. Calculate the total reference bag concentration from a CVS system work, Wref, as described in § 1065.650. Di- is the same as the flow-weighted mean vide the reference work by the duty cy- concentration because the CVS system cle’s time interval, Dtdutycycle, to deter- itself flow-weights the bag concentra- mine mean reference power, Pref. tion. You might already expect a cer- (ii) Based on your engine design, esti- P tain flow-weighted mean concentration mate maximum power, max, the design of an emission at its standard based on speed at maximum power, fnmax, the de- previous testing with similar engines sign maximum intake manifold boost or testing with similar equipment and pressure, pinmax, and temperature, Tinmax. instruments. If you need to estimate Also, estimate a mean fraction of your expected flow-weighted mean con- power that is lost due to friction and centration of an emission at its stand- pumping, p¯ frict. Use this information ard, we recommend using the following along with the engine displacement examples as a guide for how to esti- volume, Vdisp, an approximate volu- mate the flow-weighted mean con- metric efficiency, ηV, and the number 173

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00183 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER13JY05.045 ER13JY05.046 ER13JY05.174 § 1065.602 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

of engine strokes per power stroke (iii) Use your estimated values as de- (two-stroke or four-stroke), Nstroke, to scribed in the following example cal- estimate the maximum raw exhaust culation: molar flow rate, n˙ exhmax.

Example: pmax = 300 kPa = 300,000 Pa 3 eNOx = 2.5 g/(kW · hr) Vdisp = 3.0 l = 0.0030 m /r W = 11.883 kW · hr ref fnmax = 2,800 r/min = 46.67 r/s ¥6 MNOx = 46.0055 g/mol = 46.0055 · 10 g/μmol Nstroke = 4 Dtdutycycle = 20 min = 1200 s ¯ hV = 0.9 Pref = 35.65 kW ¯ R = 8.314472 J/(mol · K) Pfrict = 15% Tmax = 348.15 K Pmax = 125 kW

n˙ exhmax = 6.53 mol/s

x¯ exp = 189.4 μmol/mol standard of 0.5 g/(kW · hr), you may do (2) To estimate the flow-weighted the following: mean NMHC concentration in a CVS (i) Based on your engine design, ap- from a naturally aspirated nonroad proximate a map of maximum torque spark-ignition engine at an NMHC

174

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00184 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER15SE11.023 ER15SE11.024 ER15SE11.025 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.610

versus speed and use it with the appli- (ii) Multiply your CVS total molar cable normalized duty cycle in the flow rate by the time interval of the standard-setting part to generate a ref- duty cycle, Dtdutycycle. The result is the erence duty cycle as described in total diluted exhaust flow of the ndexh. § 1065.610. Calculate the total reference (iii) Use your estimated values as described in the following example cal- work, Wref, as described in § 1065.650. culation:

Example: of this section refers to different values eNMHC = 1.5 g/(kW · hr) than it does in the rest of the section. Wref = 5.389 kW · hr (a) Maximum test speed, fntest. This sec- ¥6 MNMHC = 13.875389 g/mol = 13.875389 · 10 g/ tion generally applies to duty cycles μmol for variable-speed engines. For con- ˙ ndexh = 6.021 mol/s stant-speed engines subject to duty cy- Dtdutycycle = 30 min = 1800 s cles that specify normalized speed commands, use the no-load governed speed as the measured fntest. This is the highest engine speed where an engine out-

x¯ NMHC = 53.8 μmol/mol puts zero torque. For variable-speed engines, determine f as follows: [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 ntest (1) Develop a measured value for f FR 37324, June 30, 2008; 75 FR 23044, Apr. 30, ntest 2010; 76 FR 57452, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23779, as follows: Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74170, Oct. 25, 2016] (i) Determine maximum power, Pmax, from the engine map generated accord- § 1065.610 Duty cycle generation. ing to § 1065.510 and calculate the value for power equal to 98% of Pmax. This section describes how to gen- (ii) Determine the lowest and highest erate duty cycles that are specific to engine speeds corresponding to 98% of your engine, based on the normalized Pmax, using linear interpolation, and no duty cycles in the standard-setting extrapolation, as appropriate. part. During an emission test, use a (iii) Determine the engine speed cor- duty cycle that is specific to your en- responding to maximum power, fnPmax, gine to command engine speed, torque, by calculating the average of the two and power, as applicable, using an en- speed values from paragraph (a)(1)(ii) gine dynamometer and an engine oper- of this section. If there is only one ator demand. Paragraph (a) of this sec- speed where power is equal to 98% of tion describes how to ‘‘normalize’’ your Pmax, take fnPmax as the speed at which engine’s map to determine the max- Pmax occurs. imum test speed and torque for your (iv) Transform the map into a nor- engine. The rest of this section de- malized power-versus-speed map by di- scribes how to use these values to viding power terms by Pmax and divid- ‘‘denormalize’’ the duty cycles in the ing speed terms by fnPmax. Use the fol- standard-setting parts, which are all lowing equation to calculate a quan- published on a normalized basis. Thus, tity representing the sum of squares the term ‘‘normalized’’ in paragraph (a) from the normalized map:

175

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00185 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER13JY05.051 ER13JY05.052 § 1065.610 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(v) Determine the maximum value for the sum of the squares from the map and multiply that value by 0.98.

176

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00186 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8016 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.015 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.610

(vi) Determine the lowest and highest (vii) The following example illus- engine speeds corresponding to the trates a calculation of fntest: value calculated in paragraph (a)(1)(v) P = 230.0 of this section, using linear interpola- max tion as appropriate. Calculate fntest as (fn1 = 2360, P1 = 222.5, fnnorm1 = 1.002, Pnorm1 = the average of these two speed values. 0.9675) If there is only one speed corresponding (fn2 = 2364, P2 = 226.8, fnnorm2 = 1.004, Pnorm2 = to the value calculated in paragraph 0.9859) (a)(1)(v) of this section, take f as the (fn3 = 2369, P3 = 228.6, fnnorm3 = 1.006, Pnorm3 = ntest 0.9940) speed where the maximum of the sum (fn4 = 2374, P4 = 218.7, fnnorm4 = 1.008, Pnorm4 = of the squares occurs. 0.9508) Sum of squares = (1.0022 + 0.96752) = 1.94

177

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00187 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.016 § 1065.610 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Sum of squares = (1.0042 + 0.98592) = 1.98 Sum of squares = (1.0082 + 0.95082) = 1.92 Sum of squares = (1.0062 + 0.99402) = 2.00

(2) For engines with a high-speed gov- case, fntest,alt becomes the ‘‘maximum ernor that will be subject to a ref- test speed’’ for that engine. Note that erence duty cycle that specifies nor- § 1065.510 allows you to apply an op- malized speeds greater than 100%, cal- tional declared maximum test speed to culate an alternate maximum test the final measured maximum test speed, fntest,alt, as specified in this para- speed determined as an outcome of the graph (a)(2). If f is less than the ntest,alt comparison between fntest, and fntest,alt in measured maximum test speed, fntest, de- this paragraph (a)(2). Determine fntest,alt termined in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- as follows: tion, replace fntest with fntest,alt. In this

Where: % speedmax = maximum normalized speed f = alternate maximum test speed from duty cycle ntest,alt Example: fnhi,idle = warm high-idle speed fnhi,idle = 2200 r/min fnidle = warm idle speed fnidle = 800 r/min

fntest,alt = 2133 r/min this section by using the measured (3) For variable-speed engines, trans- maximum test speed determined ac- form normalized speeds to reference cording to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of speeds according to paragraph (c) of

178

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00188 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER19FE15.022 ER25OC16.160 ER25OC16.161 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.610

this section—or use your declared max- (v) Determine the maximum value imum test speed, as allowed in for the sum of the squares from the § 1065.510. map and multiply that value by 0.98. (4) For constant-speed engines, trans- (vi) Determine the lowest and highest form normalized speeds to reference engine speeds corresponding to the speeds according to paragraph (c) of value calculated in paragraph (a)(1)(v) this section by using the measured no- of this section, using linear interpola- load governed speed—or use your de- tion as appropriate. Calculate fntest as clared maximum test speed, as allowed the average of these two speed values. in § 1065.510. If there is only one speed corresponding (b) Maximum test torque, T For con- test. to the value calculated in paragraph stant-speed engines, determine the (a)(1)(v) of this section, take fntest as the measured Ttest from the torque and power-versus-speed maps, generated ac- speed where the maximum of the sum cording to § 1065.510, as follows: of the squares occurs. (1) For constant speed engines (vii) The measured Ttest is the mapped mapped using the methods in torque at fntest. § 1065.510(d)(5)(i) or (ii), determine Ttest (2) For constant-speed engines using as follows: the two-point mapping method in (i) Determine maximum power, Pmax, § 1065.510(d)(5)(iii), you may follow from the engine map generated accord- paragraph (a)(1) of this section to de- ing to § 1065.510 and calculate the value termine the measured Ttest, or you may for power equal to 98% of Pmax. use the measured torque of the second (ii) Determine the lowest and highest point as the measured Ttest directly. engine speeds corresponding to 98% of (3) Transform normalized torques to Pmax, using linear interpolation, and no reference torques according to para- extrapolation, as appropriate. graph (d) of this section by using the (iii) Determine the engine speed cor- measured maximum test torque deter- responding to maximum power, f nPmax, mined according to paragraph (b)(1) of by calculating the average of the two speed values from paragraph (a)(1)(ii) this section—or use your declared max- of this section. If there is only one imum test torque, as allowed in speed where power is equal to 98% of § 1065.510. (c) Generating reference speed values Pmax, take fnPmax as the speed at which from normalized duty cycle speeds. Trans- Pmax occurs. (iv) Transform the map into a nor- form normalized speed values to ref- malized power-versus-speed map by di- erence values as follows: viding power terms by Pmax and divid- (1) % speed. If your normalized duty ing speed terms by fnPmax. Use Eq. cycle specifies % speed values, use your 1065.610–1 to calculate a quantity rep- warm idle speed and your maximum resenting the sum of squares from the test speed to transform the duty cycle, normalized map. as follows:

Example: or C values, use your power-versus- % speed = 85% = 0.85 speed curve to determine the lowest fntest = 2364 r/min speed below maximum power at which fnidle = 650 r/min 50% of maximum power occurs. Denote fnref = 0.85 • (2364¥650) + 650 this value as nlo. Take nlo to be warm fnref = 2107 r/min idle speed if all power points at speeds (2) A, B, and C speeds. If your normal- below the maximum power speed are ized duty cycle specifies speeds as A, B, higher than 50% of maximum power.

179

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00189 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.162 § 1065.610 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Also determine the highest speed above take nhi to be the declared maximum maximum power at which 70% of max- safe engine speed or the declared maximum power occurs. Denote this value imum representative engine speed, as nhi. If all power points at speeds whichever is lower. Use nhi and nlo to above the maximum power speed are calculate reference values for A, B, or higher than 70% of maximum power, C speeds as follows:

Example: tiply the corresponding % torque by nlo = 1005 r/min the maximum torque at that speed, ac- nhi = 2385 r/min cording to your map. If your engine is fnrefA = 0.25 • (2385¥1005) + 1005 f = 0.50 • (2385¥1005) + 1005 subject to a reference duty cycle that nrefB specifies negative torque values (i.e., fnrefC = 0.75 • (2385¥1005) + 1005 fnrefA = 1350 r/min engine motoring), use negative torque fnrefB = 1695 r/min for those motoring points (i.e., the mo- fnrefC = 2040 r/min toring torque). If you map negative (3) Intermediate speed. Based on the torque as allowed under § 1065.510 (c)(2) and the low-speed governor activates, map, determine maximum torque, Tmax, resulting in positive torques, you may and the corresponding speed, fnTmax, calculated as the average of the lowest replace those positive motoring and highest speeds at which torque is mapped torques with negative values between zero and the largest negative equal to 98% of Tmax. Use linear interpolation between points to determine motoring torque. For both maximum the speeds where torque is equal to 98% and motoring torque maps, linearly in- of Tmax. Identify your reference inter- terpolate mapped torque values to de- mediate speed as one of the following termine torque between mapped speeds. values: If the reference speed is below the min- (i) fnTmax if it is between (60 and 75) % imum mapped speed (i.e., 95% of idle of maximum test speed. speed or 95% of lowest required speed, (ii) 60% of maximum test speed if whichever is higher), use the mapped fnTmax is less than 60% of maximum test torque at the minimum mapped speed speed. as the reference torque. The result is (iii) 75% of maximum test speed if the reference torque for each speed fnTmax is greater than 75% of maximum point. test speed. (2) Reference torque for constant-speed (d) Generating reference torques from engines. Multiply a % torque value by normalized duty-cycle torques. Trans- your maximum test torque. The result form normalized torques to reference is the reference torque for each point. torques using your map of maximum (3) Required deviations. We require the torque versus speed. following deviations for variable-speed (1) Reference torque for variable-speed engines intended primarily for propul- engines. For a given speed point, mul- sion of a vehicle with an automatic

180

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00190 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.163 ER25OC16.164 ER25OC16.165 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.610

transmission where that engine is sub- (vii) For consecutive points with ref- ject to a transient duty cycle with idle erence torques from zero to CITT that operation. These deviations are in- immediately follow idle points, change tended to produce a more representa- their reference torques to CITT. This is tive transient duty cycle for these ap- to provide smooth torque transition plications. For steady-state duty cy- out of idle operation. This does not cles or transient duty cycles with no apply if the Neutral-When-Stationary idle operation, these requirements do feature is used and the transmission not apply. Idle points for steady state has shifted to neutral. duty cycles of such engines are to be (viii) For consecutive points with ref- run at conditions simulating neutral or erence torque from zero to CITT that park on the transmission. immediately precede idle points, (i) Zero-percent speed is the warm change their reference torques to CITT. idle speed measured according to This is to provide smooth torque tran- § 1065.510(b)(6) with CITT applied, i.e., sition into idle operation. measured warm idle speed in drive. (4) Permissible deviations for any en- (ii) If the cycle begins with a set of gine. If your engine does not operate contiguous idle points (zero-percent below a certain minimum torque under speed, and zero-percent torque), leave normal in-use conditions, you may use the reference torques set to zero for a declared minimum torque as the ref- this initial contiguous idle segment. erence value instead of any value This is to represent free idle operation denormalized to be less than the de- with the transmission in neutral or clared value. For example, if your en- park at the start of the transient duty gine is connected to a hydrostatic cycle, after the engine is started. If the transmission and it has a minimum initial idle segment is longer than 24 torque even when all the driven hy- seconds, change the reference torques draulic actuators and motors are sta- for the remaining idle points in the ini- tionary and the engine is at idle, then tial contiguous idle segment to CITT you may use this declared minimum (i.e., change idle points corresponding torque as a reference torque value in- to 25 seconds to the end of the initial stead of any reference torque value idle segment to CITT). This is to rep- generated under paragraph (d)(1) or (2) resent shifting the transmission to of this section that is between zero and drive. this declared minimum torque. (iii) For all other idle points, change (e) Generating reference power values the reference torque to CITT. This is to from normalized duty cycle powers. represent the transmission operating Transform normalized power values to in drive. reference speed and power values using (iv) If the engine is intended pri- your map of maximum power versus marily for automatic transmissions speed. with a Neutral-When-Stationary fea- (1) First transform normalized speed ture that automatically shifts the values into reference speed values. For transmission to neutral after the vehi- a given speed point, multiply the cor- cle is stopped for a designated time and responding % power by the mapped automatically shifts back to drive power at maximum test speed, fntest, un- when the operator increases demand less specified otherwise by the stand- (i.e., pushes the accelerator pedal), ard-setting part. The result is the ref- change the reference torque back to erence power for each speed point, Pref. zero for idle points in drive after the Convert these reference powers to cor- designated time. responding torques for operator de- (v) For all points with normalized mand and dynamometer control and speed at or below zero percent and ref- for duty cycle validation per 1065.514. erence torque from zero to CITT, set Use the reference speed associated with the reference torque to CITT. This is to each reference power point for this con- provide smoother torque references version. As with cycles specified with below idle speed. % torque, linearly interpolate between (vi) For motoring points, make no these reference torque values gen- changes. erated from cycles with % power.

181

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00191 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.630 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(2) Permissible deviations for any en- § 1065.630 Local acceleration of grav- gine. If your engine does not operate ity. below a certain power under normal in- (a) The acceleration of Earth’s grav- use conditions, you may use a declared minimum power as the reference value ity, ag, varies depending on the test lo- instead of any value denormalized to be cation. Determine ag at your location less than the declared value. For exam- by entering latitude, longitude, and ple, if your engine is directly con- elevation data into the U.S. National nected to a propeller, it may have a Oceanographic and Atmospheric Ad- minimum power called idle power. In ministration’s surface gravity pre- this case, you may use this declared diction Web site at http:// minimum power as a reference power www.ngs.noaa.gov/cgi-bin/ value instead of any reference power gravllpdx.prl. value generated per paragraph (e)(1) of (b) If the Web site specified in para- this section that is from zero to this graph (a) of this section is unavailable, declared minimum power. you may calculate ag for your latitude [73 FR 37324, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 as follows: FR 59330, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23045, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 57453, Sept. 15, 2011; 78 FR 36398, June 17, 2013; 79 FR 23783, Apr. 28, 2014; 80 FR 9118, Feb. 19, 2015; 81 FR 74170, Oct. 25, 2016]

Where: a molar basis. The remaining para- θ = Degrees north or south latitude. graphs describe the calibration calcula- Example: tions that are specific to certain types θ = 45° of flow meters. ¥3 2 ag = 9.7803267715 · (1 + 5.2790414 · 10 · sin (a) Reference meter conversions. The (45) + 2.32718 · 10¥5 · sin4 (45) + 1.262 · 10¥7 · sin6 (45) + 7 · 10¥10 · sin8 (45) calibration equations in this section 2 ˙ ag = 9.8061992026 m/s use molar flow rate, nref, as a reference quantity. If your reference meter out- [79 FR 23784, Apr. 28, 2014] puts a flow rate in a different quantity, § 1065.640 Flow meter calibration cal- such as standard volume rate, v˙ stdref, ac- culations. tual volume rate, v˙ actref, or mass rate, This section describes the calcula- m˙ ref, convert your reference meter out- tions for calibrating various flow me- put to a molar flow rate using the fol- ters. After you calibrate a flow meter lowing equations, noting that while using these calculations, use the cal- values for volume rate, mass rate, pres- culations described in § 1065.642 to cal- sure, temperature, and molar mass culate flow during an emission test. may change during an emission test, Paragraph (a) of this section first de- you should ensure that they are as con- scribes how to convert reference flow stant as practical for each individual meter outputs for use in the calibra- set point during a flow meter calibration equations, which are presented on tion:

182

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00192 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.143 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.640

Where: Tstd = standard temperature. T = actual temperature of the flow rate. n˙ ref = reference molar flow rate. act v˙ stdref = reference volume flow rate, corrected R = molar gas constant. to a standard pressure and a standard Mmix = molar mass of the flow rate. temperature. Example 1: 3 3 v˙ actref = reference volume flow rate at the ac- v˙ stdref = 1000.00 ft /min = 0.471948 m /s tual pressure and temperature of the pstd = 29.9213 in Hg @32 °F = 101.325 kPa = flow rate. 101325 Pa = 101325 kg/(m·s2) m˙ ref = reference mass flow. Tstd = 68.0 °F = 293.15 K 2 pstd = standard pressure. R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K) = 8.314472 (m ·kg)/ 2 pact = actual pressure of the flow rate. (s ·mol·K)

n˙ ref = 19.619 mol/s m˙ ref = 17.2683 kg/min = 287.805 g/s ˙ Example 2: Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol

n˙ ref = 10.0000 mol/s (1) Calculate PDP volume pumped (b) PDP calibration calculations. Per- per revolution, Vrev, for each restrictor form the following steps to calibrate a position from the mean values deter- PDP flow meter: mined in § 1065.340 as follows:

Where: Example: n˙ = 25.096 mol/s n˙ ref = mean reference molar flow rate. ref R = molar gas constant. R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K) = 8.314472 (m2·kg)/ ¯ 2 Tin = mean temperature at the PDP inlet. (s ·mol·K) ¯ ¯ Pin = mean static absolute pressure at the Tin = 299.5 K ¯ 2 PDP inlet. Pin = 98.290 kPa = 98290 Pa = 98290 kg/(m·s ) ¯ ¯ fnPDP = mean PDP speed. fnPDP = 1205.1 r/min = 20.085 r/s

183

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00193 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.166 ER25OC16.167 ER25OC16.168 ER25OC16.169 § 1065.640 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

3 Vrev = 0.03166 m /r from the mean values determined in (2) Calculate a PDP slip correction § 1065.340 as follows: factor, Ks, for each restrictor position

Where: Example: ¯ ¯ fnPDP = mean PDP speed. fnPDP = 1205.1 r/min = 20.085 r/s P¯ = mean static absolute pressure at the ¯ out Pout = 100.103 kPa PDP outlet. ¯ ¯ Pin = 98.290 kPa Pin = mean static absolute pressure at the PDP inlet.

Ks = 0.006700 s/r (4) Repeat the procedure in para- (3) Perform a least-squares regression graphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section for every speed that you run your PDP. of V versus K by calculating slope, rev, s, (5) The following table illustrates a a and intercept, a as described in 1, 0, range of typical values for different § 1065.602. PDP speeds:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.640—EXAMPLE OF PDP CALIBRATION DATA

øfnPDP a1 a0 (revolution/s) (m3/s) (m3/revolution)

12.6 ...... 0.841 0.056 16.5 ...... 0.831 ¥0.013 20.9 ...... 0.809 0.028 23.4 ...... 0.788 ¥0.061

(6) For each speed at which you oper- brating a venturi and calculating flow ate the PDP, use the appropriate re- using a venturi. Because a subsonic gression equation from this paragraph venturi (SSV) and a critical-flow ven- (b) to calculate flow rate during emis- turi (CFV) both operate similarly, sion testing as described in § 1065.642. their governing equations are nearly (c) Venturi governing equations and the same, except for the equation de- permissible assumptions. This section describing their pressure ratio, r (i.e., rSSV scribes the governing equations and versus rCFV). These governing equations permissible assumptions for cali- assume one-dimensional isentropic

184

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00194 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.170 ER25OC16.171 ER25OC16.172 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.640

inviscid flow of an ideal gas. Paragraph the isentropic exponent, γ, is equal to (c)(5) of this section describes other as- the ratio of specific heats, Cp/Cv. If good sumptions that may apply. If good en- engineering judgment dictates using a gineering judgment dictates that you real gas isentropic exponent, you may account for gas compressibility, you either use an appropriate equation of may either use an appropriate equation state to determine values of γ as a func- of state to determine values of Z as a tion of measured pressures and tem- function of measured pressure and temperatures, or you may develop your perature, or you may develop your own own calibration equations based on calibration equations based on good en- good engineering judgment. gineering judgment. Note that the (1) Calculate molar flow rate, n˙ , as equation for the flow coefficient, Cf, is based on the ideal gas assumption that follows:

Where: Z = compressibility factor. Mmix = molar mass of gas mixture. Cd = discharge coefficient, as determined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. R = molar gas constant. Tin = venturi inlet absolute temperature. Cf = flow coefficient, as determined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. (2) Using the data collected in At = venturi throat cross-sectional area. § 1065.340, calculate Cd for each flow pin = venturi inlet absolute static pressure. rate using the following equation:

Where: TABLE 2 OF § 1065.640–CfCFV VERSUS β AND γ

n˙ ref = a reference molar flow rate. FOR CFV FLOW METERS

(3) Determine Cf using one of the fol- CfCFV lowing methods: γ γ dexh = β exh = γ (i) For CFV flow meters only, deter- air = 385 399 mine CfCFV from the following table based on your values for β and γ, using 0.000 0.6822 0.6846 0.400 0.6857 0.6881 linear interpolation to find inter- 0.500 0.6910 0.6934 mediate values: 0.550 0.6953 0.6977 0.600 0.7011 0.7036 0.625 0.7047 0.7072 0.650 0.7089 0.7114 0.675 0.7137 0.7163 0.700 0.7193 0.7219 0.720 0.7245 0.7271 0.740 0.7303 0.7329 0.760 0.7368 0.7395 0.770 0.7404 0.7431

185

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00195 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.173 ER25OC16.174 § 1065.640 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 2 OF § 1065.640–CfCFV VERSUS β AND γ TABLE 2 OF § 1065.640–CfCFV VERSUS β AND γ FOR CFV FLOW METERS—Continued FOR CFV FLOW METERS—Continued

CfCFV CfCFV γ dexh = γdexh = γexh = γ β γ = β exh = γ 385 air air = 399 385 399

0.780 0.7442 0.7470 0.850 0.7798 0.7828 0.790 0.7483 0.7511 0.800 0.7527 0.7555 0.810 0.7573 0.7602 (ii) For any CFV or SSV flow meter, 0.820 0.7624 0.7652 you may use the following equation to 0.830 0.7677 0.7707 0.840 0.7735 0.7765 calculate Cf for each flow rate:

Where: β = ratio of venturi throat to inlet diame- γ = isentropic exponent. For an ideal gas, ters. this is the ratio of specific heats of the (4) Calculate r as follows: gas mixture, Cp/Cv. r = pressure ratio, as determined in para- (i) For SSV systems only, calculate graph (c)(4) of this section. rSSV using the following equation:

Where: (ii) For CFV systems only, calculate

ΔpSSV = Differential static pressure; venturi rCFV iteratively using the following inlet minus venturi throat. equation:

186

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00196 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.175 ER25OC16.176 ER25OC16.177 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.640

(5) You may apply any of the fol- (ii) For raw exhaust, you may assume lowing simplifying assumptions or de- γ = 1.385. velop other values as appropriate for (iii) For diluted exhaust and dilution your test configuration, consistent air, you may assume γ = 1.399. with good engineering judgment: (iv) For diluted exhaust and dilution (i) For raw exhaust, diluted exhaust, air, you may assume the molar mass of and dilution air, you may assume that the mixture, Mmix, is a function only of the gas mixture behaves as an ideal the amount of water in the dilution air gas: Z = 1. or calibration air, as follows:

Where: TABLE 3 OF § 1065.640—EXAMPLES OF DILU- Mair = molar mass of dry air. TION AIR AND CALIBRATION AIRDEWPOINTS AT xH2O = amount of H2O in the dilution air or WHICH YOU MAY ASSUME A CONSTANT calibration air, determined as described Mmix—Continued in § 1065.645. MH2O = molar mass of water. If calibration assume the fol- for the following ranges of Tdew Example: Tdew ( lowing constant ° ( °C) during emission tests a Mair = 28.96559 g/mol C) is Mmix (g/mol) ...... xH2O = 0.0169 mol/mol M = 18.01528 g/mol H2O 0 ...... 28.89263 dry to 21 Mmix = 28.96559 · (1– 0.0169) + 18.01528 · 0.0169 5 ...... 28.86148 dry to 22 Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol 10 ...... 28.81911 dry to 24 15 ...... 28.76224 dry to 26 (v) For diluted exhaust and dilution 20 ...... 28.68685 –8 to 28 air, you may assume a constant molar 25 ...... 28.58806 12 to 31 mass of the mixture, Mmix, for all cali- 30 ...... 28.46005 23 to 34 bration and all testing as long as your a Range valid for all calibration and emission testing over assumed molar mass differs no more the atmospheric pressure range (80.000 to 103.325) kPa. than ±1% from the estimated minimum (6) The following example illustrates and maximum molar mass during cali- the use of the governing equations to bration and testing. calculate Cd of an SSV flow meter at You may assume this, using good en- one reference flow meter value. Note gineering judgment, if you sufficiently that calculating Cd for a CFV flow control the amount of water in calibra- meter would be similar, except that Cf tion air and in dilution air or if you re- would be determined from Table 2 of move sufficient water from both cali- this section or calculated iteratively bration air and dilution air. The fol- using values of β and γ as described in lowing table gives examples of permis- paragraph (c)(2) of this section. sible ranges of dilution air dewpoint versus calibration air dewpoint: Example: n˙ ref = 57.625 mol/s TABLE 3 OF § 1065.640—EXAMPLES OF DILU- Z = 1 M = 28.7805 g/mol = 0.0287805 kg/mol TION AIR AND CALIBRATION AIRDEWPOINTS AT mix R = 8.314472 J/(mol · K) = 8.314472 (m2 · kg)/(s2 WHICH YOU MAY ASSUME A CONSTANT Mmix · mol · K) If cali- Tin = 298.15 K 2 bration assume the fol- At = 0.01824 m for the following ranges of Tdew 2 Tdew ( lowing constant a p = 99.132 kPa = 99132.0 Pa = 99132 kg/(m·s ) ° ( °C) during emission tests in C) is Mmix (g/mol) . . . γ ... = 1.399 β = 0.8 dry ...... 28.96559 dry to 18 Δp = 2.312 kPa

187

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00197 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.178 § 1065.640 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Cf = 0.274

# Cd = 0.982 cosity, μ, is needed to compute Re , you (d) SSV calibration. Perform the fol- may use your own fluid viscosity model to determine μ for your calibration gas lowing steps to calibrate an SSV flow (usually air), using good engineering meter: judgment. Alternatively, you may use (1) Calculate the Reynolds number, # the Sutherland three-coefficient vis- Re , for each reference molar flow rate, cosity model to approximate μ, as n˙ ref, using the throat diameter of the shown in the following sample calcula- venturi, dt. Because the dynamic vis- tion for Re#:

Where, using the Sutherland three- coefficient viscosity model:

Where: T0 = Sutherland reference temperature.

μ0 = Sutherland reference viscosity. S = Sutherland constant.

188

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00198 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.179 ER25OC16.314 ER25OC16.315 ER25OC16.180 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.640

TABLE 4 OF § 1065.640—SUTHERLAND THREE-COEFFICIENT VISCOSITY MODEL PARAMETERS

b μ0 T0 S Temperature range within ± 2% Pressure limit error b Gas a kg/(m·s) K K K kPa

Air ...... 1.716 · 10¥5 273 111 170 to 1900 ...... ≤ 1800 ¥5 CO2 ...... 1.370 · 10 273 222 190 to 1700 ...... ≤ 3600 ¥5 H2 ...... 1.12 · 10 350 1064 360 to 1500 ...... ≤ 10000 ¥5 O2 ...... 1.919 · 10 273 139 190 to 2000 ...... ≤ 2500 ¥5 N2 ...... 1.663 · 10 273 107 100 to 1500 ...... ≤ 1600 a Use tabulated parameters only for the pure gases, as listed. Do not combine parameters in calculations to calculate viscos- ities of gas mixtures. b The model results are valid only for ambient conditions in the specified ranges.

Example: T0 = 273 K ¥5 μ0 = 1.716 · 10 kg/(m·s) S = 111 K

¥5 μ = 1.838 · 10 kg/(m·s) dt = 152.4 mm = 0.1524 m Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol Tin = 298.15 K n˙ ref = 57.625 mol/s

Re# = 7.538·108 including a polynomial or a power series. The following equation is an ex- (2) Create an equation for Cd as a function of Re#, using paired values of ample of a commonly used mathe- the two quantities. The equation may matical expression for relating Cd and involve any mathematical expression, Re#:

(3) Perform a least-squares regression use the equation for the corresponding analysis to determine the best-fit coef- range of Re#, as described in § 1065.642. ficients for the equation and calculate (5) If the equation does not meet the SEE as described in § 1065.602. specified statistical criterion, you may (4) If the equation meets the cri- use good engineering judgment to omit terion of SEE ≤ 0.5% · Cdmax, you may calibration data points; however you must use at least seven calibration

189

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00199 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.181 ER25OC16.182 ER25OC16.183 § 1065.640 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

data points to demonstrate that you brate each combination of venturis as meet the criterion. For example, this one venturi. In the case where you cali- may involve narrowing the range of brate a combination of venturis, use flow rates for a better curve fit. the sum of the active venturi throat (6) Take corrective action if the areas as At, the square root of the sum equation does not meet the specified of the squares of the active venturi statistical criterion even after omit- throat diameters as dt, and the ratio of ting calibration data points. For exam- the venturi throat to inlet diameters ple, select another mathematical ex- as the ratio of the square root of the # pression for the Cd versus Re equation, sum of the active venturi throat diam- check for leaks, or repeat the calibra- eters (dt) to the diameter of the com- tion process. If you must repeat the mon entrance to all the venturis. (D). calibration process, we recommend ap- To determine the Cd for a single ven- plying tighter tolerances to measure- turi or a single combination of ments and allowing more time for venturis, perform the following steps: flows to stabilize. (7) Once you have an equation that (1) Use the data collected at each meets the specified statistical cri- calibration set point to calculate an in- terion, you may use the equation only dividual Cd for each point using Eq. for the corresponding range of Re#. 1065.640–4. (e) CFV calibration. Some CFV flow (2) Calculate the mean and standard meters consist of a single venturi and deviation of all the Cd values according some consist of multiple venturis, to Eqs. 1065.602–1 and 1065.602–2. where different combinations of (3) If the standard deviation of all the venturis are used to meter different Cd values is less than or equal to 0.3% flow rates. For CFV flow meters that of the mean Cd, use the mean Cd in Eq. consist of multiple venturis, either 1065.642–4, and use the CFV only up to calibrate each venturi independently the highest venturi pressure ratio, r, to determine a separate discharge coef- measured during calibration using the ficient, Cd, for each venturi, or cali- following equation:

Where: (6) If the number of remaining Cd val-

DpCFV = Differential static pressure; venturi ues is seven or greater, recalculate the inlet minus venturi outlet. mean and standard deviation of the re- (4) If the standard deviation of all the maining Cd values. (7) If the standard deviation of the re- Cd values exceeds 0.3% of the mean Cd, maining Cd values is less than or equal omit the Cd value corresponding to the data point collected at the highest r to 0.3% of the mean of the remaining measured during calibration. Cd, use that mean Cd in Eq. 1065.642–4, (5) If the number of remaining data and use the CFV values only up to the points is less than seven, take correc- highest r associated with the remain- tive action by checking your calibra- ing Cd. tion data or repeating the calibration (8) If the standard deviation of the re- process. If you repeat the calibration maining Cd still exceeds 0.3% of the process, we recommend checking for leaks, applying tighter tolerances to measurements and allowing more time for flows to stabilize.

190

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00200 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.184 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.642

mean of the remaining Cd values, re- various flow meters. After you cali- peat the steps in paragraph (e)(4) brate a flow meter according to through (8) of this section. § 1065.640, use the calculations described in this section to calculate flow during [79 FR 23785, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 an emission test. FR 74172, Oct. 25, 2016] (a) PDP molar flow rate. (1) Based on the speed at which you operate the § 1065.642 PDP, SSV, and CFV molar flow rate calculations. PDP for a test interval, select the corresponding slope, a1, and intercept, a0, This section describes the equations as calculated in § 1065.640, to calculate for calculating molar flow rates from PDP molar flow rate,, as follows:

Where: pin = static absolute pressure at the PDP f = pump speed. inlet. nPDP R = molar gas constant. V = PDP volume pumped per revolution, as rev T = absolute temperature at the PDP inlet. determined in paragraph (a)(2) of this in section. (2) Calculate Vrev using the following equation:

pout = static absolute pressure at the Pout = 99.950 kPa 2 PDP outlet. Pin = 98.575 kPa = 98575 Pa = 98575 kg/(m·s ) a = 0.056 (m3/r) Example: 0 R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K) = 8.314472 (m2·kg)/ 3 a1 = 0.8405 (m /s) (s2·mol·K) f = 12.58 r/s nPDP Tin = 323.5 K

n˙ = 29.428 mol/s (b) SSV molar flow rate. Calculate SSV molar flow rate, n˙ , as follows:

191

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00201 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.185 ER25OC16.186 ER25OC16.187 ER25OC16.188 § 1065.642 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

2 Where: At = 0.01824 m p = 99.132 kPa = 99132 Pa = 99132 kg/(m·s2) Cd = discharge coefficient, as determined in # Z = 1 based on the Cd versus Re equation in § 1065.640(d)(2). Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol = 0.0287805 kg/mol R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K) = 8.314472 (m2·kg)/ Cf = flow coefficient, as determined in § 1065.640(c)(2)(ii). (s2·mol·K) At = venturi throat cross-sectional area. Tin = 298.15 K # 5 Pin = static absolute pressure at the venturi Re = 7.232·10 inlet. γ = 1.399 Z = compressibility factor. β = 0.8 Mmix = molar mass of gas mixture. Dp = 2.312 kPa R = molar gas constant. Using Eq. 1065.640–7, rssv = 0.997 Tin = absolute temperature at the venturi inlet. Using Eq. 1065.640–6, Cf = 0.274

Example: Using Eq. 1065.640–5, Cd = 0.990

n˙ = 58.173 mol/s the sum of the squares of the active (c) CFV molar flow rate. If you use venturi throat diameters as dt, and the multiple venturis and you calibrate ratio of the venturi throat to inlet di- each venturi independently to deter- ameters as the ratio of the square root mine a separate discharge coefficient, of the sum of the active venturi throat Cd (or calibration coefficient, Kv), for diameters (dt) to the diameter of the each venturi, calculate the individual common entrance to all the venturis molar flow rates through each venturi (D). and sum all their flow rates to deter- (1) To calculate n˙ through one ven- mine CFV flow rate, n˙ . If you use mul- turi or one combination of venturis, tiple venturis and you calibrated use its respective mean C and other ˙ d venturis in combination, calculate n constants you determined according to using the sum of the active venturi § 1065.640 and calculate n˙ as follows: throat areas as At, the square root of

Example: Cd = 0.985

192

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00202 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.316 ER25OC16.189 ER25OC16.190 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.642

Cf = 0.7219 Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol = 0.0287805 kg/mol 2 2 At = 0.00456 m R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K) = 8.314472 (m ·kg)/ 2 2 pin = 98.836 kPa = 98836 Pa = 98836 kg/(m·s ) (s ·mol·K) Z = 1 Tin = 378.15 K

n˙ = 33.690 mol/s calculate its molar flow rate n˙ during (2) To calculate the molar flow rate an emission test. Note that if you follow the permissible ranges of dilution through one venturi or a combination air dewpoint versus calibration air of venturis, you may use its respective dewpoint in Table 3 of § 1065.640, you mean, Kv, and other constants you de- may set Mmix-cal and Mmix equal to 1. Cal- termined according to § 1065.640 and culate n˙ as follows:

Where:

Vstdref = volume flow rate of the standard at Example: 3 reference conditions of 293.15 K and Vstdref = 0.4895 m 101.325 kPa. Tin-cal = 302.52 K 2 Tin-cal = venturi inlet temperature during cali- Pin-cal = 99.654 kPa = 99654 Pa = 99654 kg/(m·s ) 2 bration. pin = 98.836 kPa = 98836 Pa = 98836 kg/(m·s ) 2 Pin-cal = venturi inlet pressure during calibra- pstd = 101.325 kPa = 101325 Pa = 101325 kg/(m·s ) tion. Mmix-cal = 28.9656 g/mol = 0.0289656 kg/mol Mmix-cal = molar mass of gas mixture used dur- Mmix = 28.7805 g/mol = 0.0287805 kg/mol ing calibration. Tin = 353.15 K Mmix = molar mass of gas mixture during the Tstd = 293.15 K emission test calculated using Eq. R = 8.314472 J/(mol·K) = 8.314472 (m2·kg)/ 1065.640–9. (s2·mol·K)

193

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00203 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.191 ER25OC16.192 ER25OC16.193 § 1065.644 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

n˙ = 16.457 mol/s leak verification, which is described in [81 FR 74177, Oct. 25, 2016] § 1065.345(e). Use the following equation to calculate the leak rate n˙ leak, and § 1065.644 Vacuum-decay leak rate. compare it to the criterion specified in This section describes how to cal- § 1065.345(e): culate the leak rate of a vacuum-decay

Where: t1 = time at start of vacuum-decay leak

Vvac = geometric volume of the vacuum-side verification test. of the sampling system. Example: R = molar gas constant. V = 2.0000 L = 0.00200 m3 p = vacuum-side absolute pressure at time vac 2 R = 8.314472 J/(mol · K) = 8.314472 (m2 · kg)/(s2 t . 2 · mol · K) T = vacuum-side absolute temperature at 2 2 p2 = 50.600 kPa = 50600 Pa = 50600 kg/(m · s ) time t2. T = 293.15 K p1 = vacuum-side absolute pressure at time 2 2 t1. p1 = 25.300 kPa = 25300 Pa = 25300 kg/(m · s ) T1 = vacuum-side absolute temperature at T1 = 293.15 K time t1. t2 = 10:57:35 a.m. t2 = time at completion of vacuum-decay t1 = 10:56:25 a.m. leak verification test.

194

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00204 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.194 ER28AP14.036 ER28AP14.037 ER28AP14.038 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.645

[79 FR 23795, Apr. 28, 2014] Temperature Scale’’ (Goff, J.A., Trans- actions American Society of Heating § 1065.645 Amount of water in an ideal and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Vol. gas. 63, No. 1607, pages 347–354). Note that This section describes how to deter- the equations were originally published mine the amount of water in an ideal to derive vapor pressure in units of gas, which you need for various per- atmospheres and have been modified to formance verifications and emission derive results in units of kPa by con- calculations. Use the equation for the verting the last term in each equation. vapor pressure of water in paragraph (a) Vapor pressure of water. Calculate (a) of this section or another appro- the vapor pressure of water for a given priate equation and, depending on saturation temperature condition, Tsat, whether you measure dewpoint or rel- as follows, or use good engineering ative humidity, perform one of the cal- judgment to use a different relation- culations in paragraph (b) or (c) of this ship of the vapor pressure of water to a section. Paragraph (d) of this section given saturation temperature condi- provides an equation for determining tion: dewpoint from relative humidity and (1) For humidity measurements made dry bulb temperature measurements. at ambient temperatures from (0 to 100) The equations for the vapor pressure of °C, or for humidity measurements water as presented in this section are made over super-cooled water at ambi- derived from equations in ‘‘Saturation ent temperatures from (¥50 to 0) °C, Pressure of Water on the New Kelvin use the following equation:

195

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00205 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.645 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(2) For humidity measurements over ice at ambient temperatures from (–100 to 0) °C, use the following equation:

196

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00206 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8016 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.039 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.645

(b) Dewpoint. If you measure humidity as a dewpoint, determine the amount of water in an ideal gas, xH20, as follows:

= pH2O xH2O Eq. 1065.645-3 pabs

Where: Using Eq. 1065.645–1,

xH20 = amount of water in an ideal gas. pH20 = 1.186581 kPa pH20 = water vapor pressure at the measured xH2O = 1.186581/99.980 dewpoint, Tsat = Tdew. xH2O = 0.011868 mol/mol pabs = wet static absolute pressure at the location of your dewpoint measurement. (c) Relative humidity. If you measure Example: : humidity as a relative humidity, RH, pabs = 99.980 kPa determine the amount of water in an Tsat = Tdew = 9.5 °C ideal gas, xH2O, as follows:

197

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00207 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.040 ER30AP10.034 § 1065.650 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Where: This paragraph (d) describes how to

xH2O = amount of water in an ideal gas. calculate dewpoint temperature from RH = relative humidity. relative humidity, RH. This is based on pH2O = water vapor pressure at 100% relative ‘‘ITS–90 Formulations for Vapor Pres- humidity at the location of your relative sure, Frostpoint Temperature, Dew- humidity measurement, Tsat = Tamb. pabs = wet static absolute pressure at the lo- point Temperature, and Enhancement cation of your relative humidity meas- Factors in the Range ¥100 to + 100 °C’’ urement. (Hardy, B., The Proceedings of the Example: Third International Symposium on Hu- RH = 50.77% = 0.5077 midity & Moisture, Teddington, Lon- pabs = 99.980 kPa don, England, April 1998). Calculate Tsat = Tamb = 20 °C Using Eq. 1065.645–1, pH20sat as described in paragraph (a) of this section based on setting T equal pH2O = 2.3371 kPa sat xH2O = (0.5077 · 2.3371)/99.980 to Tamb. Calculate pH20scaled by multi- xH2O = 0.011868 mol/mol plying pH20sat by RH. Calculate the dew- (d) Dewpoint determination from rel- point, Tdew, from pH20 using the fol- ative humidity and dry bulb temperature. lowing equation:

Where: Example: ln(p ) = the natural log of p which is RH = 39.61% = 0.3961 H2O H2Oscaled, ° the water vapor pressure scaled to the Tsat = Tamb = 20.00 C = 293.15K Using Eq. 1065.645–1, relative humidity at the location of the p = 2.3371 kPa relative humidity measurement, T = H2Osat sat p = (0.3961 · 2.3371) = 0.925717 kPa = T H2Oscaled amb 925.717 Pa

[73 FR 37327, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 vals with zero work (or power), cal- FR 59331, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23048, Apr. 30, culate the emission mass (or mass 2010; 76 FR 57456, Sept. 15, 2011;79 FR 23796, rate), but do not calculate brake-spe- Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74179, Oct. 25, 2016] cific emissions. For duty cycles with § 1065.650 Emission calculations. multiple test intervals, refer to the standard-setting part for calculations (a) General. Calculate brake-specific you need to determine a composite re- emissions over each applicable duty sult, such as a calculation that weights cycle or test interval. For test inter- and sums the results of individual test

198

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00208 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.195 ER25OC16.196 ER25OC16.197 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.650

intervals in a duty cycle. If the stand- (b) Brake-specific emissions over a test ard-setting part does not include those interval. We specify three alternative calculations, use the equations in para- ways to calculate brake-specific emis- graph (g) of this section. This section is sions over a test interval, as follows: written based on rectangular integra- (1) For any testing, you may cal- tion, where each indexed value (i.e., culate the total mass of emissions, as ‘‘i’’) represents (or approximates) the described in paragraph (c) of this sec- mean value of the parameter for its re- tion, and divide it by the total work spective time interval, delta-t. You generated over the test interval, as de- may also integrate continuous signals scribed in paragraph (d) of this section, using trapezoidal integration con- using the following equation: sistent with good engineering judgment.

m e = Eq. 1065.650-1 W

Example: specific emissions over a test interval mNOx = 64.975 g using the ratio of emission mass rate W = 25.783 kW · hr e = 64.975/25.783 to power, as described in paragraph (e) NOx of this section, using the following eNOx = 2.520 g/(kW · hr) equation: (2) For discrete-mode steady-state testing, you may calculate the brake-

m e = Eq. 1065.650-2 P

(3) For field testing, you may cal- molar flow rate to determine a value culate the ratio of total mass to total proportional to total emissions. You work, where these individual values are then use the same linearly propor- determined as described in paragraph tional signal to determine total work (f) of this section. You may also use using a chemical balance of fuel, in- this approach for laboratory testing, take air, and exhaust as described in consistent with good engineering judg- § 1065.655, plus information about your ment. Good engineering judgment dic- engine’s brake-specific fuel consump- tates that this method not be used if tion. Under this method, flow meters there are any work flow paths de- need not meet accuracy specifications, scribed in § 1065.210 that cross the sys- but they must meet the applicable lin- tem boundary, other than the primary earity and repeatability specifications output shaft (crankshaft). This is a in subpart D or subpart J of this part. special case in which you use a signal The result is a brake-specific emission linearly proportional to raw exhaust value calculated as follows:

m e= Eq. 1065.650-3 W

Example: m˜ = 805.5 g

199

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00209 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER30AP10.036 ER30AP10.037 ER30AP10.038 § 1065.650 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

W˜ = 52.102 kW · hr background concentrations, as de- eCO = 805.5/52.102 scribed in § 1065.660. e = 2.520 g/(kW · hr) CO (v) For emission testing with an (c) Total mass of emissions over a test oxygenated fuel, calculate any HC con- interval. To calculate the total mass of centrations, including dilution air an emission, multiply a concentration background concentrations, as de- by its respective flow. For all systems, scribed in § 1065.665. See subpart I of make preliminary calculations as de- this part for testing with oxygenated scribed in paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- fuels. tion to correct concentrations. Next, (vi) Correct all the NO concentra- use the method in paragraphs (c)(2) X tions, including dilution air back- through (4) of this section that is ap- ground concentrations, for intake-air propriate for your system. Finally, if necessary, calculate the mass of NMHC humidity as described in § 1065.670. as described in paragraph (c)(5) of this (2) Continuous sampling. For contin- section for all systems. Calculate the uous sampling, you must frequently total mass of emissions as follows: record a continuously updated con- (1) Concentration corrections. Perform centration signal. You may measure the following sequence of preliminary this concentration from a changing calculations on recorded concentra- flow rate or a constant flow rate (in- tions: cluding discrete-mode steady-state (i) Correct all gaseous emission ana- testing), as follows: lyzer concentration readings, including (i) Varying flow rate. If you continu- continuous readings, sample bag read- ously sample from a changing exhaust ings, and dilution air background read- flow rate, time align and then multiply ings, for drift as described in § 1065.672. concentration measurements by the Note that you must omit this step flow rate from which you extracted it. where brake-specific emissions are cal- Use good engineering judgment to time culated without the drift correction for align flow and concentration data to performing the drift validation accord- match transformation time, t50, to ing to § 1065.550(b). When applying the within ±1 s. We consider the following initial THC and CH4 contamination to be examples of changing flows that readings according to § 1065.520(f), use require a continuous multiplication of the same values for both sets of cal- concentration times molar flow rate: culations. You may also use as-meas- Raw exhaust, exhaust diluted with a ured values in the initial set of calcula- constant flow rate of dilution air, and tions and corrected values in the drift- corrected set of calculations as de- CVS dilution with a CVS flowmeter scribed in § 1065.520(f)(7). that does not have an upstream heat exchanger or electronic flow control. (ii) Correct all THC and CH4 concentrations for initial contamination This multiplication results in the flow as described in § 1065.660(a), including rate of the emission itself. Integrate continuous readings, sample bags read- the emission flow rate over a test in- ings, and dilution air background read- terval to determine the total emission. ings. If the total emission is a molar quan- (iii) Correct all concentrations meas- tity, convert this quantity to a mass ured on a ‘‘dry’’ basis to a ‘‘wet’’ basis, by multiplying it by its molar mass, M. including dilution air background con- The result is the mass of the emission, centrations, as described in § 1065.659. m. Calculate m for continuous sampling (iv) Calculate all NMHC and CH4 con- with variable flow using the following centrations, including dilution air equations:

N ⋅⋅⋅ Δ mM= ∑ xnii t Eq. 1065.650-4 i=1

Where: 200

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00210 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8003 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER08OC08.006 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.650

Δ = tf1/record Eq. 1065.650-5

Example: Multiply the mean concentration of MNMHC = 13.875389 g/mol the batch sample by the total flow N = 1200 from which the sample was extracted. μ ¥6 xNMHC1 = 84.5 mol/mol = 84.5 · 10 mol/mol If the total emission is a molar quan- μ ¥6 xNMHC2 = 86.0 mol/mol = 86.0 · 10 mol/mol tity, convert this quantity to a mass n˙ exh1 = 2.876 mol/s n˙ = 2.224 mol/s by multiplying it by its molar mass, M. exh2 The result is the mass of the emission, frecord = 1 Hz Using Eq. 1065.650–5, m. In the case of PM emissions, where the mean PM concentration is already Dt = 1/1 = 1 s ¥6 in units of mass per mole of sample, mNMHC = 13.875389 · (84.5 · 10 · 2.876 + 86.0 · ¯ ¥6 MPM, simply multiply it by the total 10 · 2.224 + ... + xNMHC1200 · n˙ exh) · 1 flow. The result is the total mass of mNMHC = 25.53 g PM, mPM. Calculate m for batch sam- (ii) Constant flow rate. If you continu- pling with variable flow using the fol- ously sample from a constant exhaust lowing equation: flow rate, use the same emission calculations described in paragraph N (c)(2)(i) of this section or calculate the ⋅⋅ ⋅Δ mMx= ∑ ni t Eq. 1065.650-6 mean or flow-weighted concentration i=1 recorded over the test interval and treat the mean as a batch sample, as Example: M = 46.0055 g/mol described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this NOx N = 9000 section. We consider the following to x¯ = 85.6 μmol/mol = 85.6 · 10¥6 mol/mol be examples of constant exhaust flows: NOx n˙ = 25.534 mol/s CVS diluted exhaust with a CVS flow- dexh1 n˙ dexh2 = 26.950 mol/s meter that has either an upstream heat f = 5 Hz exchanger, electronic flow control, or record both. Using Eq. 1065.650–5, (3) Batch sampling. For batch sam- Dt = 1/5 = 0.2 ¥6 pling, the concentration is a single mNOx = 46.0055 · 85.6 · 10 · (25.534 + 26.950 + ˙ value from a proportionally extracted ... + nexh9000) · 0.2 m = 4.201 g batch sample (such as a bag, filter, im- NOx pinger, or cartridge). In this case, mul- (ii) Constant flow rate. If you batch tiply the mean concentration of the sample from a constant exhaust flow batch sample by the total flow from rate, extract a sample at a propor- which the sample was extracted. You tional or constant flow rate. We con- may calculate total flow by integrating sider the following to be examples of a changing flow rate or by determining constant exhaust flows: CVS diluted the mean of a constant flow rate, as exhaust with a CVS flow meter that follows: has either an upstream heat exchanger, (i) Varying flow rate. If you collect a electronic flow control, or both. Deter- batch sample from a changing exhaust mine the mean molar flow rate from flow rate, extract a sample propor- which you extracted the constant flow tional to the changing exhaust flow rate sample. Multiply the mean con- rate. We consider the following to be centration of the batch sample by the examples of changing flows that re- mean molar flow rate of the exhaust quire proportional sampling: Raw ex- from which the sample was extracted, haust, exhaust diluted with a constant and multiply the result by the time of flow rate of dilution air, and CVS dilu- the test interval. If the total emission tion with a CVS flowmeter that does is a molar quantity, convert this quan- not have an upstream heat exchanger tity to a mass by multiplying it by its or electronic flow control. Integrate molar mass, M. The result is the mass the flow rate over a test interval to de- of the emission, m. In the case of PM termine the total flow from which you emissions, where the mean PM con- extracted the proportional sample. centration is already in units of mass

201

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00211 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER08OC08.007 ER06MY08.040 § 1065.650 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

¯ ¯ μ ¥6 per mole of sample, MPM, simply mul- MPM = 144.0 g/mol = 144.0 · 10 g/mol tiply it by the total flow, and the re- n¯ dexh = 57.692 mol/s sult is the total mass of PM, m . Cal- Dt = 1200 s PM ¥6 mPM = 144.0 · 10 · 57.692 · 1200 culate m for sampling with constant m = 9.9692 g flow using the following equations: PM (4) Additional provisions for diluted ex- mMxnt= ⋅⋅⋅ Δ Eq. 1065.650-7 haust sampling; continuous or batch. The following additional provisions apply and for PM or any other analysis of a for sampling emissions from diluted ex- batch sample that yields a mass per haust: mole of sample, (i) For sampling with a constant dilution ratio, DR, of diluted exhaust =⋅ versus exhaust flow (e.g., secondary di- MMx Eq. 1065.650-8 lution for PM sampling), calculate m Example: using the following equation:

Example: work, mechanical shaft work, and fluid mPMdil = 6.853 g pumping work. For all work paths, ex- DR = 6:1 cept the engine’s primary output shaft mPM = 6.853 · 6 (crankshaft), the total work for the mPM = 41.118 g path over the test interval is the inte- (ii) For continuous or batch sam- gration of the net work flow rate pling, you may measure background (power) out of the system boundary. emissions in the dilution air. You may When energy/work flows into the sys- then subtract the measured back- tem boundary, this work flow rate sig- ground emissions, as described in nal becomes negative; in this case, in- § 1065.667. clude these negative work rate values (5) Mass of NMHC. Compare the cor- in the integration to calculate total rected mass of NMHC to corrected work from that work path. Some work mass of THC. If the corrected mass of paths may result in a negative total NMHC is greater than 0.98 times the work. Include negative total work val- corrected mass of THC, take the cor- ues from any work path in the cal- rected mass of NMHC to be 0.98 times culated total work from the engine the corrected mass of THC. If you omit rather than setting the values to zero. the NMHC calculations as described in The rest of this paragraph (d) describes § 1065.660(b)(1), take the corrected mass how to calculate total work from the of NMHC to be 0.98 times the corrected engine’s primary output shaft over a mass of THC. test interval. Before integrating power (6) Mass of NMNEHC. If the test fuel on the engine’s primary output shaft, has less than 0.010 mol/mol of ethane adjust the speed and torque data for and you omit the NMNEHC calcula- the time alignment used in § 1065.514(c). tions as described in § 1065.660(c)(1), Any advance or delay used on the feed- take the corrected mass of NMNEHC to back signals for cycle validation must be 0.95 times the corrected mass of also be used for calculating work. Ac- NMHC. count for work of accessories according (d) Total work over a test interval. To to § 1065.110. Exclude any work during calculate the total work from the en- cranking and starting. Exclude work gine over a test interval, add the total during actual motoring operation (neg- work from all the work paths described ative feedback torques), unless the en- in § 1065.210 that cross the system gine was connected to one or more en- boundary including electrical energy/ ergy storage devices. Examples of such

202

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00212 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER06MY08.041 ER06MY08.042 ER15SE11.044 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.650

energy storage devices include hybrid (2) Calculate shaft power at each powertrain batteries and hydraulic ac- point during the test interval by multi- cumulators, like the ones illustrated in plying all the recorded feedback engine Figure 1 of § 1065.210. Exclude any work speeds by their respective feedback during reference zero-load idle periods torques. (0% speed or idle speed with 0 N · m ref- (3) Adjust (reduce) the shaft power erence torque). Note, that there must values for accessories according to be two consecutive reference zero load § 1065.110. idle points to establish a period where (4) Set all power values during any this applies. Include work during idle cranking or starting period to zero. See points with simulated minimum torque § 1065.525 for more information about such as Curb Idle Transmissions engine cranking. Torque (CITT) for automatic transmissions in ‘‘drive’’. The work calcula- (5) Set all negative power values to tion method described in paragraphs zero, unless the engine was connected (b)(1) through (7) of this section meets to one or more energy storage devices. these requirements using rectangular If the engine was tested with an energy integration. You may use other logic storage device, leave negative power that gives equivalent results. For ex- values unaltered. ample, you may use a trapezoidal inte- (6) Set all power values to zero dur- gration method as described in para- ing idle periods with a corresponding graph (b)(8) of this section. reference torque of 0 N · m. (1) Time align the recorded feedback (7) Integrate the resulting values for speed and torque values by the amount power over the test interval. Calculate used in § 1065.514(c). total work as follows:

Where: Pi = instantaneous power from the primary W = total work from the primary output output shaft over an interval i. shaft.

Where: T2 = 175.00 N · m π N = 9000 Crev = 2 · rad/r Ct1 = 60 s/min ƒn1 = 1800.2 r/min Cp = 1000 (N · m · rad/s)/kW ƒn2 = 1805.8 r/min ƒrecord = 5 Hz T1 = 177.23 N · m Ct2 = 3600 s/hr

203

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00213 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER15SE11.045 ER15SE11.046 ER15SE11.047 § 1065.650 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

P1 = 33.41 kW Dt = 1/5 = 0.2 s P2 = 33.09 kW Using Eq. 1065.650–5,

W = 16.875 kW · hr all work paths, except the engine’s pri- (8) You may use a trapezoidal inte- mary output shaft (crankshaft), the gration method instead of the rectan- mean steady-state power over the test gular integration described in this interval is the integration of the net paragraph (d). To do this, you must in- work flow rate (power) out of the sys- tegrate the fraction of work between tem boundary divided by the period of points where the torque is positive. the test interval. When power flows You may assume that speed and torque into the system boundary, the power/ are linear between data points. You work flow rate signal becomes nega- may not set negative values to zero be- tive; in this case, include these nega- fore running the integration. tive power/work rate values in the inte- (e) Steady-state mass rate divided by gration to calculate the mean power power. To determine steady-state from that work path. Some work paths brake-specific emissions for a test in- may result in a negative mean power. terval as described in paragraph (b)(2) Include negative mean power values of this section, calculate the mean from any work path in the mean total steady-state mass rate of the emission, power from the engine rather than set- Ôm, and the mean steady-state power, P¯ ting these values to zero. The rest of as follows: this paragraph (e)(2) describes how to (1) To calculate Ôm, multiply its mean calculate the mean power from the en- concentration, x¯, by its corresponding gine’s primary output shaft. Calculate ¯ ¯ mean molar flow rate, Ôn. If the result is P using Eq. 1065.650–13, noting that P, ¯ ¯ a molar flow rate, convert this quan- fn, and T refer to mean power, mean ro- tity to a mass rate by multiplying it tational shaft frequency, and mean by its molar mass, M. The result is the torque from the primary output shaft. mean mass rate of the emission, Ôm. In Account for the power of simulated ac- the case of PM emissions, where the cessories according to § 1065.110 (reduc- mean PM concentration is already in ing the mean primary output shaft ¯ power or torque by the accessory power units of mass per mole of sample, MPM, simply multiply it by the mean molar or torque). Set the power to zero dur- flow rate, Ôn. The result is the mass rate ing actual motoring operation (nega- Ô tive feedback torques), unless the en- of PM, m˙ PM. Calculate m using the following equation: gine was connected to one or more energy storage devices. Examples of such =⋅⋅ energy storage devices include hybrid mMxn Eq. 1065.650-12 powertrain batteries and hydraulic ac- (2) To calculate an engine’s mean cumulators, like the ones illustrated in steady-state total power, P¯ , add the Figure 1 of § 1065.210. Set the power to mean steady-state power from all the zero for modes with a zero reference work paths described in § 1065.210 that load (0 N·m reference torque or 0 kW cross the system boundary including reference power). Include power during electrical power, mechanical shaft idle modes with simulated minimum power, and fluid pumping power. For torque or power.

204

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00214 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER15SE11.048 ER06MY08.048 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.650

(3) Divide emission mass rate by (f) Ratio of total mass of emissions to power to calculate a brake-specific total work. To determine brake-specific emission result as described in para- emissions for a test interval as de- graph (b)(2) of this section. scribed in paragraph (b)(3) of this sec- (4) The following example shows how tion, calculate a value proportional to to calculate mass of emissions using the total mass of each emission. Divide mean mass rate and mean power: each proportional value by a value that

MCO = 28.0101 g/mol is similarly proportional to total work. x¯ = 12.00 mmol/mol = 0.01200 mol/mol ÔCO (1) Total mass. To determine a value n = 1.530 mol/s ¯ proportional to the total mass of an fn = 3584.5 r/min = 375.37 rad/s T¯ = 121.50 N · m emission, determine total mass as de- Ô m = 28.0101 · 0.01200 · 1.530 scribed in paragraph (c) of this section, Ô m = 0.514 g/s = 1850.4 g/hr except substitute for the molar flow P¯ = 121.5 · 375.37 rate, n˙ , or the total flow, n, with a sig- ¯ P = 45607 W nal that is linearly proportional to P¯ = 45.607 kW Õ e = 1850.4/45.61 molar flow rate, n, or linearly propor- CO ˜ eCO = 40.57 g/(kW · hr) tional to total flow, n as follows:

1 Mnx⋅⋅ m =⋅C i Ccombdryi Eq.. 1065 650014- fueli + wfuel 1 xH2 Oexhdryi

(2) Total work. To calculate a value wC or you may use default values for a proportional to total work over a test given fuel as described in § 1065.655(e). interval, integrate a value that is pro- Calculate the mass rate of carbon from portional to power. Use information the amount of carbon and water in the about the brake-specific fuel consump- exhaust, which you determine with a tion of your engine, efuel, to convert a chemical balance of fuel, intake air, signal proportional to fuel flow rate to and exhaust as described in § 1065.655. In a signal proportional to power. To de- the chemical balance, you must use termine a signal proportional to fuel concentrations from the flow that gen- flow rate, divide a signal that is pro- erated the signal proportional to molar portional to the mass rate of carbon flow rate, Õn, in paragraph (e)(1) of this products by the fraction of carbon in section. Calculate a value proportional your fuel, wC. You may use a measured to total work as follows:

Where:

205

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00215 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8003 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.198 ER06MY08.050 ER25OC16.199 § 1065.650 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(3) Brake-specific emissions. Divide the N = 3000 ƒ value proportional to total mass by the record = 5 Hz value proportional to total work to de- efuel = 285 g/(kW·hr) termine brake-specific emissions, as wfuel = 0.869 g/g M = 12.0107 g/mol described in paragraph (b)(3) of this Õ C n1 = 3.922 mol/s = 14119.2 mol/hr section. x = 91.634 mmol/mol = 0.091634 mol/mol (4) Example: The following example Ccombdry1 xH2Oexh1 = 27.21 mmol/mol = 0.02721 mol/mol shows how to calculate mass of emis- Using Eq. 1065.650–5, sions using proportional values: Dt = 0.2 s

W˜ = 5.09 (kW·hr) In the case of calculating composite (g) Brake-specific emissions over a duty brake-specific emissions relative to a cycle with multiple test intervals. The combined emission standard (such as a standard-setting part may specify a NOX + NMHC standard), change any duty cycle with multiple test intervals, negative mass (or mass rate) values to such as with discrete-mode steady- zero for a particular pollutant before state testing. Unless we specify other- combining the values for the different wise, calculate composite brake-spe- pollutants. cific emissions over the duty cycle as (1) Use the following equation to cal- described in this paragraph (g). If a culate composite brake-specific emis- measured mass (or mass rate) is nega- sions for duty cycles with multiple test tive, set it to zero for calculating com- intervals all with prescribed durations, posite brake-specific emissions, but such as cold-start and hot-start tran- leave it unchanged for drift validation. sient cycles:

N ⋅ ∑WFii m = i=1 ecomposite N Eq. 1065.650-17 ⋅ ∑WFii W i=1

Where: m = mass of emissions over the test interval i = test interval number. as determined in paragraph (c) of this N = number of test intervals. section. WF = weighting factor for the test interval W = total work from the engine over the test interval as determined in paragraph (d) as defined in the standard-setting part. of this section.

206

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00216 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.200 ER25OC16.201 ER30AP10.045 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.650

Example: m1 = 70.125 g N = 2 m2 = 64.975 g WF1 = 0.1428 W1 = 25.783 kW · hr WF2 = 0.8572 W2 = 25.783 kW · hr

(.0 1428⋅+⋅ 70 . 125 ) (. 0 8572 64 . 975 ) e = NOx composite (.0 1428⋅ 25 . 783)(.+⋅ 0 8572 25 . 783 )

eNOxcomposite = 2.548 g/kW · hr mode steady-state duty cycles, as fol- (2) Calculate composite brake-spe- lows: (i) Use the following equation if you cific emissions for duty cycles with calculate brake-specific emissions over multiple test intervals that allow use test intervals based on total mass and of varying duration, such as discrete- total work as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section:

N ⋅ mi ∑WFi = i=1 ti ecomposite N Eq. 1065.650-18 ⋅ Wi ∑WFi i=1 ti

Where: t = duration of the test interval. i = test interval number. Example: N = number of test intervals. N = 2 WF = weighting factor for the test interval WF1 = 0.85 as defined in the standard-setting part. WF2 = 0.15 m = mass of emissions over the test interval m1 = 1.3753 g as determined in paragraph (c) of this m2 = 0.4135 g section. t1 = 120 s W = total work from the engine over the test t2 = 200 s interval as determined in paragraph (d) W1 = 2.8375 kW · hr of this section. W2 = 0.0 kW · hr

⎛ 1. 3753 ⎞ ⎛ 0. 4135 ⎞ ⎜085. ⋅ ⎟ +⋅⎜015. ⎟ ⎝ 120 ⎠ ⎝ 200 ⎠ e = NOx composite ⎛ 2. 8375 ⎞ ⎛ 00. ⎞ ⎜08. 5 ⋅ ⎟ +⋅⎜015. ⎟ ⎝ 120 ⎠ ⎝ 200 ⎠

eNOxcomposite = 0.5001 g/kW · hr test intervals based on the ratio of (ii) Use the following equation if you mass rate to power as described in calculate brake-specific emissions over paragraph (b)(2) of this section:

207

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00217 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER30AP10.046 ER30AP10.047 ER30AP10.048 § 1065.655 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Where: Example: i = test interval number. N = 2 N = number of test intervals. WF1 = 0.85 WF = weighting factor for the test interval WF2 = 0.15 as defined in the standard-setting part. Ô Ô m1 = 2.25842 g/hr m = mean steady-state mass rate of emis- Ô m2 = 0.063443 g/hr sions over the test interval as deter- ¯ P1 = 4.5383 kW mined in paragraph (e) of this section. ¯ P¯ = mean steady-state power over the test P2 = 0.0 kW interval as described in paragraph (e) of this section.

eNOxcomposite = 0.5001 g/kW·hr chemical balances to determine the (h) Rounding. Round the final brake- flows of the other two. For example, specific emission values to be com- you may use chemical balances along with either intake air or fuel flow to pared to the applicable standard only determine raw exhaust flow. Note that after all calculations are complete (in- chemical balance calculations require cluding any drift correction, applicable measured values for the flow rate of deterioration factors, adjustment fac- diesel exhaust fluid, if applicable. tors, and allowances) and the result is (b) Procedures that require chemical in g/(kW · hr) or units equivalent to the balances. We require chemical balances units of the standard, such as g/(hp · when you determine the following: hr). See the definition of ‘‘Round’’ in (1) A value proportional to total § 1065.1001. work, W˜ , when you choose to deter- [73 FR 37328, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 mine brake-specific emissions as de- FR 59332, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23048, Apr. 30, scribed in § 1065.650(f). 2010; 76 FR 57457, Sept. 15, 2011;79 FR 23799, (2) Raw exhaust molar flow rate ei- Apr. 28, 2014; 80 FR 9118, Feb. 19, 2015; 81 FR ther from measured intake air molar 74180, Oct. 25, 2016] flow rate or from fuel mass flow rate as described in paragraph (f) of this sec- § 1065.655 Chemical balances of fuel, tion. intake air, and exhaust. (3) Raw exhaust molar flow rate from (a) General. Chemical balances of measured intake air molar flow rate fuel, intake air, and exhaust may be and dilute exhaust molar flow rate, as used to calculate flows, the amount of described in paragraph (g) of this sec- water in their flows, and the wet con- tion. centration of constituents in their (4) The amount of water in a raw or flows. With one flow rate of either fuel, diluted exhaust flow, cH2Oexh, when you intake air, or exhaust, you may use do not measure the amount of water to

208

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00218 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.202 ER25OC16.203 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.655

correct for the amount of water re- NO and NO2 separately, use good engi- moved by a sampling system. Correct neering judgment to estimate a split in for removed water according to your total NOX concentration between § 1065.659. NO and NO2 for the chemical balances. (5) The calculated total dilution air For example, if you measure emissions flow when you do not measure dilution from a stoichiometric spark-ignition air flow to correct for background engine, you may assume all NOX is NO. emissions as described in § 1065.667(c) For a compression-ignition engine, you and (d). may assume that your molar con- (c) Chemical balance procedure. The centration of NOX, xNOx, is 75% NO and calculations for a chemical balance in- 25% NO2. For NO2 storage volve a system of equations that re- aftertreatment systems, you may as- quire iteration. We recommend using a sume xNOx is 25% NO and 75% NO2. Note computer to solve this system of equa- that for calculating the mass of NOX tions. You must guess the initial val- emissions, you must use the molar ues of up to three quantities: The mass of NO2 for the effective molar amount of water in the measured flow, mass of all NOX species, regardless of χH2Oexh, fraction of dilution air in di- the actual NO fraction of NO . χ 2 X luted exhaust, dil/exh, and the amount of (2) Enter the equations in paragraph products on a C1 basis per dry mole of (c)(4) of this section into a computer χ dry measured flow, Ccombdry. You may program to iteratively solve for x , use time-weighted mean values of com- H2Oexh xCcombdry, and xdil/exh. Use good engineer- bustion air humidity and dilution air ing judgment to guess initial values for humidity in the chemical balance; as xH2Oexh, xCcombdry, and xdil/exh. We rec- long as your combustion air and dilu- ommend guessing an initial amount of tion air humidities remain within tol- water that is about twice the amount ± erances of 0.0025 mol/mol of their re- of water in your intake or dilution air. spective mean values over the test in- We recommend guessing an initial terval. For each emission concentra- value of xCcombdry as the sum of your tion, c, and amount of water, χH2Oexh, measured CO2, CO, and THC values. We you must determine their completely also recommend guessing an initial dry concentrations, χ and χ . dry H2Oexhdry x between 0.75 and 0.95, such as 0.8. You must also use your fuel mixture’s dil/exh Iterate values in the system of equa- atomic hydrogen-to-carbon ratio, α, ox- tions until the most recently updated ygen-to-carbon ratio, β, sulfur-to-car- guesses are all within ±1% of their re- bon ratio, γ, and nitrogen-to-carbon spective most recently calculated val- ratio, δ, you may optionally account ues. for diesel exhaust fluid (or other fluids injected into the exhaust), if applica- (3) Use the following symbols and ble. You may calculate α, β, γ, and δ; subscripts in the equations for per- based on measured fuel and diesel ex- forming the chemical balance calcula- haust fluid composition or you may use tions in this paragraph (c):

default values as described in para- xdil/exh = amount of dilution gas or excess air graph (e) of this section. Use the fol- per mole of exhaust.

lowing steps to complete a chemical xH2Oexh = amount of H2O in exhaust per mole balance: of exhaust. (1) Convert your measured concentra- xCcombdry = amount of carbon from fuel in the exhaust per mole of dry exhaust. tions such as, xCO2meas, xNOmeas, and x = amount of H in exhaust per amount xH2Oint, to dry concentrations by divid- H2dry 2 ing them by one minus the amount of of dry exhaust. water present during their respective KH2Ogas = water-gas reaction equilibrium coef- measurements; for example: ficient. You may use 3.5 or calculate your own value using good engineering xH2OxCO2meas, xH2OxNOmeas, and xH2Oint. If the judgment. amount of water present during a xH2Oexhdry = amount of H2O in exhaust per dry ‘‘wet’’ measurement is the same as the mole of dry exhaust. unknown amount of water in the ex- xprod/intdry = amount of dry stoichiometric haust flow, xH2Oexh, iteratively solve for products per dry mole of intake air.

that value in the system of equations. xdil/exhdry = amount of dilution gas and/or ex- If you measure only total NOX and not cess air per mole of dry exhaust. 209

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00219 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.655 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

xint/exhdry = amount of intake air required to x[emission]meas = amount of measured emission in produce actual combustion products per the sample at the respective gas ana- mole of dry (raw or diluted) exhaust. lyzer. xraw/exhdry = amount of undiluted exhaust, x[emission]dry = amount of emission per dry mole without excess air, per mole of dry (raw of dry sample. or diluted) exhaust. xH2O[emission]meas = amount of H2O in sample at xO2int = amount of intake air O2 per mole of emission-detection location. Measure or intake air. estimate these values according to xCO2intdry = amount of intake air CO2 per mole § 1065.145(e)(2). of dry intake air. You may use cCO2intdry = xH2Oint = amount of H2O in the intake air, 375 μmol/mol, but we recommend meas- based on a humidity measurement of in- uring the actual concentration in the intake air. take air. α = atomic hydrogen-to-carbon ratio of the xH2Ointdry = amount of intake air H2O per mole fuel (or mixture of test fuels) and any in- of dry intake air. jected fluids. xCO2int = amount of intake air CO2 per mole of β = atomic oxygen-to-carbon ratio of the fuel intake air. (or mixture of test fuels) and any in- xCO2dil = amount of dilution gas CO2 per mole jected fluids. of dilution gas. γ = atomic sulfur-to-carbon ratio of the fuel xCO2dildry = amount of dilution gas CO2 per (or mixture of test fuels) and any in- mole of dry dilution gas. If you use air as jected fluids. diluent, you may use cCO2dildry = 375 μmol/ δ = atomic nitrogen-to-carbon ratio of the mol, but we recommend measuring the fuel (or mixture of test fuels) and any in- actual concentration in the intake air. jected fluids. xH2Odildry = amount of dilution gas H2O per mole of dry dilution gas. (4) Use the following equations to xH2Odil = amount of dilution gas H2O per mole iteratively solve for xdil/exh, xH2Oexh, and of dilution gas. xCcombdry:

x x =−1 raw/exhdry Eq. 1065.655-1 dil/ exh 1+ x

H2Oexhdry /MATH> ER30AP10.058 ER30AP10.059

x x = H2 Oexhdry Eq. 1065.655-2 HOexh2 + 1 xH2 Oexhdry

=++−⋅ −⋅ xxxxxxxCcombdry CO222 dry COdry THCdry CO dil dil/in exhdry CO ntx int/exhdry Eq. 1065.655-3

xx⋅−⋅() xx x = COdry H2Oexhdry H2Odil dil/exhdry Eq. 1065.655-4 H2dry ⋅ −⋅ KxH2O-gas () CO22dryxx CO2dil dil/exhdry

 xxxxxx=−()+⋅ +⋅−xx Eq. 1065.655-5 H222 Oexhdry2 Ccombdry THCdry H Odil dil/in exhdry H O nt int/exhdry H2dry x x = dil/ exh Eq. 1065.655-6 dil/ exhdry − 1 xHOexh2

1 ⎛⎛  ⎞ ⎞ x = ⎜⎜ −++22⎟()xx− − () x−−xxx2 +⎟ Eq. 1065.655-7 int/exhdry ⋅ Ccombdry THCdry COOdry NOdry NO2 dry H2dry 22xO2int ⎝⎝ ⎠ ⎠

1 ⎛⎛  ⎞ ⎞ xxxxx=++⎜⎜ ⎟()− ++()2 −+xx⎟ + x Eq. 1065.655-8 raw/ exhdry22⎝⎝ ⎠ Ccombdry THCdry THCdry COddry NO2 dry H2dry⎠ int/ exhdry

0. 209820 − x x = CO2intdry Eq. 1065.655-9 O2int + 1 xHO2 intdry

210

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00220 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER30AP10.051 ER30AP10.052 ER30AP10.053 ER30AP10.054 ER30AP10.055 ER30AP10.056 ER30AP10.057< Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.655

x x = CO2intdry Eq. 1065.655-10 CO2int + 1 xHO2 intdry

x x = HO2 int Eq. 1065.655-11 HO2 intdry − 1 xHO2 int

x x = CO2dildry Eq. 1065.655-12 CO2 dil + 1 xHO2 dildry

x x = HOdil2 Eq. 1065.655-13 HOdildry2 − 1 xHOdil2 x x = COmeas Eq. 1065.655-14 COdry − 1 xH2 OCOmeas x x = CO2 meas Eq. 1065.655-15 CO2 dry − 1 xH22 OCO meas x x = NOmeas Eq. 1065.655-16 NOdry − 1 xH2 ONOmeas

xNO2 meas x = Eq. 1065.655-17 /MATH> ER30AP10.067 ER30AP10.068 ER15SE11.050 NO2 dry − 1 xH22 ONO meas x x = THCmeas Eq. 1065.655-18 THCdry − 1 xH2 OTHCmeas

(5) The following example is a solu- using the equations in paragraph (c)(4) tion for xdil/exh,x, xH2Oexh, and xCcombdry of this section:

211

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00221 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER30AP10.060 ER30AP10.061 ER30AP10.062 ER30AP10.063 ER30AP10.064 ER30AP10.065 ER30AP10.066< § 1065.655 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

212

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00222 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER15SE11.051 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.655

α = 1.8 (d) Carbon mass fraction of fuel. Deter- β = 0.05 mine carbon mass fraction of fuel, wC, γ = 0.0003 based on the fuel properties as deter- δ = 0.0001 mined in paragraph (e) of this section,

213

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00223 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER15SE11.052 § 1065.655 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

accounting for diesel exhaust fluid’s haust, if applicable. Calculate wC using contribution to α, β, γ, and δ, or that of the following equation: any other fluid injected into the ex-

Where: MS = molar mass of sulfur. δ wC = carbon mass fraction of the fuel (or = atomic nitrogen-to-carbon ratio of the mixture of test fuels) and any injected fuel (or mixture of test fuels) and any in- fluids. jected fluids. MC = molar mass of carbon. MN = molar mass of nitrogen. α = atomic hydrogen-to-carbon ratio of the Example: fuel (or mixture of test fuels) and any in- α = 1.8 jected fluids. β = 0.05 MH = molar mass of hydrogen. γ β = atomic oxygen-to-carbon ratio of the fuel = 0.0003 δ (or mixture of test fuels) and any in- = 0.0001 jected fluids. MC = 12.0107 M = 1.00794 MO = molar mass of oxygen. H γ = atomic sulfur-to-carbon ratio of the fuel MO = 15.9994 (or mixture of test fuels) and any in- MS = 32.065 jected fluids. MN = 14.0067

wC = 0.8206 D5291 (incorporated by reference in (e) Fuel and diesel exhaust fluid com- § 1065.1010). When using ASTM D5291 to position. Determine fuel and diesel ex- determine carbon and hydrogen mass haust fluid composition represented by fractions of gasoline (with or without α, β, γ, and δ as described in this para- blended ethanol), use good engineering graph (e). When using measured fuel or judgment to adapt the method as ap- diesel exhaust fluid properties, you propriate. This may include consulting must determine values for α and β; in with the instrument manufacturer on all cases. If you determine composi- how to test high-volatility fuels. Allow tions based on measured values and the the weight of volatile fuel samples to default value listed in Table 1 of this stabilize for 20 minutes before starting section is zero, you may set γ and δ to the analysis; if the weight still drifts zero; otherwise determine γ and δ after 20 minutes, prepare a new sample. (along with α and β) based on measured Retest the sample if the carbon, hydro- values. Determine elemental mass frac- gen, and oxygen mass fractions do not tions and values for α, β, γ, and δ as fol- add up to a total mass of 100 ±0.5%; if lows: you do not measure oxygen, you may (1) For liquid fuels, use the default assume it has a zero concentration for values for α, β, γ, and δ in Table 1 of this specification. this section or determine mass frac- (ii) Determine oxygen mass fraction tions of liquid fuels for calculation of of gasoline (with or without blended α, β, γ, and δ as follows: ethanol) according to ASTM D5599 (in- (i) Determine the carbon and hydro- corporated by reference in § 1065.1010). gen mass fractions according to ASTM For all other liquid fuels, determine

214

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00224 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.204 ER25OC16.205 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.655

the oxygen mass fraction using good but it also applies if diesel exhaust engineering judgment. fluid is injected in a way that is not (iii) Determine the nitrogen mass strictly proportional to fuel flow. Ac- fraction according to ASTM D4629 or count for these varying concentrations ASTM D5762 (incorporated by reference either with a batch measurement that in § 1065.1010) for all liquid fuels. Select provides averaged values to represent the correct method based on the ex- the test interval, or by analyzing data pected nitrogen content. from continuous mass rate measure- (iv) Determine the sulfur mass frac- ments. Application of average values tion according to subpart H of this from a batch measurement generally part. (2) For gaseous fuels and diesel ex- applies to situations where one fluid is haust fluid, use the default values for a minor component of the total fuel α, β, γ, and δ in Table 1 of this section, mixture, for example dual-fuel engines or use good engineering judgment to with diesel pilot injection, where the determine those values based on meas- diesel pilot fuel mass is less than 5% of urement. the total fuel mass and diesel exhaust (3) For nonconstant fuel mixtures, fluid injection; consistent with good you must account for the varying pro- engineering judgment. portions of the different fuels. This (4) Calculate α, β, γ, and δ using the generally applies for dual-fuel engines, following equations:

215

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00225 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.206 ER25OC16.207 ER25OC16.208 § 1065.655 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Where: WSj = sulfur mass fraction of fuel or any in- M = total number of fuels and injected fluids jected fluid j. over the duty cycle. WNj = nitrogen mass fraction of fuel or any injected fluid j. j = an indexing variable that represents one fuel or injected fluid, starting with j = 1. Example:

m˙ j = the mass flow rate of the fuel or any injected fluid j. For applications using a N = 1 j = 1 single fuel and no DEF fluid, set this m˙ = 1 value to 1. For batch measurements, di- j W = 0.1239 vide the total mass of fuel over the test Hj W = 0.8206 interval duration to determine a mass Cj W = 0.0547 rate. Oj WSj = 0.00066 WHj = hydrogen mass fraction of fuel or any WNj = 0.000095 injected fluid j. MC = 12.0107 WCj = carbon mass fraction of fuel or any in- MH = 1.00794 jected fluid j. MO = 15.9994 WOj = oxygen mass fraction of fuel or any in- MS = 32.065 jected fluid j. MN = 14.0067

α = 1.799 γ = 0.0003012 β = 0.05004 δ = 0.0001003

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.655—DEFAULT VALUES OF α, β, γ, δ, AND WC

Atomic hydrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and Carbon mass Fuel or injected fluid fraction, WC nitrogen-to-carbon ratios g/g CHaObSgNd

Gasoline ...... CH1.85O0S0N0 ...... 0.866

216

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00226 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.209 ER25OC16.210 ER25OC16.317 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.655

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.655—DEFAULT VALUES OF α, β, γ, δ, AND WC—Continued

Atomic hydrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and Carbon mass Fuel or injected fluid fraction, WC nitrogen-to-carbon ratios g/g CHaObSgNd

E10 Gasoline ...... CH1.92O0.03S0N0 ...... 0.833 E15 Gasoline ...... CH1.95O0.05S0N0 ...... 0.817 E85 Gasoline ...... CH2.73O0.38S0N0 ...... 0.576 E100 Ethanol ...... CH3O0.5S0N0 ...... 0.521 M100 Methanol ...... CH4O1S0N0 ...... 0.375 #1 Diesel ...... CH1.93O0S0N0 ...... 0.861 #2 Diesel ...... CH1.80O0S0N0 ...... 0.869 Liquefied petroleum gas ...... CH2.64O0S0N0 ...... 0.819 Natural gas ...... CH3.78 O0.016S0N0 ...... 0.747 Residual fuel blends ...... Must be determined by measured fuel properties as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.

Diesel exhaust fluid ...... CH17.85O7.92S0N2 ...... 0.065

(f) Calculated raw exhaust molar flow (1) Crankcase flow rate. If engines are rate from measured intake air molar flow not subject to crankcase controls rate or fuel mass flow rate. You may cal- under the standard-setting part, you culate the raw exhaust molar flow rate may calculate raw exhaust flow based from which you sampled emissions, on n˙ int or m˙ fuel using one of the following: n˙ exh, based on the measured intake air (i) You may measure flow rate molar flow rate, n˙ int, or the measured through the crankcase vent and sub- fuel mass flow rate, m˙ fuel, and the values calculated using the chemical bal- tract it from the calculated exhaust ance in paragraph (c) of this section. flow. The chemical balance must be based on (ii) You may estimate flow rate through the crankcase vent by engi- raw exhaust gas concentrations. Solve neering analysis as long as the uncer- for the chemical balance in paragraph tainty in your calculation does not ad- (c) of this section at the same fre- versely affect your ability to show that quency that you update and record or your engines comply with applicable n˙ int or m˙ fuel. For laboratory tests, calcu- emission standards. lating raw exhaust molar flow rate (iii) You may assume your crankcase using measured fuel mass flow rate is vent flow rate is zero. valid only for steady-state testing. See (2) Intake air molar flow rate calcula- § 1065.915(d)(5)(iv) for application to tion. Calculate n˙ exh based on n˙ int using field testing. the following equation:

Where: Example: ˙ n˙ exh = raw exhaust molar flow rate from nint = 3.780 mol/s which you measured emissions. xint/exhdry = 0.69021 mol/mol n˙ int = intake air molar flow rate including xraw/exhdry = 1.10764 mol/mol humidity in intake air. xH20exhdry = 107.64 mmol/mol = 0.10764 mol/mol

217

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00227 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.049 § 1065.655 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(3) Fluid mass flow rate calculation. § 1065.915(d)(5)(iv) for application to This calculation may be used only for field testing. Calculate n˙ exh based on steady-state laboratory testing. See using the following equation:

Where: Example:

n˙ exh = raw exhaust molar flow rate from N = 1 which you measured emissions. j = 1

N = total number of fuels and injected fluids m˙ j = 7.559 g/s over the duty cycle. wC = 0.869 g/g j = an indexing variable that represents one MC = 12.0107 g/mol fuel or injected fluid, starting with j = 1. χ = 99.87 mmol/mol = 0.09987 mol/mol m˙ = the mass flow rate of the fuel or any in- Ccombdry j χ = 107.64 mmol/mol = 0.10764 mol/mol jected fluid j. H20exhdry

˙ nexh = 6.066 mol/s update and record n˙ int and n˙ dexh. This (g) Calculated raw exhaust molar flow calculated n˙ exh may be used for the PM rate from measured intake air molar flow dilution ratio verification in § 1065.546; rate, dilute exhaust molar flow rate, and the calculation of dilution air molar dilute chemical balance. You may cal- flow rate in the background correction culate the raw exhaust molar flow rate, in § 1065.667; and the calculation of mass of emissions in § 1065.650(c) for n˙ exh, based on the measured intake air species that are measured in the raw molar flow rate, n˙ int, the measured di- exhaust. lute exhaust molar flow rate, n˙ dexh, and the values calculated using the chem- (1) Crankcase flow rate. If engines are ical balance in paragraph (c) of this not subject to crankcase controls section. Note that the chemical bal- under the standard-setting part, cal- ance must be based on dilute exhaust culate raw exhaust flow as described in gas concentrations. For continuous- paragraph (e)(1) of this section. flow calculations, solve for the chem- (2) Dilute exhaust and intake air molar ical balance in paragraph (c) of this flow rate calculation. Calculate n˙ exh as section at the same frequency that you follows:

218

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00228 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.050 ER25OC16.211 ER25OC16.212 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.659

Example: dryer and at the concentration meas- ˙ nint = 7.930 mol/s urement using one of the methods de- xraw/exhdry = 0.1544 mol/mol x = 0.1451 mol/mol scribed in § 1065.145(e)(2). If you use a int/exhdry sample dryer upstream of an analyzer xH20/exh = 32.46 mmol/mol = 0.03246 mol/mol n˙ dexh = 49.02 mol/s and if the calculated amount of water n˙ exh = (0.1544 ¥ 0.1451) · (1 ¥ 0.03246) · 49.02 + remaining downstream of the sample 7.930 = 0.4411 + 7.930 = 8.371 mol/s dryer and at the concentration meas- [73 FR 37331, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 urement, xH2O[emission]meas, is higher than FR 59334, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23051, Apr. 30, the amount of water at the flow meter, 2010; 76 FR 57458, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23799, x , set x equal to Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74182, Oct. 25, 2016] H2Oexh H2O[emission]meas xH2Oexh. If you use a sample dryer up- § 1065.659 Removed water correction. stream of storage media, you must be able to demonstrate that the sample (a) If you remove water upstream of dryer is removing water continuously a concentration measurement, x, correct for the removed water. Perform (i.e., xH2Oexh is higher than xH2O[emission]meas this correction based on the amount of throughout the test interval). water at the concentration measure- (c) For a concentration measurement where you did not remove water, you ment, xH2O[emission]meas, and at the flow may set x equal to x . meter, xH2Oexh, whose flow is used to de- H2O[emission]meas H2Oexh termine the mass emission rate or You may determine the amount of total mass over a test interval. For water at the flow meter, xH2Oexh, using continuous analyzers downstream of a any of the following methods: sample dryer for transient and ramped- (1) Measure the dewpoint and abso- modal cycles, you must apply this cor- lute pressure and calculate the amount rection on a continuous basis over the of water as described in § 1065.645. test interval, even if you use one of the (2) If the measurement comes from options in § 1065.145(e)(2) that results in raw exhaust, you may determine the a constant value for xH2O[emission]meas be- amount of water based on intake-air cause xH2Oexh varies over the test inter- humidity, plus a chemical balance of val. For batch analyzers, determine the fuel, intake air, and exhaust as de- flow-weighted average based on the scribed in § 1065.655. continuous xH2Oexh values determined as described in paragraph (c) of this sec- (3) If the measurement comes from tion. For batch analyzers, you may de- diluted exhaust, you may determine termine the flow-weighted average the amount of water based on intake- air humidity, dilution air humidity, xH2Oexh based on a single value of xH2Oexh determined as described in paragraphs and a chemical balance of fuel, intake (c)(2) and (3) of this section, using flow- air, and exhaust as described in weighted average or batch concentra- § 1065.655. tion inputs. (d) Perform a removed water correc- (b) Determine the amount of water tion to the concentration measurement remaining downstream of a sample using the following equation:

219

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00229 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.052 § 1065.660 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

[73 FR 37335, June 30, 2008, as amended at 76 require you to determine THC emis- FR 57462, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23804, Apr. 28, sions, calculate xTHC[THC-FID]cor using the 2014] initial THC contamination concentration x from § 1065.520 as fol- § 1065.660 THC, NMHC, NMNEHC, CH4, THC[THC-FID]init and C2H6 determination. lows: (a) THC determination and initial THC/ CH4 contamination corrections. (1) If we

Example: using Eq. 1065.660–1, substituting in CH4 xTHCuncor = 150.3 μmol/mol concentrations for THC. μ xTHCinit = 1.1 mol/mol (3) For the NMNEHC determination xTHCcor = 150.3—1.1 described in paragraph (c) of this sec- xTHCcor = 149.2 μmol/mol tion, correct xTHC[THC-FID] for initial THC (2) For the NMHC determination decontamination using Eq. 1065.660–1. You scribed in paragraph (b) of this section, may correct xTHC[NMC-FID] for initial con- correct xTHC[THC-FID] for initial THC contamination of the CH4 sample train tamination using Eq. 1065.660–1. You using Eq. 1065.660–1, substituting in CH4 concentrations for THC. may correct xTHC[NMC-FID] for initial contamination of the CH4 sample train (4) For the CH4 determination described in paragraph (d) of this section,

220

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00230 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.053 ER15SE11.058 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.660

you may correct xTHC[NMC–FID] for initial tion fraction (RFPF) of C2H6 from THC contamination of the CH4 sample § 1065.365, the response factor (RF) of train using Eq. 1065.660–1, substituting the THC FID to CH4 from § 1065.360, the in CH4 concentrations for THC. initial THC contamination and dry-to- (b) NMHC determination. Use one of wet corrected THC concentration the following to determine NMHC con- xTHC[THC-FID]cor as determined in para- centration, xNMHC: graph (a) of this section, and the dry- (1) If you do not measure CH4, you to-wet corrected CH4 concentration may omit the calculation of NMHC xTHC[NMC-FID]cor optionally corrected for concentrations and calculate the mass initial THC contamination as deter- of NMHC as described in § 1065.650(c)(5). mined in paragraph (a) of this section. (2) For nonmethane cutters, cal- (i) Use the following equation for culate xNMHC using the nonmethane penetration fractions determined using cutter’s penetration fraction (PF) of an NMC configuration as outlined in CH4 and the response factor penetra- § 1065.365(d):

Where: RFCH4[THC-FID] = response factor of THC FID to CH , according to § 1065.360(d). xNMHC = concentration of NMHC. 4 RFPF = nonmethane cutter com- xTHC[THC-FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial C2H6[NMC-FID] THC contamination and dry-to-wet cor- bined ethane response factor and pene- rected, as measured by the THC FID dur- tration fraction, according to ing sampling while bypassing the NMC. § 1065.365(d). xTHC[NMC-FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial Example: THC contamination (optional) and dry- xTHC[THC-FID]cor = 150.3 μmol/mol to-wet corrected, as measured by the xTHC[NMC-FID]cor = 20.5 μmol/mol NMC FID during sampling through the RFPFC2H6[NMC-FID] = 0.019 NMC. RFCH4[THC-FID] = 1.05

xNMHC = 131.4 μmol/mol outlined in section § 1065.365(e), use the (ii) For penetration fractions deter- following equation: mined using an NMC configuration as

Where: xNMHC = concentration of NMHC.

221

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00231 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER15SE11.059 ER15SE11.060 ER15SE11.061 § 1065.660 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

xTHC[THC-FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial THC FID during sampling through the THC contamination and dry-to-wet cor- NMC. rected, as measured by the THC FID dur- PFC2H6[NMC-FID] = nonmethane cutter ethane ing sampling while bypassing the NMC. penetration fraction, according to

PFCH4[NMC-FID] = nonmethane cutter CH4 pene- § 1065.365(e). tration fraction, according to Example: § 1065.365(e). xTHC[THC-FID]cor = 150.3 μmol/mol xTHC[NMC-FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial PFCH4[NMC-FID] = 0.990 THC contamination (optional) and dry- xTHC[NMC-FID]cor = 20.5 μmol/mol to-wet corrected, as measured by the PFC2H6[NMC-FID] = 0.020

xNMHC = 132.3 μmol/mol outlined in section § 1065.365(f), use the (iii) For penetration fractions deter- following equation: mined using an NMC configuration as

Where: RFPFC2H6[NMC-FID] = nonmethane cutter CH4

xNMHC = concentration of NMHC. combined ethane response factor and xTHC[THC-FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial penetration fraction, according to THC contamination and dry-to-wet cor- § 1065.365(f). rected, as measured by the THC FID dur- RFCH4[THC-FID] = response factor of THC FID to ing sampling while bypassing the NMC. CH4, according to § 1065.360(d). PFCH4[NMC-FID] = nonmethane cutter CH4 pene- Example: tration fraction, according to § 1065.365(f). xTHC[THC-FID]cor = 150.3 μmol/mol xTHC[NMC-FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial THC contamination (optional) and dry- PFCH4[NMC-FID] = 0.990 μ to-wet corrected, as measured by the xTHC[NMC-FID]cor = 20.5 mol/mol THC FID during sampling through the RFPFC2H6[NMC-FID] = 0.019 NMC. RFCH4[THC-FID] = 0.980

xNMHC = 132.5 μmol/mol § 1065.360, and the initial THC contami- (3) For a GC–FID or FTIR, calculate nation and dry-to-wet corrected THC concentration x as deter- x using the THC analyzer’s re- THC[THC–FID]cor NMHC mined in paragraph (a) of this section sponse factor (RF) for CH from 4, as follows:

222

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00232 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER15SE11.062 ER15SE11.063 ER15SE11.067 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.660

Where: Example: x = concentration of NMHC. NMHC x = 145.6 μmol/mol x = concentration of THC, initial THC[THC–FID]cor THC[THC–FID]cor RF = 0.970 THC contamination and dry-to-wet cor- CH4[THC–FID] x = 18.9 μmol/mol rected, as measured by the THC FID. CH4 xNMHC = 145.6¥0.970 · 18.9 RFCH4[THC–FID] = response factor of THC–FID xNMHC = 127.3 μmol/mol to CH4. (4) For an FTIR, calculate x by xCH4 = concentration of CH4, dry-to-wet cor- NMHC rected, as measured by the GC–FID or summing the hydrocarbon species list- FTIR. ed in § 1065.266(c) as follows:

Where: xNMHC = 4.9 + 0.9 + 0.8 + 0.4 + 0.5 + 0.3 + 0.8 + 0.3 + 0.1 + 0.1 xNMHC = concentration of NMHC. xNMHC = 9.1 μmol/mol xHCi = the C1-equivalent concentration of hydrocarbon species i as measured by the (c) NMNEHC determination. Use one of FTIR, not corrected for initial contami- the following methods to determine nation. NMNEHC concentration, xNMNEHC: xHCi-init = the C1-equivalent concentration of (1) If the content of your test fuel the initial system contamination (optional) of hydrocarbon species i, dry-to- contains less than 0.010 mol/mol of eth- wet corrected, as measured by the FTIR. ane, you may omit the calculation of Example: NMNEHC concentrations and calculate the mass of NMNEHC as described in xC2H6 = 4.9 μmol/mol § 1065.650(c)(6). xC2H4 = 0.9 μmol/mol xC2H2 = 0.8 μmol/mol (2) For a GC–FID or FTIR, calculate xC3H8 = 0.4 μmol/mol xNMNEHC using the THC analyzer’s re- xC3H6 = 0.5 μmol/mol sponse factors (RF) for CH4 and C2H6, xC4H10 = 0.3 μmol/mol from § 1065.360, and the initial contami- xCH2O = 0.8 μmol/mol nation and dry-to-wet corrected THC xC2H4O = 0.3 μmol/mol concentration xTHC[THC–FID]cor as deter- xC2H2O2 = 0.1 μmol/mol mined in paragraph (a) of this section xCH4O = 0.1 μmol/mol as follows:

Where: xNMNEHC = concentration of NMNEHC.

223

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00233 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.213 ER25OC16.214 ER25OC16.215 § 1065.660 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

xTHC[THC–FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial Example: THC contamination and dry-to-wet corrected, as measured by the THC FID. xTHC[THC–FID]cor = 145.6 μmol/mol RFCH4[THC–FID] = response factor of THC–FID RFCH4[THC–FID] = 0.970 to CH4. xCH4 = 18.9 μmol/mol xCH4 = concentration of CH4, dry-to-wet cor- RFC2H6[THC–FID] = 1.02 rected, as measured by the GC–FID or xC2H6 = 10.6 μmol/mol FTIR. xNMHC = 145.6—0.970 · 18.9—1.02 · 10.6 RFC2H6[THC–FID] = response factor of THC–FID xNMHC = 116.5 μmol/mol to C H 2 6. (3) For an FTIR, calculate x by xC2H6 = the C1-equivalent concentration of NMNEHC C2H6, dry-to-wet corrected, as measured summing the hydrocarbon species list- by the GC–FID or FTIR. ed in § 1065.266(c) as follows:

Where: (d) CH4 determination. Use one of the

xNMNEHC = concentration of NMNEHC. following methods to determine CH4 χ xHCi = the C1-equivalent concentration of hy- concentration, CH4: drocarbon species i as measured by the (1) For nonmethane cutters, cal- FTIR, not corrected for initial contami- culate xCH4 using the nonmethane cut- nation. ter’s penetration fraction (PF) of CH4 xHCi-init = the C1-equivalent concentration of and the response factor penetration the initial system contamination (op- fraction (RFPF) of C H from § 1065.365, tional) of hydrocarbon species i, dry-to- 2 6 wet corrected, as measured by the FTIR. the response factor (RF) of the THC Example: FID to CH4 from § 1065.360, the initial x = 0.9 μmol/mol THC contamination and dry-to-wet C2H4 corrected THC concentration xC2H2 = 0.8 μmol/mol xTHC[THC–FID]cor as determined in para- xC3H8 = 0.4 μmol/mol graph (a) of this section, and the dry- xC3H6 = 0.5 μmol/mol to-wet corrected CH concentration xC4H10 = 0.3 μmol/mol 4 x optionally corrected for xCH2O = 0.8 μmol/mol THC[NMC–FID]cor initial THC contamination as deter- xC2H4O = 0.3 μmol/mol xC2H2O2 = 0.1 μmol/mol mined in paragraph (a) of this section. xCH4O = 0.1 μmol/mol (i) Use the following equation for xNMNEHC = 0.9 + 0.8 + 0.4 + 0.5 + 0.3 + 0.8 + 0.3 penetration fractions determined using + 0.1 + 0.1 an NMC configuration as outlined in

xNMNEHC = 4.2 μmol/mol § 1065.365(d):

Where: xCH4 = concentration of CH4.

224

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00234 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.216 ER25OC16.217 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.660

xTHC[NMC-FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial the nonmethane cutter, according to THC contamination (optional) and dry- § 1065.365(d).

to-wet corrected, as measured by the RFCH4[THC–FID] = response factor of THC FID to NMC FID during sampling through the CH4, according to § 1065.360(d). NMC. Example: xTHC[THC-FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial THC contamination and dry-to-wet cor- μ rected, as measured by the THC FID dur- xTHC[NMC-FID]cor = 10.4 mol/mol μ ing sampling while bypassing the NMC. xTHC[THC-FID]cor = 150.3 mol/mol RFPFC2H6[NMC-FID] = the combined ethane re- RFPFC2H6[NMC-FID] = 0.019 sponse factor and penetration fraction of RFCH4[THC-FID] = 1.05

xCH4 = 7.69 μmol/mol outlined in § 1065.365(e), use the fol- (ii) For penetration fractions deter- lowing equation: mined using an NMC configuration as

Where: RFCH4[THC–FID] = response factor of THC FID to

xCH4 = concentration of CH4. CH4, according to § 1065.360(d). xTHC[NMC-FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial PFCH4[NMC–FID] = nonmethane cutter CH4 pene- THC contamination (optional) and dry- tration fraction, according to to-wet corrected, as measured by the § 1065.365(e). NMC FID during sampling through the Example: NMC. μ x = concentration of THC, initial xTHC[NMC–FID]cor = 10.4 mol/mol THC[THC-FID]cor μ THC contamination and dry-to-wet cor- xTHC[THC–FID]cor = 150.3 mol/mol rected, as measured by the THC FID dur- PFC2H6[NMC–FID] = 0.020 ing sampling while bypassing the NMC. RFCH4[THC–FID] = 1.05 PFC2H6[NMC–FID] = nonmethane cutter ethane PFCH4[NMC–FID] = 0.990 penetration fraction, according to § 1065.365(e).

xCH4 = 7.25 μmol/mol outlined in § 1065.365(f), use the fol- (iii) For penetration fractions deter- lowing equation: mined using an NMC configuration as

225

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00235 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.218 ER25OC16.219 ER25OC16.220 § 1065.665 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Where: the nonmethane cutter, according to § 1065.365(f). xCH4 = concentration of CH4. xTHC[NMC–FID]cor = concentration of THC, initial PFCH4[NMC–FID] = nonmethane cutter CH4 pene- THC contamination (optional) and dry- tration fraction, according to § 1065.365(f). to-wet corrected, as measured by the RFCH4[THC–FID] = response factor of THC FID to NMC FID during sampling through the CH4, according to § 1065.360(d). NMC. Example: x = concentration of THC, initial THC[THC–FID]cor x = 10.4 μmol/mol THC contamination and dry-to-wet cor- THC[NMC–FID]cor μ rected, as measured by the THC FID dur- xTHC[THC–FID]cor = 150.3 mol/mol ing sampling while bypassing the NMC. RFPFC2H6[NMC–FID] = 0.019 RFPFC2H6[NMC–FID] = the combined ethane re- PFCH4[NMC–FID] = 0.990 sponse factor and penetration fraction of RFCH4[THC–FID] = 1.05

xCH4 = 7.78 μmol/mol first calculate its molar concentration in the exhaust sample stream from (2) For a GC–FID or FTIR, xCH4 is the which the sample was taken (raw or di- actual dry-to-wet corrected CH4 concentration as measured by the ana- luted exhaust), and convert this into a lyzer. C1-equivalent molar concentration. (e) C2H6 determination. For a GC–FID Add these C1-equivalent molar con- or FTIR, xC2H6 is the C1-equivalent, dry- centrations to the molar concentration to-wet corrected C2H6 concentration as of non-oxygenated total hydrocarbon measured by the analyzer. (NOTHC). The result is the molar con- [76 FR 57462, Sept. 15, 2011, as amended at 81 centration of total hydrocarbon equiv- FR 74184, Oct. 25, 2016] alent (THCE). Calculate THCE concentration using the following equa- § 1065.665 THCE and NMHCE deter- tions, noting that Eq. 1065.665–3 is re- mination. quired only if you need to convert your (a) If you measured an oxygenated oxygenated hydrocarbon (OHC) con- hydrocarbon’s mass concentration, centration from mass to moles:

226

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00236 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.221 ER25OC16.222 ER25OC16.223 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.665

Where: RFOHCi[THC–FID] = the response factor of the FID to species i relative to propane on a xTHCE = the sum of the C1-equivalent concentrations of non-oxygenated hydro- C1-equivalent basis. C# = the mean number of carbon atoms in the carbon, alcohols, and aldehydes. particular compound. xNOTHC = the sum of the C1-equivalent con- Mdexh = the molar mass of diluted exhaust as centrations of NOTHC. determine in § 1065.340. xOHCi = the C1-equivalent concentration of mdexhOHCi = the mass of oxygenated species i in oxygenated species i in diluted exhaust, dilute exhaust. not corrected for initial contamination. MOHCi = the C1-equivalent molecular weight xOHCi-init = the C1-equivalent concentration of of oxygenated species i. the initial system contamination (op- mdexh = the mass of diluted exhaust tional) of oxygenated species i, dry-to- ndexhOHCi = the number of moles of oxygenated wet corrected. species i in total diluted exhaust flow.

xTHC[THC–FID]cor = the C1-equivalent response to ndexh = the total diluted exhaust flow. NOTHC and all OHC in diluted exhaust, (b) If we require you to determine HC contamination and dry-to-wet cor- nonmethane hydrocarbon equivalent rected, as measured by the THC–FID. (NMHCE), use the following equation:

Where: (CH3OH), acetaldehyde (C2H4O), and xNMHCE = the sum of the C1-equivalent con- formaldehyde (CH2O) as C1-equivalent centrations of nonoxygenated non- molar concentrations: methane hydrocarbon (NONMHC), alco- μ hols, and aldehydes. xTHC[THC-FID]cor = 145.6 mol/mol μ RF = the response factor of THC– xCH4 = 18.9 mol/mol CH4[THC–FID] μ FID to CH . xC2H5OH = 100.8 mol/mol 4 μ x = concentration of CH HC contamina- xCH3OH = 1.1 mol/mol CH4 4, μ tion (optional) and dry-to-wet corrected, xC2H4O = 19.1 mol/mol as measured by the gas chromatograph xCH2O = 1.3 μmol/mol FID. RFCH4[THC-FID] = 1.07 RFC2H5OH[THC-FID] = 0.76 (c) The following example shows how RFCH3OH[THC-FID] = 0.74 to determine NMHCE emissions based RFH2H4O[THC-FID] = 0.50 on ethanol (C2H5OH), methanol RFCH2O[THC-FID] = 0.0 227

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00237 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.224 ER25OC16.225 ER25OC16.226 § 1065.667 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

xNMHCE = xTHC[THC-FID]cor ¥ (xC2H5OH · this option, the molar flow of dilution RFC2H5OH[THC-FID] + xCH3OH · RFCH3OH[THC-FID] air is calculated by multiplying the di- + xC2H4O · RFC2H4O[THC-FID] + xCH2O · lute exhaust flow by the mole fraction RFCH2O[THC-FID]) + xC2H5OH + xCH3OH + xC2H4O of dilution gas to dilute exhaust, x , + x ¥ (RF · x ) dil/exh CH2O CH4[THC-FID] CH4 from the dilute chemical balance. This xNMHCE = 145.6 ¥ (100.8 · 0.76 + 1.1 · 0.74 + 19.1 · 0.50 + 1.3 · 0) + 100.8 + 1.1 + 19.1 + 1.3 ¥ may be done by totaling continuous (1.07 · 18.9) calculations or by using batch results. xNMHCE = 160.71 μmol/mol For example, to use batch results, the [79 FR 23805, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 total flow of dilution air is calculated FR 74187, Oct. 25, 2016] by multiplying the total flow of diluted exhaust, ndexh, by the flow-weighted § 1065.667 Dilution air background mean mole fraction of dilution air in emission correction. diluted exhaust, x¯ dil/exh. Calculate x¯ dil/exh (a) To determine the mass of back- using flow-weighted mean concentra- ground emissions to subtract from a ditions of emissions in the chemical bal- luted exhaust sample, first determine ance, as described in § 1065.655. The the total flow of dilution air, ndil, over chemical balance in § 1065.655 assumes the test interval. This may be a meas- that your engine operates ured quantity or a calculated quantity. stoichiometrically, even if it is a lean- Multiply the total flow of dilution air burn engine, such as a compression-ig- by the mean mole fraction (i.e., con- nition engine. Note that for lean-burn centration) of a background emission. engines this assumption could result in This may be a time-weighted mean or a an error in emission calculations. This flow-weighted mean (e.g., a proportion- error could occur because the chemical ally sampled background). Finally, balance in § 1065.655 treats excess air multiply by the molar mass, M, of the passing through a lean-burn engine as associated gaseous emission con- if it was dilution air. If an emission stituent. The product of ndil and the concentration expected at the standard mean molar concentration of a back- is about 100 times its dilution air background emission and its molar mass, ground concentration, this error is neg- M, is the total background emission ligible. However, if an emission con- mass, m. In the case of PM, where the centration expected at the standard is mean PM concentration is already in similar to its background concentra- ¯ units of mass per mole of sample, MPM, tion, this error could be significant. If multiply it by the total amount of di- this error might affect your ability to lution air flow, and the result is the show that your engines comply with total background mass of PM, mPM. applicable standards, we recommend Subtract total background mass from that you either determine the total total mass to correct for background flow of dilution air using one of the emissions. more accurate methods in paragraph (b) You may determine the total flow (b) or (c) of this section, or remove of dilution air by a direct flow meas- background emissions from dilution air urement. by HEPA filtration, chemical adsorp- (c) You may determine the total flow tion, or catalytic scrubbing. You might of dilution air by subtracting the cal- also consider using a partial-flow dilu- culated raw exhaust molar flow as de- tion technique such as a bag mini-di- scribed in § 1065.655(g) from the meas- luter, which uses purified air as the di- ured dilute exhaust flow. This may be lution air. done by totaling continuous calcula- (e) The following is an example of tions or by using batch results. using the flow-weighted mean fraction (d) You may determine the total flow of dilution air in diluted exhaust, of dilution air from the measured di- x¯ dil/exh, and the total mass of back- lute exhaust flow and a chemical bal- ground emissions calculated using the ance of the fuel, intake air, and dilute total flow of diluted exhaust, ndexh, as exhaust as described in § 1065.655. For described in § 1065.650(c):

228

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00238 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.670

Example: mbkgndNOx = 0.0452 g MNOx = 46.0055 g/mol ¥6 (f) The following is an example of x¯ bkgnd = 0.05 μmol/mol = 0.05·10 mol/mol n = 23280.5 mol using the fraction of dilution air in di- dexh luted exhaust, x , and the mass rate x¯ dil/exh = 0.843 mol/mol dil/exh ¥6 mbkgndNOxdexh = 46.0055·0.05·10 ·23280.5 of background emissions calculated mbkgndNOxdexh = 0.0536 g using the flow rate of diluted exhaust, mbkgndNOx = 0.843 · 0.0536 n˙ dexh, as described in § 1065.650(c):

Example: air humidity correction specified in MNOx = 46.0055 g/mol this part 1065. If the standard-setting μ ¥6 xbkgnd = 0.05 mol/mol = 0.05·10 mol/mol part does not prohibit correcting NO n˙ = 23280.5 mol/s X dexh emissions for intake-air humidity ac- xdil/exh = 0.843 mol/mol ¥6 m˙ bkgndNOxdexh = 46.0055·0.05·10 ·23280.5 cording to this part 1065, correct NOX m˙ bkgndNOxdexh = 0.0536 g/hr concentrations for intake-air humidity m˙ bkgndNOx = 0.843 · 0.0536 as described in this section. See ˙ mbkgndNOx = 0.0452 g/hr § 1065.650(c)(1) for the proper sequence [76 FR 57465, Sept. 15, 2011, as amended at 81 for applying the NOX intake-air humid- FR 74188, Oct. 25, 2016] ity and temperature corrections. You may use a time-weighted mean com- § 1065.670 NOX intake-air humidity and temperature corrections. bustion air humidity to calculate this correction if your combustion air hu- See the standard-setting part to de- midity remains within a tolerance of termine if you may correct NO emis- X ±0.0025 mol/mol of the mean value over sions for the effects of intake-air hu- the test interval. For intake-air humidity or temperature. Use the NOX intake-air humidity and temperature midity correction, use one of the fol- corrections specified in the standard- lowing approaches: setting part instead of the NOX intake- 229

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00239 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER15SE11.075 ER15SE11.076 § 1065.672 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(a) For compression-ignition engines, correct for intake-air humidity using the following equation:

=⋅⋅+() xxNOxcor NOxuncor9. 953 x H20 0 . 832 Eq. 1065.670-1

Example: (b) For spark-ignition engines, cor- μ xNOxuncor = 700.5 mol/mol rect for intake-air humidity using the xH2O = 0.022 mol/mol following equation: xNOxcor = 700.5 · (9.953 · 0.022 + 0.832) xNOxcor = 736.2 μmol/mol

=⋅⋅+() xxNOxcor NOxuncor18. 840 x H20 0 . 68094 Eq. 1065.670-2

Example: and after a test interval. The calcula- μ xNOxuncor = 154.7 mol/mol tions correct the gas analyzer’s re- xH2O = 0.022 mol/mol sponses that were recorded during a x = 154.7 · (18.840 · 0.022 + 0.68094) NOxcor test interval. The correction is based xNOxcor = 169.5 μmol/mol on an analyzer’s mean responses to ref- (c) Develop your own correction, erence zero and span gases, and it is based on good engineering judgment. based on the reference concentrations [75 FR 23056, Apr. 30, 2010, as amended at 76 of the zero and span gases themselves. FR 57466, Sept. 15, 2011] Validate and correct for drift as follows: § 1065.672 Drift correction. (c) Drift validation. After applying all (a) Scope and frequency. Perform the the other corrections—except drift cor- calculations in this section to deter- rection—to all the gas analyzer signals, mine if gas analyzer drift invalidates calculate brake-specific emissions ac- the results of a test interval. If drift cording to § 1065.650. Then correct all does not invalidate the results of a test gas analyzer signals for drift according interval, correct that test interval’s to this section. Recalculate brake-spe- gas analyzer responses for drift accord- cific emissions using all of the drift- ing to this section. Use the drift-cor- corrected gas analyzer signals. Vali- rected gas analyzer responses in all subsequent emission calculations. Note date and report the brake-specific that the acceptable threshold for gas emission results before and after drift analyzer drift over a test interval is correction according to § 1065.550. specified in § 1065.550 for both labora- (d) Drift correction. Correct all gas an- tory testing and field testing. alyzer signals as follows: (b) Correction principles. The calcula- (1) Correct each recorded concentrations in this section utilize a gas ana- tion, xi, for continuous sampling or for lyzer’s responses to reference zero and batch sampling, x¯. span concentrations of analytical (2) Correct for drift using the fol- gases, as determined sometime before lowing equation:

230

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00240 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER30AP10.095 ER30AP10.096 ER24FE09.005 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.675

Where: xprezero = pre-test interval gas analyzer response to the zero gas concentration. xidriftcorrected = concentration corrected for drift. xrefzero = reference concentration of the zero xpostzero = post-test interval gas analyzer re- gas, which is usually zero unless known sponse to the zero gas concentration. to be otherwise. Example: xrefspan = reference concentration of the span x = 0 μmol/mol gas. refzero x = 1800.0 μmol/mol x = pre-test interval gas analyzer re- refspan prespan μ sponse to the span gas concentration. xprespan = 1800.5 mol/mol xpostspan = 1695.8 μmol/mol xpostspan = post-test interval gas analyzer response to the span gas concentration. xi or x¯ = 435.5 μmol/mol μ xi or x¯ = concentration recorded during test, xprezero = 0.6 mol/mol before drift correction. xpostzero = ¥5.2 μmol/mol

2⋅−+− 435.(.(.)) 5 0 6 5 2 x =+0(.) 1800 0 − 0 ⋅ idriftcorrected (.1800 5 +11695.) 8−+− (. 0 6 ( 5 .)) 2

μ xidriftcorrected = 450.2 mol/mol analyzer using a non-zero xrefzero, you (3) For any pre-test interval con- must set the analyzer to output the ac- centrations, use concentrations deter- tual xrefzero concentration. For example, μ mined most recently before the test in- if xrefzero = 375 mol/mol, set the ana- μ terval. For some test intervals, the lyzer to output a value of 375 mol/mol most recent pre-zero or pre-span might when the zero gas is flowing to the ana- have occurred before one or more pre- lyzer. vious test intervals. [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 74 (4) For any post-test interval con- FR 8427, Feb. 24, 2009; 75 FR 23056, Apr. 30, centrations, use concentrations deter- 2010] mined most recently after the test interval. For some test intervals, the § 1065.675 CLD quench verification most recent post-zero or post-span calculations. might have occurred after one or more Perform CLD quench-check calcula- subsequent test intervals. tions as follows: (5) If you do not record any pre-test (a) Perform a CLD analyzer quench interval analyzer response to the span verification test as described in gas concentration, xprespan, set xprespan § 1065.370. equal to the reference concentration of (b) Estimate the maximum expected the span gas: mole fraction of water during emission testing, x . Make this estimate x = x . H2Oexp prespan refspan where the humidified NO span gas was (6) If you do not record any pre-test introduced in § 1065.370(e)(6). When esti- interval analyzer response to the zero mating the maximum expected mole gas concentration, xprezero, set xprezero fraction of water, consider the max- equal to the reference concentration of imum expected water content in com- the zero gas: bustion air, fuel combustion products, and dilution air (if applicable). If you x = x . prezero refzero introduced the humidified NO span gas (7) Usually the reference concentra- into the sample system upstream of a tion of the zero gas, xrefzero, is zero: sample dryer during the verification xrefzero = 0 μmol/mol. However, in some test, you need not estimate the max- cases you might know that xrefzero has a imum expected mole fraction of water non-zero concentration. For example, if and you must set xH2Oexp equal to you zero a CO2 analyzer using ambient xH2Omeas. air, you may use the default ambient (c) Estimate the maximum expected air concentration of CO2, which is 375 CO2 concentration during emission μmol/mol. In this case, xrefzero = 375 testing, xCO2exp. Make this estimate at μmol/mol. Note that when you zero an the sample system location where the

231

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00241 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER24FE09.006 § 1065.675 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

blended NO and CO2 span gases are in- maximum expected CO2 content in fuel troduced according to § 1065.370(d)(10). combustion products and dilution air. When estimating the maximum ex- (d) Calculate quench as follows: pected CO2 concentration, consider the

Where: xNOmeas = measured concentration of NO when quench = amount of CLD quench. NO span gas is blended with CO2 span gas, according to § 1065.370(d)(10). xNOdry = concentration of NO upstream of a bubbler, according to § 1065.370(e)(4). xNOact = actual concentration of NO when NO xNOwet = measured concentration of NO down- span gas is blended with CO2 span gas, ac- stream of a bubbler, according to cording to § 1065.370(d)(11) and calculated § 1065.370(e)(9). according to Eq. 1065.675–2. xH2Oexp = maximum expected mole fraction of xCO2exp = maximum expected concentration of water during emission testing, according CO2 during emission testing, according to to paragraph (b) of this section. paragraph (c) of this section. xH2Omeas = measured mole fraction of water xCO2act = actual concentration of CO2 when NO during the quench verification, according span gas is blended with CO2 span gas, ac- to § 1065.370(e)(7). cording to § 1065.370(d)(9).

Where: xNOdry = 1800.0 μmol/mol xNOwet = 1739.6 μmol/mol xNOspan = The NO span gas concentration input to the gas divider, according to xH2Oexp = 0.030 mol/mol x = 0.030 mol/mol § 1065.370(d)(5). H2Omeas xNOmeas = 1515.2 μmol/mol xCO2span = the CO2 span gas concentration xNOspan = 3001.6 μmol/mol input to the gas divider, according to x = 3.2% § 1065.370(d)(4). CO2exp xCO2span = 6.1% Example: xCO2act = 2.98%

232

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00242 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.227 ER25OC16.228 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.680

quench = (¥0.0036655¥0.014020171)·100% = lated particulate matter in a trap. ¥1.7685671% Also, ‘‘infrequent’’ refers to regenera- [73 FR 59340, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 76 FR tion events that are expected to occur 57466, Sept. 15, 2011; 81 FR 74188, Oct. 25, 2016] on average less than once over a transient or ramped-modal duty cycle, or § 1065.680 Adjusting emission levels to on average less than once per mode in account for infrequently regen- a discrete-mode test. erating aftertreatment devices. (a) Apply adjustment factors based This section describes how to cal- on whether there is active regeneration culate and apply emission adjustment during a test segment. The test seg- factors for engines using ment may be a test interval or a full aftertreatment technology with infre- duty cycle, as described in paragraph quent regeneration events that may (b) of this section. For engines subject occur during testing. These adjustment to standards over more than one duty factors are typically calculated based cycle, you must develop adjustment on measurements conducted for the factors under this section for each sep- purposes of engine certification, and arate duty cycle. You must be able to then used to adjust the results of test- identify active regeneration in a way ing related to demonstrating compli- that is readily apparent during all test- ance with emission standards. For this ing. All adjustment factors for regen- section, ‘‘regeneration’’ means an in- eration are additive. tended event during which emission (1) If active regeneration does not levels change while the system restores occur during a test segment, apply an aftertreatment performance. For ex- upward adjustment factor, UAF, that ample, exhaust gas temperatures may will be added to the measured emission increase temporarily to remove sulfur rate for that test segment. Use the fol- from adsorbers or to oxidize accumu- lowing equation to calculate UAF:

Where: EFARMC = 0.15 g/kW·hr

EFA[cycle] = the average emission factor over EFLRMC = 0.11 g/kW·hr the test segment as determined in para- UAFRMC = 0.15 ¥ 0.11 = 0.04 g/kW·hr graph (a)(4) of this section. (2) If active regeneration occurs or EFL[cycle] = measured emissions over a complete test segment in which active regen- starts to occur during a test segment, eration does not occur. apply a downward adjustment factor, Example: DAF, that will be subtracted from the

233

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00243 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.229 ER25OC16.318 § 1065.680 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

measured emission rate for that test segment. Use the following equation to calculate DAF:

Where: DAFRMC = 0.50 ¥ 0.15 = 0.35 g/kW·hr EFH[cycle] = measured emissions over the test (3) Note that emissions for a given segment from a complete regeneration event, or the average emission rate over pollutant may be lower during regen- multiple complete test segments with re- eration, in which case EFL would be generation if the complete regeneration greater than EFH, and both UAF and event lasts longer than one test segment. DAF would be negative. Example: (4) Calculate the average emission EFARMC = 0.15 g/kW·hr factor, EFA, as follows: EFHRMC = 0.50 g/kW·hr

Where: EFARMC = 0.10 · 0.50 + (1.00 ¥ 0.10) · 0.11 = 0.15 g/kW·hr F[cycle] = the frequency of the regeneration event during the test segment, expressed (5) The frequency of regeneration, F, in terms of the fraction of equivalent generally characterizes how often a retest segments during which active regen- generation event occurs within a series eration occurs, as described in paragraph of test segments. Determine F using (a)(5) of this section. the following equation, subject to the Example: provisions of paragraph (a)(6) of this F = 0.10 RMC section:

Where: event to the start of the next active regeneration, without rounding. ir[cycle] = the number of successive test segments required to complete an active re- Example: generation, rounded up to the next whole irRMC = 2 number. ifRMC = 17.86 if[cycle] = the number of test segments from the end of one complete regeneration

234

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00244 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.230 ER25OC16.231 ER25OC16.232 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.690

(6) Use good engineering judgment to age emission level for the test seg- determine ir and if, as follows: ments that included regeneration. (i) For engines that are programmed (3) Accounting for cold-start measure- to regenerate after a specific time in- ments. For engines subject to cold-start terval, you may determine the dura- testing requirements, incorporate cold- tion of a regeneration event and the start operation into your analysis as time between regeneration events follows: based on the engine’s design param- (i) Determine the frequency of regen- eters. For other engines, determine eration, F, in a way that incorporates these values based on measurements the impact of cold-start operation in from in-use operation or from running proportion to the cold-start weighting repetitive duty cycles in a laboratory. factor specified in the standard-setting (ii) For engines subject to standards part. You may use good engineering over multiple duty cycles, such as for judgment to determine the effect of transient and steady-state testing, cold-start operation analytically. apply this same calculation to deter- (ii) Treat cold-start testing and hot- mine a value of F for each duty cycle. start testing together as a single test (iii) Consider an example for an en- segment for adjusting measured emis- gine that is designed to regenerate its sion results under this section. Apply PM filter 500 minutes after the end of the adjustment factor to the composite the last regeneration event, with the emission result. regeneration event lasting 30 minutes. (iii) You may apply the adjustment factor only to the hot-start test result If the RMC takes 28 minutes, irRMC = 2 (30 ÷ 28 = 1.07, which rounds up to 2), if your aftertreatment technology does not regenerate during cold operation as and ifRMC = 500 ÷ 28 = 17.86. (b) Develop adjustment factors for represented by the cold-start transient different types of testing as follows: duty cycle. If we ask for it, you must demonstrate this by engineering anal- (1) Discrete-mode testing. Develop sepa- ysis or by test data. rate adjustment factors for each test mode (test interval) of a discrete-mode (c) If an engine has multiple regeneration strategies, determine and apply test. When measuring EF , if a regen- H adjustment factors under this section eration event has started but is not separately for each type of regenera- complete when you reach the end of tion. the sampling time for a test interval, extend the sampling period for that [81 FR 74189, Oct. 25, 2016] test interval until the regeneration event is complete. § 1065.690 Buoyancy correction for PM (2) Ramped-modal and transient testing. sample media. Develop a separate set of adjustment (a) General. Correct PM sample media factors for an entire ramped-modal for their buoyancy in air if you weigh cycle or transient duty cycle. When them on a balance. The buoyancy cor- measuring EFH, if a regeneration event rection depends on the sample media has started but is not complete when density, the density of air, and the den- you reach the end of the duty cycle, sity of the calibration weight used to start the next repeat test as soon as calibrate the balance. The buoyancy possible, allowing for the time needed correction does not account for the to complete emission measurement and buoyancy of the PM itself, because the installation of new filters for PM meas- mass of PM typically accounts for only urement; in that case EFH is the aver- (0.01 to 0.10)% of the total weight. A 235

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00245 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER25OC16.233 § 1065.690 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

correction to this small fraction of trolled to an ambient temperature of mass would be at the most 0.010%. (22 ±1) °C and humidity has an insignifi- (b) PM sample media density. Different cant effect on buoyancy correction, air PM sample media have different den- density is primarily a function of at- sities. Use the known density of your mospheric pressure. Therefore you may sample media, or use one of the den- use nominal constant values for tem- sities for some common sampling perature and humidity when deter- media, as follows: mining the air density of the balance (1) For PTFE-coated borosilicate environment in Eq. 1065.690–2. glass, use a sample media density of (d) Calibration weight density. Use the 2300 kg/m3. stated density of the material of your (2) For PTFE membrane (film) media with an integral support ring of metal calibration weight. The example polymethylpentene that accounts for calculation in this section uses a den- 3 95% of the media mass, use a sample sity of 8000 kg/m , but you should know media density of 920 kg/m3. the density of your weight from the (3) For PTFE membrane (film) media calibration weight supplier or the bal- with an integral support ring of PTFE, ance manufacturer if it is an internal use a sample media density of 2144 kg/ weight. m3. (e) Correction calculation. Correct the (c) Air density. Because a PM balance PM sample media for buoyancy using environment must be tightly con- the following equations:

Where: ρweight = density of calibration weight used to

mcor = PM mass corrected for buoyancy. span balance. muncor = PM mass uncorrected for buoyancy. ρmedia = density of PM sample media, such as ρair = density of air in balance environment. a filter.

Where: Mmix = molar mass of air in balance environment. pabs = absolute pressure in balance environment. R = molar gas constant. Tamb = absolute ambient temperature of balance environment.

236

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00246 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.055 ER28AP14.056 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.690

237

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00247 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.057 § 1065.695 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 (ii) Flow meters. FR 37339, June 30, 2008; 75 FR 23056, Apr. 30, (iii) Gas analyzers. 2010; 79 FR 23805, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74191, (iv) PM balance. Oct. 25, 2016] (4) When did you conduct calibrations § 1065.695 Data requirements. and performance checks and what were the results? For example, the dates and (a) To determine the information we results of the following: require from engine tests, refer to the (i) Linearity verification. standard-setting part and request from (ii) Interference checks. your Designated Compliance Officer (iii) Response checks. the format used to apply for certification or demonstrate compliance. We (iv) Leak checks. may require different information for (v) Flow meter checks. different purposes, such as for certifi- (5) What engine did you test? For ex- cation applications, approval requests ample, the following: for alternate procedures, selective en- (i) Manufacturer. forcement audits, laboratory audits, (ii) Family name on engine label. production-line test reports, and field- (iii) Model. test reports. (iv) Model year. (b) See the standard-setting part and (v) Identification number. § 1065.25 regarding recordkeeping. (6) How did you prepare and configure (c) We may ask you the following your engine for testing? Consider the about your testing, and we may ask following examples: you for other information as allowed (i) Dates, hours, duty cycle and fuel under the Act: used for service accumulation. (1) What approved alternate proce- (ii) Dates and description of sched- dures did you use? For example: uled and unscheduled maintenance. (i) Partial-flow dilution for propor- (iii) Allowable pressure range of in- tional PM. take restriction. (ii) CARB test procedures. (iv) Allowable pressure range of ex- (iii) ISO test procedures. haust restriction. (2) What laboratory equipment did (v) Charge air cooler volume. you use? For example, the make, (vi) Charge air cooler outlet tempera- model, and description of the fol- ture, specified engine conditions and lowing: location of temperature measurement. (i) Engine dynamometer and operator (vii) Fuel temperature and location demand. of measurement. (ii) Probes, dilution, transfer lines, (viii) Any aftertreatment system and sample preconditioning compo- configuration and description. nents. (ix) Any crankcase ventilation con- (iii) Batch storage media (such as the figuration and description (e.g., open, bag material or PM filter material). closed, PCV, crankcase scavenged). (3) What measurement instruments (x) Number and type of precondi- did you use? For example, the make, tioning cycles. model, and description of the fol- (7) How did you test your engine? For lowing: example: (i) Speed and torque instruments. (i) Constant speed or variable speed.

238

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00248 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 ER28AP14.058 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.701

(ii) Mapping procedure (step or (iv) For constant-speed engines: test sweep). torque. (iii) Continuous or batch sampling (v) For variable-speed engines: max- for each emission. imum test speed. (iv) Raw or dilute sampling; any dilu- (vi) Speed versus torque map. tion-air background sampling. (vii) Speed versus power map. (v) Duty cycle and test intervals. (viii) Brake-specific emissions over (vi) Cold-start, hot-start, warmed-up the duty cycle and each test interval. running. (ix) Brake-specific fuel consumption. (vii) Absolute pressure, temperature, (11) What fuel did you use? For exam- and dewpoint of intake and dilution ple: air. (i) Fuel that met specifications of (viii) Simulated engine loads, curb subpart H of this part. idle transmission torque value. (ii) Alternate fuel. (ix) Warm-idle speed value. (iii) Oxygenated fuel. (x) Simulated vehicle signals applied (12) How did you field test your en- during testing. gine? For example: (xi) Bypassed governor controls dur- (i) Data from paragraphs (c)(1), (3), ing testing. (4), (5), and (9) of this section. (xii) Date, time, and location of test (ii) Probes, dilution, transfer lines, (e.g., dynamometer laboratory identi- and sample preconditioning compo- fication). nents. (xiii) Cooling medium for engine and (iii) Batch storage media (such as the charge air. (xiv) Operating temperatures of cool- bag material or PM filter material). ant, head, and block. (iv) Continuous or batch sampling for (xv) Natural or forced cool-down and each emission. cool-down time. (v) Raw or dilute sampling; any dilu- (xvi) Canister loading. tion air background sampling. (8) How did you validate your test- (vi) Cold-start, hot-start, warmed-up ing? For example, results from the fol- running. lowing: (vii) Intake and dilution air absolute (i) Duty cycle regression statistics pressure, temperature, dewpoint. for each test interval. (viii) Curb idle transmission torque (ii) Proportional sampling. value. (iii) Drift. (ix) Warm idle speed value, any en- (iv) Reference PM sample media in hanced idle speed value. PM-stabilization environment. (x) Date, time, and location of test (9) How did you calculate results? (e.g., identify the testing laboratory). For example, results from the fol- (xi) Proportional sampling valida- lowing: tion. (i) Drift correction. (xii) Drift validation. (ii) Noise correction. (xiii) Operating temperatures of cool- (iii) ‘‘Dry-to-wet’’ correction. ant, head, and block. (iv) NMHC, CH4, and contamination (xiv) Vehicle make, model, model correction. year, identification number. (v) NOX humidity correction. (vi) Brake-specific emission formula- [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37339, June 30, 2008; 79 FR 23807, Apr. 28, tion—total mass divided by total work, 2014] mass rate divided by power, or ratio of mass to work. (vii) Rounding emission results. Subpart H—Engine Fluids, Test (10) What were the results of your Fuels, Analytical Gases and testing? For example: Other Calibration Standards (i) Maximum mapped power and speed at maximum power. § 1065.701 General requirements for (ii) Maximum mapped torque and test fuels. speed at maximum torque. (a) General. For all emission measure- (iii) For constant-speed engines: no- ments, use test fuels that meet the load governed speed. specifications in this subpart, unless

239

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00249 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.701 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

the standard-setting part directs other- (2) For engines that are designed to wise. Section 1065.10(c)(1) does not operate on different fuel types, the pro- apply with respect to test fuels. Note visions of paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) and (iii) that the standard-setting parts gen- of this section apply with respect to erally require that you design your each fuel type. emission controls to function properly (3) For engines that are designed to when using commercially available operate on different fuel types as well fuels, even if they differ from the test as continuous mixtures of those fuels, fuel. Where we specify multiple grades we may require you to test with either of a certain fuel type (such as diesel the worst-case fuel mixture or the fuel with different sulfur concentra- most representative fuel mixture, un- tions), see the standard-setting part to less the standard-setting part specifies determine which grade to use. otherwise. (b) Fuels meeting alternate specifications. We may allow you to use a dif- (d) Fuel specifications. Specifications ferent test fuel (such as California in this section apply as follows: Phase 2 gasoline) if it does not affect (1) Measure and calculate values as your ability to show that your engines described in the appropriate reference would comply with all applicable emis- procedure. Record and report final val- sion standards using the fuel specified ues expressed to at least the same in this subpart. number of decimal places as the appli- (c) Fuels not specified in this subpart. If cable limit value. The right-most digit you produce engines that run on a type for each limit value is significant un- of fuel (or mixture of fuels) that we do less specified otherwise. For example, not specify in this subpart, you must for a specified distillation temperature get our written approval to establish of 60 °C, determine the test fuel’s value the appropriate test fuel. See the to at least the nearest whole number. standard-setting part for provisions re- (2) The fuel parameters specified in lated to fuels and fuel mixtures not this subpart depend on measurement specified in this subpart. procedures that are incorporated by (1) For engines designed to operate reference. For any of these procedures, on a single fuel, we will generally allow you may instead rely upon the proce- you to use the fuel if you show us all dures identified in 40 CFR part 80 for the following things are true: measuring the same parameter. For ex- (i) Show that your engines will use ample, we may identify different ref- only the designated fuel in service. erence procedures for measuring gaso- (ii) Show that this type of fuel is line parameters in 40 CFR 80.46. commercially available. (iii) Show that operating the engines (e) Two-stroke fuel/oil mixing. For on the fuel we specify would be inap- two-stroke engines, use a fuel/oil mix- propriate, as in the following examples: ture meeting the manufacturer’s speci- (A) The engine will not run on the fications. specified fuel. (f) Service accumulation and field test- (B) The engine or emission controls ing fuels. If we do not specify a service- will not be durable or work properly accumulation or field-testing fuel in when operating with the specified fuel. the standard-setting part, use an ap- (C) The measured emission results propriate commercially available fuel would otherwise be substantially un- such as those meeting minimum speci- representative of in-use emissions. fications from the following table:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.701—EXAMPLES OF SERVICE-ACCUMULATION AND FIELD-TESTING FUELS

Fuel category Subcategory Reference procedure 1

Diesel ...... Light distillate and light blends with residual ... ASTM D975 Middle distillate ...... ASTM D6985 Biodiesel (B100) ...... ASTM D6751 Intermediate and residual fuel ...... All ...... See § 1065.705 Gasoline ...... Automotive gasoline ...... ASTM D4814 Automotive gasoline with ethanol concentra- ASTM D4814 tion up to 10 volume %.. Alcohol ...... Ethanol (E51–83) ...... ASTM D5798

240

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00250 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.705

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.701—EXAMPLES OF SERVICE-ACCUMULATION AND FIELD-TESTING FUELS— Continued

Fuel category Subcategory Reference procedure 1

Methanol (M70–M85) ...... ASTM D5797 Aviation fuel ...... Aviation gasoline ...... ASTM D910 Gas turbine ...... ASTM D1655 Jet B wide cut ...... ASTM D6615 Gas turbine fuel ...... General ...... ASTM D2880 1 ASTM specifications are incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010.

[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37339, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59341, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23057, Apr. 30, 2010;79 FR 23807, Apr. 28, 2014]

§ 1065.703 Distillate diesel fuel. the standard-setting part to determine which grade to use. If the standard-set- (a) Distillate diesel fuels for testing ting part does not specify which grade must be clean and bright, with pour to use, use good engineering judgment and cloud points adequate for proper to select the grade that represents the engine operation. fuel on which the engines will operate (b) There are three grades of #2 diesel in use. The three grades are specified in fuel specified for use as a test fuel. See the following table:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.703—TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS FOR DISTILLATE DIESEL FUEL

Ultra low 1 Property Unit sulfur Low sulfur High sulfur Reference procedure

Cetane Number ...... — ...... 40¥50 40¥50 40¥50 ASTM D613. Distillation range: Initial boiling point ...... °C ...... 171–204 171–204 171–204 ASTM D86. 10 pct. point ...... 204–238 204–238 204–238 ASTM D86. 50 pct. point ...... 243–282 243–282 243–282 ASTM D86. 90 pct. point ...... 293–332 293–332 293–332 ASTM D86. Endpoint ...... 321–366 321–366 321–366 ASTM D86. Gravity ...... °API ...... 32–37 32–37 32–37 ASTM D4052. Total sulfur, ultra low sulfur ...... mg/kg ...... 7–15 ...... See 40 CFR 80.580. Total sulfur, low and high sulfur ...... mg/kg ...... 300–500 800–2500 ASTM D2622 or alternates as allowed under 40 CFR 80.580. Aromatics, min. (Remainder shall be g/kg ...... 100 100 100 ASTM D5186. paraffins, naphthenes, and olefins). Flashpoint, min...... °C ...... 54 54 54 ASTM D93. Kinematic Viscosity ...... cSt ...... 2.0–3.2 2.0–3.2 2.0–3.2 ASTM D445. 1 ASTM procedures are incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010. See § 1065.701(d) for other allowed procedures.

(c) You may use the following non- § 1065.705 Residual and intermediate metallic additives with distillate diesel residual fuel. fuels: This section describes the specifica- (1) Cetane improver. tions for fuels meeting the definition of (2) Metal deactivator. residual fuel in 40 CFR 80.2, including (3) Antioxidant, dehazer. fuels marketed as intermediate fuel. (4) Rust inhibitor. Residual fuels for service accumulation (5) Pour depressant. and any testing must meet the fol- (6) Dye. lowing specifications: (7) Dispersant. (a) The fuel must be a commercially (8) Biocide. available fuel that is representative of the fuel that will be used by the engine [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37340, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59341, Oct. 8, in actual use. 2008; 75 FR 23057, Apr. 30, 2010; 77 FR 2464, (b) The fuel must be free of used lu- Jan. 18, 2012;79 FR 23807, Apr. 28, 2014] bricating oil. Demonstrate this by

241

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00251 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.705 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

showing that the fuel meets at least (incorporated by reference in one of the following specifications. § 1065.1010). (1) Zinc is at or below 15 mg per kg of (3) Calcium is at or below 30 mg per fuel based on the procedures specified kg of fuel based on the procedures spec- in IP470, IP501, or ISO 8217 (incor- ified in IP470, IP501, or ISO 8217 (incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010). porated by reference in § 1065.1010). (2) Phosphorus is at or below 15 mg (c) The fuel must meet the specifica- per kg of fuel based on the procedures tions for one of the categories in the specified in IP500, IP501, or ISO 8217 following table:

242

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00252 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.705

1 Reference Procedure 8217). also ISO 8217). 470 (see also ISO 8217). 8217). 470 (see also ISO 8217:2012). also ISO 8217).

UEL F 700 RMK ESIDUAL R 700 RMH 380 RMK 380 RMH PECIFICATIONS FOR S 380 RMG UEL F EST 180 RMF T Category ISO–F– 180 RME 80 RMD CCUMULATION AND A 30 RMB ERVICE 30 RMA § 1065.705—S ) % ...... 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 ISO 3733...... 960.0 975.0 980.0 991.0 991.0 1010.0 991.0 1010.0 ISO 3675 or 12185 (see OF 3 3 1 /m 3 C ...... C 60 ...... 30 0 24 30 60 30 60 30 3016. 60 ISO 60 ISO 2719 (see also cSt ...... 3104. ° 180.0 380.0 30.0 80.0 ° 700.0 ISO ABLE T C, ° C, max ...... kg/m ° Property Unit Winter quality, max ...... Summer quality, max ...... 6 24 30 30 30 30 ISO procedures are incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010. See § 1065.701(d) for other allowed procedures. max. 1 Density at 15 Kinematic viscosity at 50 Flash point, min ...... Pour point (upper): Carbon residue, max ...... (kg/kg) % ...... Ash, max ...... (kg/kg) % ...... Water, max ...... (m 10 Sulfur, max ...... (kg/kg) % 0.10 ...... Vanadium, max ...... mg/kg ...... 14 3.50 0.10 Total sediment potential, max (kg/kg) % ...... 0.10 15 150 Aluminum plus silicon, max .... 0.15 4.00 mg/kg ...... 20 0.10 0.15 4.50 18 350 80 200 0.10 22 500 0.10 4.50 300 80 0.15 22 600 80 0.10 ISO 6245. 4.50 ISO 10370. 600 80 ISO 8754 or 14596 (see 0.10 ISO 14597 or IP 501 ISO 10307–2 (see also 80 ISO 10478 or IP 501 [79 FR 23808, Apr. 28, 2014]

243

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00253 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8017 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.710 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

§ 1065.710 Gasoline. nominally 10% ethanol (commonly (a) This section specifies test fuel called E10 test fuel): properties for gasoline with ethanol (1) Prepare the blended test fuel from (low-level blend only) and for gasoline typical refinery gasoline blending com- without ethanol. Note that the ‘‘fuel ponents. You may not use pure com- type’’ for the fuels specified in para- pounds, except as follows: graphs (b) and (c) of this section is con- (i) You may use neat ethanol as a sidered to be gasoline. In contrast, blendstock. fuels with higher ethanol concentra- (ii) You may adjust the test fuel’s tions, such as fuel containing 82 per- vapor pressure by adding butane. cent ethanol, are considered to be eth- (iii) You may adjust the test fuel’s anol fuels rather than gasoline. We benzene content by adding benzene. specify some test fuel parameters that (iv) You may adjust the test fuel’s apply uniquely for low-temperature sulfur content by adding sulfur com- testing and for testing at altitudes pounds that are representative of those above 1,219 m. For all other testing, use found with in-use fuels. the test fuel parameters specified for (2) Table 1 of this section identifies general testing. Unless the standard- limit values consistent with the units setting part specifies otherwise, use in the reference procedure for each fuel the fuel specified in paragraph (c) of property. These values are generally this section for general testing. specified in international units. Values (b) The following specifications apply presented in parentheses are for infor- for a blended gasoline test fuel that has mation only. Table 1 follows:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.710—TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS FOR A LOW-LEVEL ETHANOL-GASOLINE BLEND

Specification Reference Property Unit Low-tem- 1 General perature High alti- procedure testing testing tude testing

Antiknock Index (R + M)/2 ...... 87.0—88.4 2 87.0 Min- ASTM D2699 and imum. D2700.

Sensitivity (R–M) ...... 7.5 Minimum ASTM D2699 and D2700.

Dry Vapor Pressure Equivalent kPa (psi) ...... 60.0–63.4 .. 77.2–81.4 .. 52.4–55.2 .. ASTM D5191. (DVPE) 34. (8.7–9.2) .... (11.2–11.8) (7.6–8.0) .... Distillation 4 ...... °C ( °F) ...... 49–60 ...... 43–54 ...... 49–60 ...... ASTM D86. 10% evaporated ...... (120–140) .. (110–130) .. (120–140)

50% evaporated ...... °C ( °F) ...... 88–99 (190–210). 90% evaporated ...... °C ( °F) ...... 157–168 (315–335). Evaporated final boiling point ...... °C ( °F) ...... 193–216 (380–420). Residue ...... milliliter ...... 2.0 Maximum. Total Aromatic Hydrocarbons ...... volume % ...... 21.0–25.0 ASTM D5769. C6 Aromatics (benzene) ...... volume % ...... 0.5–0.7. C7 Aromatics (toluene) ...... volume % ...... 5.2–6.4. C8 Aromatics ...... volume % ...... 5.2–6.4. C9 Aromatics ...... volume % ...... 5.2–6.4. C10 + Aromatics ...... volume % ...... 4.4–5.6. Olefins 5 ...... mass % ...... 4.0–10.0 ASTM D6550. Ethanol blended ...... volume % ...... 9.6–10.0 See paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Ethanol confirmatory 6 ...... volume % ...... 9.4–10.2 ASTM D4815 or D5599. Total Content of Oxygenates Other than volume % ...... 0.1 Maximum ASTM D4815 or D5599. Ethanol 6. Sulfur ...... mg/kg ...... 8.0–11.0 ASTM D2622, D5453 or D7039. Lead ...... g/liter ...... 0.0026 Maximum ASTM D3237. Phosphorus ...... g/liter ...... 0.0013 Maximum ASTM D3231. Copper Corrosion ...... No. 1 Maximum ASTM D130. Solvent-Washed Gum Content ...... mg/100 milliliter 3.0 Maximum ASTM D381. Oxidation Stability ...... minute ...... 1000 Minimum ASTM D525. 1 ASTM procedures are incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010. See § 1065.701(d) for other allowed procedures. 2 Octane specifications apply only for testing related to exhaust emissions. For engines or vehicles that require the use of premium fuel, as described in paragraph (d) of this section, the adjusted specification for antiknock index is a minimum value of 91.0; no maximum value applies. All other specifications apply for this high-octane fuel.

244

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00254 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.715

3 Calculate dry vapor pressure equivalent, DVPE, based on the measured total vapor pressure, pT, using the following equation: DVPE (kPa) = 0.956 · pT—2.39 or DVPE (psi) = 0.956 · pT—0.347. DVPE is intended to be equivalent to Reid Vapor Pres- sure using a different test method. 4 Parenthetical values are shown for informational purposes only. 5 The reference procedure prescribes measurement of olefin concentration in mass %. Multiply this result by 0.857 and round to the first decimal place to determine the olefin concentration in volume %. 6 ASTM D5599 prescribes concentration measurements for ethanol and other oxygenates in mass %. Convert results to volume % as specified in Section 14.3 of ASTM D4815.

(3) The ethanol-blended specification gravimetric procedure that has an ac- in Table 1 of this section is based on curacy and repeatability of ±0.1%. the volume % ethanol content of the (c) The specifications of this para- fuel as determined during blending by graph (c) apply for testing with neat the fuel supplier and as stated by the gasoline. This is sometimes called supplier at the time of fuel delivery. indolene or E0 test fuel. Gasoline for Use good engineering judgment to de- testing must have octane values that termine the volume % of ethanol based represent commercially available fuels on the volume of each blendstock. We for the appropriate application. Test recommend using a flow-based or fuel specifications apply as follows:

TABLE 2 OF § 1065.710—TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS FOR NEAT (E0) GASOLINE

Specification Property Unit Reference proce- Low-temperature dure 1 General testing testing

Distillation Range: Evaporated initial boiling point °C ...... 24–352 ...... 24–36 ...... ASTM D86 10% evaporated ...... 49–57 ...... 37–48. 50% evaporated ...... 93–110 ...... 82–101. 90% evaporated ...... 149–163 ...... 158–174. Evaporated final boiling point ...... Maximum, 213 ...... Maximum, 212. Hydrocarbon composition: Olefins ...... volume % ...... Maximum, 10 ...... Maximum, 17.5 ...... ASTM D1319 Aromatics ...... Maximum, 35 ...... Maximum, 30.4. Saturates ...... Remainder ...... Remainder. Lead ...... g/liter ...... Maximum, 0.013 .... Maximum, 0.013 .... ASTM D3237 Phosphorous ...... g/liter ...... Maximum, 0.0013 .. Maximum, 0.005 .... ASTM D3231 Total sulfur ...... mg/kg ...... Maximum, 80 ...... Maximum, 80 ...... ASTM D2622 Dry vapor pressure equivalent 3 ...... kPa (psi) ...... 60.0–63.4 24 (8.7– 77.2–81.4 (11.2– ASTM D5191 9.2). 11.8). 1 ASTM procedures are incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010. See § 1065.701(d) for other allowed procedures. 2 For testing at altitudes above 1219 m, the specified initial boiling point range is (23.9 to 40.6) °C and the specified volatility range is (52.0 to 55.2) kPa ((7.5 to 8.0) psi). 3 Calculate dry vapor pressure equivalent, DVPE, based on the measured total vapor pressure, pT, in kPa using the following equation: DVPE (kPa) = 0.956 · pT¥2.39 or DVPE (psi) = 0.956 · pT¥0.347. DVPE is intended to be equivalent to Reid Vapor Pressure using a different test method. 4 For testing unrelated to evaporative emissions, the specified range is (55.2 to 63.4) kPa ((8.0 to 9.2) psi).

(d) Use the high-octane gasoline spec- § 1065.715 Natural gas. ified in paragraph (b) of this section (a) Except as specified in paragraph only for engines or vehicles for which the manufacturer conditions the war- (b) of this section, natural gas for test- ranty on the use of premium gasoline. ing must meet the specifications in the following table: [79 FR 23809, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 80 FR 9119, Feb. 19, 2015]

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.715—TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS FOR NATURAL GAS

Property Value 1

Methane, CH4 ...... Minimum, 0.87 mol/mol. Ethane, C2H6 ...... Maximum, 0.055 mol/mol. Propane, C3H8 ...... Maximum, 0.012 mol/mol. Butane, C4H10 ...... Maximum, 0.0035 mol/mol. Pentane, C5H12 ...... Maximum, 0.0013 mol/mol. C6 and higher ...... Maximum, 0.001 mol/mol. Oxygen ...... Maximum, 0.001 mol/mol.

245

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00255 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.720 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.715—TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS FOR NATURAL GAS—Continued

Property Value 1

Inert gases (sum of CO2 and N2) ...... Maximum, 0.051 mol/mol. 1 Demonstrate compliance with fuel specifications based on the reference procedures in ASTM D1945 (incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010), or on other measurement procedures using good engineering judgment. See § 1065.701(d) for other allowed procedures.

(b) In certain cases you may use test (c) When we conduct testing using fuel not meeting the specifications in natural gas, we will use fuel that meets paragraph (a) of this section, as fol- the specifications in paragraph (a) of lows: this section. (1) You may use fuel that your in-use (d) At ambient conditions, natural engines normally use, such as pipeline gas must have a distinctive odor de- natural gas. tectable down to a concentration in air (2) You may use fuel meeting alter- not more than one-fifth the lower flam- nate specifications if the standard-set- mable limit. ting part allows it. [73 FR 37342, June 30, 2008, as amended at 79 (3) You may ask for approval to use FR 23811, Apr. 28, 2014] fuel that does not meet the specifications in paragraph (a) of this section, § 1065.720 Liquefied petroleum gas. but only if using the fuel would not ad- (a) Except as specified in paragraph versely affect your ability to dem- (b) of this section, liquefied petroleum onstrate compliance with the applica- gas for testing must meet the speci- ble standards. fications in the following table:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.720—TEST FUEL SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS

Property Value Reference procedure 1

3 3 Propane, C3H8 ...... Minimum, 0.85 m /m ...... ASTM D2163. Vapor pressure at 38 °C ...... Maximum, 1400 kPa ...... ASTM D1267or D2598.2 Volatility residue (evaporated temperature, 35 °C) ...... Maximum, ¥38 °C ...... ASTM D1837. Butanes ...... Maximum, 0.05 m3/m3 ...... ASTM D2163. Butenes ...... Maximum, 0.02 m3/m3 ...... ASTM D2163. Pentenes and heavier ...... Maximum, 0.005 m3/m3 ...... ASTM D2163. Propene ...... Maximum, 0.1 m3/m3 ...... ASTM D2163. Residual matter (residue on evaporation of 100 ml oil stain Maximum, 0.05 ml pass3 ...... ASTM D2158. observation). Corrosion, copper strip ...... Maximum, No. 1 ...... ASTM D1838. Sulfur ...... Maximum, 80 mg/kg ...... ASTM D2784. Moisture content ...... pass ...... ASTM D2713. 1 ASTM procedures are incorporated by reference in § 1065.1010. See § 1065.701(d) for other allowed procedures. 2 If these two test methods yield different results, use the results from ASTM D1267. 3 The test fuel must not yield a persistent oil ring when you add 0.3 ml of solvent residue mixture to a filter paper in 0.1 ml in- crements and examine it in daylight after two minutes.

(b) In certain cases you may use test versely affect your ability to dem- fuel not meeting the specifications in onstrate compliance with the applica- paragraph (a) of this section, as fol- ble standards. lows: (c) When we conduct testing using (1) You may use fuel that your in-use liquefied petroleum gas, we will use engines normally use, such as commer- fuel that meets the specifications in cial-quality liquefied petroleum gas. paragraph (a) of this section. (2) You may use fuel meeting alter- (d) At ambient conditions, liquefied nate specifications if the standard-set- petroleum gas must have a distinctive ting part allows it. odor detectable down to a concentra- (3) You may ask for approval to use tion in air not more than one-fifth the fuel that does not meet the specifica- lower flammable limit. tions in paragraph (a) of this section, [73 FR 37342, June 30, 2008, as amended at 79 but only if using the fuel would not ad- FR 23811, Apr. 28, 2014]

246

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00256 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.750

§ 1065.725 High-level ethanol-gasoline § 1065.740 Lubricants. blends. (a) Use commercially available lubri- For testing vehicles capable of oper- cating oil that represents the oil that ating on a high-level ethanol-gasoline will be used in your engine in use. blend, create a test fuel as follows: (b) You may use lubrication addi- (a) Add ethanol to an E10 fuel meet- tives, up to the levels that the additive ing the specifications described in manufacturer recommends. § 1065.710 until the ethanol content of § 1065.745 Coolants. the blended fuel is between 80 and 83 volume %. (a) You may use commercially avail- (b) You may alternatively add eth- able antifreeze mixtures or other cool- anol to a gasoline base fuel with no ants that will be used in your engine in ethanol if you can demonstrate that use. (b) For laboratory testing of liquid- such a base fuel blended with the prop- cooled engines, you may use water er amount of ethanol would meet all with or without rust inhibitors. the specifications for E10 test fuel de- (c) For coolants allowed in para- scribed in § 1065.710, other than the eth- graphs (a) and (b) of this section, you anol content. may use rust inhibitors and additives (c) The ethanol used for blending required for lubricity, up to the levels must be either denatured ethanol that the additive manufacturer rec- meeting the specifications in 40 CFR ommends. 80.1610, or fuel-grade ethanol with no denaturant. Account for the volume of § 1065.750 Analytical gases. any denaturant when calculating volu- Analytical gases must meet the accu- metric percentages. racy and purity specifications of this (d) The blended test fuel must have a section, unless you can show that other dry vapor pressure equivalent between specifications would not affect your 41.5 and 45.1 kPa (6.0 and 6.5 psi) when ability to show that you comply with measured using the procedure specified all applicable emission standards. in § 1065.710. You may add commercial (a) Subparts C, D, F, and J of this grade butane as needed to meet this part refer to the following gas speci- specification. fications: (1) Use purified gases to zero meas- [79 FR 23811, Apr. 28, 2014] urement instruments and to blend with calibration gases. Use gases with con- § 1065.735 Diesel exhaust fluid. tamination no higher than the highest (a) Use commercially available diesel of the following values in the gas cyl- exhaust fluid that represents the prod- inder or at the outlet of a zero-gas gen- uct that will be used in your in-use en- erator: gines. (i) 2% contamination, measured rel- (b) Diesel exhaust fluid for testing ative to the flow-weighted mean con- must generally conform to the speci- centration expected at the standard. fications referenced in the definition of For example, if you would expect a ‘‘diesel exhaust fluid’’ in § 1065.1001. Use flow-weighted CO concentration of 100.0 μmol/mol, then you would be allowed to marine-grade diesel exhaust fluid only use a zero gas with CO contamination for marine engines. less than or equal to 2.000 μmol/mol. [81 FR 74191, Oct. 25, 2016] (ii) Contamination as specified in the following table:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.750—GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PURIFIED GASES 1

Constituent Purified air Purified N2

THC (C1-equivalent) ...... ≤0.05 μmol/mol ...... ≤0.05 μmol/mol. CO ...... ≤1 μmol/mol ...... ≤1 μmol/mol.

CO2 ...... ≤10 μmol/mol ...... ≤10 μmol/mol. O2 ...... 0.205 to 0.215 mol/mol ...... ≤2 μmol/mol. NOX ...... ≤0.02 μmol/mol ...... ≤0.02 μmol/mol.

247

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00257 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.750 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.750—GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PURIFIED GASES 1—Continued

Constituent Purified air Purified N2

2 N2O ...... ≤0.02 μmol/mol ...... ≤0.02 μmol/mol. 1 We do not require these levels of purity to be NIST-traceable. 2 The N2O limit applies only if the standard-setting part requires you to report N2O or certify to an N2O standard.

(2) Use the following gases with a of CH4. Calibrate on a carbon number FID analyzer: basis of one (C1). For example, if you (i) FID fuel. Use FID fuel with a stat- use a CH4 span gas of concentration 200 ed H2 concentration of (0.39 to 0.41) μmol/mol, span a FID to respond with a mol/mol, balance He or N2, and a stated value of 200 μmol/mol. Note that FID total hydrocarbon concentration of 0.05 span balance gases may be any com- μmol/mol or less. For GC–FIDs that bination of purified air and purified ni- measure methane (CH4) using a FID trogen. We recommend FID analyzer fuel that is balance N2, perform the CH4 span gases that contain approximately measurement as described in SAE J1151 the expected flow-weighted mean con- (incorporated by reference in centration of O2 in the exhaust sample § 1065.1010). during testing. If the expected O2 con- (ii) FID burner air. Use FID burner air centration in the exhaust sample is that meets the specifications of puri- zero, we recommend using a balance fied air in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- gas of purified nitrogen. tion. For field testing, you may use (3) Use the following gas mixtures, ambient air. with gases traceable within ±1% of the (iii) FID zero gas. Zero flame-ioniza- NIST-accepted value or other gas tion detectors with purified gas that standards we approve: meets the specifications in paragraph (i) CH4, balance purified air and/or N2 (a)(1) of this section, except that the (as applicable). purified gas O2 concentration may be (ii) C2H6, balance purified air and/or any value. Note that FID zero balance N2 (as applicable). gases may be any combination of puri- (iii) C3H8, balance purified air and/or fied air and purified nitrogen. We rec- N2 (as applicable). ommend FID analyzer zero gases that (iv) CO, balance purified N2. contain approximately the expected (v) CO2, balance purified N2. flow-weighted mean concentration of (vi) NO, balance purified N2. O2 in the exhaust sample during test- (vii) NO2, balance purified air. ing. (viii) O2, balance purified N2. (iv) FID propane span gas. Span and (ix) C3H8, CO, CO2, NO, balance puri- calibrate THC FID with span con- fied N2. centrations of propane, C3H8. Calibrate (x) C3H8, CH4, CO, CO2, NO, balance on a carbon number basis of one (C1). purified N2. For example, if you use a C3H8 span gas (xi) N2O, balance purified air and/or of concentration 200 μmol/mol, span a N2 (as applicable). FID to respond with a value of 600 (xii) CH4, C2H6, balance purified air μmol/mol. Note that FID span balance and/or N2 (as applicable). gases may be any combination of puri- (xiii) CH4, CH2O, CH2O2, C2H2, C2H4, fied air and purified nitrogen. We rec- C2H4O, C2H6, C3H8, C3H6, CH4O, and ommend FID analyzer span gases that C4H10. You may omit individual gas contain approximately the flow- constituents from this gas mixture. If weighted mean concentration of O2 ex- your gas mixture contains oxygenated pected during testing. If the expected hydrocarbon, your gas mixture must be O2 concentration in the exhaust sample in balance purified N2, otherwise you is zero, we recommend using a balance may use balance purified air. gas of purified nitrogen. (4) You may use gases for species (v) FID CH4 span gas. If you always other than those listed in paragraph span and calibrate a CH4 FID with a (a)(3) of this section (such as methanol nonmethane cutter, then span and cali- in air, which you may use to determine brate the FID with span concentrations response factors), as long as they are

248

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00258 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.805

traceable to within ±3% of the NIST- essary to store bottles of condensable accepted value or other similar stand- gases in a heated environment. ards we approve, and meet the stability [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 requirements of paragraph (b) of this FR 37343, June 30, 2008; 74 FR 56518, Oct. 30, section. 2009; 75 FR 68465, Nov. 8, 2010; 76 FR 57467, (5) You may generate your own cali- Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23811, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR bration gases using a precision blend- 74191, Oct. 25, 2016] ing device, such as a gas divider, to dilute gases with purified N2 or purified § 1065.790 Mass standards. air. If your gas divider meets the speci- (a) PM balance calibration weights. Use fications in § 1065.248, and the gases PM balance calibration weights that being blended meet the requirements of are certified as NIST-traceable within paragraphs (a)(1) and (3) of this section, 0.1% uncertainty. Calibration weights the resulting blends are considered to may be certified by any calibration lab meet the requirements of this para- that maintains NIST-traceability. graph (a). Make sure your highest calibration (b) Record the concentration of any weight has no greater than ten times calibration gas standard and its expira- the mass of an unused PM-sample me- tion date specified by the gas supplier. dium. (1) Do not use any calibration gas (b) Dynamometer calibration weights. standard after its expiration date, ex- [Reserved] cept as allowed by paragraph (b)(2) of this section. [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 57467, Sept. 15, 2011] (2) Calibration gases may be relabeled and used after their expiration date as follows: Subpart I—Testing With (i) Alcohol/carbonyl calibration gases Oxygenated Fuels used to determine response factors ac- § 1065.801 Applicability. cording to subpart I of this part may be relabeled as specified in subpart I of (a) This subpart applies for testing this part. with oxygenated fuels. Unless the (ii) Other gases may be relabeled and standard-setting part specifies other- used after the expiration date only if wise, the requirements of this subpart we approve it in advance. do not apply for fuels that contain less (c) Transfer gases from their source than 25% oxygenated compounds by to analyzers using components that are volume. For example, you generally do dedicated to controlling and transfer- not need to follow the requirements of ring only those gases. For example, do this subpart for tests performed using a not use a regulator, valve, or transfer fuel containing 10% ethanol and 90% line for zero gas if those components gasoline, but you must follow these re- were previously used to transfer a dif- quirements for tests performed using a ferent gas mixture. We recommend fuel containing 85% ethanol and 15% that you label regulators, valves, and gasoline. transfer lines to prevent contamina- (b) Section 1065.805 applies for all tion. Note that even small traces of a other testing that requires measure- gas mixture in the dead volume of a ment of any alcohols or carbonyls. regulator, valve, or transfer line can (c) This subpart specifies sampling diffuse upstream into a high-pressure procedures and calculations that are volume of gas, which would contami- different than those used for non- nate the entire high-pressure gas oxygenated fuels. All other test proce- source, such as a compressed-gas cyl- dures of this part 1065 apply for testing inder. with oxygenated fuels. (d) To maintain stability and purity of gas standards, use good engineering § 1065.805 Sampling system. judgment and follow the gas standard (a) Dilute engine exhaust, and use supplier’s recommendations for storing batch sampling to collect proportional and handling zero, span, and calibra- flow-weighted dilute samples of the ap- tion gases. For example, it may be nec- plicable alcohols and carbonyls. You

249

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00259 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.845 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

may not use raw sampling for alcohols § 1065.845 Response factor determina- and carbonyls. tion. (b) You may collect background sam- Since FID analyzers generally have ples for correcting dilution air for an incomplete response to alcohols and background concentrations of alcohols carbonyls, determine each FID ana- and carbonyls. lyzer’s alcohol/carbonyl response factor (c) Maintain sample temperatures (RF ) after FID optimization within the dilution tunnel, probes, and OHCi[THC-FID] to subtract those responses from the sample lines high enough to prevent FID reading. Use the most recently de- aqueous condensation up to the point termined alcohol/carbonyl response where a sample is collected to prevent factors to compensate for alcohol/car- loss of the alcohols and carbonyls by bonyl response. You are not required to dissolution in condensed water. Use determine the response factor for a good engineering judgment to ensure compound unless you will subtract its that surface reactions of alcohols and response to compensate for a response. carbonyls do not occur, as surface de- (a) You may generate response fac- composition of methanol has been tors as described in paragraph (b) of shown to occur at temperatures great- this section, or you may use the fol- er than 120 °C in exhaust from meth- lowing default response factors, con- anol-fueled engines. sistent with good engineering judg- (d) You may bubble a sample of the ment: exhaust through water to collect alcohols for later analysis. You may also TABLE 1 OF § 1065.845—DEFAULT VALUES FOR use a photoacoustic analyzer to quan- THC FID RESPONSE FACTOR RELATIVE TO tify ethanol and methanol in an ex- PROPANE ON A C1-EQUIVALENT BASIS haust sample as described in § 1065.269. (e) Sample the exhaust through car- Compound Response tridges impregnated with 2,4-dinitro- factor (RF) phenylhydrazine to collect carbonyls acetaldehyde ...... 0.50 for later analysis. If the standard-set- ethanol ...... 0.75 ting part specifies a duty cycle that formaldehyde ...... 0.00 methanol ...... 0.63 has multiple test intervals (such as propanol ...... 0.85 multiple engine starts or an engine-off soak phase), you may proportionally (b) Determine the alcohol/carbonyl collect a single carbonyl sample for the response factors as follows: entire duty cycle. For example, if the (1) Select a C3H8 span gas that meets standard-setting part specifies a six-to- the specifications of § 1065.750. Note one weighting of hot-start to cold-start that FID zero and span balance gases emissions, you may collect a single may be any combination of purified air carbonyl sample for the entire duty or purified nitrogen that meets the cycle by using a hot-start sample flow specifications of § 1065.750. We rec- rate that is six times the cold-start ommend FID analyzer zero and span sample flow rate. gases that contain approximately the (f) You may sample alcohols or flow-weighted mean concentration of carbonyls using ‘‘California Non-Meth- O2 expected during testing. Record the ane Organic Gas Test Procedures’’ (in- C3H8 concentration of the gas. corporated by reference in § 1065.1010). (2) Select or prepare an alcohol/car- If you use this method, follow its cal- bonyl calibration gas that meets the culations to determine the mass of the specifications of § 1065.750 and has a alcohol/carbonyl in the exhaust sam- concentration typical of the peak con- ple, but follow subpart G of this part centration expected at the hydrocarbon for all other calculations (40 CFR part standard. Record the calibration con- 1066, subpart G, for vehicle testing). centration of the gas. (g) Use good engineering judgment to (3) Start and operate the FID ana- sample other oxygenated hydrocarbon lyzer according to the manufacturer’s compounds in the exhaust. instructions. [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 (4) Confirm that the FID analyzer has FR 37343, June 30, 2008; 79 FR 23812, Apr. 28, been calibrated using C3H8. Calibrate 2014] on a carbon number basis of one (C1). 250

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00260 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.901

For example, if you use a C3H8 span gas Subpart J—Field Testing and Port- of concentration 200 μmol/mol, span the able Emission Measurement FID to respond with a value of 600 Systems μmol/mol. (5) Zero the FID. Note that FID zero § 1065.901 Applicability. and span balance gases may be any (a) Field testing. This subpart speci- combination of purified air or purified fies procedures for field-testing engines nitrogen that meets the specifications to determine brake-specific emissions of § 1065.750. We recommend FID ana- using portable emission measurement lyzer zero and span gases that contain systems (PEMS). These procedures are approximately the flow-weighted mean designed primarily for in-field meas- concentration of O2 expected during urements of engines that remain in- testing. stalled in vehicles or equipment in the (6) Span the FID with the C3H8 span field. Field-test procedures apply to gas that you selected under paragraph your engines only as specified in the (a)(1) of this section. standard-setting part. (7) Introduce at the inlet of the FID (b) Laboratory testing. You may use analyzer the alcohol/carbonyl calibra- PEMS for any testing in a laboratory tion gas that you selected under para- or similar environment without re- graph (a)(2) of this section. striction or prior approval if the PEMS (8) Allow time for the analyzer re- meets all applicable specifications for sponse to stabilize. Stabilization time laboratory testing. You may also use may include time to purge the analyzer PEMS for any testing in a laboratory and to account for its response. or similar environment if we approve it (9) While the analyzer measures the in advance, subject to the following alcohol/carbonyl concentration, record provisions: 30 seconds of sampled data. Calculate (1) Follow the laboratory test proce- the arithmetic mean of these values. dures specified in this part 1065, accord- (10) Divide the mean measured con- ing to § 1065.905(e). centration by the recorded span con- (2) Do not apply any PEMS-related centration of the alcohol/carbonyl cali- field-testing adjustments or measure- bration gas on a C1-equivalent basis. ment allowances to laboratory emis- The result is the FID analyzer’s re- sion results or standards. sponse factor for alcohol/carbonyl, (3) Do not use PEMS for laboratory RFOHCi[THC-FID] on a C1-equivalent basis. measurements if it prevents you from (c) Alcohol/carbonyl calibration demonstrating compliance with the ap- gases must remain within ±2% of the plicable standards. Some of the PEMS labeled concentration. You must dem- requirements in this part 1065 are less onstrate the stability based on a quar- stringent than the corresponding lab- terly measurement procedure with a oratory requirements. Depending on precision of ±2% percent or another actual PEMS performance, you might method that we approve. Your meas- therefore need to account for some ad- urement procedure may incorporate ditional measurement uncertainty multiple measurements. If the true when using PEMS for laboratory test- concentration of the gas changes devi- ing. If we ask, you must show us by en- ates by more than ±2%, but less than gineering analysis that any additional ±10%, the gas may be relabeled with measurement uncertainty due to your the new concentration. use of PEMS for laboratory testing is offset by the extent to which your en- [79 FR 23812, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 79 gine’s emissions are below the applica- FR 36658, June 30, 2014] ble standards. For example, you might § 1065.850 Calculations. show that PEMS versus laboratory uncertainty represents 5% of the stand- Use the calculations specified in ard, but your engine’s deteriorated § 1065.665 to determine THCE or emissions are at least 20% below the NMHCE and the calculations specified standard for each pollutant. in 40 CFR 1066.635 to determine NMOG. [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 [79 FR 23813, Apr. 28, 2014] FR 37344, June 30, 2008]

251

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00261 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.905 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

§ 1065.905 General provisions. (11) Should I warm up the test engine (a) General. Unless the standard-set- before measuring emissions, or do I ting part specifies deviations from the need to measure cold-start emissions provisions of this subpart, field testing during a warm-up segment of in-use op- and laboratory testing with PEMS eration? must conform to the provisions of this (12) Do any unique specifications subpart. Use good engineering judg- apply for test fuels? ment when testing with PEMS to en- (13) Do any special conditions invali- sure proper function of the instruments date parts of a field test or all of a field under test conditions. For example, test? this may require additional mainte- (14) Does any special measurement nance or calibration for field testing or allowance apply to field-test emission may require verification after moving results or standards, based on using the PEMS unit. PEMS for field-testing versus using (b) Field-testing scope. Field testing laboratory equipment and instruments conducted under this subpart may infor laboratory testing? clude any normal in-use operation of (15) Do results of initial field testing an engine. trigger any requirement for additional (c) Field testing and the standard-set- field testing or laboratory testing? ting part. This subpart J specifies pro- (16) How do I report field-testing re- cedures for field-testing various cat- sults? egories of engines. See the standard- (d) Field testing and this part 1065. Use setting part for specific provisions for a the following specifications for field particular type of engine. Before using testing: this subpart’s procedures for field test- (1) Use the applicability and general ing, read the standard-setting part to provisions of subpart A of this part. answer at least the following ques- (2) Use equipment specifications in tions: § 1065.101 and in the sections from (1) How many engines must I test in § 1065.140 to the end of subpart B of this the field? part, with the exception of (2) How many times must I repeat a §§ 1065.140(e)(1) and (4), 1065.170(c)(1)(vi), field test on an individual engine? and 1065.195(c). Section 1065.910 identi- (3) How do I select vehicles for field fies additional equipment that is spe- testing? cific to field testing. (4) What maintenance steps may I take before or between tests? (i) For PM samples, configure dilu- (5) What data are needed for a single tion systems as follows: field test on an individual engine? (A) Use good engineering judgment to (6) What are the limits on ambient control dilution air temperature. If you conditions for field testing? Note that choose to directly and actively control the ambient condition limits in dilution air temperature, set the tem- ° § 1065.520 do not apply for field testing. perature to 25 C. Field testing may occur at any ambi- (B) Control sample temperature to a ent temperature, pressure, and humid- (32 to 62) °C tolerance, as measured ity unless otherwise specified in the anywhere within 20 cm upstream or standard-setting part. downstream of the PM storage media (7) Which exhaust constituents do I (such as a filter or oscillating crystal), need to measure? where the tolerance applies only during (8) How do I account for crankcase sampling. emissions? (C) Maintain filter face velocity to a (9) Which engine and ambient param- (5 to 100) cm/s tolerance for flow- eters do I need to measure? through media. Compliance with this (10) How do I process the data re- provision can be verified by engineer- corded during field testing to deter- ing analysis. This provision does not mine if my engine meets field-testing apply for non-flow-through media. standards? How do I determine indi- (ii) For inertial PM balances, there is vidual test intervals? Note that ‘‘test no requirement to control the sta- interval’’ is defined in subpart K of this bilization environment temperature or part 1065. dewpoint.

252

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00262 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.905

(3) Use measurement instruments in laboratory as described in § 1065.901(b). subpart C of this part, except as speci- Use the following procedures and specified in § 1065.915. fications when using PEMS for labora- (4) Use calibrations and verifications tory testing: in subpart D of this part, except as (1) Use the applicability and general specified in § 1065.920. Section 1065.920 provisions of subpart A of this part. also specifies additional calibrations (2) Use equipment specifications in and verifications for field testing. subpart B of this part. Section 1065.910 (5) Use the provisions of the stand- specifies additional equipment specific ard-setting part for selecting and main- to testing with PEMS. taining engines in the field instead of (3) Use measurement instruments in the specifications in subpart E of this subpart C of this part, except as speci- part. fied in § 1065.915. (6) Use the procedures in §§ 1065.930 (4) Use calibrations and verifications and 1065.935 to start and run a field in subpart D of this part, except as test. If you use a gravimetric balance specified in § 1065.920. Section 1065.920 for PM, weigh PM samples according to also specifies additional calibration §§ 1065.590 and 1065.595. and verifications for PEMS. (7) Use the calculations in subpart G (5) Use the provisions of § 1065.401 for of this part to calculate emissions over selecting engines for testing. Use the each test interval. Note that ‘‘test in- provisions of subpart E of this part for terval’’ is defined in subpart K of this maintaining engines, except as speci- part 1065, and that the standard setting fied in the standard-setting part. part indicates how to determine test intervals for your engine. (6) Use the procedures in subpart F of Section 1065.940 specifies additional this part and in the standard-setting calculations for field testing. Use any part to start and run a laboratory test. calculations specified in the standard- (7) Use the calculations in subpart G setting part to determine if your en- of this part to calculate emissions over gines meet the field-testing standards. the applicable duty cycle. Section The standard-setting part may also 1065.940 specifies additional calcula- contain additional calculations that tions for testing with PEMS. determine when further field testing is (8) Use a fuel meeting the specifica- required. tions of subpart H of this part, as speci- (8) Use a typical in-use fuel meeting fied in the standard-setting part. the specifications of § 1065.701(d). (9) Use the lubricant and coolant (9) Use the lubricant and coolant specifications in §§ 1065.740 and 1065.745. specifications in §§ 1065.740 and 1065.745. (10) Use the analytical gases and (10) Use the analytical gases and other calibration standards in other calibration standards in § 1065.750 §§ 1065.750 and 1065.790. and § 1065.790. (11) If you are testing with (11) If you are testing with oxygenated fuels, use the procedures oxygenated fuels, use the procedures specified for testing with oxygenated specified for testing with oxygenated fuels in subpart I of this part. fuels in subpart I of this part. (12) Apply the definitions and ref- (12) Apply the definitions and reference materials in subpart K of this erence materials in subpart K of this part. part. (f) Summary. The following table sum- (e) Laboratory testing using PEMS. marizes the requirements of para- You may use PEMS for testing in a graphs (d) and (e) of this section:

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.905—SUMMARY OF TESTING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED OUTSIDE OF THIS SUBPART J

Applicability for labora- Applicability for labora- 1 tory or similar testing tory or similar testing Subpart Applicability for field testing with PEMS without re- with PEMS with striction 1 restrictions 1

A: Applicability and gen- Use all ...... Use all ...... Use all. eral provisions.

253

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00263 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.910 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.905—SUMMARY OF TESTING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED OUTSIDE OF THIS SUBPART J—Continued

B: Equipment for testing Use § 1065.101 and § 1065.140 through the end Use all ...... Use all. § 1065.910 of subpart B, except § 1065.140(e)(1) and (4), specifies equipment § 1065.170(c)(1)(vi), and § 1065.195(c). specific to laboratory § 1065.910 specifies equipment specific to testing with PEMS. field testing. C: Measurement instru- Use all. § 1065.915 allows deviations ...... Use all except Use all except ments. § 1065.295(c). § 1065.295(c). § 1065.915 allows deviations. D: Calibrations and Use all except § 1065.308 and § 1065.309. Use all ...... Use all. § 1065.920 al- verifications. § 1065.920 allows deviations, but also has ad- lows deviations, but ditional specifications. also has additional specifications. E: Test engine selection, Do not use. Use standard-setting part ...... Use all ...... Use all. maintenance, and durability. F: Running an emission Use §§ 1065.590 and 1065.595 for PM Use all ...... Use all. test in the laboratory. § 1065.930 and § 1065.935 to start and run a field test. G: Calculations and data Use all. § 1065.940 has additional calculation in- Use all ...... Use all. § 1065.940 has requirements. structions. additional calculation instructions. H: Fuels, engine fluids, Use all ...... Use all ...... Use all. analytical gases, and other calibration materials. I: Testing with Use all ...... Use all ...... Use all. oxygenated fuels. K: Definitions and ref- Use all ...... Use all ...... Use all. erence materials. 1 Refer to paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section for complete specifications.

[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37344, June 30, 2008; 75 FR 68465, Nov. 8, 2010; 79 FR 23813, Apr. 28, 2014]

§ 1065.910 PEMS auxiliary equipment connectors with a spring-steel wire for field testing. helix for support and you may use For field testing you may use various Nomex TM coverings or linings for dura- types of auxiliary equipment to attach bility. You may also use any other PEMS to a vehicle or engine and to nonreactive material with equivalent power PEMS. permeation-resistance and durability, (a) When you use PEMS, you may as long as it seals tightly. route engine intake air or exhaust (iv) Use stainless-steel hose clamps through a flow meter. Route the engine to seal flexible connectors, or use intake air or exhaust as follows: clamps that seal equivalently. (1) Flexible connections. Use short (v) You may use additional flexible flexible connectors where necessary. connectors to connect to flow meters. (i) You may use flexible connectors (2) Tubing. Use rigid 300 series stain- to enlarge or reduce the pipe diameters less steel tubing to connect between to match that of your test equipment. flexible connectors. Tubing may be (ii) We recommend that you use flexi- straight or bent to accommodate vehi- ble connectors that do not exceed a cle geometry. You may use ‘‘T’’ or ‘‘Y’’ length of three times their largest in- fittings made of 300 series stainless side diameter. steel tubing to join multiple connec- (iii) We recommend that you use tions, or you may cap or plug redun- four-ply silicone-fiberglass fabric with dant flow paths if the engine manufac- a temperature rating of at least 315 °C turer recommends it. for flexible connectors. You may use

254

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00264 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.915

(3) Flow restriction. Use flow meters, (d) Field testing may require port- connectors, and tubing that do not in- able electrical power to run your test crease flow restriction so much that it equipment. Power your equipment, as exceeds the manufacturer’s maximum follows: specified value. You may verify this at (1) You may use electrical power the maximum exhaust flow rate by from the vehicle, equipment, or vessel, measuring pressure at the manufac- up to the highest power level, such turer-specified location with your sys- that all the following are true: tem connected. You may also perform (i) The power system is capable of an engineering analysis to verify an ac- safely supplying power, such that the ceptable configuration, taking into ac- power demand for testing does not count the maximum exhaust flow rate overload the power system. expected, the field test system’s flexi- (ii) The engine emissions do not ble connectors, and the tubing’s char- change significantly as a result of the acteristics for pressure drops versus power demand for testing. flow. (iii) The power demand for testing (b) For vehicles or other motive does not increase output from the en- equipment, we recommend installing gine by more than 1% of its maximum PEMS in the same location where a power. passenger might sit. Follow PEMS (2) You may install your own port- manufacturer instructions for install- able power supply. For example, you ing PEMS in cargo spaces, engine may use batteries, fuel cells, a portable spaces, or externally such that PEMS generator, or any other power supply is directly exposed to the outside envi- to supplement or replace your use of ronment. We recommend locating vehicle power. You may connect an ex- PEMS where it will be subject to mini- ternal power source directly to the ve- mal sources of the following param- hicle’s, vessel’s, or equipment’s power eters: system; however, during a test interval (1) Ambient temperature changes. (such as an NTE event) you must not (2) Ambient pressure changes. supply power to the vehicle’s power (3) Electromagnetic radiation. system in excess of 1% of the engine’s (4) Mechanical shock and vibration. maximum power. (5) Ambient hydrocarbons—if using a FID analyzer that uses ambient air as [73 FR 37344, June 30, 2008, as amended at 75 FID burner air. FR 23058, Apr. 30, 2010] (c) Use mounting hardware as required for securing flexible connectors, § 1065.915 PEMS instruments. ambient sensors, and other equipment. (a) Instrument specifications. We rec- Use structurally sound mounting ommend that you use PEMS that meet points such as vehicle frames, trailer the specifications of subpart C of this hitch receivers, walk spaces, and pay- part. For unrestricted use of PEMS in load tie-down fittings. We recommend a laboratory or similar environment, mounting hardware such as clamps, use a PEMS that meets the same speci- suction cups, and magnets that are spe- fications as each lab instrument it re- cifically designed for your application. places. For field testing or for testing We also recommend considering with PEMS in a laboratory or similar mounting hardware such as commer- environment, under the provisions of cially available bicycle racks, trailer § 1065.905(b), the specifications in the hitches, and luggage racks where appli- following table apply instead of the cable. specifications in Table 1 of § 1065.205.

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.915—RECOMMENDED MINIMUM PEMS MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE

Rise time, Measured t , and Recording Repeat- Measurement 10–90 update fre- Accuracy 1 Noise 1 quantity symbol fall time, ability 1 quency t90–10

Engine speed transducer ...... fn ...... 1 s 1 Hz means 5% of pt. or 2% of pt. or 0.5% of max. 1% of max. 1% of max.

255

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00265 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.915 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 1 OF § 1065.915—RECOMMENDED MINIMUM PEMS MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE—Continued

Rise time, Recording Measured t10–90, and 1 Repeat- 1 Measurement update fre- Accuracy 1 Noise quantity symbol fall time, quency ability t90–10

Engine torque estimator, T or BSFC ...... 1 s 1 Hz means 8% of pt. or 2% of pt. or 1% of max. BSFC (This is a signal from 5% of max. 1% of max. an engine’s ECM). General pressure transducer p ...... 5 s 1 Hz ...... 5% of pt. or 2% of pt. or 1% of max. (not a part of another in- 5% of max. 0.5% of strument). max. Atmospheric pressure meter patmos ...... 50 s 0.1 Hz ...... 250 Pa ...... 200 Pa ...... 100 Pa. General temperature sensor T ...... 5 s 1 Hz ...... 1% of pt. K 0.5% of pt. K 0.5% of max (not a part of another in- or 5 K. or 2 K. 0.5 K. strument). General dewpoint sensor ...... Tdew ...... 50 s 0.1 Hz ...... 3 K ...... 1 K ...... 1 K. Exhaust flow meter ...... nú ...... 1 s 1 Hz means 5% of pt. or 2% of pt ...... 2% of max. 3% of max. Dilution air, inlet air, exhaust, nú ...... 1 s 1 Hz means 2.5% of pt. or 1.25% of pt. 1% of max. and sample flow meters. 1.5% of or 0.75% max. of max. Continuous gas analyzer ...... x ...... 5 s 1 Hz ...... 4% of pt. or 2% of pt. or 1% of max. 4% of 2% of meas. meas. Gravimetric PM balance ...... mPM ...... See 0.5 μg. § 1065.790. Inertial PM balance ...... mPM ...... 4% of pt. or 2% of pt. or 1% of max. 4% of 2% of meas. meas. 1 Accuracy, repeatability, and noise are all determined with the same collected data, as described in § 1065.305, and based on absolute values. ‘‘pt.’’ refers to the overall flow-weighted mean value expected at the standard; ‘‘max.’’ refers to the peak value expected at the standard over any test interval, not the maximum of the instrument’s range; ‘‘meas’’ refers to the actual flow- weighted mean measured over any test interval.

(b) Redundant measurements. For all PEMS signals to compensate for the PEMS described in this subpart, you ambient effect. The standard-setting may use data from multiple instru- part may also specify the use of one or ments to calculate test results for a more field-testing adjustments or single test. If you use redundant sys- measurement allowances that you tems, use good engineering judgment apply to results or standards to ac- to use multiple measured values in cal- count for ambient effects on PEMS. culations or to disregard individual (d) ECM signals. You may use signals measurements. Note that you must from the engine’s electronic control keep your results from all measure- module (ECM) in place of values meas- ments, as described in § 1065.25. This re- ured by individual instruments within quirement applies whether or not you a PEMS, subject to the following provi- actually use the measurements in your sions: calculations. (1) If your (c) Field-testing ambient effects on Recording ECM signals. PEMS. We recommend that you use ECM updates a broadcast signal more PEMS that are only minimally af- or less frequently than 1 Hz, process fected by ambient conditions such as data as follows: temperature, pressure, humidity, phys- (i) If your ECM updates a broadcast ical orientation, mechanical shock and signal more frequently than 1 Hz, use vibration, electromagnetic radiation, PEMS to sample and record the sig- and ambient hydrocarbons. Follow the nal’s value more frequently. Calculate PEMS manufacturer’s instructions for and record the 1 Hz mean of the more proper installation to isolate PEMS frequently updated data. from ambient conditions that affect (ii) If your ECM updates a broadcast their performance. If a PEMS is inher- signal less frequently than 1 Hz, use ently affected by ambient conditions PEMS to sample and record the sig- that you cannot control, you may mon- nal’s value at the most frequent rate. itor those conditions and adjust the Linearly interpolate between recorded

256

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00266 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.915

values and record the interpolated val- cated torque, subtract the minimum ues at 1 Hz. %-load value from the %-load signal. (iii) Optionally, you may use PEMS Multiply this result by the maximum to electronically filter the ECM signals brake torque at the corresponding en- to meet the rise time and fall time gine speed. Maximum brake torque specifications in Table 1 of this sec- versus speed information is commonly tion. Record the filtered signal at 1 Hz. published by the engine manufacturer. (2) Omitting ECM signals. Replace any (C) Your algorithms. You may develop discontinuous or irrational ECM data and use your own combination of ECM with linearly interpolated values from signals to determine torque. adjacent data. (iii) BSFC. Use one of the following: (3) Aligning ECM signals with other (A) Use ECM engine speed and ECM data. You must perform time-align- fuel flow signals to interpolate brake- ment and dispersion of ECM signals, specific fuel consumption data, which according to PEMS manufacturer in- might be available from an engine lab- structions and using good engineering oratory as a function of ECM engine judgment. speed and ECM fuel signals. (4) ECM signals for determining test in- (B) Use a single BSFC value that ap- tervals. You may use any combination proximates the BSFC value over a test of ECM signals, with or without other interval (as defined in subpart K of this measurements, to determine the start- part). This value may be a nominal time and end-time of a test interval. BSFC value for all engine operation de- (5) ECM signals for determining brake- termined over one or more laboratory specific emissions. You may use any duty cycles, or it may be any other combination of ECM signals, with or BSFC that you determine. If you use a without other measurements, to esti- nominal BSFC, we recommend that mate engine speed, torque, brake-spe- you select a value based on the BSFC cific fuel consumption (BSFC, in units measured over laboratory duty cycles of mass of fuel per kW-hr), and fuel that best represent the range of engine rate for use in brake-specific emission operation that defines a test interval calculations. We recommend that the for field-testing. You may use the overall performance of any speed, methods of this paragraph (d)(5)(iii)(B) torque, or BSFC estimator should meet only if it does not adversely affect your the performance specifications in Table ability to demonstrate compliance 1 of this section. We recommend using with applicable standards. one of the following methods: (C) You may develop and use your (i) Speed. Use the engine speed signal own combination of ECM signals to de- directly from the ECM. This signal is termine BSFC. generally accurate and precise. You (iv) ECM fuel rate. Use the fuel rate may develop your own speed algorithm signal directly from the ECM and based on other ECM signals. chemical balance to determine the (ii) Torque. Use one of the following: molar flow rate of exhaust. Use (A) ECM torque. Use the engine- § 1065.655(d) to determine the carbon torque signal directly from the ECM, if mass fraction of fuel. You may alter- broadcast. Determine if this signal is natively develop and use your own proportional to indicated torque or combination of ECM signals to deter- brake torque. If it is proportional to in- mine fuel mass flow rate. dicated torque, subtract friction torque (v) Other ECM signals. You may ask from indicated torque and record the to use other ECM signals for deter- result as brake torque. Friction torque mining brake-specific emissions, such may be a separate signal broadcast as ECM air flow. We must approve the from the ECM or you may have to de- use of such signals in advance. termine it from laboratory data as a (6) Permissible deviations. ECM signals function of engine speed. may deviate from the specifications of (B) ECM %-load. Use the %-load sig- this part 1065, but the expected devi- nal directly from the ECM, if broad- ation must not prevent you from dem- cast. Determine if this signal is propor- onstrating that you meet the applica- tional to indicated torque or brake ble standards. For example, your emis- torque. If it is proportional to indi- sion results may be sufficiently below

257

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00267 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.920 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

an applicable standard, such that the of systems not fully compliant with re- deviation would not significantly quirements that apply for laboratory change the result. As another example, testing. Maintain records to show that a very low engine-coolant temperature the particular make, model, and con- may define a logical statement that de- figuration of your PEMS meets this termines when a test interval may verification. You may rely on data and start. In this case, even if the ECM’s other information from the PEMS sensor for detecting coolant tempera- manufacturer. However, we recommend ture was not very accurate or repeat- that you generate your own records to able, its output would never deviate so show that your specific PEMS meets far as to significantly affect when a this verification. If you upgrade or test interval may start. change the configuration of your [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 PEMS, your record must show that FR 37344, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59342, Oct. 8, your new configuration meets this 2008; 75 FR 68466, Nov. 8, 2010; 76 FR 57467, verification. The verification required Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23813, Apr. 28, 2014] by this section consists of operating an engine over a duty cycle in the labora- § 1065.920 PEMS calibrations and tory and statistically comparing data verifications. generated and recorded by the PEMS (a) Subsystem calibrations and with data simultaneously generated verifications. Use all the applicable cali- and recorded by laboratory equipment brations and verifications in subpart D as follows: of this part, including the linearity (1) Mount an engine on a dynamom- verifications in § 1065.307, to calibrate eter for laboratory testing. Prepare the and verify PEMS. Note that a PEMS laboratory and PEMS for emission does not have to meet the system-re- testing, as described in this part, to get sponse and updating-recording simultaneous measurements. We rec- verifications of § 1065.308 and § 1065.309 if ommend selecting an engine with emis- it meets the overall verification de- sion levels close to the applicable duty- scribed in paragraph (b) of this section cycle standards, if possible. or if it measures PM using any method (2) Select or create a duty cycle that other than that described in has all the following characteristics: § 1065.170(c)(1). This section does not apply to ECM signals. Note that be- (i) Engine operation that represents cause the regulations of this part re- normal in-use speeds, loads, and degree quire you to use good engineering judg- of transient activity. Consider using ment, it may be necessary to perform data from previous field tests to gen- additional verifications and analysis. It erate a cycle. may also be necessary to limit the (ii) A duration of (20 to 40) min. range of conditions under which the (iii) At least 50% of engine operating PEMS can be used or to include spe- time must include at least 10 valid test cific additional maintenance to ensure intervals for calculating emission lev- that it functions properly under the els for field testing. For example, for test conditions. As provided in 40 CFR highway compression-ignition engines, 1068.5, we will deem your system to not select a duty cycle in which at least meet the requirements of this section 50% of the engine operating time can if we determine that you did not use be used to calculate valid NTE events. good engineering judgment to verify (3) Starting with a warmed-up en- the measurement equipment. We may gine, run a valid emission test with the also deem your system to meet these duty cycle from paragraph (b)(2) of this requirements only under certain test section. The laboratory and PEMS conditions. If we ask for it, you must must both meet applicable validation send us a summary of your requirements, such as drift validation, verifications. We may also ask you to hydrocarbon contamination validation, provide additional information or anal- and proportional validation. ysis to support your conclusions. (4) Determine the brake-specific (b) Overall verification. This para- emissions for each test interval for graph (b) specifies methods and criteria both laboratory and the PEMS meas- for verifying the overall performance urements, as follows:

258

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00268 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.925

(i) For both laboratory and PEMS system contamination from excessive measurements, use identical values to cold-start emissions. determine the beginning and end of (e) Conduct calibrations and each test interval. verifications. (ii) For both laboratory and PEMS (f) Operate any PEMS dilution sys- measurements, use identical values to tems at their expected flow rates using determine total work over each test in- a bypass. terval. (g) If you use a gravimetric balance (iii) If the standard-setting part to determine whether an engine meets specifies the use of a measurement al- an applicable PM standard, follow the lowance for field testing, also apply the procedures for PM sample precondi- measurement allowance during calibra- tioning and tare weighing as described tion using good engineering judgment. in § 1065.590. Operate the PM-sampling If the measurement allowance is nor- system at its expected flow rates using mally added to the standard, this a bypass. means you must subtract the measure- (h) Verify the amount of contamina- ment allowance from the measured tion in the PEMS HC sampling system PEMS brake-specific emission result. before the start of the field test as fol- (iv) Round results to the same num- lows: ber of significant digits as the stand- (1) Select the HC analyzer range for ard. measuring the maximum concentra- (5) Repeat the engine duty cycle and tion expected at the HC standard. calculations until you have at least 100 (2) Zero the HC analyzers using a zero valid test intervals. gas or ambient air introduced at the (6) For each test interval and emis- analyzer port. When zeroing a FID, use sion, subtract the lab result from the the FID’s burner air that would be used PEMS result. for in-use measurements (generally ei- (7) The PEMS passes the verification ther ambient air or a portable source of of this paragraph (b) if any one of the burner air). following are true for each constituent: (3) Span the HC analyzer using span (i) 91% or more of the differences are gas introduced at the analyzer port. zero or less than zero. (4) Overflow zero or ambient air at (ii) The entire set of test-interval re- the HC probe inlet or into a tee near sults passes the 95% confidence alter- the probe outlet. nate-procedure statistics for field test- (5) Measure the HC concentration in ing (t-test and F-test) specified in sub- the sampling system: part A of this part. (i) For continuous sampling, record [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 the mean HC concentration as overflow FR 37345, June 30, 2008; 75 FR 68467, Nov. 8, zero air flows. 2010; 79 FR 23814, Apr. 28, 2014] (ii) For batch sampling, fill the sample medium and record its mean con- § 1065.925 PEMS preparation for field centration. testing. (6) Record this value as the initial HC Take the following steps to prepare concentration, xTHCinit, and use it to cor- PEMS for field testing: rect measured values as described in (a) Verify that ambient conditions at § 1065.660. the start of the test are within the lim- (7) If the initial HC concentration ex- its specified in the standard-setting ceeds the greater of the following val- part. Continue to monitor these values ues, determine the source of the con- to determine if ambient conditions ex- tamination and take corrective action, ceed the limits during the test. such as purging the system or replac- (b) Install a PEMS and any acces- ing contaminated portions: sories needed to conduct a field test. (i) 2% of the flow-weighted mean con- (c) Power the PEMS and allow pres- centration expected at the standard or sures, temperatures, and flows to sta- measured during testing. bilize to their operating set points. (ii) 2 μmol/mol. (d) Bypass or purge any gaseous sam- (8) If corrective action does not re- pling PEMS instruments with ambient solve the deficiency, you may use a air until sampling begins to prevent contaminated HC system if it does not

259

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00269 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.930 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

prevent you from demonstrating com- this section. Start the field test within pliance with the applicable emission 20 min of engine shutdown. standards. (3) If the standard-setting part requires cold-start emission measure- [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37345, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59342, Oct. 8, ments, proceed to the steps specified in 2008; 75 FR 68467, Nov. 8, 2010; 76 FR 57467, paragraph (b) of this section. Sept. 15, 2011] (b) Take the following steps before emission sampling begins: § 1065.930 Engine starting, restarting, (1) For batch sampling, connect clean and shutdown. storage media, such as evacuated bags Unless the standard-setting part or tare-weighed PM sample media. specifies otherwise, start, restart, and (2) Operate the PEMS according to shut down the test engine for field test- the instrument manufacturer’s instruc- ing as follows: tions and using good engineering judg- (a) Start or restart the engine as de- ment. scribed in the owners manual. (3) Operate PEMS heaters, dilution (b) If the engine does not start after systems, sample pumps, cooling fans, 15 seconds of cranking, stop cranking and the data-collection system. and determine the reason it failed to (4) Pre-heat or pre-cool PEMS heat start. However, you may crank the en- exchangers in the sampling system to gine longer than 15 seconds, as long as within their tolerances for operating the owners manual or the service-re- temperatures. pair manual describes the longer (5) Allow all other PEMS components cranking time as normal. such as sample lines, filters, and pumps (c) Respond to engine stalling with to stabilize at operating temperature. the following steps: (6) Verify that no significant vacu- (1) If the engine stalls during a re- um-side leak exists in the PEMS, as de- quired warm-up before emission sam- scribed in § 1065.345. pling begins, restart the engine and (7) Adjust PEMS flow rates to desired continue warm-up. levels, using bypass flow if applicable. (2) If the engine stalls at any other (8) Zero and span all PEMS gas ana- time after emission sampling begins, lyzers using NIST-traceable gases that restart the engine and continue test- meet the specifications of § 1065.750. ing. (c) Start testing as follows: (d) Shut down and restart the engine (1) Before the start of the first test according to the manufacturer’s speci- interval, zero or re-zero any PEMS fications, as needed during normal op- electronic integrating devices, as need- eration in-use, but continue emission ed. sampling until the field test is com- (2) If the engine is already running plete. and warmed up and starting is not part of field testing, start the field test by § 1065.935 Emission test sequence for simultaneously starting to sample ex- field testing. haust, record engine and ambient data, (a) Time the start of field testing as and integrate measured values using a follows: PEMS. (1) If the standard-setting part re- (3) If engine starting is part of field quires only hot-stabilized emission testing, start field testing by simulta- measurements, operate the engine in- neously starting to sample from the ex- use until the engine coolant, block, or haust system, record engine and ambi- head absolute temperature is within ent data, and integrate measured val- ±10% of its mean value for the previous ues using a PEMS. Then start the en- 2 min or until an engine thermostat gine. controls engine temperature with cool- (d) Continue the test as follows: ant or air flow. (1) Continue to sample exhaust, (2) If the standard-setting part re- record data and integrate measured quires hot-start emission measure- values throughout normal in-use oper- ments, shut down the engine after at ation of the engine. least 2 min at the temperature toler- (2) Between each test interval, zero ance specified in paragraph (a)(1) of or re-zero any electronic integrating

260

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00270 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.940

devices, and reset batch storage media, (2) If you used dilution air, either as needed. analyze background samples or assume (3) The engine may be stopped and that background emissions were zero. started, but continue to sample emis- Refer to § 1065.140 for dilution-air speci- sions throughout the entire field test. fications. (4) Conduct periodic verifications (3) After quantifying all exhaust such as zero and span verifications on gases, record mean analyzer values PEMS gas analyzers, as recommended after stabilizing a zero gas to each ana- by the PEMS manufacturer or as indi- lyzer, then record mean analyzer val- cated by good engineering judgment. ues after stabilizing the span gas to the Results from these verifications will be analyzer. Stabilization may include used to calculate and correct for drift time to purge an analyzer of any sam- according to paragraph (g) of this sec- ple gas, plus any additional time to action. Do not include data recorded dur- count for analyzer response. Use these ing verifications in emission calcula- recorded values to correct for drift as tions. described in § 1065.550. (5) You may periodically condition (4) Invalidate any test intervals that and analyze batch samples in-situ, in- do not meet the range criteria in cluding PM samples; for example you § 1065.550. Note that it is acceptable may condition an inertial PM balance that analyzers exceed 100% of their substrate if you use an inertial balance ranges when measuring emissions be- to measure PM. tween test intervals, but not during (6) You may have personnel moni- test intervals. You do not have to toring and adjusting the PEMS during retest an engine in the field if the a test, or you may operate the PEMS range criteria are not met. unattended. (5) Invalidate any test intervals that (e) Stop testing as follows: do not meet the drift criterion in (1) Continue sampling as needed to § 1065.550. For NMHC, invalidate any get an appropriate amount of emission test intervals if the difference between measurement, according to the stand- the uncorrected and the corrected ard setting part. If the standard-set- brake-specific NMHC emission values ting part does not describe when to are within ±10% of the uncorrected re- stop sampling, develop a written pro- sults or the applicable standard, which- tocol before you start testing to estab- ever is greater. For test intervals that lish how you will stop sampling. You do meet the drift criterion, correct may not determine when to stop test- those test intervals for drift according ing based on emission results. to § 1065.672 and use the drift corrected (2) At the end of the field test, allow results in emissions calculations. the sampling systems’ response times (6) Unless you weighed PM in-situ, to elapse and then stop sampling. Stop such as by using an inertial PM bal- any integrators and indicate the end of ance, place any used PM samples into the test cycle on the data-collection covered or sealed containers and return medium. them to the PM-stabilization environ- (3) You may shut down the engine be- ment and weigh them as described in fore or after you stop sampling. § 1065.595. (f) For any proportional batch sample, such as a bag sample or PM sam- [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 ple, verify for each test interval wheth- FR 37345, June 30, 2008] er or not proportional sampling was maintained according to § 1065.545. Void § 1065.940 Emission calculations. the sample for any test interval that (a) Perform emission calculations as did not maintain proportional sam- described in § 1065.650 to calculate pling according to § 1065.545. brake-specific emissions for each test (g) Take the following steps after interval using any applicable informa- emission sampling is complete: tion and instructions in the standard- (1) As soon as practical after the setting part. emission sampling, analyze any gas- (b) You may use a fixed molar mass eous batch samples. for the diluted exhaust mixture for

261

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00271 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1001 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

field testing. Determine this fixed technology mounted downstream of the value by engineering analysis. exhaust valve (or exhaust port) whose design function is to decrease emis- [75 FR 68467, Nov. 8, 2010] sions in the engine exhaust before it is exhausted to the environment. Ex- Subpart K—Definitions and Other haust-gas recirculation (EGR) and Reference Information turbochargers are not aftertreatment. Allowed procedures means procedures § 1065.1001 Definitions. that we either specify in this part 1065 The definitions in this section apply or in the standard-setting part or ap- to this part. The definitions apply to prove under § 1065.10. all subparts unless we note otherwise. Alternate procedures means procedures All undefined terms have the meaning allowed under § 1065.10(c)(7). the Act gives them. The definitions fol- Applicable standard means an emis- low: sion standard to which an engine is 300 series stainless steel means any subject; or a family emission limit to stainless steel alloy with a Unified which an engine is certified under an Numbering System for Metals and Al- emission credit program in the stand- loys number designated from S30100 to ard-setting part. S39000. For all instances in this part Aqueous condensation means the pre- where we specify 300 series stainless cipitation of water-containing con- steel, such parts must also have a stituents from a gas phase to a liquid smooth inner-wall construction. We phase. Aqueous condensation is a func- recommend an average roughness, Ra, tion of humidity, pressure, tempera- no greater than 4 μm. ture, and concentrations of other con- Accuracy means the absolute dif- stituents such as sulfuric acid. These ference between a reference quantity parameters vary as a function of en- and the arithmetic mean of ten mean gine intake-air humidity, dilution-air measurements of that quantity. Deter- humidity, engine air-to-fuel ratio, and mine instrument accuracy, repeat- fuel composition—including the ability, and noise from the same data amount of hydrogen and sulfur in the set. We specify a procedure for deter- fuel. mining accuracy in § 1065.305. Atmospheric pressure means the wet, Act means the Clean Air Act, as absolute, atmospheric static pressure. amended, 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q. Note that if you measure atmospheric Adjustable parameter means any de- pressure in a duct, you must ensure vice, system, or element of design that that there are negligible pressure someone can adjust (including those losses between the atmosphere and which are difficult to access) and that, your measurement location, and you if adjusted, may affect emissions or en- must account for changes in the duct’s gine performance during emission test- static pressure resulting from the flow. ing or normal in-use operation. This in- Auto-ranging means a gas analyzer cludes, but is not limited to, param- function that automatically changes eters related to injection timing and the analyzer digital resolution to a fueling rate. In some cases, this may larger range of concentrations as the exclude a parameter that is difficult to concentration approaches 100% of the access if it cannot be adjusted to affect analyzer’s current range. Auto-ranging emissions without significantly de- does not mean changing an analog am- grading engine performance, or if it plifier gain within an analyzer. will not be adjusted in a way that af- Auxiliary emission-control device fects emissions during in-use oper- means any element of design that ation. senses temperature, motive speed, en- Aerodynamic diameter means the di- gine RPM, transmission gear, or any ameter of a spherical water droplet other parameter for the purpose of ac- that settles at the same constant ve- tivating, modulating, delaying, or de- locity as the particle being sampled. activating the operation of any part of Aftertreatment means relating to a the emission-control system. catalytic converter, particulate filter, Average means the arithmetic mean or any other system, component, or of a sample.

262

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00272 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1001

Brake power has the meaning given in combustion engine that is not a spark- the standard-setting part. If it is not ignition engine. defined in the standard-setting part, Confidence interval means the range brake power means the usable power associated with a probability that a output of the engine, not including quantity will be considered statis- power required to fuel, lubricate, or tically equivalent to a reference quan- heat the engine, circulate coolant to tity. the engine, or to operate Constant-speed engine means an en- aftertreatment devices. If the engine gine whose certification is limited to does not power these accessories during constant-speed operation. Engines a test, subtract the work required to whose constant-speed governor func- perform these functions from the total tion is removed or disabled are no work used in brake-specific emission longer constant-speed engines. calculations. Subtract engine fan work Constant-speed operation means en- from total work only for air-cooled engine operation with a governor that gines. automatically controls the operator C1-equivalent means a convention of demand to maintain engine speed, even expressing HC concentrations based on under changing load. Governors do not the total number of carbon atoms always maintain speed exactly con- present, such that the C1-equivalent of stant. Typically speed can decrease (0.1 a molar HC concentration equals the to 10) % below the speed at zero load, molar concentration multiplied by the such that the minimum speed occurs mean number of carbon atoms in each near the engine’s point of maximum HC molecule. For example, the C1- power. (Note: An engine with an ad- equivalent of 10 μmol/mol of propane justable governor setting may be con- (C3H8) is 30 μmol/mol. C1-equivalent sidered to operate at constant speed, molar values may be denoted as subject to our approval. For such en- ‘‘ppmC’’ in the standard-setting part. gines, the governor setting is consid- Molar mass may also be expressed on a ered an adjustable parameter.) C1 basis. Note that calculating HC Coriolis meter means a flow-measure- masses from molar concentrations and ment instrument that determines the molar masses is only valid where they mass flow of a fluid by sensing the vi- are each expressed on the same carbon bration and twist of specially designed basis. flow tubes as the flow passes through Calibration means the process of set- them. The twisting characteristic is ting a measurement system’s response called the Coriolis effect. According to so that its output agrees with a range Newton’s Second Law of Motion, the of reference signals. Contrast with amount of sensor tube twist is directly ‘‘verification’’. proportional to the mass flow rate of Calibration gas means a purified gas the fluid flowing through the tube. See mixture used to calibrate gas ana- § 1065.220. lyzers. Calibration gases must meet the Designated Compliance Officer means specifications of § 1065.750. Note that the Director, Compliance and Innova- calibration gases and span gases are tive Strategies Division (6405–J), U.S. qualitatively the same, but differ in Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 terms of their primary function. Var- Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, ious performance verification checks DC 20460. for gas analyzers and sample handling Dewpoint means a measure of humid- components might refer to either cali- ity stated as the equilibrium tempera- bration gases or span gases. ture at which water condenses under a Certification means relating to the given pressure from moist air with a process of obtaining a certificate of given absolute humidity. Dewpoint is conformity for an engine family that specified as a temperature in °C or K, complies with the emission standards and is valid only for the pressure at and requirements in the standard-set- which it is measured. See § 1065.645 to ting part. determine water vapor mole fractions Compression-ignition means relating from dewpoints using the pressure at to a type of reciprocating, internal- which the dewpoint is measured.

263

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00273 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1001 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) means a liq- tricity, which is characterized by an uid reducing agent (other than the en- engine that controls engine speed very gine fuel) used in conjunction with se- precisely. This would generally not lective catalytic reduction to reduce apply to welders or portable home gen- NOX emissions. Diesel exhaust fluid is erators. generally understood to be an aqueous Electronic control module means an en- solution of urea conforming to the gine’s electronic device that uses data specifications of ISO 18611 or ISO 22241. from engine sensors to control engine Dilution ratio (DR) means the amount parameters. of diluted exhaust per amount of undi- Emission-control system means any de- luted exhaust. vice, system, or element of design that Discrete-mode means relating to a dis- controls or reduces the emissions of crete-mode type of steady-state test, as regulated pollutants from an engine. described in the standard-setting part. Emission-data engine means an engine Dispersion means either: that is tested for certification. This in- (1) The broadening and lowering of a cludes engines tested to establish dete- signal due to any fluid capacitance, rioration factors. fluid mixing, or electronic filtering in Emission-related maintenance means a sampling system. (Note: To adjust a maintenance that substantially affects signal so its dispersion matches that of emissions or is likely to substantially another signal, you may adjust the sys- affect emission deterioration. tem’s fluid capacitance, fluid mixing, Engine family means a group of en- or electronic filtering.) gines with similar emission character- (2) The mixing of a fluid, especially istics throughout the useful life, as as a result of fluid mechanical forces or specified in the standard-setting part. chemical diffusion. Drift means the difference between a Engine governed speed means the en- zero or calibration signal and the re- gine operating speed when it is con- spective value reported by a measure- trolled by the installed governor. ment instrument immediately after it Exhaust-gas recirculation means a was used in an emission test, as long as technology that reduces emissions by you zeroed and spanned the instrument routing exhaust gases that had been just before the test. exhausted from the combustion cham- Duty cycle means one of the fol- ber(s) back into the engine to be mixed lowing: with incoming air before or during (1) A series of speed and torque val- combustion. The use of valve timing to ues (or power values) that an engine increase the amount of residual ex- must follow during a laboratory test. haust gas in the combustion cham- Duty cycles are specified in the stand- ber(s) that is mixed with incoming air ard-setting part. A single duty cycle before or during combustion is not con- may consist of one or more test inter- sidered exhaust-gas recirculation for vals. A series of speed and torque val- the purposes of this part. ues meeting the definition of this para- Fall time, t90–10, means the time inter- graph (1) may also be considered a test val of a measurement instrument’s recycle. For example, a duty cycle may sponse after any step decrease to the be a ramped-modal cycle, which has input between the following points: one test interval; a cold-start plus hot- (1) The point at which the response start transient cycle, which has two has fallen 10% of the total amount it test intervals; or a discrete-mode will fall in response to the step change. cycle, which has one test interval for (2) The point at which the response each mode. has fallen 90% of the total amount it (2) A set of weighting factors and the will fall in response to the step change. corresponding speed and torque values, Flow-weighted mean means the mean where the weighting factors are used to of a quantity after it is weighted pro- combine the results of multiple test in- portional to a corresponding flow rate. tervals into a composite result. For example, if a gas concentration is Electric power generation application measured continuously from the raw means an application whose purpose is exhaust of an engine, its flow-weighted to generate a precise frequency of elec- mean concentration is the sum of the

264

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00274 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1001

products of each recorded concentra- Idle speed means the engine speed at tion times its respective exhaust flow which an engine governor function con- rate, divided by the sum of the re- trols engine speed with operator de- corded flow rates. As another example, mand at minimum and with minimum the bag concentration from a CVS sys- load applied (greater than or equal to tem is the same as the flow-weighted zero). For engines without a governor mean concentration, because the CVS function that controls idle speed, idle system itself flow-weights the bag con- speed means the manufacturer-de- centration. clared value for lowest engine speed Fuel type means a general category of possible with minimum load. This defi- fuels such as gasoline or LPG. There nition does not apply for operation des- can be multiple grades within a single ignated as ‘‘high-idle speed.’’ ‘‘Warm type of fuel, such as all-season and win- idle speed’’ is the idle speed of a ter-grade gasoline. warmed-up engine. Good engineering judgment means Intermediate test speed has the mean- judgments made consistent with gen- ing given in § 1065.610. erally accepted scientific and engineer- Linearity means the degree to which ing principles and all available rel- measured values agree with respective evant information. See 40 CFR 1068.5 reference values. Linearity is quan- for the administrative process we use tified using a linear regression of pairs to evaluate good engineering judg- of measured values and reference val- ment. ues over a range of values expected or HEPA filter means high-efficiency observed during testing. Perfect lin- particulate air filters that are rated to earity would result in an intercept, a0, achieve a minimum initial particle-re- equal to zero, a slope, a of one, a coef- moval efficiency of 99.97% using ASTM 1, ficient of determination, r2, of one, and F1471 (incorporated by reference in a standard error of the estimate, SEE, § 1065.1010). of zero. The term ‘‘linearity’’ is not High-idle speed means the engine used in this part to refer to the shape speed at which an engine governor of a measurement instrument’s unproc- function controls engine speed with op- essed response curve, such as a curve erator demand at maximum and with relating emission concentration to zero load applied. ‘‘Warm high-idle voltage output. A properly performing speed’’ is the high-idle speed of a instrument with a nonlinear response warmed-up engine. curve will meet linearity specifica- High-speed governor means any de- tions. vice, system, or element of design that modulates the engine output torque for Manufacturer has the meaning given the purpose of limiting the maximum in section 216(1) of the Act. In general, engine speed. this term includes any person who Hydraulic diameter means the diame- manufactures an engine or vehicle for ter of a circle whose area is equal to sale in the United States or otherwise the area of a noncircular cross section introduces a new nonroad engine into of tubing, including its wall thickness. commerce in the United States. This The wall thickness is included only for includes importers who import engines the purpose of facilitating a simplified or vehicles for resale. and nonintrusive measurement. Maximum test speed has the meaning Hydrocarbon (HC) means THC, THCE, given in § 1065.610. NMHC, NMNEHC, NMOG, or NMHCE, Maximum test torque has the meaning as applicable. Hydrocarbon generally given in § 1065.610. means the hydrocarbon group on which Measurement allowance means a speci- the emission standards are based for fied adjustment in the applicable emis- each type of fuel and engine. sion standard or a measured emission Identification number means a unique value to reflect the relative quality of specification (for example, a model the measurement. See the standard- number/serial number combination) setting part to determine whether any that allows someone to distinguish a measurement allowances apply for particular engine from other similar your testing. Measurement allowances engines. generally apply only for field testing

265

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00275 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1001 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

and are intended to account for re- Nonroad engine has the meaning we duced accuracy or precision that result give in 40 CFR 1068.30. In general this from using field-grade measurement means all internal-combustion engines systems. except motor vehicle engines, sta- Mode means one of the following: tionary engines, engines used solely for (1) A distinct combination of engine competition, or engines used in air- speed and load for steady-state testing. craft. (2) A continuous combination of Open crankcase emissions means any speeds and loads specifying a transition flow from an engine’s crankcase that is during a ramped-modal test. emitted directly into the environment. (3) A distinct operator demand set- Crankcase emissions are not ‘‘open ting, such as would occur when testing crankcase emissions’’ if the engine is locomotives or constant-speed engines. designed to always route all crankcase NIST-accepted means relating to a emissions back into the engine (for ex- value that has been assigned or named ample, through the intake system or by NIST. an aftertreatment system) such that NIST-traceable means relating to a standard value that can be related to all the crankcase emissions, or their NIST-stated references through an un- products, are emitted into the environ- broken chain of comparisons, all hav- ment only through the engine exhaust ing stated uncertainties, as specified in system. NIST Technical Note 1297 (incorporated Operator demand means an engine op- by reference in § 1065.1010). Allowable erator’s input to control engine output. uncertainty limits specified for NIST- The ‘‘operator’’ may be a person (i.e., traceability refer to the propagated un- manual), or a governor (i.e., automatic) certainty specified by NIST. You may that mechanically or electronically ask to use other internationally recog- signals an input that demands engine nized standards that are equivalent to output. Input may be from an accel- NIST standards. erator pedal or signal, a throttle-con- Noise means the precision of 30 sec- trol lever or signal, a fuel lever or sig- onds of updated recorded values from a nal, a speed lever or signal, or a gov- measurement instrument as it quan- ernor setpoint or signal. Output means tifies a zero or reference value. Deter- engine power, P, which is the product mine instrument noise, repeatability, of engine speed, fn, and engine torque, and accuracy from the same data set. T. We specify a procedure for determining Oxides of nitrogen means NO and NO2 noise in § 1065.305. as measured by the procedures speci- Nonmethane hydrocarbon equivalent fied in § 1065.270. Oxides of nitrogen are (NMHCE) means the sum of the carbon expressed quantitatively as if the NO is mass contributions of non-oxygenated in the form of NO , such that you use nonmethane hydrocarbons, alcohols 2 an effective molar mass for all oxides and aldehydes, or other organic com- of nitrogen equivalent to that of NO . pounds that are measured separately as 2 contained in a gas sample, expressed as Oxygenated fuels means fuels com- exhaust nonmethane hydrocarbon from posed of at least 25% oxygen-con- petroleum-fueled engines. The hydro- taining compounds, such as ethanol or gen-to-carbon ratio of the equivalent methanol. Testing engines that use hydrocarbon is 1.85:1. oxygenated fuels generally requires the Nonmethane hydrocarbons (NMHC) use of the sampling methods in subpart means the sum of all hydrocarbon spe- I of this part. However, you should read cies except methane. Refer to § 1065.660 the standard-setting part and subpart I for NMHC determination. of this part to determine appropriate Nonmethane nonethane hydrocarbon sampling methods. (NMNEHC) means the sum of all hydro- Partial pressure means the pressure, p, carbon species except methane and eth- attributable to a single gas in a gas ane. Refer to § 1065.660 for NMNEHC de- mixture. For an ideal gas, the partial termination. pressure divided by the total pressure Nonroad means relating to nonroad is equal to the constituent’s molar con- engines. centration, x.

266

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00276 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1001

Percent (%) means a representation of Regression statistics means any of the exactly 0.01. Numbers expressed as per- regression statistics specified in centages in this part (such as a toler- § 1065.602. ance of ±2%) have infinite precision, so Repeatability means the precision of 2% and 2.000000000% have the same ten mean measurements of a reference meaning. This means that where we quantity. Determine instrument re- specify some percentage of a total peatability, accuracy, and noise from value, the calculated value has the the same data set. We specify a proce- same number of significant digits as dure for determining repeatability in the total value. For example, 2% of a § 1065.305. span value where the span value is Revoke has the meaning given in 40 101.3302 is 2.026604. CFR 1068.30. Portable emission measurement system Rise time, t10–90, means the time inter- (PEMS) means a measurement system val of a measurement instrument’s re- consisting of portable equipment that sponse after any step increase to the can be used to generate brake-specific input between the following points: emission measurements during field (1) The point at which the response testing or laboratory testing. has risen 10% of the total amount it Precision means two times the stand- will rise in response to the step change. ard deviation of a set of measured val- (2) The point at which the response ues of a single zero or reference quan- has risen 90% of the total amount it tity. See also the related definitions of will rise in response to the step change. noise and repeatability in this section. Roughness (or average roughness, Ra) Procedures means all aspects of en- means the size of finely distributed gine testing, including the equipment vertical surface deviations from a specifications, calibrations, calcula- smooth surface, as determined when tions and other protocols and specifica- traversing a surface. It is an integral of tions needed to measure emissions, un- the absolute value of the roughness less we specify otherwise. profile measured over an evaluation Proving ring is a device used to meas- length. ure static force based on the linear re- Round means to apply the rounding lationship between stress and strain in convention specified in § 1065.20(e), un- an elastic material. It is typically a less otherwise specified. steel alloy ring, and you measure the Scheduled maintenance means adjust- deflection (strain) of its diameter when ing, repairing, removing, disassem- a static force (stress) is applied across bling, cleaning, or replacing compo- its diameter. nents or systems periodically to keep a PTFE means polytetrafluoro- part or system from failing, malfunc- ethylene, commonly known as Tef- tioning, or wearing prematurely. It lon TM. also may mean actions you expect are Purified air means air meeting the necessary to correct an overt indica- specifications for purified air in tion of failure or malfunction for which § 1065.750. Purified air may be produced periodic maintenance is not appro- by purifying ambient air. The purifi- priate. cation may occur at the test site or at Shared atmospheric pressure meter another location (such as at a gas sup- means an atmospheric pressure meter plier’s facility). Alternatively, purified whose output is used as the atmos- air may be synthetically generated, pheric pressure for an entire test facil- using good engineering judgment, from ity that has more than one dynamom- purified oxygen and nitrogen. The addi- eter test cell. tion of other elements normally Shared humidity measurement means a present in purified ambient air (such as humidity measurement that is used as Ar) is not required. the humidity for an entire test facility Ramped-modal means relating to a that has more than one dynamometer ramped-modal type of steady-state test cell. test, as described in the standard-set- Span means to adjust an instrument ting part. so that it gives a proper response to a Recommend has the meaning given in calibration standard that represents § 1065.201. between 75% and 100% of the maximum

267

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00277 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1001 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

value in the instrument range or ex- (1) The point at which the step pected range of use. change is initiated at the sample probe. Span gas means a purified gas mix- (2) The point at which the response ture used to span gas analyzers. Span has risen 50% of the total amount it gases must meet the specifications of will rise in response to the step change. § 1065.750. Note that calibration gases t100¥50 means the time interval of a and span gases are qualitatively the measurement system’s response after same, but differ in terms of their pri- any step decrease to the input between mary function. Various performance the following points: verification checks for gas analyzers (1) The point at which the step and sample handling components change is initiated at the sample probe. might refer to either calibration gases (2) The point at which the response or span gases. has fallen 50% of the total amount it Spark-ignition means relating to a will fall in response to the step change. gasoline-fueled engine or any other Test engine means an engine in a test type of engine with a spark plug (or sample. other sparking device) and with oper- Test interval means a duration of time ating characteristics significantly over which you determine brake-spe- similar to the theoretical Otto combus- cific emissions. For example, the tion cycle. Spark-ignition engines usu- standard-setting part may specify a ally use a throttle to regulate intake complete laboratory duty cycle as a air flow to control power during nor- cold-start test interval, plus a hot- mal operation. start test interval. As another exam- Special procedures means procedures ple, a standard-setting part may speci- allowed under § 1065.10(c)(2). fy a field-test interval, such as a ‘‘not- Specified procedures means procedures to-exceed’’ (NTE) event, as a duration we specify in this part 1065 or the of time over which an engine operates standard-setting part. Other proce- within a certain range of speed and dures allowed or required by § 1065.10(c) torque. In cases where multiple test in- are not specified procedures. tervals occur over a duty cycle, the Standard deviation has the meaning standard-setting part may specify addi- given in § 1065.602. Note this is the tional calculations that weight and standard deviation for a non-biased combine results to arrive at composite sample. values for comparison against the ap- Standard-setting part means the part plicable standards. in the Code of Federal Regulations that Test sample means the collection of defines emission standards for a par- engines selected from the population of ticular engine. See § 1065.1(a). an engine family for emission testing. Steady-state means relating to emis- Tolerance means the interval in sion tests in which engine speed and which at least 95% of a set of recorded load are held at a finite set of nomi- values of a certain quantity must lie. nally constant values. Steady-state Use the specified recording frequencies tests are either discrete-mode tests or and time intervals to determine if a ramped-modal tests. quantity is within the applicable toler- Stoichiometric means relating to the ance. The concept of tolerance is in- particular ratio of air and fuel such tended to address random variability. that if the fuel were fully oxidized, You may not take advantage of the tol- there would be no remaining fuel or ox- erance specification to incorporate a ygen. For example, stoichiometric bias into a measurement. combustion in a gasoline-fueled engine Total hydrocarbon (THC) means the typically occurs at an air-to-fuel mass combined mass of organic compounds ratio of about 14.7:1. measured by the specified procedure Storage medium means a particulate for measuring total hydrocarbon, ex- filter, sample bag, or any other storage pressed as a hydrocarbon with a hydro- device used for batch sampling. gen-to-carbon mass ratio of 1.85:1. t0¥50 means the time interval of a Total hydrocarbon equivalent (THCE) measurement system’s response after means the sum of the carbon mass con- any step increase to the input between tributions of non-oxygenated hydro- the following points: carbons, alcohols and aldehydes, or

268

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00278 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1005

other organic compounds that are predetermined thresholds for accept- measured separately as contained in a ance. Contrast with ‘‘calibration’’. gas sample, expressed as exhaust hy- We (us, our) means the Administrator drocarbon from petroleum-fueled en- of the Environmental Protection Agen- gines. The hydrogen-to-carbon ratio of cy and any authorized representatives. the equivalent hydrocarbon is 1.85:1. Work has the meaning given in Transformation time, t50, means the § 1065.110. overall system response time to any Zero means to adjust an instrument step change in input, generally the av- so it gives a zero response to a zero erage of the time to reach 50% response calibration standard, such as purified to a step increase, t0¥50, or to a step de- nitrogen or purified air for measuring crease, t100¥50. concentrations of emission constitu- Uncertainty means uncertainty with ents. respect to NIST-traceability. See the Zero gas means a gas that yields a definition of NIST-traceable in this zero response in an analyzer. This may section. either be purified nitrogen, purified United States means the States, the air, a combination of purified air and District of Columbia, the Common- purified nitrogen. For field testing, zero wealth of Puerto Rico, the Common- gas may include ambient air. wealth of the Northern Mariana Is- lands, Guam, American Samoa, and the [70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37346, June 30, 2008; 73 FR 59342, Oct. 8, U.S. Virgin Islands. 2008; 74 FR 8428, Feb. 24, 2009; 74 FR 56518, Useful life means the period during Oct. 30, 2009; 75 FR 23058, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR which a new engine is required to com- 57467, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23814, Apr. 28, 2014; ply with all applicable emission stand- 81 FR 74191, Oct. 25, 2016] ards. The standard-setting part defines the specific useful-life periods for indi- § 1065.1005 Symbols, abbreviations, vidual engines. acronyms, and units of measure. Variable-speed engine means an engine The procedures in this part generally that is not a constant-speed engine. follow the International System of Vehicle means any vehicle, vessel, or Units (SI), as detailed in NIST Special type of equipment using engines to Publication 811, which we incorporate which this part applies. For purposes of by reference in § 1065.1010. See § 1065.20 this part, the term ‘‘vehicle’’ may infor specific provisions related to these clude nonmotive machines or equip- conventions. This section summarizes ment such as a pump or generator. the way we use symbols, units of meas- Verification means to evaluate wheth- ure, and other abbreviations. er or not a measurement system’s out- (a) Symbols for quantities. This part puts agree with a range of applied ref- uses the following symbols and units of erence signals to within one or more measure for various quantities:

Sym- Units in terms of SI base bol Quantity Unit Unit symbol units

α ..... atomic hydrogen-to-carbon ratio ... mole per mole ...... mol/mol ...... 1. A ..... area ...... square meter ...... m2 ...... m2. a0 .... intercept of least squares regression. a1 .... slope of least squares regression. 2 ¥2 ag .... acceleration of Earth’s gravity ...... meter per square second ...... m/s ...... m·s . β ...... ratio of diameters ...... meter per meter ...... m/m ...... 1. β ...... atomic oxygen-to-carbon ratio ...... mole per mole ...... mol/mol ...... 1. C# .... number of carbon atoms in a molecule. Cd .... discharge coefficient. Cf .... flow coefficient. δ ...... atomic nitrogen-to-carbon ratio ..... mole per mole ...... mol/mol ...... 1. d ...... Diameter ...... meter ...... m ...... m. DR .. dilution ratio ...... mole per mole ...... mol/mol ...... 1. ε ...... error between a quantity and its reference. e ...... brake-specific emission or fuel gram per kilowatt hour ...... g/(kW·hr) ...... g·3.6·10¥6·;m¥2·kg¥1·s2. consumption. F ..... F-test statistic. f ...... frequency ...... hertz ...... Hz ...... s¥1.

269

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00279 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1005 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Sym- Units in terms of SI base bol Quantity Unit Unit symbol units

¥1 ¥1 fn ..... angular speed (shaft) ...... revolutions per minute ...... r/min ...... π·30 ·s . γ ...... ratio of specific heats...... (joule per kilogram kelvin) per (J/(kg·K))/(J/ 1. (joule per kilogram kelvin). (kg·K)). γ ...... atomic sulfur-to-carbon ratio ...... mole per mole ...... mol/mol ...... 1. K ..... correction factor ...... 1. 4 0.5 4 ¥1 0.5 Kv .... calibration coefficient ...... m ·;s·K /kg .... m ·kg s·K . l ...... length ...... meter ...... m ...... m. μ ...... viscosity, dynamic ...... pascal second ...... Pa·s ...... m¥1·kg·s¥1. M ..... molar mass 1 ...... gram per mole ...... g/mol ...... 10¥3·kg·mol¥1. m ..... mass ...... kilogram ...... kg ...... kg. mú ..... mass rate ...... kilogram per second ...... kg/s ...... kg·s¥1. ν ...... viscosity, kinematic ...... meter squared per second ...... m2/s ...... m2·s¥1. N ..... total number in series. n ...... amount of substance ...... mole ...... mol ...... mol. nú ...... amount of substance rate ...... mole per second ...... mol/s ...... mol·s¥1. P ..... power ...... kilowatt ...... kW ...... 103·m2·kg·s¥3. PF ... penetration fraction. p ...... pressure ...... pascal ...... Pa ...... m¥1·kg·s¥2. 3 ρ ...... mass density ...... kilogram per cubic meter ...... kg/m ...... m¥3·kg. Δ ..... differential static pressure ...... pascal ...... Pa ...... m¥1·kg·s¥2. r ...... ratio of pressures ...... pascal per pascal ...... Pa/Pa ...... 1. r2 ..... coefficient of determination. Ra ... average surface roughness ...... micrometer ...... μm ...... 10¥6·m. Re# .. Reynolds number. RF ... response factor. RH .. relative humidity. σ ..... non-biased standard deviation. S ..... Sutherland constant ...... kelvin ...... K ...... K. SEE standard estimate of error. T ..... absolute temperature ...... kelvin ...... K ...... K. T ..... Celsius temperature ...... degree Celsius ...... °C ...... K—273.15. T ..... torque (moment of force) ...... newton meter ...... N·m ...... m2·kg·s¥2. q ...... plane angle ...... degrees ...... ° ...... rad. t ...... time ...... second ...... s ...... s. Δt .... time interval, period, 1/frequency second ...... s ...... s. V ..... volume ...... cubic meter ...... m3 ...... m3. Vú ..... volume rate ...... cubic meter per second ...... m3/s ...... m3·s¥1. W .... work ...... kilowatt-hour ...... kW·hr ...... 3.6¥1·106·m2·kg·s¥2. wC ... carbon mass fraction ...... gram per gram ...... g/g ...... 1. x ...... amount of substance mole frac- mole per mole ...... mol/mol ...... 1. tion 2. xø ...... flow-weighted mean concentration mole per mole ...... mol/mol ...... 1. y ...... generic variable. Z ..... compressibility factor.

1 See paragraph (f)(2) of this section for the values to use for molar masses. Note that in the cases of NOX and HC, the regulations specify effective molar masses based on assumed speciation rather than actual speciation. 2 Note that mole fractions for THC, THCE, NMHC, NMHCE, and NOTHC are expressed on a C1-equivalent basis.

(b) Symbols for chemical species. This Symbol Species part uses the following symbols for chemical species and exhaust constitu- H ...... atomic hydrogen. H2 ...... molecular hydrogen. ents: H2O ...... water. H2SO4 ...... sulfuric acid. Symbol Species HC ...... hydrocarbon. He ...... helium. Ar ...... argon. 85Kr ...... krypton 85. C ...... carbon. N2 ...... molecular nitrogen. CH2O ...... formaldehyde. NH3 ...... ammonia. CH2O2 ...... formic acid. NMHC ...... nonmethane hydrocarbon. CH3OH ...... methanol. NMHCE ...... nonmethane hydrocarbon equivalent. CH4 ...... methane. NMNEHC ...... nonmethane-nonethane hydrocarbon. C2H4O ...... acetaldehyde. NO ...... nitric oxide. C2H5OH ...... ethanol. NO2 ...... nitrogen dioxide. C2H6 ...... ethane. NOX ...... oxides of nitrogen. C3H7OH ...... propanol. N2O ...... nitrous oxide. C3H8 ...... propane. NMOG ...... nonmethane organic gases. C4H10 ...... butane. NONMHC ...... non-oxygenated nonmethane hydro- C5H12 ...... pentane. carbon. CO ...... carbon monoxide. NOTHC ...... non-oxygenated total hydrocarbon. CO2 ...... carbon dioxide. O2 ...... molecular oxygen.

270

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00280 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1005

Symbol Species Subscript Quantity

OHC ...... oxygenated hydrocarbon. dry ...... dry condition. 210Po ...... polonium 210. dutycycle ..... duty cycle. PM ...... particulate matter. exh ...... raw exhaust. S ...... sulfur. exp ...... expected quantity. SVOC ...... semi-volatile organic compound. fn ...... feedback speed. THC ...... total hydrocarbon. frict ...... friction. THCE ...... total hydrocarbon equivalent. fuel ...... fuel consumption. ZrO2 ...... zirconium dioxide. hi, idle ...... condition at high-idle. i ...... an individual of a series. (c) Prefixes. This part uses the fol- idle ...... condition at idle. lowing prefixes to define a quantity: in ...... quantity in. init ...... initial quantity, typically before an emission Symbol Quantity Value test. int ...... intake air. μ ...... micro ...... 10¥6 j ...... an individual of a series. m ...... milli ...... 10¥3 mapped ...... conditions over which an engine can operate. c ...... centi ...... 10¥2 max ...... the maximum (i.e., peak) value expected at k ...... kilo ...... 103 the standard over a test interval; not the M ...... mega ...... 106 maximum of an instrument range. meas ...... measured quantity. (d) Superscripts. This part uses the media ...... PM sample media. mix ...... mixture of diluted exhaust and air. following superscripts to define a quan- norm ...... normalized. tity: out ...... quantity out. P ...... power. Superscript Quantity part ...... partial quantity. PDP ...... positive-displacement pump. overbar arithmetic mean. post ...... after the test interval. (such as y¯). pre ...... before the test interval. overdot (such quantity per unit time. prod ...... stoichiometric product. as y˙). record ...... record rate. ref ...... reference quantity. (e) Subscripts. This part uses the fol- rev ...... revolution. lowing subscripts to define a quantity: sat ...... saturated condition. s ...... slip. Subscript Quantity span ...... span quantity. SSV ...... subsonic venturi. abs ...... absolute quantity. std ...... standard condition. act ...... actual condition. stroke ...... engine strokes per power stroke. air ...... air, dry. T ...... torque. amb ...... ambient. test ...... test quantity. atmos ...... atmospheric. test, alt ...... alternate test quantity. bkgnd ...... background. uncor ...... uncorrected quantity. cal ...... calibration quantity. vac ...... vacuum side of the sampling system. CFV ...... critical flow venturi. weight ...... calibration weight. comb ...... combined. zero ...... zero quantity. composite .... composite value. cor ...... corrected quantity. (f) Constants. (1) This part uses the dil ...... dilution air. dew ...... dewpoint. following constants for the composi- dexh ...... diluted exhaust. tion of dry air:

Symbol Quantity mol/mol

xArair ...... amount of argon in dry air ...... 0.00934 xCO2air ...... amount of carbon dioxide in dry air ...... 0.000375 xN2air ...... amount of nitrogen in dry air ...... 0.78084 xO2air ...... amount of oxygen in dry air ...... 0.209445

(2) This part uses the following molar masses or effective molar masses of chemical species:

g/mol Symbol Quantity ¥ ¥ (10 3·kg·mol 1)

1 Mair ...... molar mass of dry air ...... 28.96559 MAr ...... molar mass of argon ...... 39.948 MC ...... molar mass of carbon ...... 12.0107 MCH3OH ...... molar mass of methanol ...... 32.04186 MC2H5OH ...... molar mass of ethanol ...... 46.06844 MC2H4O ...... molar mass of acetaldehyde ...... 44.05256 MCH4N2O ...... molar mass of urea ...... 60.05526 MC3H8 ...... molar mass of propane ...... 44.09562

271

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00281 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8016 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1005 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

g/mol Symbol Quantity ¥ ¥ (10 3·kg·mol 1)

MC3H7OH ...... molar mass of propanol ...... 60.09502 MCO ...... molar mass of carbon monoxide ...... 28.0101 MCH4 ...... molar mass of methane ...... 16.0425 MCO2 ...... molar mass of carbon dioxide ...... 44.0095 MH ...... molar mass of atomic hydrogen ...... 1.00794 MH2 ...... molar mass of molecular hydrogen ...... 2.01588 MH2O ...... molar mass of water ...... 18.01528 MCH2O ...... molar mass of formaldehyde ...... 30.02598 MHe ...... molar mass of helium ...... 4.002602 MN ...... molar mass of atomic nitrogen ...... 14.0067 MN2 ...... molar mass of molecular nitrogen ...... 28.0134 MNH3 ...... molar mass of ammonia ...... 17.03052 2 MNMHC ...... effective C1 molar mass of nonmethane hydrocarbon ...... 13.875389 2 MNMHCE ...... effective C1 molar mass of nonmethane hydrocarbon equivalent ...... 13.875389 2 MNMNEHC ...... effective C1 molar mass of nonmethane-nonethane hydrocarbon ...... 13.875389 3 MNOx ...... effective molar mass of oxides of nitrogen ...... 46.0055 MN2O ...... molar mass of nitrous oxide ...... 44.0128 MO ...... molar mass of atomic oxygen ...... 15.9994 MO2 ...... molar mass of molecular oxygen ...... 31.9988 MS ...... molar mass of sulfur ...... 32.065 2 MTHC ...... effective C1 molar mass of total hydrocarbon ...... 13.875389 2 MTHCE ...... effective C1 molar mass of total hydrocarbon equivalent ...... 13.875389 1 See paragraph (f)(1) of this section for the composition of dry air. 2 The effective molar masses of THC, THCE, NMHC, NMHCE, and NMNEHC are defined on a C1 basis and are based on an atomic hydrogen-to-carbon ratio, α, of 1.85 (with β, γ, and δ equal to zero). 3 The effective molar mass of NOX is defined by the molar mass of nitrogen dioxide, NO2. (3) This part uses the following molar gas constant for ideal gases:

J/(mol · K) Symbol Quantity (m2 · kg · s¥2 · mol¥1 · K¥1)

R ...... molar gas constant ...... 8.314472

(4) This part uses the following ratios of specific heats for dilution air and diluted exhaust:

[J/(kg · K)]/[J/(kg · Symbol Quantity K)]

γair ...... ratio of specific heats for intake air or dilution air ...... 1.399 γdil ...... ratio of specific heats for diluted exhaust ...... 1.399 γexh ...... ratio of specific heats for raw exhaust ...... 1.385

(g) Other acronyms and abbreviations. GC–ECD ..... gas chromatograph with an electron-capture This part uses the following additional detector. GC–FID ...... gas chromatograph with a flame ionization abbreviations and acronyms: detector. HEPA ...... high-efficiency particulate air. ABS ...... acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene. IBP ...... initial boiling point. ASTM ...... American Society for Testing and Materials. IBR ...... incorporated by reference. BMD ...... bag mini-diluter. i.e ...... in other words. BSFC ...... brake-specific fuel consumption. ISO ...... International Organization for Standardization. CARB ...... California Air Resources Board. LPG ...... liquefied petroleum gas. CFR ...... Code of Federal Regulations. MPD ...... magnetopneumatic detection. CFV ...... critical-flow venturi. NDIR ...... nondispersive infrared. CI ...... compression-ignition. NDUV ...... nondispersive ultraviolet. CITT ...... Curb Idle Transmission Torque. NIST ...... National Institute for Standards and Tech- CLD ...... chemiluminescent detector. CVS ...... constant-volume sampler. nology. DF ...... deterioration factor. NMC ...... nonmethane cutter. ECM ...... electronic control module. PDP ...... positive-displacement pump. EFC ...... electronic flow control. PEMS ...... portable emission measurement system. e.g ...... for example. PFD ...... partial-flow dilution. EGR ...... exhaust gas recirculation. PLOT ...... porous layer open tubular. EPA ...... Environmental Protection Agency. PMD ...... paramagnetic detection. FEL ...... Family Emission Limit. PMP ...... Polymethylpentene. FID ...... flame-ionization detector. pt ...... a single point at the mean value expected at FTIR ...... Fourier transform infrared. the standard. GC ...... gas chromatograph. psi ...... pounds per square inch.

272

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00282 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1010

PTFE ...... polytetrafluoroethylene (commonly known as (1) ASTM D86–12, Standard Test Method for Teflon TM). Distillation of Petroleum Products at At- RE ...... rounding error. mospheric Pressure, approved December 1, RESS ...... rechargeable energy storage system. RFPF ...... response factor penetration fraction. 2012 (‘‘ASTM D86’’), IBR approved for RMC ...... ramped-modal cycle. §§ 1065.703(b) and 1065.710(b) and (c). rms ...... root-mean square. (2) ASTM D93–13, Standard Test Methods RTD ...... resistive temperature detector. for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed SAW ...... surface acoustic wave. Cup Tester, approved July 15, 2013 (‘‘ASTM SEE ...... standard estimate of error. D93’’), IBR approved for § 1065.703(b). SSV ...... subsonic venturi. SI ...... spark-ignition. (3) ASTM D130–12, Standard Test Method THC–FID ..... total hydrocarbon flame ionization detector. for Corrosiveness to Copper from Petroleum TINV ...... inverse student t-test function in Microsoft Products by Copper Strip Test, approved No- Excel. vember 1, 2012 (‘‘ASTM D130’’), IBR approved UCL ...... upper confidence limit. for § 1065.710(b). UFM ...... ultrasonic flow meter. (4) ASTM D381–12, Standard Test Method U.S.C ...... United States Code. for Gum Content in Fuels by Jet Evapo- ration, approved April 15, 2012 (‘‘ASTM [79 FR 23815, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 D381’’), IBR approved for § 1065.710(b). FR 74191, Oct. 25, 2016] (5) ASTM D445–12, Standard Test Method for Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and § 1065.1010 Incorporation by ref- Opaque Liquids (and Calculation of Dynamic erence. Viscosity), approved April 15, 2012 (‘‘ASTM (a) Certain material is incorporated D445’’), IBR approved for § 1065.703(b). (6) ASTM D525–12a, Standard Test Method by reference into this part with the ap- for Oxidation Stability of Gasoline (Induc- proval of the Director of the Federal tion Period Method), approved September 1, Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 2012 (‘‘ASTM D525’’), IBR approved for CFR part 51. To enforce any edition § 1065.710(b). other than that specified in this sec- (7) ASTM D613–13, Standard Test Method tion, a document must be published in for Cetane Number of Diesel Fuel Oil, ap- the FEDERAL REGISTER and the mate- proved December 1, 2013 (‘‘ASTM D613’’), IBR rial must be available to the public. All approved for § 1065.703(b). approved materials are available for in- (8) ASTM D910–13a, Standard Specification for Aviation Gasolines, approved December 1, spection at the Air and Radiation 2013 (‘‘ASTM D910’’), IBR approved for Docket and Information Center (Air § 1065.701(f). Docket) in the EPA Docket Center (9) ASTM D975–13a, Standard Specification (EPA/DC) at Rm. 3334, EPA West Bldg., for Diesel Fuel Oils, approved December 1, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Wash- 2013 (‘‘ASTM D975’’), IBR approved for ington, DC. The EPA/DC Public Read- § 1065.701(f). ing Room hours of operation are 8:30 (10) ASTM D1267–12, Standard Test Method a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Fri- for Gage Vapor Pressure of Liquefied Petro- leum (LP) Gases (LP-Gas Method), approved day, excluding legal holidays. The tele- November 1, 2012 (‘‘ASTM D1267’’), IBR ap- phone number of the EPA/DC Public proved for § 1065.720(a). Reading Room is (202) 566–1744, and the (11) ASTM D1319–13, Standard Test Method telephone number for the Air Docket is for Hydrocarbon Types in Liquid Petroleum (202) 566–1742. These approved materials Products by Fluorescent Indicator Adsorp- are also available for inspection at the tion, approved May 1, 2013 (‘‘ASTM D1319’’), National Archives and Records Admin- IBR approved for § 1065.710(c). istration (NARA). For information on (12) ASTM D1655–13a, Standard Specifica- the availability of this material at tion for Aviation Turbine Fuels, approved December 1, 2013 (‘‘ASTM D1655’’), IBR ap- NARA, call (202) 741–6030 or go to http:// proved for § 1065.701(f). www.archives.gov/federallregister/ (13) ASTM D1837–11, Standard Test Method codeloflfederallregulations/ for Volatility of Liquefied Petroleum (LP) ibrllocations.html.\n. In addition, these Gases, approved October 1, 2011 (‘‘ASTM materials are available from the D1837’’), IBR approved for § 1065.720(a). sources listed below. (14) ASTM D1838–12a, Standard Test Meth- (b) ASTM material. The following od for Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied standards are available from ASTM Petroleum (LP) Gases, approved December 1, 2012 (‘‘ASTM D1838’’), IBR approved for International, 100 Barr Harbor Dr., P.O. § 1065.720(a). Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA (15) ASTM D1945–03 (Reapproved 2010), 19428–2959, (877) 909–2786, or http:// Standard Test Method for Analysis of Nat- www.astm.org: ural Gas by Gas Chromatography, approved

273

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00283 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1010 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

January 1, 2010 (‘‘ASTM D1945’’), IBR ap- (29) ASTM D4629–12, Standard Test Method proved for § 1065.715(a). for Trace Nitrogen in Liquid Petroleum Hy- (16) ASTM D2158–11, Standard Test Method drocarbons by Syringe/Inlet Oxidative Com- for Residues in Liquefied Petroleum (LP) bustion and Chemiluminescence Detection, Gases, approved January 1, 2011 (‘‘ASTM approved April 15, 2012 (‘‘ASTM D4629’’), IBR D2158’’), IBR approved for § 1065.720(a). approved for § 1065.655(e). (17) ASTM D2163–07, Standard Test Method (30) ASTM D4814–13b, Standard Specifica- for Determination of Hydrocarbons in Lique- tion for Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine fied Petroleum (LP) Gases and Propane/ Fuel, approved December 1, 2013 (‘‘ASTM Propene Mixtures by Gas Chromatography, D4814’’), IBR approved for § 1065.701(f). approved December 1, 2007 (‘‘ASTM D2163’’), (31) ASTM D4815–13, Standard Test Method IBR approved for § 1065.720(a). for Determination of MTBE, ETBE, TAME, (18) ASTM D2598–12, Standard Practice for DIPE, tertiary-Amyl Alcohol and C1 to C4 Al- Calculation of Certain Physical Properties of cohols in Gasoline by Gas Chromatography, Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases from approved October 1, 2013 (‘‘ASTM D4815’’), Compositional Analysis, approved November IBR approved for § 1065.710(b). 1, 2012 (‘‘ASTM D2598’’), IBR approved for (32) ASTM D5186–03 (Reapproved 2009), § 1065.720(a). Standard Test Method for Determination of (19) ASTM D2622–10, Standard Test Method the Aromatic Content and Polynuclear Aro- for Sulfur in Petroleum Products by Wave- matic Content of Diesel Fuels and Aviation length Dispersive X-ray Fluorescence Spec- Turbine Fuels By Supercritical Fluid Chro- trometry, approved February 15, 2010 matography, approved April 15, 2009 (‘‘ASTM (‘‘ASTM D2622’’), IBR approved for D5186’’), IBR approved for § 1065.703(b). §§ 1065.703(b) and 1065.710(b) and (c). (33) ASTM D5191–13, Standard Test Method (20) ASTM D2699–13b, Standard Test Meth- for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products od for Research Octane Number of Spark-Ig- (Mini Method), approved December 1, 2013 nition Engine Fuel, approved October 1, 2013 (‘‘ASTM D5191’’), IBR approved for (‘‘ASTM D2699’’), IBR approved for § 1065.710(b) and (c). § 1065.710(b). (34) ASTM D5291–10, Standard Test Meth- (21) ASTM D2700–13b, Standard Test Meth- ods for Instrumental Determination of Car- od for Motor Octane Number of Spark-Igni- bon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen in Petroleum tion Engine Fuel, approved October 1, 2013 Products and Lubricants, approved May 1, (‘‘ASTM D2700’’), IBR approved for 2010 (‘‘ASTM D5291’’), IBR approved for § 1065.710(b). § 1065.655(e). (22) ASTM D2713–13, Standard Test Method (35) ASTM D5453–12, Standard Test Method for Dryness of Propane (Valve Freeze Meth- for Determination of Total Sulfur in Light od), approved October 1, 2013 (‘‘ASTM Hydrocarbons, Spark Ignition Engine Fuel, D2713’’), IBR approved for § 1065.720(a). Diesel Engine Fuel, and Engine Oil by Ultra- (23) ASTM D2784–11, Standard Test Method violet Fluorescence, approved November 1, for Sulfur in Liquefied Petroleum Gases 2012 (‘‘ASTM D5453’’), IBR approved for (Oxy-Hydrogen Burner or Lamp), approved § 1065.710(b). January 1, 2011 (‘‘ASTM D2784’’), IBR ap- (36) ASTM D5599–00 (Reapproved 2010), proved for § 1065.720(a). Standard Test Method for Determination of (24) ASTM D2880–13b, Standard Specifica- Oxygenates in Gasoline by Gas Chroma- tion for Gas Turbine Fuel Oils, approved No- tography and Oxygen Selective Flame Ion- vember 15, 2013 (‘‘ASTM D2880’’), IBR ap- ization Detection, approved October 1, 2010 proved for § 1065.701(f). (‘‘ASTM D5599’’), IBR approved for (25) ASTM D2986–95a, Standard Practice for §§ 1065.655(e) and 1065.710(b). Evaluation of Air Assay Media by the (37) ASTM D5762–12 Standard Test Method Monodisperse DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) for Nitrogen in Petroleum and Petroleum Smoke Test, approved September 10, 1995 Products by Boat-Inlet Chemiluminescence, (‘‘ASTM D2986’’), IBR approved for approved April 15, 2012 (‘‘ASTM D5762’’), IBR § 1065.170(c). (Note: This standard was with- approved for § 1065.655(e). drawn by ASTM.) (38) ASTM D5769–10, Standard Test Method (26) ASTM D3231–13, Standard Test Method for Determination of Benzene, Toluene, and for Phosphorus in Gasoline, approved June Total Aromatics in Finished Gasolines by 15, 2013 (‘‘ASTM D3231’’), IBR approved for Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry, § 1065.710(b) and (c). approved May 1, 2010 (‘‘ASTM D5769’’), IBR (27) ASTM D3237–12, Standard Test Method approved for § 1065.710(b). for Lead in Gasoline By Atomic Absorption (39) ASTM D5797–13, Standard Specification Spectroscopy, approved June 1, 2012 (‘‘ASTM for Fuel Methanol (M70- M85) for Automotive D3237’’), IBR approved for § 1065.710(b) and (c). Spark-Ignition Engines, approved June 15, (28) ASTM D4052–11, Standard Test Method 2013 (‘‘ASTM D5797’’), IBR approved for for Density, Relative Density, and API Grav- § 1065.701(f). ity of Liquids by Digital Density Meter, ap- (40) ASTM D5798–13a, Standard Specifica- proved October 15, 2011 (‘‘ASTM D4052’’), IBR tion for Ethanol Fuel Blends for Flexible approved for § 1065.703(b). Fuel Automotive Spark-Ignition Engines,

274

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00284 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1010

approved June 15, 2013 (‘‘ASTM D5798’’), IBR fuels by atomic absorption spectrom- approved for § 1065.701(f). etry, IBR approved for § 1065.705(b). ε1 (41) ASTM D6348–12 , Standard Test Meth- (2) IP–500, 2003, Determination of the od for Determination of Gaseous Compounds phosphorus content of residual fuels by by Extractive Direct Interface Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, ap- ultra-violet spectrometry, IBR approved February 1, 2012 (‘‘ASTM D6348’’), IBR proved for § 1065.705(b). approved for §§ 1065.266(b) and 1065.275(b). (3) IP–501, 2005, Determination of alu- (42) ASTM D6550–10, Standard Test Method minum, silicon, vanadium, nickel, iron, for Determination of Olefin Content of Gaso- sodium, calcium, zinc and phosphorus lines by Supercritical-Fluid Chroma- in residual fuel oil by ashing, fusion tography, approved October 1, 2010 (‘‘ASTM and inductively coupled plasma emis- D6550’’), IBR approved for § 1065.710(b). sion spectrometry, IBR approved for (43) ASTM D6615–11a, Standard Specifica- § 1065.705(b). tion for Jet B Wide-Cut Aviation Turbine Fuel, approved October 1, 2011 (‘‘ASTM (e) ISO material. The following stand- D6615’’), IBR approved for § 1065.701(f). ards are available from the Inter- (44) ASTM D6751–12, Standard Specification national Organization for Standardiza- for Biodiesel Fuel Blend Stock (B100) for tion, 1, ch. de la Voie-Creuse, CP 56, Middle Distillate Fuels, approved August 1, CH–1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland, 41–22– 2012 (‘‘ASTM D6751’’), IBR approved for 749–01–11, or http://www.iso.org: § 1065.701(f). (45) ASTM D6985–04a, Standard Specifica- (1) ISO 2719:2002, Determination of flash tion for Middle Distillate Fuel Oil—Military point—Pensky-Martens closed cup method Marine Applications, approved November 1, (‘‘ISO 2719’’), IBR approved for § 1065.705(c). 2004 (‘‘ASTM D6985’’), IBR approved for (2) ISO 3016:1994, Petroleum products—De- § 1065.701(f). (NOTE: This standard was with- termination of pour point (‘‘ISO 3016’’), IBR drawn by ASTM.) approved for § 1065.705(c). (46) ASTM D7039–13, Standard Test Method (3) ISO 3104:1994/Cor 1:1997, Petroleum prod- for Sulfur in Gasoline, Diesel Fuel, Jet Fuel, ucts—Transparent and opaque liquids—De- Kerosine, Biodiesel, Biodiesel Blends, and termination of kinematic viscosity and cal- Gasoline-Ethanol Blends by Monochromatic culation of dynamic viscosity (‘‘ISO 3104’’), Wavelength Dispersive X-ray Fluorescence IBR approved for § 1065.705(c). Spectrometry, approved September 15, 2013 (4) ISO 3675:1998, Crude petroleum and liq- (‘‘ASTM D7039’’), IBR approved for uid petroleum products—Laboratory deter- § 1065.710(b). mination of density—Hydrometer method (47) ASTM F1471–09, Standard Test Method (‘‘ISO 3675’’), IBR approved for § 1065.705(c). for Air Cleaning Performance of a High- Effi- (5) ISO 3733:1999, Petroleum products and ciency Particulate Air Filter System, ap- bituminous materials—Determination of proved March 1, 2009 (‘‘ASTM F1471’’), IBR water—Distillation method (‘‘ISO 3733’’), IBR approved for § 1065.1001. approved for § 1065.705(c). (c) California Air Resources Board ma- (6) ISO 6245:2001, Petroleum products—De- terial. The following documents are termination of ash (‘‘ISO 6245’’), IBR approved for § 1065.705(c). available from the California Air Re- (7) ISO 8217:2012(E), Petroleum products— sources Board, Haagen-Smit Labora- Fuels (class F)—Specifications of marine tory, 9528 Telstar Ave., El Monte, CA fuels, Fifth edition, August 15, 2012 (‘‘ISO 91731–2908, (800) 242–4450, or http:// 8217’’), IBR approved for § 1065.705(b) and (c). www.arb.ca.gov: (8) ISO 8754:2003, Petroleum products—De- (1) California Non-Methane Organic termination of sulfur content—Energy-dis- Gas Test Procedures, Amended July 30, persive X-ray Fluorescence spectrometry 2002, Mobile Source Division, California (‘‘ISO 8754’’), IBR approved for § 1065.705(c). Air Resources Board, IBR approved for (9) ISO 10307–2(E):2009, Petroleum products—Total sediment in residual fuel oils— § 1065.805(f). Part 2: Determination using standard proce- (2) [Reserved] dures for ageing, Second Ed., February 1, (d) Institute of Petroleum material. The 2009 (‘‘ISO 10307’’), as modified by ISO 10307– following documents are available from 2:2009/Cor.1:2010(E), Technical Corrigendum 1, the Energy Institute, 61 New Cavendish published May 15, 2010, IBR approved for St., London, W1G 7AR, UK, or by call- § 1065.705(c). ing + 44–(0)20–7467–7100, or at http:// (10) ISO 10370:1993/Cor 1:1996, Petroleum products—Determination of carbon residue— www.energyinst.org: Micro method (‘‘ISO 10370’’), IBR approved (1) IP–470, 2005, Determination of alu- for § 1065.705(c). minum, silicon, vanadium, nickel, iron, (11) ISO 10478:1994, Petroleum products— calcium, zinc, and sodium in residual Determination of aluminium and silicon in

275

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00285 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1101 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

fuel oils—Inductively coupled plasma emis- § 1065.1101 Applicability. sion and atomic absorption spectroscopy methods (‘‘ISO 10478’’), IBR approved for This subpart specifies procedures § 1065.705(c). that may be used to measure emission (12) ISO 12185:1996/Cor 1:2001, Crude petro- constituents that are not measured (or leum and petroleum products—Determina- not separately measured) by the test tion of density—Oscillating U-tube method procedures in the other subparts of this (‘‘ISO 12185’’), IBR approved for § 1065.705(c). part. These procedures are included to (13) ISO 14596:2007, Petroleum products— facilitate consistent measurement of Determination of sulfur content—Wave- unregulated pollutants for purposes length-dispersive X-ray fluorescence spectrometry (‘‘ISO 14596’’), IBR approved for other than compliance with emission § 1065.705(c). standards. Unless otherwise specified (14) ISO 14597:1997, Petroleum products— in the standard-setting part, use of Determination of vanadium and nickel con- these procedures is optional and does tent—Wavelength dispersive X-ray fluores- not replace any requirements in the cence spectrometry (‘‘ISO 14597’’), IBR ap- rest of this part. proved for § 1065.705(c). (15) ISO 14644–1:1999, Cleanrooms and asso- SEMI-VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS ciated controlled environments (‘‘ISO 14644’’), IBR approved for § 1065.190(b). § 1065.1103 General provisions for (f) NIST material. The following docu- SVOC measurement. ments are available from National In- The provisions of §§ 1065.1103 through stitute of Standards and Technology, 1065.1111 specify procedures for meas- 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 1070, Gaithers- uring semi-volatile organic compounds burg, MD 20899–1070, (301) 975–6478, or (SVOC) along with PM. These sections www.nist.gov: specify how to collect a sample of the (1) NIST Special Publication 811, 2008 SVOCs during exhaust emission test- Edition, Guide for the Use of the Inter- ing, as well as how to use wet chem- national System of Units (SI), March istry techniques to extract SVOCs from 2008, IBR approved for §§ 1065.20(a) and the sample media for analysis. Note 1065.1005. that the precise method you use will (2) NIST Technical Note 1297, 1994 depend on the category of SVOCs being Edition, Guidelines for Evaluating and measured. For example, the method Expressing the Uncertainty of NIST used to measure polynuclear aromatic Measurement Results, IBR approved hydrocarbons (PAHs) will differ slight- for § 1065.1001. ly from the method used to measure (g) SAE International material. The dioxins. Follow standard analytic following standards are available from chemistry methods for any aspects of SAE International, 400 Commonwealth the analysis that are not specified. Dr., Warrendale, PA 15096–0001, (724) (a) Laboratory cleanliness is espe- 776–4841, or http://www.sae.org: cially important throughout SVOC (1) SAE 770141, 1977, Optimization of testing. Thoroughly clean all sampling Flame Ionization Detector for Deter- system components and glassware be- mination of Hydrocarbon in Diluted fore testing to avoid sample contami- Automotive Exhausts, Glenn D. nation. For the purposes of this sub- Reschke, IBR approved for § 1065.360(c). part, the sampling system is defined as (2) SAE J1151, Methane Measurement sample pathway from the sample probe Using Gas Chromatography, stabilized inlet to the downstream most point September 2011, IBR approved for where the sample is captured (in this §§ 1065.267(b) and 1065.750(a). case the condensate trap). (b) We recommend that media blanks [79 FR 23818, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 74193, Oct. 25, 2016] be analyzed for each batch of sample media (sorbent, filters, etc.) prepared for testing. Blank sorbent modules Subpart L—Methods for Unregu- (i.e., field blanks) should be stored in a lated and Special Pollutants sealed environment and should periodically accompany the test sampling sys- SOURCE: 79 FR 23820, Apr. 28, 2014, unless tem throughout the course of a test, otherwise noted. including sampling system and sorbent

276

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00286 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1105

module disassembly, sample pack- atomic isotope hydrogen-2 (deuterium) aging, and storage. Use good engineer- or one of the carbon atoms at a defined ing judgment to determine the fre- position in the molecule is replaced quency with which you should generate with the atomic isotope carbon-13. field blanks. The field blank sample should be close to the sampler during § 1065.1105 Sampling system design. testing. (a) General. We recommend that you (c) We recommend the use of isotope design your SVOC batch sampler to ex- dilution techniques, including the use tract sample from undiluted emissions of isotopically labeled surrogate, inter- to maximize the sampled SVOC quan- nal, alternate, and injection standards. tity. If you dilute your sample, we rec- (d) If your target analytes degrade ommend using annular dilution. If you when exposed to ultraviolet radiation, dilute your sample, but do not use an- such as nitropolynuclear aromatic hy- nular dilution, you must precondition drocarbons (nPAHs), perform these pro- your sampling system to reach equi- cedures in the dark or with ultraviolet librium with respect to loss and re-en- filters installed over the lights. trainment of SVOCs to the walls of the (e) The following definitions and ab- sampling system. To the extent prac- breviations apply for SVOC measure- tical, adjust sampling times based on ments: the emission rate of target analytes (1) Soxhlet extraction means the ex- from the engine to obtain analyte con- traction method invented by Franz von centrations above the detection limit. Soxhlet, in which the sample is placed In some instances you may need to run in a thimble and rinsed repeatedly with repeat test cycles without replacing a recycle of the extraction solvent. the sample media or disassembling the (2) XAD–2 means a hydrophobic batch sampler. crosslinked polystyrene copolymer resin adsorbent known commercially (b) Sample probe, transfer lines, and as Amberlite® XAD®-2, or an equiva- sample media holder design and construc- lent adsorbent like XAD–4. tion. The sampling system should con- (3) Semi-volatile organic compound sist of a sample probe, transfer line, (SVOC) means an organic compound PM filter holder, cooling coil, sorbent that is sufficiently volatile to exist in module, and condensate trap. Con- vapor form in engine exhaust, but that struct sample probes, transfer lines, readily condenses to liquid or solid and sample media holders that have in- form under atmospheric conditions. side surfaces of nickel, titanium or an- Most SVOCs have at least 14 carbon other nonreactive material capable of atoms per molecule or they have a withstanding raw exhaust gas tempera- boiling point between (240 and 400) °C. tures. Seal all joints in the hot zone of SVOCs include dioxin, quinone, and the system with gaskets made of non- nitro-PAH compounds. They may be a reactive material similar to that of the natural byproduct of combustion or sampling system components. You may they may be created post-combustion. use teflon gaskets in the cold zone. We Note that SVOCs may be included in recommend locating all components as measured values of hydrocarbons and/ close to probes as practical to shorten or PM using the procedures specified in sampling system length and minimize this part. the surface exposed to engine exhaust. (4) Kuderna-Danish concentrator (c) Sample system configuration. This means laboratory glassware known by paragraph (c) specifies the components this name that consists of an air-cooled necessary to collect SVOC samples, condenser on top of an extraction bulb. along with our recommended design pa- (5) Dean-Stark trap means laboratory rameters. Where you do not follow our glassware known by this name that recommendations, use good engineer- uses a reflux condenser to collect water ing judgment to design your sampling from samples extracted under reflux. system so it does not result in loss of (6) PUF means polyurethane foam. SVOC during sampling. The sampling (7) Isotopically labeled means relating system should contain the following to a compound in which either all the components in series in the order list- hydrogen atoms are replaced with the ed:

277

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00287 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1107 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

(1) Use a sample probe similar to the geting an average sample flow rate of PM sample probe specified in subpart B 70 liters per minute to maximize SVOC of this part. collection. The sampler must be de- (2) Use a PM filter holder similar to signed to maintain proportional sam- the holder specified in subpart B of this pling throughout the test. Verify pro- part, although you will likely need to portional sampling after an emission use a larger size to accommodate the test as described in § 1065.545. high sample flow rates. We recommend (e) Water bath. Design the sample sys- using a 110 mm filter for testing spark tem with a water bath in which the ignition engines or engines that utilize cooling coil, sorbent module, and con- exhaust aftertreatment for PM re- densate trap will be submerged. Use a moval and a 293 mm filter for other en- heat exchanger or ice to maintain the gines. If you are not analyzing sepa- ° rately for SVOCs in gas and particle bath temperature at (3 to 7) C. phases, you do not have to control the [79 FR 23820, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 temperature of the filter holder. Note FR 74195, Oct. 25, 2016] that this differs from normal PM sampling procedures, which maintain the § 1065.1107 Sample media and sample filter at a much lower temperature to system preparation; sample system capture a significant fraction of ex- assembly. haust SVOC on the filter. In this meth- This section describes the appro- od, SVOCs that pass through the filter priate types of sample media and the will be collected on the downstream cleaning procedure required to prepare sorbent module. If you are collecting the media and wetted sample surfaces SVOCs in gas and particle phases, con- for sampling. trol your filter face temperature ac- (a) Sample media. The sampling sys- cording to § 1065.140(e)(4). tem uses two types of sample media in (3) Use good engineering judgment to series: The first to simultaneously cap- design a cooling coil that will drop the sample temperature to approximately 5 ture the PM and associated particle °C. Note that downstream of the cool- phase SVOCs, and a second to capture ing coil, the sample will be a mixture SVOCs that remain in the gas phase, as follows: of vapor phase hydrocarbons in CO2, air, and a primarily aqueous liquid (1) For capturing PM, we recommend phase. using pure quartz filters with no binder (4) Use a hydrophobic sorbent in a if you are not analyzing separately for sealed sorbent module. Note that this SVOCs in gas and particle phases. If sorbent module is intended to be the you are analyzing separately, you must final stage for collecting the SVOC use polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) fil- sample and should be sized accordingly. ters with PTFE support. Select the fil- We recommend sizing the module to ter diameter to minimize filter change hold 40 g of XAD–2 along with PUF intervals, accounting for the expected plugs at either end of the module, not- PM emission rate, sample flow rate. ing that you may vary the mass of Note that when repeating test cycles to XAD used for testing based on the an- increase sample mass, you may replace ticipated SVOC emission concentration the filter without replacing the sorbent and sample flow rate. or otherwise disassembling the batch (5) Include a condensate trap to sepa- sampler. In those cases, include all fil- rate the aqueous liquid phase from the ters in the extraction. gas stream. We recommend using a per- istaltic pump to remove water from the (2) For capturing gaseous SVOCs, uti- condensate trap over the course of the lize XAD–2 resin with or without PUF test to prevent build-up of the conden- plugs. Note that two PUF plugs are sate. Note that for some tests it may typically used to contain the XAD–2 be appropriate to collect this water for resin in the sorbent module. analysis. (b) Sample media and sampler prepara- (d) Sampler flow control. For testing tion. Prepare pre-cleaned PM filters using the recommended filter and sor- and pre-cleaned PUF plugs/XAD–2 as bent module sizes, we recommend tar-

278

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00288 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1109

needed. Store sample media in con- ervoir. Cover the probe inlet with pre- tainers protected from light and ambi- cleaned aluminum foil. ent air if you do not use them imme- [79 FR 23820, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 diately after cleaning. Use the fol- FR 74195, Oct. 25, 2016] lowing preparation procedure, or an analogous procedure with different sol- § 1065.1109 Post-test sampler dis- vents and extraction times: assembly and sample extraction. (1) Pre-clean the filters via Soxhlet This section describes the process for extraction with methylene chloride for disassembling and rinsing the sampling 24 hours and dry over dry nitrogen in a system and extracting and cleaning up low-temperature vacuum oven. the sample. (2) Pre-clean PUF and XAD–2 with a (a) Sampling system disassembly. Dis- series of Soxhlet extractions: 8 hours assemble the sampling system in a with water, 22 hours with methanol, 22 clean environment as follows after the hours with methylene chloride, and 22 test: (1) Remove the PM filter, PUF plugs, hours with toluene, followed by drying and all the XAD–2 from the sampling with nitrogen. system and store them at or below 5 °C (3) Clean sampler components, in- until analysis. cluding the probe, filter holder, con- (2) Rinse sampling system wetted denser, sorbent module, and condensate surfaces upstream of the condensate collection vessel by rinsing three times trap with acetone followed by toluene with methylene chloride and then (or a comparable solvent system), en- three times with toluene. Prepare pre- suring that all the solvent remaining cleaned aluminum foil for capping the in liquid phase is collected (note that a probe inlet of the sampler after the fraction of the acetone and toluene will sampling system has been assembled. likely be lost to evaporation during (c) Sorbent spiking. Use good engineer- mixing). Rinse with solvent volumes ing judgment to verify the extent to that are sufficient to cover all the sur- which your extraction methods recover faces exposed to the sample during SVOCs absorbed on the sample media. testing. We recommend three fresh sol- We recommend spiking the XAD–2 vent rinses with acetone and two with resin with a surrogate standard before toluene. We recommend rinse volumes testing with a carbon-13 or hydrogen-2 of 60 ml per rinse for all sampling sys- isotopically labeled standard for each tem components except the condenser of the class of analytes targeted for coil, of which you should use 200 ml per analysis. Perform this spiking as fol- rinse. Keep the acetone rinsate sepa- lows: rate from the toluene rinsate to the ex- (1) Insert the lower PUF plug into tent practicable. Rinsate fractions the bottom of the sorbent module. should be stored separately in glass (2) Add half of one portion of XAD–2 bottles that have been pre-rinsed with resin to the module and spike the acetone, hexane, and toluene (or pur- XAD–2 in the module with the stand- chase pre-cleaned bottles). (3) Use good engineering judgment to ard. determine if you should analyze the (3) Wait 1 hour for the solvent from aqueous condensate phase for SVOCs. If the standard(s) to evaporate, add the you determine that analysis is nec- remaining 20 g of the XAD–2 resin to essary, use toluene to perform a liquid- the module, and then insert a PUF plug liquid extraction of the SVOCs from in the top of the sorbent module. the collected aqueous condensate using (4) Cover the inlet and outlet of the a separatory funnel or an equivalent sorbent module with pre-cleaned alu- method. Add the toluene from this minum foil. aqueous extraction to the toluene (d) Sampling system assembly. After rinsate fraction described in paragraph preparing the sample media and the (a)(2) of this section. sampler, assemble the condensate trap, (4) Reduce rinsate solvent volumes as cooling coil, filter holder with filter, needed using a Kuderna-Danish concen- sample probe, and sorbent module, trator or rotary evaporator and retain then lower the assembly into the res- these rinse solvents for reuse during

279

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00289 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1109 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

sample media extraction for the same extraction and are also used to deter- test. Be careful to avoid loss of low mo- mine analyte concentrations after lecular weight analytes when concen- analysis. Upon completion of spiking, trating with rotary evaporation. add the remaining XAD–2 to the thim- (b) Sample extraction. Extract the ble, insert the remaining PUF plug, SVOCs from the sorbent using Soxhlet and place the thimble into the extrac- extraction as described in this para- tor. Note that if you are collecting and graph (b). Two 16 hour extractions are analyzing for SVOCs in gas and par- necessary to accommodate the Soxhlet ticle phases, perform separate extrac- extractions of all SVOCs from a single tions for the filter and XAD–2. sample. This reduces the possibility of (3) For the initial extraction, com- losing low molecular weight SVOCs bine the concentrated acetone rinses and promotes water removal. We rec- (from the sampling system in para- ommend performing the first extrac- graph (a) of this section) with enough tion with acetone/hexane and the sec- hexane to bring the solvent volume up ond using toluene (or an equivalent sol- to the target level of 700 ml. Assemble vent system). You may alternatively the extractor and turn on the heating use an equivalent method such as an controls and cooling water. Allow the automated solvent extractor. sample to reflux for 16 hours with the (1) We recommend equipping the rheostat adjusted to cycle the extrac- Soxhlet extractor with a Dean-Stark tion at a rate of (3.0 ±0.5) cycles per trap to facilitate removal of residual hour. Drain the water from the Dean- water from the sampling system rinse. Stark trap as it accumulates by open- The Soxhlet apparatus must be large ing the stopcock on the trap. Set aside enough to allow extraction of the PUF, the water for analysis or discard it. In XAD–2, and filter in a single batch. In- most cases, any water present will be clude in the extractor setup a glass removed within approximately 2 hours thimble with a coarse or extra coarse after starting the extraction. sintered glass bottom. Pre-clean the (4) After completing the initial ex- extractor using proper glass-cleaning traction, remove the solvent and con- procedures. We recommend that the centrate it to (4.0 ±0.5) ml using a Soxhlet apparatus be cleaned with a (4 Kuderna-Danish concentrator that in- to 8) hour Soxhlet extraction with cludes a condenser such as a three-ball methylene chloride at a cycling rate of Snyder column with venting dimples three cycles per hour. Discard the sol- and a graduated collection tube. Hold vent used for pre-cleaning (no analysis the water bath temperature at (75 to is necessary). 80) °C. Using this concentrator will (2) Load the extractor thimble before minimize evaporative loss of analytes placing it in the extractor by first roll- with lower molecular weight. ing the PM filter around the inner cir- (i) Rinse the round bottom flask of cumference of the thimble, with the the extractor with (60 to 100) ml of sampled side facing in. Push one PUF hexane and add the rinsate to this con- plug down into the bottom of the thim- centrated extract. ble, add approximately half of the (ii) Concentrate the mixture to (4 XAD–2, and then spike the XAD–2 in ±0.5) ml using a Kuderna-Danish con- the thimble with the isotopically la- centrator or similar apparatus. beled extraction standards of known (iii) Repeat the steps in paragraphs mass. Target the center of the XAD–2 (b)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section three bed for delivering the extraction stand- times, or as necessary to remove all ard. We recommend using multiple the residual solvent from the round isotopically labeled extraction stand- bottom flask of the extractor, concen- ards that cover the range of target trating the final rinsate to (4 ±0.5) ml. analytes. This generally means that (5) For the second extraction, com- you should use isotopically labeled bine the toluene rinses (from the sam- standards at least for the lowest and pling system in paragraph (a) of this highest molecular weight analytes for section) with any additional toluene each category of compounds (such as needed to bring the solvent volume up PAHs and dioxins). These extraction to the target level of 700 ml. As noted standards monitor the efficiency of the in paragraph (a) of this section, you

280

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00290 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 Environmental Protection Agency § 1065.1109

may need to concentrate the rinsate hexane rinse. Concentrate it to a vol- before adding it to the extraction appa- ume of about 1 ml using a Kuderna- ratus if the rinsate solvent volume is Danish concentrator. Use good engi- too large. Allow the sample to reflux neering judgment to select an appro- for 16 hours with the rheostat adjusted priate column chromatographic clean- to cycle the extraction at a rate of (3.0 up option for your target analytes. ±0.5) cycles per hour. Check the Dean- Note that these clean-up techniques Stark trap for water during the first 2 generally remove compounds based on hours of the extraction (though little their polarity. The following proce- or no water should be present during dures are examples of clean-up tech- this stage). niques for PAHs and nPAHs. (6) Upon completion of the second ex- (1) PAH clean-up. The following meth- traction, remove the solvent and con- od is appropriate for clean-up of ex- centrate it to (4 ±0.5) ml as described in tracts intended for analysis of PAHs: paragraph (b)(4) of this section. Using (i) Pack a glass gravity column (250 hexane from paragraph (b)(4) of this mm × 10 mm recommended) by insert- section as the rinse solvent effectively ing a clean glass wool plug into the performs a solvent exchange of toluene bottom of the column and add 10 g of with hexane. activated silica gel in methylene chlo- (7) Combine the concentrated extract ride. Tap the column to settle the sili- from paragraph (b)(4) of this section ca gel and then add a 1 cm layer of an- with the concentrated extract from hydrous sodium sulfate. Verify the vol- paragraph (b)(6) of this section. Divide ume of solvent required to completely the extract into a number of fractions elute all the PAHs and adjust the based on the number of analyses you weight of the silica gel accordingly to need to perform. Perform the separate account for variations among batches sample clean-up described in paragraph of silica gel that may affect the elution (c) of this section as needed for each volume of the various PAHs. fraction. (ii) Elute the column with 40 ml of (c) Sample clean-up. This paragraph hexane. The rate for all elutions should (c) describes how to perform sample be about 2 ml/min. You may increase cleaning to remove from the sample ex- the elution rate by using dry air or ni- tract any solids and any SVOCs that trogen to maintain the headspace will not be analyzed. This process, slightly above atmospheric pressure. known as ‘‘sample clean-up’’, reduces Discard the eluate just before exposing the potential for interference or co- the sodium sulfate layer to the air or elution of peaks during analytical nitrogen and transfer the 1 ml sample analysis. Before performing the sample extract onto the column using two ad- clean-up, spike the extract with an al- ditional 2 ml rinses of hexane. Just be- ternate standard that contains a fore exposing the sodium sulfate layer known mass of isotopically labeled to the air or nitrogen, begin elution of compounds that are identical to the the column with 25 ml of hexane fol- target analytes (except for the label- lowed by 25 ml of 40 volume % meth- ing). The category of the target ylene chloride in hexane. Collect the analyte compounds (such as PAHs or entire eluate and concentrate it to dioxin) will determine the number of about 5 ml using the Kuderna-Danish compounds that make up the standard. concentrator or a rotary evaporator. For example, PAHs require the use of Make sure not to evaporate all the sol- four compounds in the alternate stand- vent from the extract during the con- ard to cover the four basic ring struc- centration process. Transfer the eluate tures of PAHs (2-ring, 3-ring, 4-ring, to a small sample vial using a hexane and 5-ring structures). These alternate rinse and concentrate it to 100 μl using standards are used to monitor the effi- a stream of nitrogen without violently ciency of the clean-up procedure. Be- disturbing the solvent. Store the ex- fore sample clean-up, concentrate the tracts in a refrigerator at or below 4 °C, fractionated sample to about 2 ml with and away from light. a Kuderna-Danish concentrator or ro- (2) nPAH clean up. The following pro- tary evaporator, and then transfer the cedure, adapted from ‘‘Determination extract to an 8 ml test tube with and Comparison of Nitrated-Polycyclic

281

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00291 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187 § 1065.1111 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–20 Edition)

Aromatic Hydrocarbons Measured in PART 1066—VEHICLE-TESTING Air and Diesel Particulate Reference PROCEDURES Materials’’ (Bamford, H.A., et al, Chem- osphere, Vol. 50, Issue 5, pages 575–587), Subpart A—Applicability and General is an appropriate method to clean up Provisions extracts intended for analysis of nPAHs: Sec. (i) Condition an aminopropyl solid 1066.1 Applicability. phase extraction (SPE) cartridge by 1066.2 Submitting information to EPA eluting it with 20 ml of 20 volume % under this part. methylene chloride in hexane. Transfer 1066.5 Overview of this part 1066 and its re- the extract quantitatively to the SPE lationship to the standard-setting part. cartridge with at least two methylene 1066.10 Other procedures. chloride rinses. Elute the extract 1066.15 Overview of test procedures. through the SPE cartridge by using 40 1066.20 Units of measure and overview of calculations. ml of 20 volume % methylene chloride 1066.25 Recordkeeping. in hexane to minimize potential interference of polar constituents, and then Subpart B—Equipment, Measurement In- reduce the extract to 0.5 ml in hexane struments, Fuel, and Analytical Gas and subject it to normal-phase liquid Specifications chromatography using a pre-prepared 9.6 mm × 25 cm semi-preparative 1066.101 Overview. Chromegabond® amino/cyano column (5 1066.105 Ambient controls and vehicle cool- μm particle size) to isolate the nPAH ing fans. fraction. The mobile phase is 20 volume 1066.110 Equipment specifications for emis- % methylene chloride in hexane at a sion sampling systems. 1066.120 Measurement instruments. constant flow rate of 5 ml per minute. 1066.125 Data updating, recording, and con- Back-flash the column with 60 ml of trol. methylene chloride and then condition 1066.130 Measurement instrument calibra- it with 200 ml of 20 volume % meth- tions and verifications. ylene chloride in hexane before each 1066.135 Linearity verification. injection. Collect the effluent and con- 1066.140 Diluted exhaust flow calibration. centrate it to about 2 ml using the 1066.145 Test fuel, engine fluids, analytical Kuderna-Danish concentrator or a ro- gases, and other calibration standards. tary evaporator. Transfer it to a 1066.150 Analyzer interference and quench minivial using a hexane rinse and con- verification limit. centrate it to 100 μl using a gentle stream of nitrogen. Store the extracts Subpart C—Dynamometer Specifications at or below 4 °C, and away from light. 1066.201 Dynamometer overview. (ii) [Reserved] 1066.210 Dynamometers. 1066.215 Summary of verification procedures [79 FR 23820, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 for chassis dynamometers. FR 74195, Oct. 25, 2016] 1066.220 Linearity verification for chassis § 1065.1111 Sample analysis. dynamometer systems. 1066.225 Roll runout and diameter This subpart does not specify verification procedure. chromatographic or analytical meth- 1066.230 Time verification procedure. ods to analyze extracts, because the ap- 1066.235 Speed verification procedure. propriateness of such methods is highly 1066.240 Torque transducer verification. dependent on the nature of the target 1066.245 Response time verification. analytes. However, we recommend that 1066.250 Base inertia verification. you spike the extract with an injection 1066.255 Parasitic loss verification. standard that contains a known mass 1066.260 Parasitic friction compensation of an isotopically labeled compound evaluation. that is identical to one of the target 1066.265 Acceleration and deceleration verification. analytes (except for labeling). This in- 1066.270 Unloaded coastdown verification. jection standard allows you to monitor 1066.275 Daily dynamometer readiness the efficiency of the analytical process verification. by verifying the volume of sample in- 1066.290 Verification of speed accuracy for jected for analysis. the driver’s aid.

282

VerDate Sep<11>2014 14:04 May 12, 2021 Jkt 250187 PO 00000 Frm 00292 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250187.XXX 250187